Stuer ear ee TA Se a PR A A eeepc diate PPE AD fe BALAN AM aDOHN AN. dh 0009 Shakin eit. hp kenp maaan e ee ee ARTY Oe San pall "ula oINit Ba Hn Pathak i Mn Suchen i 2a eh eee ee ee ne See ee Piglets ers tet ee ee ee Aaa aR Raia Mista gS foams hnthallen te Wldineisine nero hakter atc eae ie yy Meme Ag he ae fee ann KA ands nt meteors he Amon Ap nt a tetieNEADN B GAB Ake Be Wer Be A Mob FB ANAM ba Oh Kin Moe inti ace tnd hati ON Hint ate then We by 2 Aaa don PE ORIRAL Ente ND APR See hn hata Hn AL aioe a IER ES Te Seer Nae At ta dN ce Ae ELT ANNN vay aoe Ree Sette 0 nh 8 do, $s AND Eo Rae Bind, Rinctin d A dinner Fe Pay Foie AaB Bre dO Aili LAE aA” Bie Kin tind in i Ein aah - EB Mabie liy li. b> ot an at a Nieman oe Dy Peres DN Me tet 8, he Bier RM. Sean Weta ae ee eee ‘ — Lote aM a> eer ee ase el, Sees i ae oe eee ee ah ete, ron NDT Se meet: * Doha emamcr =m ghee ee a ee ee ee ed Ont oted hk a Bn atts Pb Pi abe eh Ode Lh Mahe Lda mak & ers ears int NO MR ON rat aD Binh Ab ail FA tee Naf tert te Bake AERO Rete Aha aw se eed PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol 34 July, 1976 No. 1 : DEGENER, O. & I., McBride’s “Practical Folk Medicine of Hawaii,’ : and opinions about Tacca hawaiiensis versus Tacca — iememremreyaiiaes Gnd Other taxt. fo. ks eed Sie ke Bs i oh 1 CHRISTENSEN, C. L., & ARCHIBALD, P. A., Effectiveness of lime neutralization in stream recovery from acid-mine ) pollution as indicated by species of diatoms. ...........0045 5 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. LXXX IX..... 18 DUKE, J. A., Economic appraisal of endangered plant species........... 21 DEGENER, O. & I., Wikstroemia perdita Deg. & Deg., an extinct (?) endemic of a paradise lost by exotic primates ............. 28 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Heliantheae (Asteraceae). VII. pmeRrOTNe1e PENUS, MONACTIS’ 0). ios a lek ees a eek ew has 33 ‘ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). III. Notes SeRIELIS SC COSIPIIG. oo i); don ell agea a hw a =! n'a Slab spl epeRe ial vie 46 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). IV. Additions SMM IENS PF AIOSIOSSO fy sec og) Nia SOR a hc es lay ein waa hale, 53 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae) ern Agditions to the genus, Ayapand <0 ees oi ROBINSON, H., A new species of Taxilejeunea from Venequela......... 67 meme. ec 1. Weeds (7?) of Japan ... ec te eee 69 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Avicennia. VII] ...... 70 enn MS. BOOK REVIEWS... kw knee ae aw we he ee eels 95 IBRARY ANG 2Pupiia by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke NEW YORK 303 Parkside Road TANICAL GARDE Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 US.A. Price of this number, $2.50; per volume, $9.50 in advance or $10.25 after close of volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses McBride's "Practical Folk Medicine of Hawaii," and opinions about Tacca hawaiiensis versus Tacca leontopetaloides and other taxa Otto & Isa Degener The occasion for printing a review of a botanical or other work gives us the opportunity not only to express our opini- ons regarding it, but to discuss the identifications of any plants involved. Some discrepancy in the use of names arises from our tendency to be "splitters," emphasizing the differ- ences in plants; while the author may tend to be a "lumper,” emphasizing the likenesses in plantse Le Richard McBride,» former Ranger of Hawaii Volcanoes Na- tional Park and presently Lecturer at Kilauea Military Camp, has authored his sixth book: "Practical Folk Medicine of Ha- waii." This book of 104 pages is illustrated with 84 figures, over half of plants used by the ancient kahunalapa‘’au, or med- icine man. McBride, under one of his nine headings, warns the reader that his "doctor be consulted" before using a home ren- edy. Hence the book is not a danger to health and even life of the gullible reader as is the disaster authored by Kaalakama- na and Akina in 1922 and unfortunately recently reprinted. Pages 22 through 75 deal primarily with the plants, or simples, and the partes used; and their descriptions and habitats. Mc- Bride gives the plants used their vernacular and, according to his judgement, their scientific names. As mentioned above, we as "splitters" prefer such changes be made as Allium, on page 233 Pariti, p. 34; citrifolia, pe 553 gaudichaudii 9 Pe 58; and quinquefolia, De 62. The illustration for page 39 ap- pears to be just a printer's error. A discussion of "Ail- ments commonly Treated in Hawaii Folk Medicine" follows the botanical part of the book. Three scientific names used by the author intrique us: McBride (p. 57) used for our ohia lehua, Metrosideros collina subsp. polymorpha, a trinomial popularised by J.F. Rock over fifty years ago. As we have no incontestable proof that this is correct, we stubbornly still use our catchall "M. polymorpha Gaud., s. 1.," for most of these common Hawaiian trees. We have collected Metrosideros taxa in the wild in Fiji, and both in the wild and as a beauti- ful street tree in New Zealand. Should we relegate all such ohia lehua to mere subordinate taxa of M. collina (J.R. & G. G. Forst.) Gray, native to distant Tahiti? They don’t look 1 Vol. 3h, no. a PHYTOLOGIA TACCACEAE ve NG wr ne= sor SN \ Pe A AY hs — AS N=¢ y EE, Ree Niee 1976 0. & I. Degener, Opinions about Tacca Jour. Arnon Ars. Vou. XXVI Pusk yf OF Tom Comment how MT er VI. Tab XE p 8. OS TOPETALOIDE.S >. A Tacca Leonropetatowes (Linn.) O. Kuntzt Amman(n), Pe Comment. Acad. Sci. Petrop. 8: Pl. 13. 1741, after Merrill h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 it. That the seeds are wind-disseminated is not sufficient- ly convincing for us to change our opinion. We are eagerly awaiting a monograph of the genus based, not on casual ob- servation of herbarium sheets, but on facts gleaned with the use of the most recent tools of Science. "Solanum nigrum" (pe 67), @ binomial we have followed for years, is evidently a misidentification. Our lo is Sola- num nodiflorum subsp. nutans R.J. Henderson (197 In the Flora Hawaiiensis for November 3, 1932 one of us printed an illustrated description of the local pia he had collected at Kapoho, Island of Hawaii, as Tacca hawaiiensis Limprecht f. Today most workers equate this spe species with T. leontopetaloides (L.) Ktse., based on a specimen, according to Linaeus (Sp. Pl. 313. 1753), with its “Habitat in India.” In fact, Linnaeus refers his binomial to the description and illustrations published by Amman(n) in 1741. As this work is generally unavailable, E.D. Merrill reprinted the Am- man(n) plates in the Journ. Arne Arb. 26: Plate II. 1945. To us, who have had the Hawaiian pia growing in our Mokuleia garden for about forty years and have collected Tacca species in the Hawaiian and Fiji Islands since, T. hawaiiensis and T. leontopetaloides are not conspecific at all but distinct. As pictures can be read in any language, we here dispense with repeating long, technical descriptions in foreign languages. After comparing the plates presently show, doubters can con- pare original published descriptions for themselves. "Practical Folk Medicine of Hawaii,” selling for $4.50 per copy, caters to the resident and tourist interested in Hawaiiana and local plants in generals not so auch to the professional botanist. It is of value to workers in pharma- cology of the world as it gives them a clue as to which Ha- waiiam plants deserve assay. Who knows what medicinal dis- coveries the kahunalapa’au has made, and how moderm chem- ists may improve on them to enhance their efficacy? EFFECTIVENBSS OF LIME NEUTRALIZATION IN STREAM RECOVERY FROM ACID-MINE POLLUTION AS INDICATED BY SPECIES OF DIATOMS C. Le Christensen P. A. Archibald Biology Department Biology Department Towa Central Comm. College Slippery Rock St. Coll. Webster City, Iowa 50595 Slippery Rock, PA. 16057 Abstract: At one time Slippery Rock Creek Watershed in western Pennsylvania received the effect of acid-mine drainage from appro- ximately 1,000 coal mines. One method of reclaimation tested was the establishment of a lime neutralization plant at the junction of a small, non-polluted stream and a stream experiencing heavy acid pollution. Addition of lime was employed hoping to neutra- lize the effect of the acid pollution on life downstream. Archibald earlier characterized the results of acid pollution on the algal flora to the level of genera in polluted and non-pollut- ed streams in the Slippery Rock Creek Watershed. Diatoms, in particular, were selecfed for studying the effectiveness of lime neutralization, because of the manner in which they may be collect- ed, and the wealth of ecological information available at the level of the species. Three sites were studied: (A) polluted stream, (B) non-polluted stream, (C) recovery area below the lime plant. Site B produced diatoms generally associated with small streams of the northeastern United States. The acid stream (A) exhibited growth of species associated with stress, those able to tolerate rapid environmental shifts in a short distance, not species regarded as hard acid stream forms. Species of Nitzchia and Navicula commonly isolated from streams in the recovery stage were found at site (C). As evidenced by collected species of dia- toms, lime neutralization can be of value in helping a stream to recover from the effect of heavy acid-mine pollution. Introduction: Prior to concentrated efforts of acid-pollution control in the Slippery Rock Creek Watershed, Archibald (1970) and Arehibald and Gentile (1971) surveyed the results of such pollution on the local algal flora to the generic level. Chlorophycean representa- tives were studied in detail. Later, after one of the acid-pollu- tion control projects was in operation for sufficient time to per- mit measurement of its effectiveness, a secom project was under- taken. Diatoms were selected as indicator organisms, because of the manner in which they may be collected and the wealth of eco- logical information available as to species density and population structures. Arehibald conducted the field collections and studied those algal flora other than diatoms. Christensen identified all diatoms and collected known ecological data. Both authors contri- buted to summarizing the results as reported in this paper. 5 6 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, mow 1 Selection of Study Site: At one time the Slippery Rock Creek Watershed in western Penn- sylvania received the effect of acid-mine drainage from approximate- ly 1,000 coal mines. One method of reclaimation being tested is lime neutralization of streams experiencing heavy acid-pollution before they flow into non-polluted streams. A plant for this purpose was built 7 miles northeast of Harrisville, Pennsylvania, in Butler County. At this point a small stream heavily polluted with acid wastes enters the headwaters of the North Branch of Slippery Rock Creek before the North Branch flows into the main stream just below Boyers, Pennsylvania. Slide collection boxes were placed in 3 stream sites (Fig 1) on the lime plant's property so that continuous collections of material could be made. Collection boxes not on state protected property usually are destroyed by local inhabitants. Site A. Acid-pollution stream prior to entry into storage lagoon for lime neutralization treatment. The pH varies from 4.0 -5.5 depending on the rate of surface run-off and pattern of water flow; bottom is rocky; stream shallow, usually 1-2 ft with a slight flow. Neither insect larvae or minnows are able to survive. Site B. North Branch of Slippery Rock Creek prior to entry of acid-polluted stream. The pH varies from 6.8-7.2; bottom is roeky; stream is 3-4 ft deep with ripple areas; the stream is: free of acid-pollution and supports insect larvae and minnows. f Site A acid-polluted feeder stream of North Branch Y (during heavy run-off aecid- pollution may overflow from holding lagoon and enter stream) Storage Pom for Neutralised Water Figure 1. Collection Sites on Lime Neutralization Plant Property. _—_ —___-—_— pH readings supplied by the lime plant personnel from the plant's instruments during the investigation were averaged. 1976 Christensen & Archibald, Lime neutralization 7 Site C. 25 ft below the introduction of lime neutralized water from the treatment plant. The pH varies from 7.5=8.2; bot- tom is rocky; stream is 3-4 ft deep with ripple areas; both insect larvae and minnows are found in the stream. Materials and Methods: Wooden slide boxes with holes drilled to permit water flow were fitted with clean, untreated glass microscope slides. A box was fastened at each collection site so that it was submerged in a ripple area. Slides were collected every 2 weeks from Oct. 15 to Nov. 19, 1971. Slides collected in the field were placed immedia- tely in a covered slide container so that they were not touching. Slides were transported in this manner to the laboratory and then shipped at a later date to Christensen. The slides were air dried for several weeks and then weighed to determine the biomass of each slide. The five-slide groups from each collection station were then cleaned using the modified Van Der Werff hydrogen peroxide-potassium dichromate method (Chris- tensen, 1971). To complete the cleaning process the material from each group was boiled in nitric acid for 20 mimtes (Patrick and Reimer, 1966). The cleaned material was placed on # 1 cover slips, air dried and mounted in Hyrax on microscope slides. A slide was selected from each collection for use in identification and count- ing. Relative abundance was determined by completing 5,000 to 10, 000 counts on each selected slide under oil immersion. At different times during the collection period, extensive matts of euglenophycean and chlorophycean filaments appeared on the site bottoms and rocks. Samples of material from the matts were placed in stream water in an uncovered container and immediately transported to the laboratory for identification. Such material also was plated onto inorganically enriched agar plates for main- taince of growth during study in the laboratory. Results and Discussion: Growth of phytoplankton in freshwater streams usually is domi- nated by unicellular chlorophycean genera (Archibald, 1970; Archi- bald ard Gentile, 1971). This growth, however, is not apparent unless a bloom of a specific species occurs. A few species, parti- cularly filamentous forms, may produce dense matts of growth on the stream's floor. During late summer and fall pronounced matts of growth appear- ed in all three stream sites. The heavily polluted stream (Site A) had a mixed growth of the filamentous Oedocladium lewisii Whitford and Buglena intermedio (Klebs) Schmutz. Most of the bottom growth was of E. intermedio, a species which has been reported from various habitats (Whitford, 1969). Archibald and Gentile (1971) found that unicellular green algae comprise most of the algal flora dur- ing the lete summer. Filamentous forms are more common during the spring. Site B, the “typical" northeastern woodland stream displayed @ thick, lush growth of Microspora amoena (Kutz) Rabenhorst on the 8 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 1 1) ® = 3) ® a, n eH 25 re) re 20 Ss 5 15 S 107 =~ =<, 12.3 & 5..6 2. 8.9, 10.1) a2 ee intervals of population Figure 2 Truncated Normal Curve of Site B. number of species 22:3 5.6 7) 8.9% JO die era intervals of population Figure 3 Truncated Normal Curve of Site C 1976 Christensen & Archibald, Lime neutralization 9 rocks. Spirogyra torta Blum comprised the matt on the stream bed. At times strands of the Spirogyra broke from the matt and floated in the flowing water. The recovery area, Site C, exhibited an extensive growth of the tetrasporacean species Dispora crucigenioides Printz. Clado- phora, a genus common to alkaline waters (Whitford, 1969) also was abundant in Site C. Smith (1955) reported the occasional formation of Cladophora (Aegagropila) holsatica Kutz. into ball-shaped struc- tures. Balls of this species to 0.5 cm in diameter were found grow- ing on the floor of the concrete culvert where the highly alkaline water resulting from lime neutralization enters the stream directly above collection Site C. The force of the discharge water must act in forming the balls as wave action is thought to cause their formation in European lakes. Table 1. lists the genera ami species of diatoms according to site location and pH range. Characteristics from the literature, when available, are included (Lowe, 1970). A total of 22 genera and 129 species of diatoms were identified from the 3 collection sites. Site A, the acid-polluted stream had 13 genera including 39 species. Pinnularia and Navicula exhibited greater diversity of species at Site A than other genera. Eighteen of the 39 species observed were isolated only from Site A. Five of these species were Pinnularia, and four were Navicula. Site A is an environment under stress. The population is not typical of a hard acid stream but one under stress from a rapid en- vironmental shift in a short distance and short time span. This is indicated by the drop in species diversity by one-half and the fact that one species, Frustulia rhomboides, represented 87 per cent of the total population. The biomass on the slides was scant and the diatom population slight. Such population structure occurs fre- quently in streams undergoing stress from low pH pollution as shown by Patrick (1973). Site B displayed 19 genera and 67 species indicative of a “normal” slightly acid, soft water stream of the northeastern United States. The truncated normal curve developed as a mathematical model by Patrick et al (1954) at this site had the height of the mode at 2] with the curve covering 11 intervals (Fig. 2). The bio- mass on these slides was moderate and predictable from spring col- lections. The height of the mode is a little depressed amd the tail of the curve is perhaps one interval long for a truly typical situation. This amount of deviation is bo be expected. Twenty- six of the 67 species were not present except at Site B. This particularly was true of species of Cymbellea and Nitzschia. There was some indication of a chronic low level pollution at this site which could be from farm drainage, however, it might be just natural conditions. Site C is located below where the non-polluted stream formerly merged before flowing toward Boyers, Pennsylvania. At present a holding lagoon prevents the acid-polluted water from entering the north branch (Fig. 1). During periods of heavy rain the channel PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 10 Bue TUT ys eueU quoyqmofine YX X *IeA *Syny BUeyUTyseueM °> BTTeIO TSA eqoideso’tTo Xx "HA (2Uq) BZeeUTT ‘ava BTUJUSOSTd °D $F@U099045 quoytqkxof£ine xX BXOpeisd °1vA UT[eUD BxOpeied °*g Byte TLEseg ‘HA UZ cunID 3 107eM pezeree ATYZTY szAydtde ‘eqoudesoseu xX X *e{Ny SN[NoFped “eA STTBAO *¥ eqoidesosttToO =X ST[BAO “IBA *ZINY STLBAO “VY eaiouduy WOT [B10ZIFT ‘eqoudesoZtTo x X Sprout Ted *iea *zyny Bprontted “Vy eaneTdpyduy wUp Sst yn Tw wojYetp snoypnbtqn ‘eqoidesostTo X X xX °IBA °Z4NY BUPSst NUM *y BT eydeooioyu umouyun qd ‘quelejsTpuy yUerINO X ‘ava "unin (*2yny) BTeydeooroym Vv x ‘us “I'H Bano *y STaeeUTT *V STaeeuty x tea ‘undp (*wS *M) SpAveUTT °v x X X *UNIDN BTQNp *ABA BYBTOSOUBT “y X ‘Ijed BpeTNopde “awa BpeToeousy, *V X ‘“Wyoy wpeTAeigqe *uea BPETOSOURT *V 1¢e}eM }e[080UuRT BuTMOTJ peyetoe ‘TTydoeys ‘eqoudesost{To xX X X ‘IBA *UNID (Qeig) BYBTOSOUBT "vy Bopaesuny 103e8M ZUTMOTJ 10 Zutpueys ‘eqoudesoseu-g xX ‘Iva suntn (unID) woTaesuny °y WIOJ OST Pus UBeI4sS [e10z}TT ‘eqoudesoZtTo XY Byssety BAL BACLEZOY “IBA BNSTXO *V seyqueuyoy 2) V ist suotzdtaosep $ez}s setoeds *sTusaTAsuueg ‘xee19 Yooy Ateddt[s Jo youetg YWAON eYR JO SeYTS pezPOSTES WOT pezETOS}T suOzETd *T ©T9Q8L Christensen & Archibald, Lime neutralisation 1976 queressTput Hd ‘uexoudes WIOJ [B107YIFT ‘suoToydoeyas quo FQouwTT queiresztpuy Hd Trudoyeu JUSIETJEPUF JUedano pus yd ‘qoudesoztto qUeLeTJTpuy yUeriMo WOT TR1OZITT queresstpuy Hd ‘uexoudes eyfhydtde WIOF TB10737TT wIOJ T[BlOIYTL *yUOTQhxooseu *eqoidesos’TTo Trudoptoe uexoides *quoTqsxoos ew *‘eqoudesoztT[o uexoides ‘eqoudesos To bes Ps Ps PS PS PS PS DS >< PS *eqoudesostT[o *eqoudesoseul-g ‘eqoudesostTo ‘eqoudesostTo ‘ eqoudeso3stTo eqoudesostT[o fe) v eprumz sea “HA *(Qetg) Bpyumyz UNTNSUSTI} “IBA *UNID UNTNSuspay ° By BAINO ‘IBA 3Sie3eT (2yNY) BPBAINS zt *unIy suepTq “dBA SHode °F SNole *IvA *Iyq SNole °g ey ouTg LLL ‘dea STTeAO “a (@STTH) STTPAO °C syouotdta BSOOTAJUGA “ABA °Z4NY BSOOTAUGA °D Spysinz “iva *unIH Bpysanz ° B[AppUMZ “dea *unIyH BTApFUuNZ ST[BAO “IBA °TO e oO OJOIOIOI Byezs0ad ‘tea "TO (AeTex10g) B}e}s01d °* STWIO TT [NOTAsU "IBA P[BASAONY STUAOTT[NoOTAsU ° eT BydeoosoTu ‘IBA *UNID BL eydecodopu ° BYESTOSOUBT *IeA "HA (*UG) B}ETOe@OURT * STNeeT “eA “T[FZeeN stneeT ° ALi ‘dBA SFT PORIs ° ol ol ol OOJO] StL poeas ‘zea "TD (*UqEY) STI FORTS ° Byepydsno *ieA *24ny B}epTdsno B[NYSTIO Ol1oOl ‘IBA ‘UNIO (Yopudwey) BTN}STO °D eledse ‘ava *T) (*ayq) Biedse °5 syuysye °syny spupJse *O BT Lequiy BETOS “eA "Wig *M (Gelg) BeTOS *D BINGTAO} SULA (penuyquos) *T eTqel Vol. 3h, no. 1 Pe Tit 0:10 PA 12 ‘quotqhxofine ‘yuerlesztpuy yd uexoides eqoidesostTo qUeLlesJT PUT yd ‘uexoudes WIOJ [B10}IFL ‘eqoudesosztTo qUeLessTpuy queso eqoidesost To ujxoudes utxoides bs ob OS mM bs Byeloeous, *ieA WMpnAded *5 unqNated *tea *syny wMTnATed °5 lL ‘ava UMQeoTAUT “5D "TO (*aUg) OFAgyA *tea uMZwOTAWUT *D UN}eOFAIUT “IBA *2Z4NY UNzeopaquy °5 To (*29ny Bye LOSoUBT ie Se[poels *H "TO (*aug) ‘% UN}EPTABO “AIBA UMJOTAYSUOD °5 Buleuoyduioy Syaestna *1BA "Jeg (SeyFEMy]) StIesTNA *y Fuo] ep (*yqey) BOTUOXeS *1eA Sepfoquoya *a *TO (unig) “2 Sepyouneldtydue *ieA Septoquioyua *4 seproquouz : ‘iba *30q (*IUG) Sepfoquioyt *¥ BETNYSNAT *unto( *tUd) AT9qUCA “IBA SUOTLITSUOD *y suenijsuod "TBA "UNIO (*4yq) SUeNIZSUOS *7 vers BTlysndied iva ‘unin eTT Ts °F *y (*zqny) OUP *aea ST[TweUT}Oed “4 SET BUFO J ‘rea *yQey (*24yny) STTeUP}Oed “a UOpouol “IBA *IYY UOpoUoW *|F °a TOC *IeA *YQBy (*mwsS *M) i0f eu Bns;xe *1eA ds *yqey (*ZyNy xe *qeig) wnsyxe °g BT OUNT (penutzuos) *T eTqEl 13 Christensen & Archibald, Lime neutralization 1976 queqUuoo TeleuTM YsTY Jo 1e7zemM WIOJ [B10ZZTT ‘WUOCTGAKOOsSeu eqoidesost To quotqkxosTod ‘ TTydotee AVoTaAsa ePSUTWOU UBY S[BIEeUTM SLOW PUB Ys UO quotqsx00 s eul WIOJ OFUCYHUBTd pus [Te10zATT ‘uexoades Ttudoeyr *quotTqsxooseu eyfyudoudes ‘yuotqhxofine Thudoeysz ‘uexoides WIOT [TB10VYFL *qQuoTqhxosIne ) OS xX Vv x Xx XeivejUy ‘IBA SJTey (us *M) Bide }UT StsuUesUTSAD *1eA pesoy sTsuesut ° € *148q Bpe[Mo;do *aeA Byaloes °N "To (*untp) a VppeulezUy “deA *“UMIeUT [eS “NH Bl eydeacyousys X *IBA *Z3Nny BT eydeooyouAya °N eumlh (*z4ny xe ere) BT TOUS, *1BA BSOTpEs BSTLts *IBA “WS °M BLL psnd 0 *yeny BOFITT Te ‘awa BTndnd *7ysnH Bye ITAwO *aieA BTdnd ByeTOSoURT ‘IeA *syny (°3y) wyeTOSOUeT BUPSSTAOBT “AeA *Z4HYy BuUpsspTAeey ZzI(=\ es AzlIZl21 ZFISIAIZIZISI Syavseis *gea *MUOG BTAeseis W}epldsno *aBa (°23ny) Byepyasno ° suqey (°290%) a B}LOUSA “IBA BT BydeooydAro °N BL Byde00 ydAIo *IBA *Z4Ny Bl eydedcqdAIO °N BlNopARy OIs[NoOITO ‘AeA *3y (*neiD) EleTNozyo HW UOT PT IEW SUBPABA “AeA *3y SUBTABA *W BITSOT OW mmaoydoiesyds *IBA “AUG WUNIOYdoresyds °5 wUeUOyduoy (penuyzquos) *T eTQRy Vol. 34, now l PLY POLO Gik 1e}eA [Teljneuumoito OF WUoTQoeya ‘eqoudesoatTo quotqsxooseu eqoudesoztTo ‘yuetesystput yd eqoidesost to quot qAx00 seu quotqkxofsine Ttydoeya ‘yu0Tqsxooseu Trydoeya ‘quotqsxoosew qUeLlesITpuy juse1insd WIOJ [B1I0IIT[T *WUOTQAxXOOSeU WAOJ OFUCZHUBTd ‘eqoudesostTo quetesstpuy Hd U0 TQAsx008 eu PS Ps X ) Vv ~s b< P< a WuvesTTy “deA *UBr BUBeSTTY *g *ysny (zefoW *y) 4 Bleydeoyydme *iea FyuNBiq °g SP[eei0g *aea *aygq StTeetog *q sdeotq ‘dea *Se1n sdeotq *q eyeTNoy pucdde a *1BA *T) (*3y) BpETNOTpUedds «7 STiIe[No pues *IBA “US *M (24NY) STaeTNopMies ° UNIH SBTIOJPOTA *1eA BT LOUCT GAT} ° StTrqezoeds *a8s - SJTBY_(*2UT)STTFQe}OedS *N BOpo Rusts “ ‘IBA *uS °M (°397N) BOpowulsts N BUSTS “eA "US *M (Z4NY) BUSTS *N WMT} ‘tea *ysny UMTTd °N N N UNIDN STUIOJT [ed [eos *Iea BSn}QO ST[yoels *ivA yoszjuey St_foeas °* imTaqsnsy ‘ava unin (zyny) UTNpsnIz N ‘unin (24ny) Spped ‘aes Bpedypsstp *N wyedtsstp ‘IBA "UID (x}Ny) wyedtsstp °N BTNOFJUSp “dea *uUNIH BTNOTWEp *N BTqrydue iva eunin eTqrudue °N opqosaTN Lil ‘ava STPPAT °N ‘TO ( WIOT [BlOJYTT ‘uexoudes BueseTO “isa "ry Sue eTe *s yUOTQoeya *yuoTqhxofine Byeysnsue “isa 24ny eyeqysnsue °S BTretans X FRUPFUS "IBA *UNID FFYITMS °S queLezsTpuy yd X X (*dUuH) STTPOwIT +3 WoLSezUSopUSoYd a Tetoz7TT ‘quozqdkxooseu ‘yueresystput pd X sdeoue *ayy sdeoue °S uexoudes X ‘TD *xe *dwey wuekize, *rea Bynoe *s sTeuoInNe {Ss yUoTQkxooseu ‘eqoideso3t To X STPTITA *teA “AUT (°S2EN) STPTITA ‘d Trudoppoe X BPEPFdwoqns *iva *Fe1H wyeqzaeoqns *q x X BFAOUR NA “ABA YSHy eTsEeUuq{NI °g eqgoidesoZtTo ‘que1esstput yd X Bsopou *ieA “ws *M ( 1e> i= je S= 1+ 6+ 7- 4+ 18- the Jl= 3+ 2+ HYMENOXYS HYPERICUM HYPOXIS ILEX ILIAMNA ILLICIUM IPOMOEA IRIS ISOETES ISOTRIA IVESIA JACQUEMONTIA JAMES IANTHUS JUGLANS JUNCUS JUSTICIA KALMIA KOSTELETZKYA LACHNOCAULON LAPHAMIA LASTHENIA LATHYRUS LAVATERA LAYIA LEAVENWORTHIA LECHEA LEGENERE LEPANTHOPSIS LEPIDIUM LEPTODACTYLON LESPEDEZA LESQUERELLA LEWISIA LIATRIS LILIUM LIMNANTHES LIMONIUM LIMOSELLA LINANTHUS LINDERA LINDERNIA LINUM LISTERA LITSEA LOMATIUM LOTUS LUINA LUPINUS LYCIUM LYONOTHAMNUS 25 26 MICRANTHEMUM MONARDELLA MONOTROPSIS MUHLENBERGIA MUILLA MYRCIANTHES MYRIOPHYLLUM NEOPARRYA NEOSTAPFIA NESTRONIA NEVIUSIA NITROPHILA NOLINA NOTHOLAENA NUPHAR OENOTHERA ONOSMODIUM OPHIOGLOSSUM OPUNTIA ORCUTTIA OROBANCHE ORTHOCARPUS ORYZOPSIS OSTRYA OXYPOLIS PHYTOL O GTA 1a or 2+ 10+ 7+ 1- it = 1+ 1+ 3+ 1+ 1+ 4- St. 2 3+ tO 4+ 19+ 14- 4+ 3- ier ke Sek OXYTROPIS PANICUM PAPAVER PARNASSIA PARONYCHIA PARRYA PARTHENIUM PARV ISEDUM PECTIS PEDICULARIS PEDIOCACTUS PENSTEMON PENTACHAETA PERIDERIDIA PERITYLE PERSEA PERSICARIA PETALONYX PETALOSTEMUM PETERIA PETROPHYTUM PHACELIA PHILADELPHUS PHYLLITIS PHYSARIA PHYSOSTEGIA PIERIS PINCKNEYA PINGUICULA PITYOPUS PLAGIOBOTHRYS PLATANTHERA PLEUROPOGON PLUMMERA POLY ST ICHUM POPULUS POROPHYLLUM PORTULACA POTAMOGETON POTENTILLA 21+ 3+ 2+ 3+ 2+ 2+ 1+ 6+ 15 Vol. 3h, no. 1 PRENANTHES 2+ PRIMULA 3+ PROBOSCIDEA ite PRUNUS 32+ 10- PSEUDOBAHIA PSORALEA Br 3s PTILIMNIUM PUCCINELLIA ize 3 PY CHANTHEMUM PYXIDANTHERA ERCUS 60+ 45- RAILLARDELLA RANUNCULUS 5+ 20- RHAP IDOPHYLLUM RHEXIA RHINANTHUS 52 RHODODENDRON 4+ 6- RHUS 21+ 14- RHYNCHOSTA ts S= RHYNCHOSPORA ie RHYSOPTERUS RIBES 14+ 27- RORIPPA 6- ROSA 11+ 10- ROYSTONEA 2+ RUBUS 40+ 19- RUDBECKIA S- RUELLIA 2 RUMEX 17+ 29- SAGITTARIA 2+ 9- SALIX 19+ 13- SALVIA 19+ 14- SANTICULA 2+ SARRACENTA 2+ SATUREJA Bt SAXIFRAGA 3+ SCHISANDRA SCHI ZACHYRUM ie SCHI ZAEA SCHOENOLIRION SCIRPUS 9+ 17- SCLEROCACTUS SCROPHULARTA 2+ 2- SCUTELLARIA 2+ SEDUM 7+ 55 SELENTA SENECIO 14+ 24- SHORTIA SIBARA 1- SIDA 4+ 12- 1976 Duke, Endangered plant species SIDALCEA TRAGIA I- SILENE 3+ 11- TRICHOSTEMA 1- SILPHIUM 2+ 1- TRIFOLIUM 24+ 12- SISYMBRIUM 3+ 11- TRILLIUM 2+ SIUM 3+ 2- TRIPHORA 1- SMELOWSKIA TRIPSACUM iS Vie SMILAX 20+ 7- TRITELEIA SOLANUM 42+ 30- TROLLIUS SOLIDAGO 10+ TROP IDOCARPUM SOPHORA 8+ 9- URTICA Q+ 7- SPHAERALCEA 1+ 4- VACCINIUM 19+ 8- SPHENOSTIGMA VALERIANA 5+ SPIGELIA 4+ 2- VANCOUVERIA SPIRANTHES 1+ VANQUELINIA SPOROBOLUS 4+ 10- VERATRUM 3+ 4- STACHYS Bee = VERBENA 2+ 7- STEIRONEMA VERBESINA 2+ 87— STELLARIA Le S= VERNONIA 12+ 7- STENANDRIUM VERONICA 4+ 17- STEPHANOMERTA 1- VIBURNUM oF 7— STILLINGIA i + VICIA Saas — STIPA 6+ 11- VIGUIERA 2- STREPTANTHUS VIOLA 5+ 10- STYRAX 7+ WALDSTEINIA SUAEDA 2- WAREA SULLIVANTIA WILLKOMNIA SWALLENTIA WOODSIA SYMPHORICARPOS 1+ 3- WYETHIA 2 le SYNANDRA XYRIS 4+ SYNTHYRIS ZAMIA 4+ TAGETES 4+ ]- ZANTHOXY LUM 16+ 3- TALINUM 4+ 3- ZEPHYRANTHES J+ 1l- TANACETUM 1+ 2- ZIZANIA 2+ 2- TARAXACUM 3+ 7- ZIZIA TAUSCHIA TAXUS Atha 2 TECTARIA 2+ TEPHROSIA 9+ 1- TETRACOCCUS THALICTRUM Ben 2S THELOCACTUS THELYPODIUM THERMOPSIS 1+ 2- THLASPI ieee *D= THYSANOCARPUS TOFIELDIA TORREYA 3+ 1- TOWNSENDIA TRACY INA TRADESCANTIA 1+ 3- Table 1. Economic Evaluation of Genera with Endangered or Threatened Species (__+, number of useful species listed in Usher, __-, number of weed species in composite weed list compiled in Plant Taxonomy Laboratory. WIKSTROEMIA PERDITA DEG. & DEG., AN EXTINCT (7?) ENDEMIC | OF A PARADISE LOST BY EXOTIC PRIMATES Otto & Isa Degener The genus Wikstroemia of the Thymelaeaceae, as occurring in the Hawaiian Archipelago, was studied by Dr. Carl Johan Fredrik Skotts- berg (12/1/80-6/14/63) of G8teborg, Sweden, in the field in 1922, 1926, 1938 and 1948. His early studies were continued in great de- tail with the loan from about thirty institutions of over 600 his- torical numbers of which many have been exterminated in this Bull- doser Age of Biotic Destruction. He recognised 38 named taxa be- fore his deaths the major part of his study had ended less than a year before, as his letter indicates. Skottsberg’s handwritten manuscript was completed and posthum- ously published by Bo Peterson of the "Botaniska Museet, G8te- borgs Universitet" who, according to his letter dated March ls 1973, plans “to be able to publish some additions - - = and to make up 4 key for the species." We corrected the almost perfect English text, paying particular attention to the confused spelling of Hawaiian names before publication of the monograph as "The Ge= nus Wikstroemia Endl. in the Hawaiian Islands." Acta Regiae Socie- tatis Scientiarum et Litterarum Gothoburgensis. Bot. 1:1-166. 1972. Driving in our jeep last January along the coastal road, Hawaii Volcanoes National Park, toward Wahaula heiau (temple) in search of ephemeral, halophytic Panicum species, we were amazed to see nauka, (mountainward) fresh gashes in an endemic jumgle never pene- trated by botanists before. Reaching there late in the afternoon, we discovered the gashes represented a cleanly bulldosed grid evi- dently for paved roads in preparation for the sale of house lots. With all workmen gone for the day, we searched for possible botan- ical prizes. Among the bruised tangle of rare and even unknown taxa, such as a form of maile, Alyxia oliviformis, newly described under an archaic specific name in Phytologia 32: 377-385, 1975, we un- earthed a single graceful akia lying uprooted on the ground. Even though the butting of the bulldoser had knocked off most of its nocturnal flowers, we saved many of the twigs for museums of the world. We can only wonder what intricate chemicals this Plant could synthesize - a plant of a genus cherished for its unique qualities in heathen days for stupefying and catching fish, and for eliminat- ing hated enemies, Even though we failed to find a pistillate speci- men, we here name and describe this single akia tree thus far known | to us as: WIKSTROEMIA PERDITA Deg. & Dege, sp. nove Planta mascula solum cog- nita: Arbor usque 5 m. alta, glabrata; ramulis gracilibus; inter- 28 1976 0. & I. Degener, Wikstroemia perdita 29 eater at a 40, a iy Jen Aeyenoy, v wey Iki ey, i. cenk We. Af 30 PHY T0106 LA Vol. 3h, no. 1 | nodis usque 5 cm. longis. Petiolus 5-10 mm. longus; lamina lanceo- lata, 40-100 mm. longa, 15-25 mm. lata; basi obtusata; apice acumine ata. Rhachis 3-5 mm. lomga. Flores strigosi; tubus 44 mm. longus; lobi externi 1.5 mm, interni 1 mm. Pistillodium 1 mm. longum; ovario) + base nudo, + apice densiusculo-setoso. Staminate plant (pistillate presently unknown) a slender glabrate strict openly twiggy tree 5 meters tall, with 4 cm. thick trunk and smooth reddish brown barke Leaves distant, in bud an- trorsely yellow-puberulent but soon glabrous or nearly so; peti- ole thin, 5-10 mme long; blade chartaceous, lanceolate, 4-10 cme long, 13-25 mm. wide, entire, green and with narrow impressed nid- rib above, pale green with somewhat salient midrib and prominent veins beneath, acute to acuminate at apex, broadly obtuse at base. Inflorescence long marcescent: peduncle barely 1 mm. thick, an- trorsely yellowish puberulent as is rachis, straight but in age retrorsely curved, 2-4 to very rarely 10 mn. long; rachis 1-5 mm. thick, 3-5 to rarely 7 mm. long, unbranched, straight or nearly so, with 25-75 thick minute pedicels from which all nocturnal flowers have been shed except a terminal cluster of 2-5 open ones and up to 20 in various stages of immaturity. Flowers greenish yellow, densely puberulent with antrorse yellowish hair without but glabrous within; tube 4 mm. long; lobes spreading, suborbicular, irregularly crenulate, the outer two 1.5 mm. long and almost as wide but the inner two 1 mm. long and as wide. Stamens with outer pair of oblong anthers extending to apex of tube, inner pair sep- arated by half an anther length below. Aborted pistil 1 mm. long, clavate, lower half glabrous, upper half densely beset with stiff antrorse hair. Hypogynous scales 2, one third length of pistil, ligulate, at apex somewhat acute and entire or somewhat truncate and emarginate. Type Locality: Known only from "Deg. & Deg. 33,680. (Single stam- inate 5 meter tree.) *Kalama mauka just beyond Nat. Park Boundary NE of Wahaula, Puna, Hawaii. Bulldozed Metrosideros forest at 1,300 feet. Jan. 23, 1976." Holotype at New York; isotypes widely distributed. Before the Polynesians discovered the Hawaiian Archipelago several thousand years ago (Phytologia 29:242-246. 1974.), we estimated the endemic Angiosperm flora to have numbered about 50,000 well-recognizable taxa; by the time Capt. Cook rediscov- ered them in 1778 the endemics had declined to about half that number. With the advent of the bulldogser and the unwitting intro- duction of exotics, animals as well as plants, the extermination of our endemic plants and the endemic animals dependent upon them for food and shelter is progressing at frightful speed. 1976 0. & I, Degener, Wikstroemia perdita zn PLANTS OF HAWAII SK 33,4P0° 7 8 pete Fe, ok eee ered 32 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 Though we are here primarily concerned with Wikstroemia perdita as an example of extermination before our very eyes, we might mention that of the 47 species and 38 subspecies or varieties of endemic birds that enlivened our islands, 22 have become extinct within the last 200 years! The reduction in number of the plants producing their food, such as the red, one-seeded fruit of the akia, is one of the main reasons. The important factor for the ever-increasing disappearance of the local biota is the poor record up to now of our public schools (Hon. Adve, 1/29-29/76), particularly in the teaching of biology and its appreciations As a result the State is threaten- ed by biologically ignorant and by touristeignoring residents who advocate “the conversion of 5,000 rural acres each year in- to plantimgs for commercial timber operations (2/4/76)." That means the destruction of our fascinating, biologically incom- pletely explored jungles for replacement with Australian euca- lyptus and Mainland evergreens! These residents maintain that "Hawaii's forests could support after 30 years, a timber indus- try generating 1,900 jobs and providing an annual net return of nearly $10 million, according to a State report released yester- day (3/24/76). The report noted that almost half of Hawaii's land is in forest and it concluded that half of that - one nil- lion acres - is capable of producing a usable timber crop.” Those materialists who are impressed by the questionable promise “of an annual net return of nearly $10 million" thirty years hence from timber should ponder H.N. Moldenke’s state- ment (4/16/76) that "The Hawaiian Islands rank with such other islands as Mauritius and Madagascar in the high percentage of endemism among their flora and fauna. In Mauritius and Madagas- car thoughtless men have jugt about completely decimated their natural heritage (which explains in part why so few scientists, and tourists in general, visit them anymore)." We are gratified Dr. Skottsberg did not live to see such vandalism as the more recent destruction of acres of the endemic, nightblooming Cap- paris sandwichiana DC., and the brilliant Wikstroemia pulcher- rima Skotteb., (Acta Horti Gotob.10:140. 1936.) and ite var. petersonii Deg. & Deg. (Phytologia 24:151. 1972.). We appeal, again, to the botanists of the world to come to this Mecca threatened by lumbering advocates. They should hunt for the unknown pistillate tree of W. perdita and collect, pre- serve, and record as much of the Hawaiian flora as is still ex- tent so that future, better educated generations shall under- stand what a splendid Paradise the Islands had been before we idiotic ‘Primapes destroyed it for evermore. STUDIES IN THE HELIANTHEAE (ASTERACEAE). VII. NOTES ON THE GENUS, MONACTIS Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Efforts to identify members of the Heliantheae from Ecuador have shown a concentration of problems in the genus Monactis. Neither Monactis nor the segreg- ate genera Astemma Less. and Monopholis Blake have been reevaluated since their original description and treat- ments at the species level have been erratic. The present preliminary revision attempts to properly delimit the genus Monactis and provides necessary new species descriptions and new combinations. Concepts are summarized in two provisional keys to the Ecuador- ian and Peruvian species. The genus Monactis was originally described in Nova genera et species plantarum by Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth in 1818 to include two species from the northern Andes. The characters emphasized were "involucrum oligophyllum, imbricatum, pauciflorum. Receptaculum paleaceum. Flosculi disci nonnulli, tubulosi, hermaphroditi; radii subsolitarius, ligulatus, femineus. Akenia calva.'' The name was derived from the single-rayed heads of the first species, M. flaverioi- des HBK, resembling the condition found in members o the genus Flaveria. The species is sometimes cited as Ecuadorian but the type locality is given as near Jaen which is in Cajamarca, Peru. The second species of Monactis, M. dubia HBK of southern Ecuador was described as lacking rays and having reduced stamens. It was suggested that the species was dioecious and on the basis of this sugges- tion Lessing in 1832 removed the second species as a monotypic genus, Astemma. Fragments of the type in the U.S. National Herabrium show that the anthers are aborted but this is regarded as an indication of apomixis rather than a dioecious condition. Other features of the species agree with Monactis and the Species is close to if not the same as M. holwayae. Bentham and Hooker (1873) recognized both Astemma and Monactis, the former distinguished as dioecious and the later being placed in a group with inner phyllaries investing the ray achenes. ‘Two species of Monactis were cited without providing names and the nature of the supposed second species 3. 3h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, mo. 1 remains unknown. Another species was not named in the genus until Monactis jelskii of Peru by Hieronymus (1905). In addition to a species of Monactis, Hieronymus described two species of Chaenocephalus, C. pallatan- gensis (1900) of Ecuador and C. jelskil (T9055 of Peru. These latter two species were included by Blake (1922) in his new genus Monopholis with two new species, M. hexantha and M. holwayae of southern Ecuador. The genus was typified by M. hexantha. Blake distinguished the genus from the imperfectly known Monactis by the form of the achenes with their single pappus squama. Examination of specimens of Monactis and Monopholis indicates great uniformity of all significant charact- ers except the pappus and the latter is somewhat variable in some species. The pappus distinction was ignored by Chung (1967) in the description of Monactis pentlandii which is evidently a synonym of Monopholis holwayae. There seems to be no reason to continue the distinction of Monopholis and it is regarded here as a synonym of Monactis. B.L.Robinson (1911) described one other species, Monactis subdeltoidea, having 25 flowers per head and having numerous rays. The species differs from any others placed in Monactis by the numerous flowers, the many phyllaries, the achenes being prismatic and slightly curved from a conical receptacle, and the corollas having short somewhat inflexed lobes and cylindrical throats. The species is not a Monactis but is a synonym of Zaluzania sodiroi Hieron. The genus Monactis can be delimited by the following combination of characters. Monactis H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 4: 225, €.403. 1818, e folio. Lectotype: Monactis flaverieides HBK. Astemma Lessing, Syn. Comp. 216. 1832. Type: Monactis dubia H.B.K. Monopholis Blake, Bot. Gaz. 74: 416. 1922. Type: > Monopholis hexantha Blake Spreading shrubs with stems often deflected at nodes in zigzag pattern. Leaves alternate, basal wingless portion of petiole short; blade ovate, acute or slightly acuminate, base decurrent on upper half of petiole, trinervate from above base, upper surface scabrid and sparsely glandular-punctate, lower surface thinly to densely tomentose. Inflorescence terminal on branches, massive, corymbose, with branches widely 1976 Robinson, Gems Monactis 35 ascending and bearing decurrent ribs. Heads numerous, sessile or on short pedicels; receptacle small and convex; involucral bracts few, non-herbaceous, in ca. 2 series, with margins or tips narrowly scarious; paleae similar to involucral bracts, larger bases of bracts and paleae partially enclosing bases of achenes; rays 0-2 (3?), female, corolla yellow, tube slender and hirtellous, limb smooth; disk flowers 6-12, corollas yellow; tube thickened at base, narrowed above; Limb broadly campanulate, about as long as wide; lobes about twice as long as wide, strongly reflexed at maturity; anthers black, appendages infuscated, glands on con- nective and appendages; median exothecial cells mostly twice as long as wide, 2-3 nodules on transverse walls, none on sides; nectary narrowly cylindrical without obvious lobes, stomates on upper edge; style immersed about 1/3 into nectary, with distinct small basal node; tips of branches obtusely acute with only papillae extending beyond stigmatic surfaces, longest sweeping hairs in band at base of deltoid tip, inner surface with two stigmatic lines; achenes straight, fusiform, subrostrate above, trigonous to quadrangular, black at maturity, glabrous; carpopodium asymmetric with vein exiting laterally, cells quadrate on the attachment side, longer on the other side, walls firm but only slightly thickened; pappus lacking or with single squama, rarely with two squamae. Pollen ca. 27 ph in diameter, hispidulous. The most distinctive features of the genus are the coarse alternate leaves and the small heads with few rays or disk flowers. Particularly distinctive are the broadly campanulate throats of the disk flowers and the fusiform trigonous to quadrangular achenes. The genus has some superficial resemblance to Verbesina but the achenes are entirely different and there seems to be no close relationship. Closer relationship may exist with Zaluzania which differs primarily by its larger heads with more flowers and by its differently shaped achenes and disk corollas. The limited number of specimens and the apparent variation in species results in few specimens agreeing in all characters. As a result the taxonomic value of the various characters has been difficult to determine. One feature, the presence or absence of hairs on the tube of the disk corollas seems consistent for a given specimen but seems to vary within species. Flower -humber per head often seems to be limited in single specimens but more variable in a species. More reliance has been placed on pappus which is present on 3% PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 many achenes in some species but is completely Lacking in others. Stem pubescence has a similar limited consistency. Long pubescence is characteristic of M. pallatangensis and M. wurdackii but this may be glabrescent as in one specimen seen of the former. Stems of other species such as M. holwayae and M. king1i are, in contrast, always short-puberulous. Rays are also limited to only some of the heads in species where they occur but they are sufficiently numerous to mark the distinction from the rayless species, M. dubia and M. holwayae. Leaf characters seem generally uniform throughout the genus, but M. pallatangensis seems markedly more bullate on the upper surlace than any other member of the genus, and M. flaverioides and M. jelskii of Peru seem to have a distinctive subentire leaf margin not seen in other species. Ecuadorian Species Four species are recognized from Ecuador with some question regarding the distinction in the rayless forms. The species can be distinguished by the following key. 1. » PLants: with: rays 2. Upper leaf surface distinctly minutely bullate; stems hirsute ....... . M. pallatangensis 2. Upper leaf surface smooth or nearly smooth, not bullate; stems short puberulous . . . M. kingii 1. Plants without rays 3. Anthers aborted, reduced ....... . M. dubia 3, Anthers normal sized, exerted at maturity M. holwayae Monactis dubia H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. 4: 226. 1818, e Folio. Ecuador: Valle Tarquensi, 1300 hex. Astemma dubium (H.B.K.) Lessing, Syn. Comp. 216. eh ee Ee “ee The anther reduction of the original description has been confirmed in the few corollas of the type preserved in the U.S. National Herbarium. However, this is taken as evidence of apomixis rather than a 1976 Robinson, Gems Monactis 37 dioecious condition. The anther condition is the only certain distinction between this species and the later described M. holwayae and both species are from the same area near Cuenca in southern Ecuador. Another difference between the species might be the lack of pappus described in M. dubia. The fragments seen show no pappus but the material is too sparing and too immature. The other three Ecuadorian species all have a pappus. Monactis holwayae (Blake) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Monopholis holwayae Blake, Bot. Gaz. 74: 419. 1922. Ecuador: Cuenca, Holway & Holway 989 (US). Monopholis hexantna Blake, Bot. Gaz. 74: 418. 1922. Ecuador: Cuenca, Holway & Holway 973 (US). Monactis penlandii Chung, Phytologia 14(6): 324. 1967. Ecuador: Banos near Cuenca, 2600 meters, Penland 1068 (isotype US). The two Blake species were distinguished in his key by supposed differences in pedicel lengths, and examination of the type of Monopholis holwayae does show a denser inflorescence. The inflorescence diff- erence seems, however, to be entirely an artifact of partial immaturity. Age effects not only the density of the inflorescence but also the size of the heads as paleae and achenes become more elongate. Another described difference between the two species is the 6-7 flowers per head in Monopholis hexantha versus the 8-11 in M. holwayae. Individual specimens do seem to have a limited range in flower number, still, some heads of the type of M. hexantha have as many as 8 flowers while other specimens have 7-8, 7-9 and 8-10. The specimens with lower numbers of flowers per head often have narrower leaves and narrower less ridged stems, but these characters do not correlate suffici- ently with others. Such plants might simply be from more exposed habitats. The Chung species seems to have been described in Monactis without knowledge of the species that had been described in Monopholis. Monactis holwayae is almost completely restricted to the Province of Azuay in Ecuador. One specimen has been seen from, ECUADOR: Canhar: near EL Tambo; 9500- 10,000 ft. elev., Camp 2429 (NY). This latter is from within the range of M. kingii. 38 P BY SOib Gear & Vol. 34, now 1 Monactis kingii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae frutescentes vel subarborescentes usque ad 5 m altae laxe ramosae. Caules teretes vel subangular- es striati minute puberuli. Folia alternata, petiolis 0.5-1.5 cm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 7-12 cm longae et 3-7 cm latae fere ad basem trinervatae base late cuneatae vel subtruncatae subabrupte in petiolis decurrentes margine serratae vel serrulatae apice leniter acuminatae supra non bullatae scabridulae et glanduliferae subtus canescentiter tomentellae in nervis et nervulis saepe fulvo-tomentellae. Inflores- centiae irregulariter corymboso-paniculatae in ramis foliosae, pedicellis O-2 mm longis minute dense puber- ulis. Capitula ca. 8-9 mm altae et 3-4 mm latae. Squamae involucri ca. 8 brunnescentes oblongae 2-4 mm longae et 0.5-1.0 mm latae margine indistincte scari- osae hirsutae extus puberulae glabrescentes apice anguste rotundatae; paleae squamis involucri similares anguste oblongae 5-6 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae base achaeniorum parum investientes extus evanescent- iter hirsutae glanduliferae. Flores radii 0-2 femin- ei; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis puberulis, limbis 5-6 mm longis et 2.5-3.5 mm latis apice breviter trilobatis extus pauce glanduliferis. Flores disci 9-10 hermaphroditi; corollae flavae 3.0-3.5 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.0-1.5 mm longis extus hirtellis et glandul- iferis vel subglabris, faucis late campanulatis ca. 1 mm longis et latis glabris, lobis ca. 1 mm longis et 0.4-0.5 mm latis glabris vel subglabris; thecae anther- arum ca. 1.2 mm longae; appendices ca. 0.3 mm longae. Achaenia fusiformia 4-5 mm longa nigra subtrigona; squama pappi solitaria raro nulla membranacea ca. 1 mm longa oblonga. TYPE: ECUADOR: Cantar: along the Pan-American Highway (route 1) ca. 2 kms SE of Canhar. elev. ca. 10,400 ft. Several small shrubs or trees to 2 meters tall, open sun, flowers yellow, King 6620 (holotype US; lsotypes MO, NY). Paratypes: ECUADOR: Caftar: along the Pan-American Highway (route 1) ca. 13 kms NW of El Tambo. elev. ca. 7800 ft. Abundant small trees, ca. 4-5 meters tall, flowers yellow, King 6623 (US, MO, NY); Dry chaparral scrub and Paramo, with occasional moist valleys, near El Tampo (ac. 69 km by RR south of Sibambe); 9,500-10,000 ft. elev. Lvs. deep green, subscabrous above; pale pubescent below. Bracts green, tipped with yellow. Corolla yellow. Anthers dark brown; stigmas yellow. One flower in head often ligulate. Gilar says that, previously in this region, he has seen this occasionally with two ray flowers in 1976 Robinson, Genus Monactis 39 the head . . ., Camp 2440 (NY); between Tambo and Suscal. North rim of the valley of the rio Cafiar. Shrubby, 3 m. Plants with many heads with 2 ligulate fls., Camp 2785 (NY). Monactis kingii superficially resembles M. palla- tangensis of the Province of Chimborazo by the presence of ray flowers. Both the upper leaf surface and the stem pubescence indicate a closer relation to M. holway- ae of Azguay. There is a tendency for M. kingii to have more broadly ovate and less decurrent Tea ades than are found in M. holwayae but there seem to be excepti- ons, especially in the rayless specimen from Cafiar that has been determined as M. holwayae in this study. Monactis pallatangensis (Hieron. ) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Chaenocephalus pallatangensis Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 29: G7. 1905. Ecuador: in valle Pallatanga, Sodiro 38 (frag. US). Monspholis pallatangensis (Hieron.) Blake, Bot. Gaz. 74: 419. 1922. The rougher upper leaf surface and the hairer stems distinguish this northernmost member of the genus. One specimen (E.L.Little 6764, US) does not show the longer pubescence, but this is the most mature specimen of the species and the stems are apparently glabrescent. Peruvian Species Limited material prevents any definitive results but four species seem to be present. 1. Leaf margins subentire, with remote partially recessed minute mucronations 2. Pappus lacking; stems lanate, glabrescent? M. flaverioides 2. Pappus present on most achenes; stems hirtellous M. jelskii 1. Margins of well-developed leaves distinctly serrate 3. Leaf margins with remote blunt teeth; stems puberulous; pappus present... M. hieronymi Lo PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 3. Leaf margins closely and often sharply serrate; stems densely villose or lanate; pappus never present... cays See se Monactis flaverioides H.B.K., Nov. Gen. et Sp. ed. folio 225. 1818. Peru: Provincia Bracamorensi, inter urbem Jaen et ripam fluminis Amazonum, alt. 250 hex. Monactis flaveriae DC., Prodr. 5: 546. 1836. The species was originally illustrated with obtusely acute leaves unlike any other in the genus. A microfiche of the type specimen indicates the leaf tips are badly broken and that aspect of the illustration seems to have been an erroneous reconstruction. The microfiche also indicates that the illustration over- emphasizes the marginal teeth which were originally described as "Folia . . . margine denticulis minutis- simis obtusis valde remotis instructa." Also, the original genus description says, "Arbores foliis alternis integris: . . ." As such, the species seems closest to Monactis jelskiihaving thinner nearly entire leaves. The branches were originally described as "ramulis . . . glabriusculis" and the achenes are without a pappus, a combination not matched by more recent collections in the genus. It seems likely, however, that the described stem pubescence represents a glabrescent condition such as is seen on older stem parts in two specimens from Peru cited below. It is notable that the puberulent condition which is noted in the original description of M. dubia by the same authors, does not seem to be as glabrescent. PERU: AMAZONAS: Chachapoyas: Mathews (NY); Chachapoyas: cerca a Leimebamba, habitat matorral, alt. 2200-2300 m, arbusto 1.50-2 m de alto, Ferreyra 15547 (US). Monactis hieronymi H.Robinson, nom. nov. Chaenocephalus jelskii Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 36: 494, . Peru: prope Tambillo, Jelski 698 (isotype US). Monopholis jelskii (Hieron. ) Blake, Bot. Gaz. 74: G20. 1357, The new name is necessary since the combination Monactis jelskii is preoccupied. The species seems 1976 Robinson, Genus Monactis kl closest to M. wurdackii as noted under that species. The species is known only from the type collected in eastern Piura, Peru. Monactis jelskii Hieron., Bot. Jahrb. 36: 486. 1905. Peru: prope Cutervo, Jelski 684 (isotype frag. US). The species seems close to material tentatively included here under M. flaverioides, but the type differs by its puberulous rather than villous stems and its pappus of one or even two squamae. Monactis wurdackii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae frutescentes usque ad 5 m altae laxe ramosae. Caules teretes striati dense villosi. Folia alternata, petiolis 1.5-5.0 cm longis; laminae ovatae plerumque 8-14 cm longae et 4.5-9.0 cm latae supra basem trinervatae base late cuneatae subabrupte in petiolis decurrentes margine in foliis inferioribus distincte vel grosse serratae apice acutae vel sub- acuminatae supra non vel vix bullatae scabridulae et sparse glanduliferae subtus canescentiter tomentellae in nervis et nervulis plerumque fulvescentes. Inflor- escentiae irregulariter corymboso-paniculatae in ramis foliosae, pedicellis 0-3 mm longis dense hirtellis. Capitula 8-10 mm alta et 3-4 mm lata. Squamae invol- ucri ca. 10 flavo-virides vel brunnescentes oblongae 2-5 mm longae et 0.5-1.0 mm latae margine indistincte scariosae hirsutae extus puberulae glabescentes apice rotundatae; paleae squamis involucris similares anguste oblongae 5-7 mm longae et ca. 1 mm latae base achaeniorum parum investientes extus evanescentiter hirsutae glanduliferae. Flores radii 0-2 feminei; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 1 mm longis puberulis, limbis 7-8 mm longis et 2-3 mm latis apice minute trilobatis. Flores disci ca. 8-10 hermaphroditi; corollae flavae 3.5-4.0 mm longae, tubis ca. 1.5 mm longis extus hirtellis vel glabris, faucis late campanulatis ca. 1 mm longis et latis glabris, lobis ca. 1.3 mm longis et o.6-0.7 mm latis glabris vel sub- glabris; thecae antherarum ca. 1.3 mm longae; append- ices 0.3-0.4 mm longae. Achaenia ca. 5 mm longa nigra subtrigona vel subquadrangularia; pappus nullus. TYPE: PERU: Amazonas: Chachapoyas: Rock quarry 1 km _ southwset of Chachapoyas, elev. 2300 m, Shrub 3-5 m. Rays 0-2, yellow; disc yellow. Locally frequent. Chromosom number n = ca. 30 (B.L.Turner). May 22, 1962. Wurdack 452 (Holotype US; isotype NY). 2 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 Paratypes: PERU: Amazonas: Entre Conila y Cohechdn. Soukup 4131 (US); CAJAMARCA: Celendin: Canyon Rio Marafion above Balsas, 5 km below summit of road to Celendin. Shrub ca. 4m. Leaves crisp, densely pubes- cent beneath. Pubescent stems red-violet toward apices. Rays lemon yellow, disks golden yellow. usually one or two rays per head. Alt. 2930 m. May 24, 1964, Hutchison & Wright 5319 (US, NY). The new species seems “distinct in the closely serrate leaves and in the densely villous stems and petioles. The nearest resemblance is to M. hieronymi which has more remote blunt teeth on the leaves, puberulous stems, and achenes often bearing a small pappus. There is an additional specimen from Chachapoyas collected by Mathews (K not seen, NY, photo US) which seems close to Monactis wurdackii but it has short pubescence on the stem. LITERATURE CITED Bentham, G. and J. D. Hooker 1873. Genera Plantarum, 2 (1): 1-554. Blake, S. F. 1922. New South American Asteraceae collected by E. W. D. Holway. Bot. Gaz. 74: 414- 430% ply 20% Chung, I. 1967. Nww taxa of South American Sompositae. Phytologia 14 (6): 321-325. Hieronymus, G. 1900. Aloysius Sodiro, S. J.: Plantae ecuadorenses. II. Compositae. Bot. Jahrb. 29: 1-85. ~ ¥ L905... Plantae peruvianae a claro Constantino de Jelski collectae. Compositae. Bot. Jahrb. 36: 458-513. Humboldt, F. H. A. von, A. J. Bonpland and)G@)*s.3hunen 1818. Nova Genera et Species Plantarum. ed. folio les) 1=2h6), pl.) 301-4125 Robinson, B. L. 1911. III. On some hitherto undescri- ed or misplaced Compositae. Proc. Amer. Acad. 47: 206-216. 1976 Robinson, Genus Monactis 43 PLANTS OF ECUADOR 2733329 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Monactis kingii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. hh PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now l Monactis kingii H.Robinson, enlargement of heads. 1976 Robinson, Gems Monactis 5 SMITHSONIAN PERUVIAN EXPEDITION Departamento de Amazonas, Provincia de Chachapoyas f wurdackit A Rebirsep Jelelype Monactis wurdackii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium, STUDIES IN THE LIABEAE (ASTERACEAE). IIL. NOTES ON THE GENUS, CACOSMIA. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The genus Cacosmia HBK was described in 1818 with a single species, C. rugosa, from southern Ecuador. The locality was erroneously given as Peru but the species has since been found in Peru also. A second name, C. quinquenervia Steud., has appeared only in synonymy, but the genus has continued to contain a single described species. In 1901 in his treatment of the Lehmann collections Hieronymus did recognize some diversity in Cacosmia which he treated at the varietal level. The typical variety has artic- ulated hairs on the stems and stipules, ovate to broadly elliptical serrate leaves, and involucres with only the tips of the outer phyllaries violaceous. The variety arachnoidea Hieron. of southern Ecuador had evanescent arachnoid pubescence without intermixed articulated hairs, narrow entire leaves, and dark phyllaries. The variety nivea Hieron. from Peru combined the leaf form and phyllary color of the typi- cal variety with the pubescence of variety arachnoidea. No taxonomic changes have occurred in Cacosmia since the work of Hieronymus. The genus Cacosmia has been reviewed recently with the intent to treat the genus in the Liabeae of Ecuador. Help has been obtained from new collections from Ecuador by R.M.King with comments on habit and on presence or absence of milky sap. The review has served to emphasize the differences in the extreme variants of the genus as they occur in Ecuador and to indicate that they should be treated as separate species. Another local variety has also been recognized in southern Ecuador and northern Peru. The present treatment puts more emphasis on differences of leaf form and recognizes strictly pubescence differences at the varietal level. Cacosmia hieronymi H.Robinson, sp. nov. ~"“Plantae frutescentes 1.0-1.5 m altae saepe dense ramosae. Caules teretes striati castanei arachnoideo- pubescentes glabescentes, internodis plerumque 1-4 cm longis. Folia opposita, stipulis connatis vaginatis arachnoideo-pubescentibus sine aut fere sine pilis articulatis glabrescentibus, petiolis 1-2 mm longis; 46 1976 Robinson, Genus Cacosmia 7 laminae ovato-lanceolatae vel lanceolatae plerumque 2.0-4.5 cm longae et 0.5-1.5 cm latae margine integrae vel bullato-crenulatae apice acutae supra bullatae in bullis glabrae subtus dense tomentosae obscure gland- uliferae fere ad basem trinervatae. Inflorescentiae dense corymbosae vel breviter paniculatae, ramis dense tomentosis; capitula 7-8 mm alta; squamae involucre ca. 25 ca. 5-6-seriatae 1-7 mm longae ovatae vel anguste ellipticae omnino aut plerumque purpurascentes apice anguste rotundatae minute fimbriatae extus glabrae; flores radii 5; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis glanduliferis et hirsutis, limbis ca. 6 mm longis erliperecis. flores disci ca. 6; corollae ca. 5 mm longae extus glanduliferae inferne hirsutae, tubis indistinctis, lobis ca. 2 mm longis; thecae antherarum pallide vel parum brunnescentes 1.8-2.3 mm longae, appendicibus ca. 0.3 mm longis. Achaenia 1.5-2.0 mm longa glabra; pappus nullus. TYPE: ECUADOR: Azuay: along the road to Loja, c 6 kms generally SE of Cumbe, several shrubs to 145M tall, open area, flowers yellow. Elev. ca. 9600 ft. Feb. 4, 1974. King 6702 (Holotype US). Paratypes: ECUADOR: Mountains of Cuenca and Loja, W.Jameson (US, NY). AZUAY-LOJA: Nudo de Cordillera Occidental y Cordillera Oriental entre Ofia y Rancho Ovejero. Between Cumbe (2704 m) and cerca 2800 m, on south- bound road. Barclay & Juajibioy 8435 (US). AZUAY: Along the rio Tarqui, 4-18 km south of Cuenca; 8300- 9000 ft. elev., bases of cliffs, Camp E-1890 (US, NY); Vicinity of Cuenca; 8200-8900 ft. elev. Near union of rios Tarqui and Yanuncay. Cam p E-2635 JON); Vicinity of Cuenca; 8200-8900 ft. elev. Along rio Milchichic. gam E-2722 (NY); Along the road to Loja, ca. 39 kms S Cumbe. Elev. Cat 7 10,200" £E. Locally common annie 1m tall, flowers yellow, no apparent milky sap. King & Garvey 6903 (US); Pdramo Alpacada, along Pan-American Highway 82 km south of Cuenca, alt. S700-te. Wiggins LO8lO (US, NY). CANAR: Vicinity of Santa Rosa de Caflar. Rose 22666 CUS). "LOJA: On road from Loja to Cuenca; elev. 2900 m. Dodson & Thien 854 (US); Saraguro (unos 50 km N. Loja) 2500 m.s.m. Espinosa 1408 (NY); Between San Mt and Ona. Alt. 3300-3100 mm m. Hitchcock 21569 CUS’). The new species has a distinctive appearance in the narrower lanceolate leaves without obvious teeth in contrast to the oblong or broadly elliptical toothed leaves of C. rugosa. The inflorescence also is usually condensed into one or a few simple often sessile clusters. The most paniculate forms of the inflorescence are like the least developed forms in a. 48 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 C. rugosa. The new species has phyllaries usually mostly purplish while C. rugosa has phyllaries yellow- ish to brownish with at most the tips purple. A key to the Ecuadorian material of the genus could utilize the difference in stem pubescence, glabrescent arachnoid pubescence without intermixed coarser articulated hairs in C. hieronymi versus mostly coarse articulated persistent hairs in C. rugosa. The C. hieronymi type of pubescence is found, however, in the C. rugosa var. nivea which is known from central Cajamarca south to Huanuco in Peru. The recent King collections from Ecuador have one other possible character of significance. The King 6903 is noted as having no apparent milky sap while a specimen of C. rugosa var. kingii similarly tested had milky sap. The reliability of the character is yet to be proven. The northernmost specimen of the new species, Rose 22666 from Cafiar, has a few small teeth on some of the leaves which might indicate introgression with C. rugosa, but other characters are as in typical C. hieronymi. e new species is evidently the entity named by Hieronymus as Cacosmia rugosa var. arachnoidea, but it has seemed best to provide a new name at the species level with a new type specimen. Cacosmia rugosa var. kingii H.Robinson, var. nov. 37 Caules hirsuti, pilis articulatis persistentibus. Folia oblongo-ovata supra in bullis pilosa. Inflores- centiae paniculatae; squamae involucri flavae brunnes- centea. p TYPE: PERU: CAJAMARCA: Tabaconas, on Rio Tabacon- as, 20 km e.s.e. Huancabamba, Prov. de Jaen, gently sloping alluvial fan, somewhat dissected, with grassy pasture, thickets and scattered shrubs. Alt. 1900 m, Common on edges of ravines, shrub 1 m tall; flowers yellow. June 11, 1947. F.R.Fosberg 27777 (Holotype US). Paratypes: PERU: CAJAMARCA: Prov. Jaen: Above Tabaconas, 2300 m. Weberbauer 6304 (US). ECUADOR: LOJA: Along the road to Zamora, ca. 2 kms E of Loja. Elev. ca. 7000 ft., common shrubs 1 m tall, open sun, flowers yellow, sap milky, King & Garvey 6913 (US). The three specimens all show the distinctive pubescence on the upper surface of the leaves. The bullate surfaces are nearly or completely glabrous in all other specimens of the species. Other characters of C. rugosa var. kingii are as in typical C. rugosa and the former is geographically restricted to areas entirely within the range of the latter. The specimens 1976 Robinson, Gemis Cacosmia 49 are from both Ecuador and Peru but in closely adjacent areas that suggest a natural range along the eastern slopes of the Andes from near Loja in the north to Tabaconas in the south. LITERATURE CITED Hieronymus, G. 1901. Plantae Lehmannianae praesertim in Columbia et Ecuador collectae additis quibus- dam ab aliis collectoribus ex iisdem regionibus allatis determinatae et descriptae. Compositae ieee bor. Jahrb. 28: 558-659. Humboldt fF. H. A. von, A. J. Bonpland and C. S. Kunth 1818. Nova Genera et Species Plantarum. ed. folio 4: 1-246, pl. 301-412. 50 P BY TO: DOe° 1d Vol. 3h, no. 1 PLAN OF ECUADOR « Paris hine O« rubs to 1 1/2 meters tall, open area, wit STATES UNITE ATE =p by kad 2733138 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Cacosmia hieronymi H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. 1976 Robinson, Genus Cacosmia Sl = UNITED STATES 2680716 NATIONAL Cacosmia rugosa var. kingii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 52 PHYTOLOGIA ST TTT TTT LST Titilittir serrtertirun “ va R Ye ~ vn, “Fr a 4a *s 7a Top: enlargments of heads, Cacosmia C, rugosa var. kingii. Bottom: upper Lea C. hieronymi and C. rugosa var. kingii. ow i: ".* Li he: * Vol. 3h, nO. 1 hieronymi and f surfaces, STUDIES IN THE LIABEAE (ASTERACEAE). IV. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS, PHILOGLOSSA. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The recent review of the genus Philoglossa DC. (Robinson & Cuatrecasas, 1973) recognized four species concentrated in the region of Peru. Some additional specimens have been seen and two are of special interest. Previous distribution data suggested little or no overlap in the range of the species, but the new collections complicate that picture. A collection recently distributed under the name of Philoglossa peruviana DC. from within the range of that species lacks the characteristic habit and has on examination proven to be P. pterocarpa Sandwith. The Sandwith species was described from an area well to the northwest in Cajamarca. The data of the new specimen is: PERU: Lima: Central highway ca. 26 km above Chosica - 18 km W of Matucana, G.Edwin & J.Schun- ke V. 3790. The flowers are noted as pale red. It Is notable that P. pterocarpa has been reported once previously from the Lomas near Lima (Nr. 1313, Diers, 1961). The Diers specimen, which is the basis for the only chromosome report in the genus, has not been restudied. The second collection of note has the superficial habit of P. peruviana but is from Libertad, to the northwest of the known range of that species. Closer examination shows that the specimen is an undescribed species with some particularly distinctive characters. The new species has larger heads with more flowers than any other member of the genus. The material is limited and the number of flowers is estimated from a partial count, but there are not less than 50-60 rays and ca. 50 disk flowers. The rays and outermost disk flowers are yellow as usual for the genus and the tribe, but the inner disk flowers have purple corollas with the red pigment prominent in material mounted on slides. The only other member of the tribe with similar color is Chionopappus Benth. which also has yellow rays and purple Aree flowers. The disk corollas of the new species also have very prominent setae near the tips of the lobes. The setae are more like those on the stems and leaves and involucral bracts and 53 5h Peo Y SO L.O:6 EE Vol. 34, now 1 unlike hairs on the corollas of related species. The anther appendage alone will distinguish the new species from P. peruviana, but it is like the other three species of the genus in being oblong with an entire margin. A further distinctive feature of the species is the achene with a fringe of hairs along its margins and a well developed pappus. The pappus normally has two aristae and a series of shorter laciniate squamae. Except for the reduction in the number of aristae to correlate to the number of ribs of the achene, the pappus is like some forms in the genus Munnozia. The pappus in other species of Philoglossa is much more reduced or totally lacking. In splte of the many distinctive features the generic placement can be confirmed not only by the close habit resemblance to P. peruviana but also by the distinctive type of hairs on the stem and by the compressed achenes. Philoglossa rpureodisca H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae base erectae usque ad 40 cm altae pauce ramosae. Caules teretes vel subhexagonales in sicco striati pilosi vel dense plilosi, cellwlis 1-3 basilaribus pilorum grosse inflatis. Folia opposita sessilia inferne remota minuta superne in binis dupli- cibus subverticillata; laminae ovatae 3.5-6.5 cm longae et 2.0-3.5 cm latae base cuneatae margine remote mucronate serratae apice acutae supra pilosae subtus in nervis grosse pilosae inter nervos rigide tenuius antrorse appresse pilosae fere ad basem tri- vel quinque-nervatae. Inflorescentiae in axillis foliorum congestorum unicapitatae, pedicellis usque ad 7 cm longis dense pilosis. Capitula ca. 8-9 mm alta et ca. 1.8 mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. 25 ca. 9 mm longae ca. 2.5 mm latae exteriores oblongae acutae vel obtuse acutae margine dense ciliatae base extus glabrae supra medio chlorophyllosae extus et intus pilosae; squamae interiores lanceolatae anguste acuminatae extus et intus glabrae. Flores radii ca. 70; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis superne hirsutis, pilis hieraceiformibus, limbis ca. 7 mm longis ca. 1.7 mm latis glabris apice emarginatis. Flores disci ca. 50- 60; corollae peripherales flavae ceterae purpureae ca, 5 mm longae, tubis 1.7 mm longis glabris, faucis abrupte campanulatis glabris, lobis 2.2-2.8 mm longis ca. 0.6 mm latis ad apicem setiferis, setis 3-4- cellularibus uniseriatis, cellulis 1-2 basilaribus ca. 504 latis et longis, cellulis apicalibus angustioribus elongatis rigidis minute papillosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca, 250M longa; thecae 2.2 mm longae; append- ices antherarum integrae oblongae ca. 200m longae et 1976 Robinson, Genus Philoglossa 55 170m latae. Achaenia immatura ca. 1 mm longa compressa margine hirtella; pappus biaristatus et multisquamatus, aristis 2.2-2.5 mm longis scabridis, squamis ca. 8 oblongo-lanceolatis apice laciniatis. Grana pollinis ca. 35 diam. TYPE: PERU: LIBERTAD: Trujillo: Cerro Cabras, declive del cerro, 400 m.s.m. herbacea, flores amarillas. Aug. 6, 1949. N.Angulo 1219 (Holotype, NY). The type locality of Philoglossa purpureodisca is within the area where P. pterocarpa might be expected to occur. LITERATURE CITED Diers, L. 1961. Der Anteil an Polyploiden in den Vegetationsgtirteln der Westkordillere Perus. Zeit. £. Bot. 49: 437-488. Robinson, H. and J. Cuatrecasas 1973. Synopsis of the genus Philoglossa (Liabeae, Asteraceae). Phytologia TTGDE 381-388. 56 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 pewter tobe Th abeme NACIONAL DU TRUJILLO CEO ores» jcusisaneger idle ene Je wie . - see > tf ait. at) Ma... .OMb- hh tbanlad Mes Orrae aso sieitnns SRS aS ne Fecha: 6. Aight ti. LPRB. A. Air he wake wie Philoglossa purpureodisca H.Robinson, Holotype, New Yor Berenice Garden. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLIX. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS, AYAPANA. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The genus Ayapana was resurrected six years ago (King & Robinson, 70) for a series of distinctive species having fimbriate style appendages and enlarged cells on the base of the carpopodium, A few corrections and additions have been made since (King & Robinson, £7 091.9735" 1975). Recent collections from Ecuador and accumulated undetermined specimens of Ayapana from Colombia, Peru and Bolivia have been reviewed and the following three undescribed species and one species needing transfer have been encountered. All the new species have white flowers and blunt oblong phyllaries mostly glabrous in the basal half which relate them to the A. elata complex. The newly combined species seems to belong to this complex also. Because of the complexity of the genus a key to species is offered at the end of the paper. Ayapana ecuadorensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae usque ad 4 m altae laxe ramosae. Caules flavo-virides teretes striati dense puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis non alatis 1.0-1.5 cm longis; laminae ovatae vel lanceolatae plerumque 6-9 cm longae 1.5-4.0 em latae base acuminatae fere ad basem distincte tri- nervatae margine remote serrulatae vel subintegrae apice longe anguste acuminatae supra glabrae subtus glandulo- Punctatae in nervis et nervulis puberulae. Inflorescentae Paniculatae ca. 40 cm altae et latae, pedicellis pler- umque 2-5 mm longis minute puberulis; capitula ca. 5 mm alta; squamae involucri ca. 25 ca. 4-seriatae exteriores ovatae 1.0-1.5 mm longae 1 mm lLatae extus dense puber- ulae, interiores usque ad 4 mm longae 0.5-1.0 mm Latae oblongae vel anguste oblongae bistriatae obtusae vel truncatae extus plerumque glabrae ad apicem dense pub- erulae; flores 20-25 in capitulo; corollae albae? 3 mm longae superne sensim anguste infundibulares, lobis OF 2 mm longis 0.25 mm latis extus dense glanduliferis pauce breviter setiferis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.15 mm longa; thecae ca. 0.7 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongae 0.2 mm longae et 0.13 mm latae; _ appendices stylorum sensim parum angustiores; achaenila 1.3-1.5 mm longa superne setifera et perpauce glanduli- fera inferne minute spiculifera ad basem pauce gland- 57 58 PHYTOL OG IS Vol. 3h, now 1 ulifera; setae pappi 35-40 ca. 2.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 20» in diametro. Type: ECUADOR: Canar: along the road to Canar, ca. 77 kms ESE of Guayaquil. Elevation ca. 900 ft. Jan. 22, 1976. King & Garvey 6872 (Holotype US, Isotype MO). Paratype: ECUADOR: Canar: along the road to Canar, ca. 24 kms ESE of El Triunfo. Elevation ca. 1,000 ft. King & Garvey 7000 (US, MO). The new species is most distinct in the form of the leaf which is trinervate from near the basal fifth and which is strongly acuminate. The species seems to be the only member of the white flowered group known in Ecuador but A. elata is known from Panama and the Choco to the north and from Peru to the south. The Lack of previous collections of this species indicates the inadequacy of collecting in the lower elevations in Ecuador. Ayapana haughtii R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae £.0-1.5 m altae laxe ramosae, Caules virides teretes striati glabrescentes. Folia opposita, petiolis non alatis 1-3 cm longis; Laminae ellipticae primariae 15-17 cm longae et 3.0-3.5 cm Latae base anguste acuminatae margine distincte remote serratae apice anguste acutae vel acuminatae supra glabrae subtus glandulo-punctatae et in nervis et nervulis puberulae, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque 5-6 sensim valde ascendentibus, folia secundaria 7-12 cm Longa obscure serrata vel subintegra. Inflorescentiae paniculatae ca. 40 cm altae et 28 cm latae, ramis et ramulis minute puberulis, ramis laxe subcymosis, pedicellis saepe 5-7 mm lLongis; capitula ca. 5 mm alta; squamae involucre ca. 30 ca. 4-seriatae exteriores ovatae 1.0-1.5 mm Longae et 0.5-0.8 mm lLatae obtusae extus puberulae, interiores usque ad 4 mm longae 0.7-1.0 mm latae oblong- ae vel anguste oblongae bistriatae obtusae vel truncatae extus plerumque glabrae ad apicem dense puberulae et glanduliferae; flores ca. 24 in capitulo; corollae albae? 3 mm longae superne sensim anguste infundibulares, lobis 0.2 mm longis et 0.3 mm latis extus dense glandul- iferis perpauce setiferis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.15 mm longa; thecae ca. 0.8 mm longae; appendices antherarum oblongae ca. 0.15 mm longae et 0.13 mm latae; appendices stylorum sensim angustiores; achaenia 1.3-1.5 mm Longa superne setifera inferne sparse spiculifera perpauce glandulfera; setae pappi 35-40 ca. 2.5-2.8 mm 1976 King & Robinson, Additions to Ayapana 59 longae. Grana pollinis ca. 20-22, in diametro. Type: COLOMBIA: Sur de Santander: Vicinity of Puerto Berrio, between Carare and Magdalena Rivers, at Puerto Parra, on the Carare River at about 100 m. July 31, 1936. Haught 1972 (Holotype US, Isotype NY). The unwinged leaf base and the 20-25 flowers per head relate the species most closely to A. trinitensis (Kuntze) K.& R. found in Trinidad and Venezuela and known from one collection in Colombia. The new species is distinct in the much more diffuse inflorescence with many lLong-pedicelled heads and by the elliptical often narrow rather than ovate leaves. Ayapana lanceolata R.M.King & H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae scandentes usque ad 3.5 m longae laxe ramosae. Caules sensim castanei teretes vix striati minute puberuli. Folia opposita, petiolis non alatis 3-9 mm longis; Laminae ovato-lanceolatae plerumque 8-13 cm longae et 3.5-5.0 cm lLatae base rotundatae vel sub- cordatae margine integrae apice anguste acuminatae supra glabrae, nervis et nevulis prominulis, subtus dense glandulo-punctatae in nervis minute puberulae, nervis secundariis pinnatis utrinque 5-6 plerumque in dimidio inferiores; folia superiora subtrinervata. Inflorescentiae paniculatae usque ad 40 cm altae et 35 cm lLatae, ramis cymosis, ramis et ramulis minute puber- ulis, pedicellis plerumque 1-2 mm longis; capitula ca. 6 mm alta; squamae involucri ca. 30 ca. 5-seriatae ovatae vel anguste oblongae 1-5 mm longae et 0.8-1.0 mm lLatae obtusae vel truncatae plerumque 4-striatae extus plerumque glabrae ad apicem dense puberulae et glanduliferae; flores ca. 24 in capitulo; corollae albae? ca. 3.5 mm longae anguste infundibulares, lLobis 0.3 mm longis et latis extus dense glanduliferis; filamenta in parte superiore 1.0-1.5 mm longa; thecae 0.8-1.0 mm lLongae; appendices antherarum triangulares 0,20-0.25 mm longae et 0.13-0.15 mm Latae; appendices stylorum sensim angustiores; achaenia ca. 2 mm longa in costis spiculifera ad apicem pauce glandulifera; setae pappi 30-35 ca. 2.5-2.8 mm longae. Grana pollinis ca. 18-20, in diametro. type: PERU: San Martin: Prov. & Dist. Lamas, north of San Antonio 2-4 km, along Rfo Cumbasa in dense mingle. Att. ca. 1200 ft. Vine to 10 feet; flowers probably white. Oct. 2- Nov. 4, 1937. Belshaw 3517 (Holotype US). Paratypes: PERU: Madre de Dios: Rio 60 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 Acre. Seringal Auristella. Bl. grtinlich gelbweiss, Kletterpfl. August 1911. Ule 9895 (US). BOLIVIA: La Paz: Region tropical, San Carlos b. Mapiri, 750 m, in Geblisch, Strauch 1 m hoch. August 1907. Buchtien | 1507 (US); Prov. of S. Yungas, basin of Rio Bopi, San Bartolome (near Calisaya), alt. 750-900 m. Herb. July 1-22, 1939. Krukoff 10353 (CUS). The species is immediately distinct by the ovate lanceolate short-petioled leaves with rounded to slightly cordate bases. The under surfaces of the leaves appear brownish from the numerous glandular punctations. The corollas differ in shape significantly from those of A. elata, A. ecuadorensis, A. haughtii, and others of the white flowered group which flare abruptly near the apex and have lobes broader than long. In the new species the corolla is a more conventional funnelform and the lobes are as long as broad. The Bolivian material is very immature and differs in minor ways from the type from north-central Peru. The Ule specimen is in poor vegetative condition but is mature showing all the characteristics of the species. The latter is from an area of Peru adjacent to Bolivia. The species seems to have a considerable range along the edge of the Amazon Basin. Ayapana pilluanensis (Hieron. ) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Eupatorium pilluanense Hieron., Verh. Bot. Ver. Brand. TOE. G8: 201. (1907). The species is placed here on the basis of the description and a photograph of the type specimen (B-destroyed). The species was originally compared with Eupatorium (Condylidium) iresinoides (HBK) by Hieronymous, and the plant in the photo shows the habit shared by Ayapana and Condylidium. Nevertheless, the photo also shows the corolla shape and the involucre well enough to exclude Condylidium from consideration. Key to Species l. Heads with paleae; pappus reduced to short fringe A. squarrosa 1. Heads without paleae; pappus with 20-40 capillary bristles 2 2. Heads slightly to strongly reddish; phyllaries acute to acuminate, phyllaries pubescent over most of outer surface 3 1976 Dis LO; 10. King & Robinson, Additions to Ayapana 61 Heads not reddish, corollas white; phyllaries obtuse or rounded to truncate, inner phyllaries glabrous except at tips Phyllaries in 4-5 graduated series, outer phyllar- ies mostly oblong Phyllaries in 2-4 indistinct series, all phyllaries linear-lLanceolate cS) Leaves perfoliate with broadly winged petioles; heads with ca. 22 flowers A. ornithophora Leaves with very short unwinged petioles; heads with 30-40 flowers A. amygdalina Heads with ca. 25 flowers; inflorescence with densely subcorymbose branches; Leaves pinnately veined A. stenolepis Heads with 30-55 flowers; inflorescence with laxly cymose branches; leaves trinervate 6 Stems and often midveins of leaves becoming reddish; upper surfaces of leaves glabrous Dis triplinervis Stems and midveins of leaves not reddish; upper surfaces of leaves pilose A. jaramillii Leaves short-acute A. pilluanensis Leaves sharply acute to acuminate 8 Leaves sessile or with distinct narrow wing to base, often with stipule-like auricles 9 Leaves petiolate without evident wings LL Leaves narrowly lanceolate, without hairs below A. hylophila Leaves narrowly Lanceolate to ovate, with hairs below on at least the veins 10 Branches of inflorescence lLaxly cymose A. elata Branches of inflorescence densely subcymose to corymbose A. turbacensis 62 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 ll. Leaves trinervate from near base A. ecuadorensis 11. Leaves pinnately veined 12 12. Heads with ca. 12 flowers; leaf tips strongly and narrowly acuminate A. tovarensis 12. Heads with 20-25 flowers; leaf tips usually only slightly acuminate 13 13. Leaves with rounded or cordate bases; plants of Peru and Bolivia A. lanceolata 13. Leaves with cuneate bases; plants of Colombia and Venezuela 14 14. Inflorescence diffuse without contiguous heads; leaves elliptical to narrowly elliptical Ai haughtii 14. Inflorescence with heads in clusters; leaves mostly ovate A. trinitensis Literature Cited King, R. M. and H. Robinson 1970a. Studies an the Eupatorieae (Compositae). XXX. The genus Ayapana. Phytologia 20: 210-212. and . 1970b. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Compositae). XXXII. A new genus, Neocuatrecasia. Phytologia 20: 332-333, and . 1973. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CXIV. The genera of Barro Colorado Island, Panama. Phytologia 27: 233-240. and . 1975. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). CLVI. Various new combinations. Phytologia 32: 283-285. Acknowledgement This study was supported in part by the National Science Foundation Grant BMS 70-00537 to the senior author. 1976 King & Robinson, Additions to Ayspans 63 2727466 NATIONAL HERBARIUM Ayapana ecuadorensis R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. Vol. 3h, no. 1 PHYTOLOGIA VIRROIOO 40 SiNW IE anew See ay . { teserer 7 one ass R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, Ll Herbarium. ughtil haug ana United States Nationa Ayap 1976 King & Robinson, Additions to Ayapana 65 A, / “<& V7 y Eupats Ae casey, Pi je-. Ayapana lanceolata R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 66 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 Enlargements of heads of Ayapan. Top: Lett, ae ecuadorensis. Top right, A. haughtii. Bottom, A. lanceolata. A NEW SPECIES OF TAXILEJEUNEA FROM VENEZUELA Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Three recent collections by Dr. Julian Steyermark from the State of Yaracuy in Venezuela represent a distinctive and previously undescribed species of Taxilejeunea. The generic assignment is made mostly on the basis of the large cordate underleaves and the lateral perianths with single innovations. This generic position is strengthened by the occasional presence of a second perianth on the innovations. The species is one of the few forms in the genus having broadly rounded leaf tips and is distinct among these by the marked vitta of enlarged central cells in the leaves surrounded by smaller cells. The near Lack of lobuli combined with the oblong sharply spreading leaves gives the plant a superficial resemblance to some tropical american species of Calypogeia such as C. parallelogramma (Spruce) Steph. Taxilejeunea steyermarkii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Aare autolicae pusilla flavo-virides, vittis foliorum flavescentiores. Caulis veteriores profuse ramosi ex 7 cellularum corticalium et 17-18 medullar- ium seriebus compositus. Folia caulina contigua recte patula plano-disticha oblonga ca. 700y, longa et 500, lata base superiore subcordata apice Late rotundata margins vix crenulata; cellulae interiores in vittis latis ovales vel oblongae 40-50, longae et 20-25y latae, parietibus subdistincte minute noduliferis, trigonis minutis distinctis; cellulae versus marginem subabrupte differentes rotundatae vel subquadratae marginales ca. 15, diam. submarginales ca. 20y diam., parietibus inornatis; parietes exteriores omnes asper- ulae?, Amphigastria late ovata vel suborbiculata caule 3-4-plo latiora plerumque 450-600u Longa et Lata base Late cordata ad medium bifida, lobis valde acumin- atis, cellulis basilaribus ad 35y diam., mediis oblongis vel subrotundatis 15-25» latis et 25-30p longis, cellulis versus marginem sensim subrotundatis vel subquadratis 15-20u diam., cellulis apicalibus cylindraceis, trigonis in partibus mediis minutis, parietes exteriores non asperulae. Perianthia in ramulis terminalia, tnfewat Loptbus unicis raro denuo 68 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 fertilibus. Folia floralis spathulata ca. 400 longa et 200u lata apice rotundata, cellulis ad cellulam foliorum caulinarum similibus, lLobulis oblongis ca. 150y longis et 70y latis breviter acutis; bracteola | obovata 350-400u longa ad 1/3 bifida, lobis breviter ; acuminatis, cellulis irregularibus 15-35» Longis et 12-25uy Latis versus marginem minimis. Perianthia obpyriformia ca. 4004 longa et 200u Lata aliquantum complanata inferne nuda superne in carinis pauce dent- iculata. Androecia in ramulis brevibus terminalia. Type: VENEZUELA: Yaracuy: Selva nublada, EL Ampato, 7-11 km al norte de Salom, Distrito Nirgua. Altura: 1200-1300 m, on Living branch by stream. Mar. 22, 1975. Steyermark & Carreno Espinoza 111484a (Holotype US; Isotype VEN). Paratypes: VENEZUELA: Yaracuy: same data as holotype except epiphyllous. Steyermark & Carreno Espinoza 111470a (US, VEN); Yaracuy: Cabeceras de la Quebrada Amparo, selva nub- lada virgen en la cumbre, El Amparo hacia Candelaria, a 7-9 km al norte de Salom. altura 1220-1250 m, epiphyte. Nov. 30, 1974. Steyermark & Carreno Espinoza 111178a (US, VEN). J e Figures 1-7. Taxilejeunea steyermarkii H.Robinson. Part of plant with female Sranche 2. Cauline leaf. Cells of median upper sector of leaf. 4. Underleaf. Cells of lobe apex. 6. Female floral leaf with Wa Sr 5, lobule. 7. Female bracteole. WEEDS (7) OF JAPAN Otto & Isa Degener A mysterious package arrived by certified mail recently from the Kumiai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. It contained a brochure and a heavy 2.5 cme, thick book measuring 19 X 26 cm. The imposing brochure shows this Tokyo concern to have a paid-up capitalization of 1,260,000,000 yen, and to have branch factories in Sao Paulo, Brazil and Bangkok, Thailand. The company concentrates in the manufacture of pesticides, {ndustrial chemicals, veterinary medicines and feed additives. Color- ed photographs show some of these activities. The preoccupation with herbicides and other chemicals of agricultural importance, we assume, induced financing the writing and publication of the accompanying book: Weed Flora of Japan Illustrated by Colour, "edited by: Makoto Numata and Nagato Yoshizawa” and “planned by: The Japanese Associa- tion for Advancement of Phyto-Regulation (JAPR)." Would that Ameri- ca‘s larger industrial firms emulated those of Japan by advertising their products through works of permanent, scientific value. This Flora of 515 pages, published last August on filled stock, sells for $40. Though printed mostly in Japanese, the vernacular and scientific names of plants, their distribution in Japan and else- where, and the phenology are likewise printed in English. Moreover, pictures can be “read” in any language; and here the work is of out- standing help for the foreigner. In the taxonomic part of the volume there are 826 colored photographs measuring 5 X 7 cme, some consist= ing of two separate prints showing a plant in two separate stages of growth. Besides these, there are 557 accompanying figures in black and white carefully drawn to show not only a habit sketch; but also details of roots, rhizomes, ocreae, ligules, flowers, fruits, seeds and spores. Of 556 taxa listed in the index, practically all are des- cribed and figured. They belong to 331 genera, and of these genera more than two thirds are described and figured in Britton & Brown's "Flora." How many of the species are identical with those in the area covered by the latter work, the reader can check for himself. A few trivial imperfections were noted, such as not using the ortho- eraphy "Sigeabeckia” on page 229, showing a photograph upside down on page 290, and listing a few plant names on pages 412 and 413 of the index in alphabetical disorder. The great fault we find is that the authors and the sponsoring chemical company are far too modest in their claims. Numata & Yoshizawa’s volume is not a “Weed Flora of Japan" at all! Too many of the plants are lovely and interesting ones gracing fields, marshes and roadsides. To us a more appropriate ti- tle would have been “Herbaceous Flora of Japan, Illustrated in Colour." Were we to tour Japan again, we would include this book in our ‘plane luggage in spite of its weight. 69 ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE GENUS AVICENNIA. VIII Harold N. Moldenke AVICENNIA L. Additional synonymy: Avicenina L. ex Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: Suppl. 233, sphalm. 1931. Trepanocarpus Mart., in herb. Additional & emended bibliography: Forst. f., Pl. Escul. Ins. Ocean. Austr. 72. 1786; Forest. f., Fl. Ins. Austr. Prod. h5. 1786; W. Griff., Notul. Pl. Asiat. : 185—195. 185; Beddome, Fl. Sylv. Anal. Gen. 17, pl. 22, fig. 2. 18723 Bocq.-Lim., Palét. Mang]. pil & 12)—121. 1911; E. Dd. Merr., Fl. Manila, inp. ds 397.6 19125 Annal. Mus. Colon. Marseille, ser. h, kh: 2, pl. 6h. 1926; Mém. Acad. Malgache 5: pl. 20, fig. 56. 19273 Bull. Imp. Inst. Lond. 37: 336. 1939; Pilgrim, Indian Forest Leafl. 72: 5. 19hhs Sonchara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker], Fl. Okin. 131. 1952; Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 37, 0, & 291. 1966; E. D. Merr., Fl. Manila , imp. 2, 397. 1968; Bolkh., Grif, Mat- vej., & Zakhar.,Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 71). 19695 Tan & Keng, Journ, Singapore Nat. Acad. Sci. 1: 829. 19693 G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 77. 19693; V. J. Chapm., Salt Marshes & Salt Des., ed. 2, xvi, 212, 229, 233, 23h, & 37h, pl. 3hb. 19733 Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 71h. 197h3 R. W. Long, Fla. Sci. 37: kl. 197h3 Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blat. 153, 160, 24h, 283, 39h, 3h, 632, 658, 1079, 1092, & 1326. 197hs Gunn & Dennis, World Guide Trop. Drift Seeds 78, 79, 210, & 216, fig. 23. 19763 Moldenke, logia 33: 238-270, 507, & 510. 1976; Norman, Fla. Scientist 39: 20 & 30. 19763 Raven, Evert, & Curtis, Biol. Pl., ed. 2, 27 & 670, fig. 210-12. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 895——896, pl. 18. 1976. It should be noted here that knee-roots are reported for Avi- cennia (A. marina) in Tanzania by McCusker (1971), that the so- called "river mangrove" of Africa is Aegiceras corniculatum, and that Walker (1976) is now also among the long list of taxonomists to accept the Avicenniaceaze as a valid family, giv- ing “Hirugi-damashi zoku" as the vernacular name for the genus in Okinawa and the southern Ryukyu Islands. AVICENNIA ALBA Blume Additional & emended bibliography: Santepau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 37 & 291. 1966; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrem. Mumb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 71h. 19693 Corner & Watanabe, Tlustr. Guide Trop. Pl. 750 & 751. 1969; Tam & Keng, Journ. Singapore Nat. Acad. Sci. 1: 8—29. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 71). 197hs Moldenke, Phytelogia 33: 239—21 & 260. 1976. Conn & Katik describe this tree as to 20 m. tall, the bele 6 70 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia val m. tall, the trunk diameter 5 cm. at breast height, the bark dark=brown, the sapwood cream, and the leaves dark-green above and pale=-green beneath. They encountered it in coastal swamps, on "sandy grey-black soil due te accumulation of litter". The corollas on Soepadmo & Mabad KLU.9158 are said to have been “greenish-yellow” when fresh, ; and these collectors describe the plant as a tree, 15 m. tall, the trunk 20 cm. in diameter, and found it growing in a "disturbed" mangrove forest. The Kasin bin Rajab s.n. [12.10.1963] collection, cited below, consists only of very small =a The Khoo & Ming N/K.069, Mahmud s.n. [May 1970], Poore 2B ; Stone & Halle 11032, distributed as - typical A. alba, babe represent var. latifolia Moldenke. Additional citations: MALAYA: Selangor: Kasim bin Rajab 102 (K1—1102), son. [12.10.1963] (KL—1792). Trenggam: Soepadao & Mahud KLU.9156 (K1—12954). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sarawak: Car- rick ¢ & Enoch JC.u22 (KL—3397). Sebatiks Tanglon 4.1582 (KL). NEW GUINEA: NEA: Papua: | Conn & Katik LAE.66065 (Mu). AVICENNIA ALBA var. LATIFOLIA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 453. 1975. Recent collectors describe this plant as a common small tree, 6—8 m. tall, with short stilt-roots [Khoo & Ming N/K.069] and erect pneumatophores, the trunk 10—15 ca. in diameter, the bark smooth, not fissured, and the leaves long and pointed, white be~ neath. The corollas are said to have been "greenish-yellow" on Soepadmo KLU.9162 and "orange" on Khoo & Ming N/K.069. It has been ae, growing in mangrove swamps from sealevel to 5 m. alti- tude, flowering in May, July, and August, in froit in February, July, and September. Material of this variety has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria under the name, A. intermedia Griff. - Additional citations: MALAYA: Selangor: Khoo & Ming N/K.069 (K1—8636); Mabaud s.n. (May 1970) (K1—13368); Poore 123 (— 123)5 Poore & Kassim 335 (K1—1335); B. C. Stone 5931 (K1—5613), s.n. (Dec. Dec. 1967) (Ki (K1—8561) 5 Stone & Halle 11032 (K1—17081). Trengganu: Soepadmo KLU.9162 (K1=-12958) .. AVICENNIA ELLIPTICA Holm Additional synonymy: Trepanocarpus inundatus Mart., in herd. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 38 & 5k— SS (1975) and 33: 255, 256, 262, 268, & 269. 1976. AVICENNIA EUCALYPTIFOLIA Zipp. Additional & emended bibliography: Mukhsrjee & Chanda, Geophyt. 3: 86 & 88, text fig. 1& pl. 1, fig. 2. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 33% 240—2h1. 1976. Material of this species is sometimes misidentified and distrib- 72 PHY? 0:10 GavA Vol. 34, now 1 uted in some herbaria under the designation, A. marina var. australasica (Walp.) Moldenke ee citations: GREAT BARRIER REEF: Bewicks Thom 163 (MN). AVICENNIA GERMINANS (L.) L. Additional synonymy: Avicennia tomentosa Weigelt ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 39h, in syn. 1971 [not A. tomentosa Blanco, 185, nor Blume, 1918, nor R. Br., 1851, nor L., 1826, nor Roxb., 1835, nor Schau., 19h0, nor "sensu Marc.", 1971, nor "sensu Mayc.", 1965, nor Sieber, 19h (in part), nor Vahl, 1921, nor Wall., 1852). Additional bibliography : Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): hh. 19293 G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 77. 1969; R. W. Long, Fla. Sci. 37: 1. 19743 Gunn & Dennis, World Guide Trop. Drift Seeds 78, 79, 210, & 216, fig. 23. 1976; Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 238 & 2h1—270 « 1976} Norman, Fla. Scientist 39: 20 ah 30. 1976; Raven, Evert, & Curtis, Biol. Pl., ed. 2, 27 & 670, fig. 20-12. 1976. Additional illustrations: Gunn & Dennis, World Guide Trop. Drift Seeds 79, fig. 23. 1976; Raven, Evert, & Curtis, Biol. Pl., ed. 2, 427, fig. 20-12. 1976. The corollas are said to have been “white” on Breedlove & Thorne 20806, D. 3. Correll 46h9, and Plowman 3540. In addition to months previously Fr reported ; in these notes, os, it has been found in anthesis in December, Pételot (1953) gives a lengthy and detailed description of the medicinal uses of what purports to be this species (although he mis-applies it to A. officinalis L -) in Cuba, Mexico, Guadeloupe, and French Guiana. ~ Especially interesting is his description of its use in the treatment of leprosy. "Les Docteurs Mathias Duque et Moreno, de Cuba, ont employé le médicament sous forme d'ex- trait fluide ou d'extrait mou. Prendre matin et soir une cuill- erée a café d'extrait fluide en augmentant la dose jusqu'd oe qu'on arrive &@ hit, dix ou douse cuillerées a café par jour. Pour l'extrait mou, il est administré en pilules ou en solution concentrée, la dose maxima est de 6 a 8 grammes par jour. Ce traitement est génSralement trés bien toléré et donne rarement lieu a des nausées, des vomissements ou des douleurs intestinales. “Localement, on applique sur les ulcéres de la lépre des com- presses imbibses d'une solution aqueuse de 50 percent d'extrait fluide. DT est également utile de faire prendre su malade tous les soirs, avant le coucher, un bain de température de 39° a 19° et de 15 4 20 mimtes de durée, que l'on additionne d'une décoc- tion d'écorce de Palétuvier en * quantité suffisante pour colorer en rouge l'eau du bain. "Booquillon préconise, une fois par jour, un verre @ bordeux de vin de Palétuvier, fait avec du vin rouge dans la proportion du vin quinguina du Codex. "Sous l'influence de ce traitement, l'amélioration apparaft en général au bout de 15 a 20 jours, L'appétit et le someil renais- 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 73 sent et les névralgies deviennent moins intenses. "Le mois suivant, les taches violacées de la peau prennent une teinte rosée et p&lissent, notamment 4 la périphérie, et des es- paces de peau saine reparaissent 1a od étaient des macules con fluentes. "En méme temps, les ulcérations suppurent avec moins d'abon- dance et la cicatrisation est compléte vers le huitiéme mois. La sensibilité commence & se rétablir au quatriame mois, lorsque toutefois la conservation du nerf en permet le retour. "Ces résultats sont variables, naturellement selon la phase a laquelle est arrivé le mal au moment od le traitement a commencé. C'est ainsi que, dans tous les cas de laépre 4 la période du début ot les Docteurs Duque et Moreno ont en recours au Palétuvier, la guérison a eu lieu dans l'espace de 8 2 10 mois. Parmi les ma- lades atteint la période d'état, mais avec envahissement mul ou & peine marqué des visoéres, 60 percent auraient 6t6 guéris dans un espace de temps de 2 @ 5 ans, et en moitié moins de teups on aurait obtem la guérison sociale. Les stigmates de le lépre n' étaient plus apparents et la malade n'offrait plus de danger de contagion pour l'entourage. Enfin, lorsque la lépre est parveme & la troisidme période, le Palétuvier n'a plus d'action sur les névrites ni sur les troubles trophiques, mais il est susceptible d'amener une amélioration notable: disparition de la diarrhée et de la fiévre et augmentation da poids du corps. "Des expériences de controle établies 4 la léproseries de la Havane ont confirmé la gaérison dans quelques cas, 1'ameliora- tion se serait manifestée trés souvent; toutefois, on ne saurait indiquer le Palétuvier comme un médicament spScifique absolu de la lépre." In Guiana, he says, “La lépre s'y étendait d'une fagon fach- euse et il était grand temps d'enrayer le fléau. Les résultats obtemus furent satisfaisants et nous ferons connaftre plus tard les résultats obtems d'une facon méthodique." He further re- os that the work of 116 pages by Mathias Duque, post shes in 1905, confuses Rhizophora mangle with Avicennia: "ce sont 14 des sujets trés différents". Gann & Demis (1976), in speaking of Avicennia germinans, as= sert that it is disseminated by the "Seedling, sprouted fruit, or rarely unsprouted fruit.....Seedling....up to 12 cm long with a conspicuous hairy root and 2 greenish cotyledons. Sprouted fruit.. up to 5 cm long, 2.5 cm wide, oblong to elliptical, compressed in cross section, dark brown, smooth (hairy when fresh), bearing a protruding hairy reot. Unsprouted fruit....similar but lacking the protruding root." They say that the "Unfolded cotyledons are said to serve as miniature boats, but this does not explain how germinating and non-germinating fruits float. It would appear that buoyancy is due to buoyant seedling or fruit tissues." They further assert that buoyancy lasts about a year and that nearly 100 percent of the seedlings are viable. These authors further comment that "Unlike most dissemimules, the black mangrove usually drifts as seedlings, not as seeds or Th PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 fruits. The fruit acts as a surrogate seed coat, because the seed coat is absent. The embryo germinates while the fruit is still attached to the parent tree. When the seedling drops, it may be self-planted in the mud below the parent tree, or be carried out into the ocean by the tide. Black mangroves are frequent to com mon members of the tidal swamps along the tropic and subtropic coasts of the New World and west Africa. Black mangrove was in- troduced into west Africa by man. While the red mangrove (Rhi- zophora mangle) and its relatives have rugged appearing drift seedlings, black mangrove seedlings appear to be so delicate that they would not be able to withstand the vicissitudes of drifting or being stranded. Black mangrove disseminules are amazingly hardy, as Guppy (1917) discovered when he dried some mature fruits for 25 days at room temperature. The fruits lost 50 percent of their weight during the drying process. Yet they germinated when placed in fresh water. In our buoyancy tests, the fruits and seedlings often become soft and rotted, indicating that not all of them are as seaworthy as dissemimles protected by a bony fruit or seed wall. Other common names for the black man- grove include salt—bush, because salt crystals are often gathered from the leaves, and honey mangrove, because of the excellent honey made from the floral nectar." It should be stated here that I have found absolutely no evi- dence thus far in literature or elsewhere to substantiate the above claim that Avicennia was introduced from America to west Africa by man. I regard the west African population as A. afri- cana P, Beauv., related to but distinct from A. germinans is (Le) Tee most similar to forms of A. germinans var. . guayaquilensis (H.B.K.) Moldenke and A. tonduzii ae eke The D. H. Knight 1032 and J. A. Steyermark 62900, previously regarded by me as typical A. germinans, seem better placed as var. guayaquilensis (H.B.K.) Moldenke although strongly resembling the typical form. Additional & emended citations: MEXICO: Chiapas: Breedlove & Thorne 20806 (N). CAMPECHE BANK: Alacran: F. R. Fosberg 41066 [1866 (N, W—21,309910) , 4190, (W—2),30969). JAMAICA: "as, Ov Cc." S.5h (n— 7426). TURKS AND CAICOS ISLANDS: Providenciales: | D. S. Correll 46b49 (N) .COLOMBIAN GARIBBEAN ISLANDS: San Andres: A. Gentry s.n. [August 4, 1967] (Ws). COLOMBIA: Atl&ntico: Plowman 35)0 (WN). Choc6: Duke 9703 (Oh). Guajira: Romero-Castafieda 41,96 (Ac). Magdalena: Romero-Castafieda 7275 (Ac). VENEZUELA: Carabobo: Robertson & Austin 213 (Ld). Delta Amacuro: Budowski 98a-18 (Gs, RN), 118-18 (Gz, Kh, N), 2032-19 (Kh, N). Zulia: Budowski 25 (Ac, Gz, N)5 He M. Curran 250 (N), 252 (N), 2528 (N), 25h (Ac, Gs, kh, N). Batra Island: Budowski 96-28 (N). SURINAM: Hostman 1110 (Pd). ECUADOR: Esmeraldas: Har 1696 (S); Sparre 16130 (S). ne ISLANDS: Indefatigable: L. A. Fournier 81 (Ac). MNar- borough: F. R. Fosberg 703 (Ld). 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 75 AVICENNIA GERMINANS var. GUAYAQUILENSIS (H.B,K.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 2h9, 250, 255, 257, 259, 261, 262, & 267—270. 1976. Steyermark encountered what appears to be this variety on sand dunes and flats of Sucre, Venezuela, although the leaves closely approximate those of typical A, germinans Oey 1 Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Sucre: J Je Ae ee see (us, N). GALAPAGOS ISLANDS: Indefatigable: D. H. Knight 1032 Ws). AVICENNIA LANATA Ridl. Additional synonymy: Avicennia officinalis § spatimlata Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 502. 1891. Avicennia officinalis § spatimlata f. tomentosa Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 502. 1891. Avicennia temen— tosa Auct. ex Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 502, in syn. 1891 [not A. tomentosa Blanco, 1815, nor Blume, 1918, nar R. Br., 1851, nor Jack, ee, nor Jacq., 1760, nor L., 1826, nor L. & Jacq., dee nor G. F, W. Mey., 1818, nor Nutt., 19h7,. nor Nutt. & Br., 1832 nor Roxb., 1835, ner Schau., 19h0, nor Sieber, 184), nor Sw., 186h, nor Vahl, 1921, nor Wall., 1851, nor Weigelt, 1851, nor Willd., 1800, nor sensu Marc., 1965). Additional bibliography: Ten & Keng, Journ. Singapore Nat. Acad. Sci. 1: 8=-29. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 270. 1976. This species is based on Burkill & Watson 3793 & 3797 from Singapore and on Watson 2767 from Pahang. B Barkill (1966) comments that this is the "largest of the Malayan species, attaining 100 feet in height, and ccoamonly 70-80 feet. It grows gregariously on the east coast of the [Malay] Peninsula, and is found in Singa- pore, but not on the west coast." It should be noted here that Burkill, in the work cited above, reduces to synonymy under A. lanata the A. marina var. rumphiana and A. officinalis, “of many authors". Whether he intends to in- clude here the true A. marina var. rumphiana (H. Hallier) Bakh. or jast that "of many y authors", as he does the A. officinalis "of many authors, is not clear. It should also be pointed out that the A. tomentosa of Blanco, referred to in the synonymy above, is a synonym of A. | maring var. hiana (H. Hallier) Bakh., that of Blume is A. alba Blume, that of Brown and of Sieber (in part) is A. marina var var. resinifera (Forst. f.) Bakh., that accredited te Jack, to Jacquin, to Linnae- us, to Linnaeus & Jacquin, to Meyer, to Nuttall, to Nuttall & Brown, to Sieber (in part}, to Swarts, and to Weigelt is A. germin ans (L.) L., that credited to Limeous, to Vahl, and to Wallich is Ae marina (Forsk.) Vierh., that credited to Roxburgh and to Willde- now is is A. officinalis L., and that credited to Schauer and to "sensu Marc." is A. schaueriana Stapf & Leechman, Additional citationas MALAYA: Singapore: Gill 22 (Ft—9699) . 76 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 AVICENNIA LANCEOLATA (Engelh.) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 1h: 328. 1967; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 375 (1971) and 2: 531 & 839. 19713 Molden- ke, Phytologia 32: 365. 1975. AVICENNIA MARINA (Forsk.) Vierh. Additional & emended synonymy: Racka torrida J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat. Veg. 2: 245.1791. Avicennia officinalis Y ovatifolia Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 502. 1891. Avicennia nitida Thunb. ex Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: Suppl. 233, in syn. 1931 [mot A. nitida (Alter.) Sessé & Mog., 1956, nor Blanco, 1837, nor Jacq., 1760, nor L., 1960, nor L. & Jacq., 1783, nor Rodsch., 18h, nor Sess6 & Mog., 189]. Avicennia marina Vierh. apud Prain, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 4: 21. 1913. Avicennia mariana Vierh. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 210, in syn. 1960. Avicennia racemosa Cormrell ex Moldenke, Phytologia 7: 210, in ayn. 1960. Avicennia officinalis "sec. auct. afr." apud Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 581, in syn. 1961 [not A. officinalis Auct. ex Allen, 1961, nor Auct. ox Jaf- rl, 1973, nor Blume, 1960, nor Kurz, 1885, nor L., 1753, nor (L.) Kurz, 1938, nor H. J. Lam, 1940, nor Millsp., 1930, nor Miq., 1918, nor Schau., 1856, nor Watt, 1958). Avicennia maritima Naurois & Roux, Bull. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 27: 851, sphalm. 1965. Avicen- nia officinalis "L. sensu lat." apud Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Map Ser. 2: 16, in syn. 1965. Avicennia marina Forsk. ex Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Veg. Map Ser. 2: 16. 1965. Avicennia marina (Forst.) Vierh. apud J. M. Ward, Veget. Act. Geobot. 1h: 2h7, sphalmu. 1967. Avicennia marina (Forsk.) Vierk. apud Lewis & Naidoo, S. Afr. Journ. Sci. 663 268, sphalm. 1970. Avicennia marina (G. Forst.) Vierh. apud Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 63. 1972. Avicenma marina Cloudsley-Thomp., Terrestr. Environ. 36, sphalm. 1975. Avi- cemnia marina L. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 453, in syn. 197k. Additional & emended bibliography: J. F. (mel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 1, 2: 260. 17893 J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat. Veg. 2: 2h5. 17915 J. F. Gmel. in L., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, imp. 2, 2: 260. 1796; Wall., Mumer. List 86. 18315 Deone., Nouv. Ann. Mus. Nat. Paris 3: 03. 1835 Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed. i, 271. 186383 Voigt Hort. Suburb. Calc. 473. 18455 v. Griff., Notual. Pl. Asiat. ht 188-189. 185); Drury, Useful Pl. India 57. 1858; Amioo, Erbar. Trop. Firens. Publ. 11: 18, 22, 31, & 33. 1868; Harv., Gen. S. Afr. Pl., ed. 2, 293. 1868; Balf. f., Bot. Socotra 237 & ih. 1888; H. M. Ridl., Journ. Straits Med. Assoc. 5: 136. 10975 Alma~ gia in Pirotta, Fl. Col. Erit. (Am. Inst. Bot. Roma 8s) 135. 1903; Dann & Tutcher, Kew Bull. Misc. Inf. Addit. Ser. 10: 205. 1912; Chiov., Result. Scient. Miss. Stef. 1: 142—1h3 & 217. 1916; Wells, Philip, Journ. Soi. A.12s 111. 19175 H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 87—91. 1918; Paranjpye, Agric. Journ. India 15: 350. 19203 Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (1): 553. 1923; Sakag., Gen. Ind. Fl. Okin. 18. 192h; Heyne, Hutt. Pl. Ned. Ind. 1325. 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 77 1927; Parthasarathy Iyengar, Bull. Madras Gov. Mus., ser. 2, Nat. Hist. Sect. 1: 185—188. 1927; Sasaki, List Pl. Formos. 349. 1928} Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 49 (1): 521. 1928; Blatter & al., Journ. Indian Bot. Soc., ae 2, 2h. 19293 Wangerin in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 50 (1): hh (1929) and 50 (1): 222. 19303; Alston in Trimen, Handb. Fl. Ceylon 6: Suppl. 233. 19313 Mak. & Nemoto, Fl. Jap., ed. 2, 992. 19313 Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. h9 (2): 388. 1932; Fedde & Sclmst. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1068— 1069. 19323 Fedde in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 51 (2): 259. 19333 Hochr., Candollea 5: 19h—-195. 1933 Kanehira, Formos. Trees, ed. 2; 641-62, fig. 598. 19363 Nemoto, Fl. Jap. Suppl. 621. 19363 Uphof, Bot. Rev. 73 5. hal eg Prov. Check List Brit. & Ital. Somal. xix, 1h, 266, h25, & 426, pl. 1. 19473; Manjunath, Wealth India 1: 140. 1948; Parsa, Fl. Iran (1): 536. 19493 RB. O, Williams, Useful & Ornament. Pl. Zanmsib. 45, 137, 343, & 348. 1949; Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker], Fl. Okin. 131. 19523 Naito, Sc. Rep. Kag. 2: 60. 1953; Masamune, Trach. 7: 50. 19553; Burkill, List Flow, Pl. Baluch., imp. 2, 78. 19563; Montasir & Hassib, Tl. Fl. Egypt 1: 389. 19563 Navalkar, Journ. Nat. Hist. Soc. 53: 3h. 19563 V. Taokholm, Stud. Fl. Egypt 153, 155, 625, & 631, pl. 19. 19563 Verguin, Journ. Agr. Trop. Bot. Appl. 3: 12—llk. 1956; Rageau, Pl. Med. Nouv.-Caled. 61, 78, 79, 81, 8h, 86, 10h, & 113. 19573 Abeywickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 218. 1959; Bascope, Bernardi, Jorgensen, Hneck, & Lemp~ recht, Inst. Forest. Latinoam. Invest. Capac. Descrip. Arb. For- est. 5, ed. 1, 1 & 13. 19593 V. J. Chapm., Salt Marshes & Salt Des., ed. 1, xvi, 212, 229, 233, & 37h, pl. 3lb. 1960; Gilham, Austral. Journ. Bot. 6: 314. 1960; Moomaw, Study Pl. Bool. Coast Kenya hk. 1960; Puri, Indian For. Ecol. 231 & 232. 1960; Van Roy~ en, Nova Guinea, ser. 2, 10: 210, 213, 21h, & 235. 1960; Bell & Duewell, Austral. Journ. Chem. 1: 662. 19613 Dale & Greenway, Kenya Trees 580-582, fig. 106. 19613 Bell & Duewell, Chea, Ab- str. 56: 12012. 19623 Moore & Adams, Fl. N. Zeal. Coast (10h) & 105, fig. 162. 1963; A. K. Banerjee in Lahiri, West Beng. Forests 169. 196h3 Biebl, Protoplasma 59: 133. 196hj R. Good, Geogr. Flow. Pl. 2h0. 196h3 Melchior in Engl., Syllab. Pfl., ed. 12, 2: 37— 438. 1964; Padmanabhan, Phytomorph. 1h: hh2 & hh9. 196h5 P. Ww. Richards, Trop. Rain For. 306, 307, 309, & 311. 1965 Backer & Bakh., Fl, Java 2: 61361). 1965; Biebl & Kinzsel, Usterr. Bot. Zeit. 112: 23. 1965; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc, Agr. Res. Map Ser. 2: 16. 1965; Kariyone, Ann. Ind. Rep. Pl. Chea. 1961: 129. 1965; Nauroix & Roux, Bull. Inst. Fond. Afr. Noire 27: 851. 1965; Altman & Dittmer, Environ. Biol. 95, 618, & 638. 1966; Burkill, Dict. Econ. Prod. Malay Penins. 1: 275--277. 1966; Jaf= ri, Fl. Karachi 290. 1966; Rao, Aggarwal, & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8: 65. 1966; Venkatesan, Indian Forest. 92: 28, 29, & Sl. 19665 J. S. Beard, West. Austr. Natur. 10: 112115. 1967; Clarke & Hannon, Joarn. Ecol. 55: 753-758. 19673 HH. C. D. de Wit, Pl. World High. Pl. 2: 186. 1967; Gaussen, Legris, & Viart, Ind. Counc. Agr. Res. Map Ser. h: 12. 19673 Kohlmeyer, Icon. Fung. Mar. 1: pl. h8a & Sha. 1967; Rains & Epstein, Austr. Journ. 78 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 Biol. Sci. 20: 8h7-—-857. 19673 Rao & Mukherjee, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 81, 83, 8h, & 86, fig. 1. 1967; Rao & Shanware, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 9: 2h) & 27. 19673 Santapau, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8, Suppl. 1: [Fl. Saurashtra] 38. 1967; Tingle, Check List Hong Kong Pl. 5h. 1967; J. M. Ward, Veget. Act. Geobot. 1ks 2h7. 1967; Worrell & Scurry, Trees Austral. Bush 11). 1967; Zahran, Bull. Inst, Désert Egypt 15: 7—-12. 19673 Amico, Erb. Trop. Fir enz. Publ. 11: 18, 22, 31, 33, & 42. 1968; Amico & Bavazzano, Webbia 23: 260 & 298. 1968; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 9 (5) B.A.S.I. C. S.107. 1968; Arulchelvam, Ceylon Forester, ser. 3, 8: 60, 73, 75, 81, & 91. 1968; Cochrane, Fuhrer, Rotherham, & Willis, Aus- tral. Fis. Col. Vict. 72, 183, & 207, pl. 190 & 191. 19685 W. B. Cook, Biol. Abstr. 9: 1975. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 148. 1968; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.13: 569. 19683 G. S. Maxwell, Tane 14: 6, 13, & 20. 19683 Moldenke, Phytologia 15: 475—-478. 1968; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 16: 9, 11, & 15. 1968; Scholander, Phys. Plant. 21: 251-261. 1968; Speck, Com. Scient. & Ind. Res. Organ. Land Res. Ser. 21, App. 2: 170 & 198. 1968; Uphof, Dict. Econ. Pl., ed. 2, 60. 19683 H. Walter, Veget. Erde 260 & 262. 19683 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 50 (22): BA.S.I.C. Sel & $8.16. 19695 Clarke & Hannon, Journ. Eeol. Brit. S7: 220. 1969; Connor, Biotropica 1: 36—hO. 1969; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 18: 113. 19695 V. Tackholm, Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. 2: 13h, 166, 167, & 179. 1969; Ten & Keng, Journ. Singapore Nat. Acad. Sei. 1 (3): B29. 19693 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 51: 12505 (1970) and 51 (7): BASIC. 3.20. 19703 Bascops, Bernardi, Jorgensen, Hueck, & Lamprecht, Inst. Forest. Latinoam. Invest. Capac. Descrip. Arb. Forest. 5, ed. 2, 1 & 13. 1970; Bayne, Cogan, Diamond, Frasier, Grubb, Hutson, Poore, Stoddart, & Taylor, Atoll Res. Bull. 136: h2, lh, & hS. 1970; Beard, West Austr. Pl., ed. 2, 11h. 19703 V. J. Chapm., Trop. Eool. 11: h, 5, 612, & lb—-17, fig. 3. 1970; Connor, Biol. Abstr. 51: 12505 (1970) and S1 (225: B.A.3.1.C. 8.19. 19703 Fosberg, Atoll Res. Bull. 136: 109. 19703 Fosberg & Renvoise, Atoll Res. Bull. 136: 6h. 1970; Gillett, Mumb. Check- list Trees Kenya 6. 1970; Khattab & El-Hadidi, Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. k: 92. 19713 Lewis & Naidoo, S. Afr. Journ. Sci. 66: 268-270, fig. 1-3. 19703 Shah & Patel, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 12: 20 & 25. 19703 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 52: 13126 (1971), 52 (9): BASIC, S.22 & S.1h9 (1971), 52 (1h)s BASIC. S.22 (1971), and 52 (23): B.A.S.I.C. 8.22. 1971; Clarke & Hannon, Journ. Ecol. 59: 535—553. 19713 Fonseka & Vinsithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 96. 19715 Khattab & El-Hadidi, Publ. Cai- ro Univ. Herb. kh: 92. 19713 J. & E. Kohlmeyer, Mycologia 63: 838. 1971; Korr, Biol. Abstr. 52: 7887. 1971; C. MacMillan, E~ cology 52: 929. 19713; McCusker, Am. Bot. [London] 35: [707)— T12, fig. 1 & 2, Pl. 1. 1971; Moll, Ward, Steinke, & Cooper, Afr. Wild Life 25: 103-107. 1971; Pedley & Isbell, Proc. Roy. Soc. Queenal. 82 (5): 67. 19713 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 53 (3): B.A.S.I.C. $.23 (1972) and 5h (5) BAS.IC. 8.23, S.3h, & S15h. 19725 Bavazzano, Webbia 26: [Erb. Trop. Firens. Publ. 21]: 252 & 26h. 19723 Beadle, Evans, Carolin, & Tindale, Fl. Sydney Reg., ed. 2, 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 79 509. 19725 Bird, Journ. Trop. Geogr. 35: 1116. 1972; Chai, Field Key Mangr. Trees 3 & 24--25. 19723; Dutta & Ray, Phytochem. 11: 2267—2269. 19723 Eyster, Biol. Abstr. 54: 2412. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 7 (5): 414 & 231 (1972) and 7 (10): i4. 1972; Fong, Trojdnkova, Troj&nek, & Farnsworth, Lloydia 25: 147. 19723 Foreman, Div. Bot. Dept. For. N. Guin. Bot. Bull. 5: 63. 19723 N. F. Good, Biol. Abstr. 53: 1298. 1972; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan 243, pl. 161, fig. 1—h. 1972; Leshem & Levison, Oecol. Plant. 7: (167]—176. 1972; Moldenke, Phytologia 23: 421, 422, 25, & 27. 1972; Palmer & Pitm., Trees South. Afr. 3: 1947, 1949, 1956, & 1971—1975. 1972; Steinke, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. 38: 165—178, fig. 2—7. 1972; R. R. Stewart, Ann. Cat. Vasc. Pl. W. Pakist. & Kash. 605. 1972; Stoddart & Fosberg, Atoll Res. Bull. 161: 13. 1972 Anon., Biol. Abstr. 55 (3): B.A.S.I.C. S.22 & 8.155 (1973), 55 (4): BASIC. S.22 & S.153 (1973), and 56 (8): BA.S.I.C. S.23. 1973; Chai, Types Mangr. For. Sarawak [1], 7--8, 2h, 30, & 32. 19733 V. J. Chapm., Salt Marshes & Salt Des., ed. 2, xvi, 212, 229, 233, & 37h, pl. 3hb. 1973; L. E., Biol. Abstr. 55: 1923. 19733 Erickson, George, Marchant, & Moorecombe, Austr. Fls. Col. West. Austr. 13, 205, & 209. 1973; N. F. G., Biol. Abstr. 56: 4,260. 1973; Greenway, Kirkia 9: 9. 1973; Harley, Dunstone, Fitz- gerald, Johns, & Lamberton, Lioydia 36: 233 & 293. 19733 Hegnau- er, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 (Chem. Reihe 21]: 673. 1973; Jafri in Nasir & Ali, Fl. West Pakist. 49: 2—h, fig. 1. 1973; Jeffries in W. P. Anderson, Ion Transp. Pl. 319. 1973; Kozlowski, Shedding Pl. Parts 29--30. 19733 Kratochvil, Hannon, & Clarke, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales 97: [262)—[27]. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 232 & 236. 1973; Mukherjee, Journ. Palynol. 9: 178. 19733; Mukherjee & Chanda, Geophytology 3: 86—88, pl. 1, fig. 3—6. 1973; Shimony, Fahn, & Reinhold, Biol. Abstr. 56: 1888. 1973; Shimony, Fahn, & Reinhold, New Phytol. 72: 2736. 1973; Steinke, Biol. Abstr. 55: 1356. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 9 (1): i144. 197h5 Fos- berg, Proc. Sec. Internat. Coral Reef Sympos. 1: 39 & 396. 197h; R. D. Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1751 (197) and h: 209. 197k; Moldenke, Phytologia 28: kh2, bh3, hh6, kh8, & h53. 197k; A. L. Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 173. 197k; V. Tackholm, Stad. Fl. Egypt, ed. 2, 45h, 8h6, & 858. 197; Tackholm & Boulos, Suppl. Stud. Fl. Egypt (Publ. Cairo Univ. Herb. 5:] 8 & 95. 197k; Bal- gooy, Pacif. Pl. Areas 3: 243. 1975; Cloudsley-Thomp., Terrestr. Environ. 36. 1975; [Farnsworth], Pharmacog. Titles 7, Cum. Gen. Ind. [15]. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 389 oo: 32: 361— 36h, 368, 369, bh2—bhh, Lh7—hS3, h5S, & L56 (1975), and 33: 239——-2h1, 257, 259, 260, & 262. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 695—896, pl. 18. 1976. Additional & emended illustrations: Kanehira, Formos. Trees, ed. 2, 6h1, fig. 598. 1936; Glover, Prov. Check List Brit. & Ital. Somal. pl. l. 19473 Ve. Tackhola, Stad. Fl. Egypt 153, pl. 19. 19563 Ve. Je Chapm., Salt Marshes & Salt Des., ed. i pl. 3hb. 1960; Dale & Greemray, Kenya Trees 580, fig. 106. 1961; Liu, O- lustr. Nat. & Introd. Lign. Pl. Taiw. 28 1201, fig. 1009. 1962; Arulchelvam, Ceylon Forest., ser. 2, 8: 73. 19683; Cochrane, Fuh- 80 PEt: 20 O.G24 Vol. 34, no. 1 rer, Rotherham, & Willis, Fls. & Pl. Vict. 72, pl. 190 [in color] & 191 [in color]. 1968; McCusker, Ann. Bot. [London] 35: 709 & TlO, fig. 1 & 2, pl. 1. 1971; Huang, Pollen Fl. Taiwan pl. 161, fig. 1—k. 1972; Palmer & Pitm., Trees South Afr. 3: 1956 [in | color], 1972, 197k, & 1975. 19725 Steinke, Journ. S. Afr. Bot. : 38: 171, fig. h. 1972; Mukherjee & Chanda, Geophytology 3: pl. 1, fig. +6. 1973; V. J. Chapm., Salt Marshes & Salt Des., ed. 2, ae 197h; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. pl. 18. 1976. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a small and low or medium—sized tree or treelet, 1.3——23 m. tall, wide—spreading, and much-branched, or a shrub, 1.5— m. tall, dome-shaped, branch- ing near the ground, growing singly or gregarious, sometimes grow- ing beneath A. alba Blume or close to A, marina var. an Moldenke, often a crooked willow-like tree forming thickets, usu- ally with very mumerous, closely packed, slender, vertical, erect, root-processes ["rhizophores"] or pneumatophores, some as far as 6.5 m. from the trunk, or "stunted and witheut pneumatophores", rarely with prop-roots, the trunk to 1) cm. in diameter, with 5— 36—inch girth, gray, the bole sometimes 2 feet in girth 10 feet above the ground, or shrubs with a 5-foot crown, the outer bark surface smooth and gray or reddish-brown to green, dark-green, yellowish-green, or light yellowish—green, sometimes grayish- green with thin pinkish-red papery flakes, the living bark green, the stems glaucous, the branches gray, with jointed leafless suckers, the sap colorless, the leaves light yellowish-green, acutely pointed, bicolored, paler or white beneath, the flower- buds green or greenish, the flowers aromatic and honey-scented with a slightly sourish-sweet odor, l-merous, "rare" at the ends of the spreading lower branches, the calyx green, petals ), sta~ mens ),, alternating with the petals, exserted, the pistil yellow and the frait round (Maxwell 72-335], soft-tementose, glaucous- green or dull-green, tinged yellowish or orange [Santos 5118) when ripe. The corollas are said to have been “yellow” on Amaratunga 1830, Bernardi 11814, Cooray 69073011R, Fosberg 52048, Geesink & Santi- suk 5230, Read 2172, Stoddart 1515, Tanner 2)64, and Tirvengadam & Waas 165, “bright-yellow" on Fosberg 512k2, “deep-yellow" ac- cording to Beard (1970), “yellow-crange" on Chai S.26762 & 3. 26765, “orange-yellowish" on Chai S.275i1, “orange~yellow" on Chai PC.2, 3.22950, & S.299h8, Fosberg 8675, Meijer 752, and Meijer & Balakrishnan 131, "orange" on Coorey 6909280R & G7L00505R, Foaberg 37425, Gillis 8388, Maxwell 71-349, and San tos h7k8, *“dull-orange* on Amaratunge 110 and Simpson 9850, "yellow te orange” on Van der Kevie 2, and “bluish” on Pancho Cooray, on the labels on one of his collections, states “tree 3 em tall", but obviously this is a stenographic error for "3 m." since his specimens is not a seedling. Wood samples accompany Chai 8.29950 in some herbaria. The tree represented by Winter 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 81 is said to have been phetographed by the collector. Pollen of A. marina was studied by Mukherhee & Chanda (1973) on the basis of Bakimizen hh9 from Java in the Utrecht herbarium and has been described as "tricolporate; colpi ca. 25 mu x 5 m (range 22—35 mm x k—5.5 m), with thin margin; ora lolongate, confined within the limits of the colpi, ca. 9 x 5 mm (range 5—12 mi x 3-6 mu); mean intercolporal distance 13 mu; amb convex; sexinal part of exine projected outward and devoid of any ornamen- tation; mean apocolpium diameter 11 muj prolate—spheroidal te spheroidal, P/E ca. 32 x 31 mu (range 27.5——36 mu x 26.5—36 m)}; exine 3.5 mu thick; sexine 2.5 m thick, reticulate, intectate, muri simplibaculate, rarely duplibaculate, heterobrochate, lumina polygonal, dimensions gradually becoming smaller toward the aper— ture; bacula provided with distinct globular knob-like head; nex- ine 1 mu thick, temuinexinous; NPC classification 35. Fig. 1. Avicennia marine showing mmerous air-roots on under side of Leaning trank. Rejang Mangrove Forest Reserve, Sarawak. Photograph courtesy of Paul Chai, Yorest Botanist, Sarawak, 1975. 82 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 1 Huang (1972) describes the pollen as “Grains 3-colporate; sub- ae to spheroidal; 28—37 x 2h-——30 maj amb circular-lobate; aperture common type, ora transversally parallelj exine 2 m thick; tectum with verrucate processes; sexine reticelseal with OL-pattern; | nexine thinner than sexine" [on the basis of Chang " 2229). Recent collectors have encountered A. marina on sandy shores in and above the tidal level, in mixed mangrove ove forests » along river- sides, on sand bars, rocky seashores, moist lagoon bunds, open beaches, saline flats alongside of brackish pools, in coppices, in disturbed former mangrove areas, on "firm sandy flate with very little mud at river-mouths", “on consolidated sandy mus", in "flat soft silty mud near banks in mangrove forests", in “brackish water at highwater line", or "in sand immndated at high tide on sand flats back of beach-rock exposures", at altitudes of sealevel to 15 meters, flowering from Jarmary to July, September, and October, and in fruit in January, March to July, and September. Wirter re- porte it "forming most of the central area of swamps"; Cooray found it "common" in Sri Lanka; Perdue & Kibuwa refer to it as "locally dominant with Rhizophore, Ceriops, and Bruguiera. In New — Caledonia MacDaniels reports it "occasional on dry hillsides, alt. 15 m." — a remarkable find. In Sri Lanka, according to Grupe, it is "commonly scattered on dry sandy flats or locally abundant in moist shallow depressions just back of sandy beaches", while : Fosberg and his asseciates report it occasional there "near shrub- belt well back from beach on sand flats". Chai reports it "com mon on open imndated beaches" in Selangor. Shants refers to A. marina as the "chief tree of semi-tidal flats". Williams found it in "less imandated sites" in Zanzibar. Van der Kevie found it to be "very common on moderately firm soils" in Thailand. Pancho refers to it as "a littoral species throughout the Philippines". Fosberg describes it as "common es- pecially in periphery of wooded area in mangrove scrub forest" on Aldabra island, "flooded by spring tides", “infrequent on lagoon shore in mangrove swamp on sandy bottom" on Euphrates island, and "common generally especially on lagoon beach ridges in mosaic of halophytic vegetation on low sand islands” on Manauli island. Amico & Bavazzano (1968) report the species from Zambesia, Mo- zambique. Worrell & Sourry (1967) assert that in Australia the | pneumatophores it produces are called "cobblers' pegs" and that | "Up-river [it is] often associated with the bushy 'river man- grove' (Aegiceras corniculatum). The roots on the seedling de- velop very rapidly to catch up with and maintain the upper growth" and, further, that it is "found along the whole of the Australian coast extending to the cool climates of southern Victoria" [actu- ally these statements apply in major part to var. resinifera | (Forest. f.) Bakh. rather than to true A, marina]. Rao & Mukher- | jee (1967) refer to A. marina as the "chief mangrove in [the] | belt fringing low muddy shores” in Saurashtra, India. : McCusker (1971) reports the presence of knee-roots on A. mar ina in Tansania and specimens in various stages of development : 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 83 are described and illustrated: "They arise from horizontal roots in a manner similar to pneumatophores but anatomically they re- semble horizontal roots. After re-entering the soil the knee-root reverts to a horizontal position and gives rise to further pneu- matophores and anchoring reots. When seen above the soil they ap- pear superficially similar to the kmee— or elbow-shaped roots produced by Bruguiera and Ceriops. They emerge to a height of 6--8 em. above the soil or approximately half the height of the pneumatophores ." It should be noted here that Bakimisen (1921) recorded the presence of air-roots on Avicennia marina, saying: “As a curiosi- ty let us further remark that there are sometimes to be found air-roots on Avicennia trunks (I saw this with the wariety inter- media but possibly the same occurs with other species or varie- ties) « These air-roots are very similar to the breathing-roots, except that their direction is not negative-geotropic, but on the Fig. 2. Avicemnia marina showing prop-roots and pneumatophores. Rejang Mangrove Forest Reserve, Sarawak. Photograph courtesy of Paul Chai, Forest Botanist, Sarawak. 1975 contrary they grow downwards. They occur along the stems up to a height of two meters, and if the trees are standing in a oblique position, one finds these reote on the lower side in a row close to each other. These air~reots remain short and thus do not reach the ground, but branch off. Within they are not spongy and fibrous like the breathing-roots, but ligneous. I mention this case for trees which stand on places where the marshes were filled up with sand, while the breathing-roots were more or less buried under the 8h PHYTO L:0:QIa Vol. 3h, no. 1 ground. Probably this abnormal formation of air-roots was due to the breathing, which was prevented by the sand filling in the marsh." Prop-roots were found by Chai on A. marina in Sarawak, as well as on A. alba Blume and on A. officinalis L., and airroots on A. marina (see Fig. 1), but here occurring in areas where the pneu- matophores were not sand=covered, as can easily be seen in the photographs (Fig. 1 & 2) very kindly sent to me by Paul Chai, Farest Botanist of Sarawak. He asserts that he has found trees with such prop-roots "to be confined to soft muddy soils". Bakhuizen (1921) regards only the populations in East Africa and Arabia as representing the true A. marina (Forsk.) Vierh. He regards those to the east [tropical Asia, Indonesia, and Melan- esia] as var. intermedia (W. Griff.) Bakh. This may prove to be a desirable segregation, but at present I see no good way of dis~- tinguishing these presumed taxa morphologically. Some very small roundish-leaved specimens from the Malayan area certainly seen fairly distinct, but may actually represent A. sphaerocarpa Stapf. They hardly fit inte Bakhmizen's characterization of var. inter- media although they have been so regarded by some workers. Backer & Bakhuizen (1961) use the name, A. marina var. inter- media, for A. marina as it occurs in Java, describing it as hav ing "Flowers in 2—-12-flowered heads; lowermost flower=pair some- times distant from the other ones, but nevertheless the inflores- cence not spiciform; adult heads 1/2 — 11/5 cm long; style ro- bust, c. 11/2 ma long; stigmas recurved. Leaves elliptic-oblong or oblong-obovate, from an acute base, with an obtuse or rounded top, greenish white beneath, =o cm il VW/h — hk 1/2 Che sccces ve (also in the more saline parts), banks of tidal streams". Griffith (166) has stated that his A. intermedia — the basis for Bakmmizen's A, marina var. intermedia — is "altogether inter- mediate between what appears to be A. tomentosa and A. resinifera' To exactly which "A. tomentosa" he is here referring is not clear. The A. tomentosa of Blanco is now know as A. marina var. rumphi- ana (H. Hallier) Bakh., that of Blume is A. alba Blume, that of Robert Brown and of Sieber (in part) as A. marina var. resinifera (Forst..f.) Bakh., that of Jack, Jacquin, Linnaeus & Jacquin, G. F, W. Meyer, Nuttall, Nuttall & Brown, Sieber (in part), Swarts, and Weigelt is A. germinans (L.) L., that credited to Linnaeus, to Vahl, and to Wallich is true A. marina, and that of Roxburgh and of Willdenow is A. officinalis L., while that accredited to Schauer, to “sensu Marc.", and to "sensu Mayc." is A. schaveriana Stapf & Leechman. I assume that Griffith is referring to the A. tomentosa of Roxburgh and therefore to A. officinalis L. It is true that typical A. marina does appear more or less intermediate between A. officinalis and A. marina var. resinifera, but this does not indicate or even imply that it is a hybrid between thea. Greenway (1973) asserts that A. marina is the "common dominant on the landward sides of the (saline water] swamp forest" in East 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 85 Africa, Alston (1931) distinguishes the two Sri Lankan species as follows: 1. Leaves obtuse, obovate; anthers exserted; style elongate, vil- lous; corolla over 1/ inch across; capsules 1—1 1/2 inches across; ovary hairy [throughout].....seesescec. officinalis. la. Leaves acute, elliptic; anthers included; style very ery short, glabrous; corolla under 1/4 inch across; capsule 1/4 — 1 inch acrossj ovary hairy at apex ODLY .ecceccccscocke marina. He assert that A. marina is “common on the seacoasts of Ceylon, also on all tropical Asian shores". It should be noted here that the A. officinalis Auct. ex Jafri, referred to in the synonymy on page 76, is a synonym of A. marina var. acutissima Stapf & Moldenke, while the homonym referred to as A. officinalis Auct, ex Allan is A. marina var. resinifera (Forst. f.) Bakh., that credited to Blume is the trae and d valid A. A. offic inalis L., that credited to Kurz, to H. J. Lam, to "(L.) Kars", and to Watt is A. alba Blume, that accredited te Millspaugh is ke germinans (L.) L., tha that credited to Schauer is A. marina var. rumphiana (H. Hallier) Bakh., and that of Miquel is 3 A. ei eucalypti~ folia Zipp. The A. nitida Blanco, referred to on the same page, belongs in the synonymy of A. marina var. rumphiana, while the homonym credited to "(Alter.) Sessé & Mog", to Jacquin, to Linnae~ us, to Linnaeus & Jacquin, to Rodscimh, and to Sessé & Mogino are A. germinans (L.) L. Altman & Dittmer (1966) refer to A. marina as the "black man- grove", but they, as well as Biebl (196), erroneously list Ae nitida Jacq. as a synonym — Jacquin's binomial is a synonym of A. gen germinans. The "A. marina” of Jafri (1973) 1s plainly var. acutissima Stapf & Moldenke. Uphof (1968) reduces A. alba Blume to the synonymy of A. marina, but this disposition is entirely un= tenable to me because A. alba has plainly spicate inflorescences and very much differently shaped leaves and fruits. The "A. tomen- tosa L." of Wallich (1831), of Decaisne (1834), of Harvey (18 and of Drury (1858) actually is A. marina. Harvey (1838) asserts that "It is found pretty generally through the tropics, and in countries bordering on them, in similar situations" — a statenent which is far too broad, applicable, really, only to the genus as a whole, rather than to any one species like this one. No form of A. marina occurs in the New World. The "A. officinalis L." of Harvey (1868), of Matsumura (1899), of Baker (1900), of Almagia (1903), of Dunn & Tutcher (1912), of Sakagueht 4ehe of Parthasarathy (1927), of Sasaki (1928), of Makino & Nemoto (1931), of Nemoto (1936), of Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano (1952), of Naito (1953), of Montasir & Hassib (1956), of Verguin (1956), of Khattab & El-Hadidi (1971), and of Weiss (1972) is actually A. marina. Melchior Tisdh), Dewit (1967), and Amico & Bavaszano (1968) 86 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, mo. 1 list "A. officinalis L." as a synonym of A. marina, while Corner & Watanabe (1969) reduce A. marina to the synonymy of A. officina- iis, but these are absolutely untenable dispositions — the A. officinalis of Linnaeus is a separate, very distinct, and valid species [see Alston's distinguishing characters as quoted on page Masamune (1955), misidentified as A. officinalis, records A. marina from Fukien, Taiwan, Iriomoto, Ishigaki, Komi, Miyako, and Obama. Rageau (1957), also misidentifying the plant as A. offic- inalis, quotes Verguin (1956) to the effect that "4 Madagascar, 1'infusion de feuilles est préconisées contre la fiévre jaune". As yet I have been unable to check the illustrations of "A. offic- imalis said to be in Anal. Mus. Colon. Marseille, ser. , h: 2, pl. 6h (1926) and in Mém. Acad. Malgache 5: pl. 20, fig. 56 (1927), bat if these apply to Madagascar plants too, then probab- ly they also depict A. marina rather than the true A. officinalis. Kohlmeter (1971) reports a fungus on what he identifies as "A. germinans" from South Africa, but the only species of Avicennia in South Africa is A. marina. Steinke (1972) found the species more widely distributed in Cape Province [Cape of Good Hope] than rrhisa. Bavaszsano (1972) reports it from Afars & Issis Territory. Tackholm (1956) .tells us that A. marina is found on the Red Sea coaste and on adjacent islands of Egypt, where it is known locally as "shoara". Montasir & Hassib (1956$ also as- sert that it is frequent along the Red Sea coasts. Foreman (1972) records it from Bougainville island and Williams (1949) from Pemba and Zanzibar, where, he says, it is usually found “at higher levels in [the] mangrove association". Gaussen and his associates describe it as "serving as coloniser on mangrove deltas" and of "intertidal zones and estuaries". Speck (1968) states that A. marina grows with Rhizophora sty- losa, Aegiceras corniculatum, and Osbornia octodonta, forming a dense single-layered forest 20—-1,0 feet tall, access te which is difficult because of the density of the forest and the deep tidal mud in which it grows. Beard (1967) report that "A colony of Avicennia marina was found along a salt creek [in Western Aus- tralia] leading from an inland source through a series of small salt lakes and salt flats to an estuary-like area along the '60- mile Beach'"., This, he says, "gives us an example of an inland locality for this species." He discusses habitat factors and the accompanying vegetation, emphasising the factors which could have led to such an establisiment of an inland mangrove colony. The species is also know to me from several inland salt lakes in northeastern Africa. Chapman (1970) proposes the ecologic associations, Avicennietum marinse and Avicennieto albae-A. marinae. The Gillis 8388 collection, cited below, cultivated in Florida, was grown there from seeds gathered on Formosa and planted at the edge of a tidal swamp in marl. Kassas, Mobarak, & Omar 636 and 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 87 Tackholm, Kassas, Faway, Shalaby, Samy, & Zahran 1150 consist of seedling specimens. Additional vernacular names to those previously reported by me for this species are “black mangrove", "grey mangrove", "h&i-ka- tang", "h4i-ka-tin", "hirugidamasi", "hi rugi-damashi" =hirugi, mangrove, damashi, to be deceived, implying that one is deceived into thinking that this is the true mangrove plant, the true man grove being Rhizophora], "hirugi-damasi", "hirugi-modoki", "isi kungathi", "isf-kungati", "kanamaram", "kanna", "mcandella", “mchnou wood", "mtswi", "mtu", "mtu", "“salgheiro", "shoara", “shora", "takhai", "takhaye", "takhei", "tobase", "tokhai", and Arulchel van (1968) describes A. marina as it grows in Sri Lan- ka: "A bush or small tree, much branched, white bark; young twigs quadrangular. Leaves 2 to 3 inches long "and 1 to 1 1/2 inches broad, 6 to 8 opposite veins, Petioles 1/ te 1/2 inch. Dark green above and silvery white below with densefine pubescence. Ob— lanceolate, acute at base. Flowers. — In terminal or axillary panicles, yellow, corolla 1/2 inch diameter. Fruit. — Capsule about 1 inch, obliquely oveid, compressed, glabrous, pale green ish yellow. Wood. — Has included phloem does not burn well.... Distributed in all the mangrove swamps in Ceylon. Produces a large number of pneumatophores of 6 to 18 inches height and 1/) to 1/2 inch thick." As usual, this is a hodgepodge of A. marina and A. officinalis characters! Palmer & Pitman (1972) refer to A. marina as "the southernmost mangrove in Africa". They assert that from the Kabonqaba River in CapeProvince "it extends northwards along the coasts of Natal, Zululand, and Portuguese East Africa to tropical Africa and the Red Sea, and eastwards to the tropical shores of both hemispheres (actually, it does not occur naturally in the Western Hemisphere at all!).....This is the boldest of the mangroves, the pioneer and first coloniser, starting life on the fringes of the lagoon and inlet shores, sending up frem its wide-spreading horizontal roots its mmerous pencil-like 'breathing-roots' which father silt, in time making around them a muddy and waterlogged world in which other mangrove species of the genera Rhizophora and Brugiera take over. Unlike the trees of these species, it is a sun-lover, tending to disappear at length under the new conditions it cre- ates. In &@ mangrove swamp it usually constitutes the outer fringe. Its roots are often covered at high tide and it can stand a considerable degree of salinity. "It is a shrub or small, slender, willow-like tree up to about 6 m high — its height, it is suggested, depending largely on the type of soil, for it flourishes best where drainage is good. Un- like the other mangroves, the foliage appears light and airy, the leaves often growing upwards. The trunk, which usually grows at an angle, is most often slender and light-coloured, covered with emall raised dots and occasionally flaking te show green below." They describe the "thousands" of pneumatophores as 15—38 ca, long and state that “among them scuttle Imndreds of tiny dark 88 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 erabs feeding on the fallen fruit......They [the trees] bloom from August to October.....The seedlings.....are not long and cigar-shaped as in Bruguiera and Rhizophora, but smal] —- about 2.5 cm. long -- cone-shaped, well-formed for mobility, and easily borne and scattered by the tidal waters. After they have fallen the cotyledons unfold and develop. Birds of various species nest in the tree", including cattle egret, little egret, gray heron, black-headed herons, and golden weavers; “Bronze Mannikins roost in it. The Wattle-eyed Flycatcher is sometimes to be seen feed- ing in avicennia groves, flitting about and catching insects with a loud snap of its bill. The Mangrove Kingfisher is associated with it as far south as the last dense avicennia grove on the Ko- bonqaba River. "Sim called this the least useful and most persistent of the three hardy mangroves [in South Africa]. He described the wood as grey or yellowish, prettily dotted and fairly dense and even, the older timber with a darker centre and often damaged. It is said to be durable and is used for poles, and in parts of Africa in ship-building — the ribs of dhows are sometimes fashioned from it. In Tongaland the framework of the local fish traps, which are large and conical, is made from it. The bark and roots contain tannin and a brown dye is obtained frem the bark." Chai (1972) describes A. marina in Sarawak as a “Shrublet (2 ft. tall) to medium-sized tree — 60 ft. tall. No buttresses but slender, soft stilt roots may develop. Bark reddish-brom, flaking off in irregular, thin papery flakes revealing green new bark surface.....A pioneer species on new mud with a high propor tion of sand but does not seem to colonise pure mud. At the mouth of the Bako river, it is slowly been replaced by A. alba. Found also along sandy shores where it is seen to be in poor form and never gregarious. Absent inland." Dale & Greenway (1961) assert that in Kenya A. marina "is a first coloniser of poor swamp land. Once established mud usually accumulates amongst its pneumatophores producing conditions favourable for Ceriops and occasionally Rhisophore. In establish ed swampe the tree occupies the zone on the landward side." Amico & Bavazzano (1968) say of its uses: "Radici: afrodisiaco. Frutto: il frutto immaturo @ usato per curare piaghe e lesioni cutanee da vaiolo. Semi: cotti in acqua sono adoperati coma ci~ catrizzanti di ferite. Pianta intera: contienne tannino." Burkill (1966) says: "A tree usually not more than 0 feet high, though sometimes up to 70 feet, found gregariously on the sea-face of the mangrove belt....It is a very valuable tree from the point of view of anchoring mud, and after a time it gives place to the more valuable Bruguiera caryophylloides.....as this happens, it becomes a scant value." Moll and his associates (1972) note that the mangrove associa- tion in South Africa is “important for the conservation of the estuaries which are needed during the life cycles of many marine organiems" and “in some areas around the larger cities it has been almost completely destroyed". 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 89 Uphof (1968) asserts that the hard wood is used to make pillars of houses and also as fuel, the aromatic bitter juice is used as an abortive, and the bark is employed in tanning. Williams (19)9), on the other hand, says that in Pemba and Zanzibar it is "useless for tanning". Yet Dale & Greemray (1961) report that in Kenya "A brown dye is obtained from the bark. The bark and leaves have up to 6 per cent tannin. The timber is used for dhow ribs and is liked as fuel for lime burning." Harvey (1838) asserts that in South Africa the bark is used for tanning. Williams (199) claims that in Zanzibar the trunks are used to make canoes, in cart building, as fittings for dhows, as masts, bedstools, drums, chairs, and handles, and "Used as fuel in lime burning". Tanner avers that in Tanzania the leaves are boiled and the resulting liquid is then drunk in treating fevers. Parsa (1947) states that small relict commnities of this plant (which he misidentifies as A. officinalis) are found on tidal es- tuaries at intervals along the Gulf of Aden coast from beyond Jibuti to Karin and probably to Cape Gardafui. Chiovenda reports them from along the eastern Somali coast. Parsa avers that it does not seem able to adapt itself there to decper water and so grows nearer to the edges, sometimes even on "dry" ground where it can attain a height of 20 feet. It supplies building timber for gurghis, the bark is "rich in tannin", and it provides good stock feed especially for camels and because of this it is being depleted very rapidly. Watt & Breyer—Brandwijk (1962), erroneously identifying the plant as A. officinalis, list its uses in southern and eastern Africa as follows: the bark and roots are used for tanning "and the wood has been explored as a possible source of paper pulp. The root has been used as an aphrodisiac and a cataplasm of the unripe fruit for sores and for healing the skin lesions of small- pox." Burkill (1966) informs us that "About the Red Sea and the Persi- an Gulf, where fodder is a thing of mch value, the leaves of A. marina are eaten by camels......Cattle eat the leaves of the Aus— tralian Avicemia, or Grey Mangrove, with great relish. A green, bitter and somewhat aromatic resin oozes from the bark. This res- in is medicinal round about the Indian Ocean. An Arab writer calls it an aphrodisiac, and adds that it may also be applied for toothache. In western Java it is considered a contraceptive, and is taken over indefinitely long periods....This use is given, also, by Ridley as known among the Malays....but in his prescrip=- tion the abortient juice of a young pine-apple is associated. Watt.....says that the roots possess aphrodisiac properties. He says that unripe seeds are used as a poultice to hasten boils and abscesses to maturity. The ash, after burning the wood, is used as soap in India......amd Baker tells us that early settlers used it similarly in Australia. There is a large amount of al- kali in it.....Wood-tar was made from it experimentally by Wells’ Leshem & Levison (1972) report that A. marina "manifests sev eral regulation mechanisms enabling survival in extreme saline 90 PEEP OL 0 GLA Vol. 34, no. 1 and anaerobic conditions. Anatomical adaptations include verti- cally growing aerial roots — pneumatophores, extending above sea level at high tide and which are equipped with aerenchyma and profuse lenticels thus enabling 'tidal breathing'. Physiological adaptations include high osmotic potentials — 69 “atmospheres — as measured by Vapour Pressure Equilibrium method, and active ion excretion from lower epidermis of foliage. Ultra—filtration seems the case only for the C03, SO)~ and Mg** ions. The transpira- tional system apparently is affected by salt encrustations on the leaves only to a minor degree." Shimony, Fahn, & Reinhold (1973) have found the salt glands of A. marina to consist of "2—h collecting cells, 1 stalk cell and usually ally 8 secretory cells. The side wall of the stalk cell is completely impregnated with electron-dense material. An anorph- ous substance appears between the upper walls of the secretory cells and the cuticle above them. The latter possesses many nar row channels. The ultrastructure of the secretory cella was studied under various conditions. The protoplast is usually dense and poorly vacuolated. The mecleus is relatively large and the cytoplasm rich in organelles, especially endoplasmic reticu- lum (E.R.) elements, Golgi bodies and mitochondria. There are many vesicles which appear to be derived from the Golgi bodies and from E.R. cisterns. Elongated vacuole-like structures, ap- parently derived from Golgi cisterns, and manbranous bands were also observed: it is suggested that both represent different stages of the same structure. In many glands the protoplast ap- peared to be contracted in one of the secretory cells and the space between it and the cell wall was filled with an amorphous electron-dense substance. Antimonate precipitation and electron probe analysis were employed to locate ions in the tissues. Both techniques indicated that the salt content of the gland cells was lower than that of the mesophyll. A downhill gradient appeared to exist from cells near the xylem, through the mesophyll to the gland, and was contimed through the gland itself." Rains & Ep- stein (1967) have investigated the preferential absorption of potassium by the leaf-tissue in the presence of high concentra- tions of sodium chloride. Connor (1969) reports that when A. marina was grown in mtri- ent cultures to which a range of concentrations of NaCl, KCl, and CaCl were added, all levels of KCl and CaCl suppressed growth, but there was a positive growth response to NaCl, the optimum level being about 1.5 percent, which is half the concentration of sea water. Puri (1960) reports an osmotic pressure of 48.5 atmospheres in A. marina, as compared to 36.6—~l1.29 in A. alba and 1.93 in A. officinalis. Other mangroves had the following pressures: US in Sonneratia alba, 14.99-—5.h6 in S. apetala, 31.6—33.7 in ra mucronata, 26.65—32.45 in Ceriops candolleana, 2.92— 33.25 in Acanthus ilicifolius, and 27.9—32.23 in Bruguiera gym norrhiza. 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Avicennia 91 Lewis & Naidoo (1970) have investigated the effect of tidal inundation on the apparent transpirational rhythm of A. marina by use of a Ganong potometer. "The apparent transpiration rate of this plant rises in the morning with increasing light intensity and decreasing relative humidity until a mid-morning maximm is attained. Thereafter a progressive decrease in rate takes place during the rest of the day, regardless of atmospheric conditions. Tidal imundation of the swamp after the mid= ololiuqui, payote, mescal, sacred mushrooms, yakee, yopo, coca, caapi (etc.), rape dos idios, etc. Represented is an ex- panding area of knowledge with much yet to be learned about Native uses of these materials. Lecture 3 takes up a more detailed discussion of two of the materials in lecture 2: the Mexican sacred mushrooms and the hallucinogenic products from fam. Malpighiaceae used in northern South America, caapi (ayahuasca, yaje), etc. Although the latter have been known for a century, yet still much remains unknown about their botanical origins. The mushrooms of Mexico used as deliri- facients were known to the early immigrants 400 years ago, but our sketchy knowledge on these was not enlarged until about 20-25 years ago, and much research - botanical, chemi- cal, and pharmacological - remains to be done in this area. GMH "GENERAL PHARMACOLOGY" by A. J. Clark, Band IV of Handbuch der experimentellen Pharmakologie (Handbook of experimental pharmacology) founded by A. Heffter. Ergaenzungswerk, edited by W. Heubner and J. Schueller, ii + VI + 228 pp., 79 figs., 28 tabs., cloth. Reprint of original edition, Berlin (1937). Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York. 1970. DM 76,--; US $20.90. The author of this outstanding title was a British pharmacologist who lived from 1885 to 1941, dying aet. 56 years. Alfred Joseph Clark was Professor of Materia Medica at Edin- burgh University 1926-41. He is best known for his "Applied Pharmacology" which went through several editions; he also authored "Mode of action of drugs on cells" and "Comparative Physiology of the Heart". (For biographic information, see World Who's Who in Science, ed. 1, p. 339;1968). As in the case of general physiology, general pharmacology deals with the chief principles of the science as applied to all living organisms (animal and plant) without entering into detailed consideration of specific organisms or specific drug agents; these may of course be used as examples to illustrate { — 102 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 a general statement or idea, but the object is to discuss principles and comcepts not specifics. More than that, the objective throughout in this work has been to interpret the reaction of drugs in the living organism in terms of physical chemistry. The cell is first considered as a physico-chemical system, then the components of the cell are studied--the pro- teins and enzymes particularly; the relationship of drug con- centration to tissue reactions (2 chapters); the kinetics of drug reactions; time-drug concentration relationships; individ- ual variations in response to drugs; variation in populations of animal organisms (including humans); drug antagonism and drug synergism; various theories of drug action; and the quanti- tative aspects of chemotherapy. Chapter 21, "Conclusion", sums up the volume in a brief 2 1/2 pages. The original work was published as volume 4 of the supplement to Heffter's Handbook in 1937; in this reprinting it retains its place as Supplement Vol. 4. The reprinting is done with good quality of reproduc- tion; there is nothing apparently to be criticized. The book is equipped with a table of contents and at the end the author and subject indices. All references are given in footnotes; thus, there is no separate bibliography, which is now the popular way of presenting references. Undoubtedly this book is a most valuable one to the pharmacologist, physiologist, and physical chemist. GMH "SUGAR ESTERS: PREPARATION AND APPLICATIONS" by J. C. Colbert, x + 310 pp. Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, New Jersey (USA); London, England. 1974. $36.00 This book differs from most text books in that instead of the data representing a summary of the journal (chiefly), book, and pamphlet literature of the world, it is a résumé of the United States patent literature. A patent by its very nature (Latin, patens, standing open) must reveal complete details: hence, this volume is replete with factual, practical, and specific information on the preparation and uses of sugar esters as developed by laboratory and factory experimenters. An added benefit for this book is that by its removal of chaff (legal phrases), the nub of truth (representing the actual concrete details which are of value) is made available, and hence this compilation is useful in searching the patent literature of the field. It should save a great deal of time for those who are engaged in this field of patent law. The value of this specialist volume is especially great because the American patent literature is the largest and most compre- hensive collection of technical/scientific data in the world. A number of sugar esters occur in nature, thus for example some of the tannins are combinations of sugars with polyphenols (like gallotannin); some enzymes of phosphoric acid and sugars serve as coenzymes; and so on. Sugar itself of course is not 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 103 only an important food material but it is also important as a chemical raw material, in the manufacturing of industrially used products. Some of these compounds are quite simple (as sucrose octa-acetate, used as a bitter agent), others complex. This book for a technical work is unusual in not having a terminal subject index; instead the table of contents in front is sufficiently detailed to serve adequately in its place. At the end of the volume are company, inventor, and patent num- ber indices. GMH "PLATINUM COORDINATION COMPLEXES IN CANCER CHEMOTHERAPY" by i-aAeeconnors and J. J. Roberts, XIL + 199) pp.., 93 figs: , 81 tabs. (Royal Cancer Hospital, London). Recent Re- sults in Cancer Research (RRCR) vol. No. 48. Springer- Verlag Berlin, etc. 1974. Cloth hard-back, $27.80. As with nearly all other volumes of this series, the text is in English. Following the preface, there are 17 contributions from individuals in England (7), USA (8), Hungary (1), and Czechoslovakia (1). The papers of these scientists were presented at a Second International Symposium on the subject held at Oxford in April of 1973. First we had the gold treatment of arthritis, now another precious metal is involved in the therapy of cancer, platinum in inorganic complexes. The cis-platinum (II) diammine dichloride (PDD) (formula) is the compound mostly H used in experimental studies. The 3N Say ao diammines are. conceived as metal salts Be with two molecules of ammonia. This Ee ge hat soc HN (cal complex has been shown to have 3 cytostatic (growth-inhibiting effect) with alkylating-like properties. Whereas the metal alone is toxic, by having the platinum "locked in a tight ligand sheath", the general toxicity can be reduced and control over specific situations can be made possible. The clinical use of platinum complexes is still some distance away but good progress is being made towards a practical application. After all, the anti-tumor activity of Pt complexes was only discovered in LO7 A GMH "THE SCIENCE BOOK OF MODERN MEDICINES" by Donald G. Cooley Subtitle: The amazing story of a titanic revolution in chemotherapy and other allied sciences that is beginning to reveal the hidden secrets of life and new ways to improve health and human welfare. Pocket Books, Inc., IeWemsoEhSta. New York I8eeNY. © DX; 9228 pp. 1963: $0.50 paper bound (free from Pharm. Manufacturers Assn. 1155-15th St. N.W., Washington, D.C. 20005). (Cloth bound ed...) Franklin Watt, Inc., Nov. $4.95). Interesting and informative book for the layman. GMH 10h PH Y'T'o'1r0'e'r & Vol. 34, no. 1 "FUNGI - POLYPORACEAE I (resupinatae); MUCRONOPORACEAE I (resupinatae) (Grzyby) (TT 70-55021)" by Stanislaw Domanski, 362 pp., 63 pls ("tables"), 78 figs. National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161. 19725" “SiO0.00" (domestic) SL22500 (Foreien)e This work was translated from the Polish by Foreign Scientific Publications, the original book "Grzyby" (meaning Fungi) having been published in Poland in 1965. The work covers the two families Polyporaceae and Mucronosporaceae, covering those members with resupinate (lying flat on substrate with h¥menial layer on the outside) fruit-bodies. The chief of three groups throughout the volume consists of organisms found in Poland (designated by numbers without parentheses) ; the second group are those fungi not yet found in Poland but very likely to be found there (shown by numbers in parentheses) ; while the third group are those which may possibly but are un- likely to occur in Poland (indicated by having no number). Descriptions, drawings, discussion and opinions, references, uses, etc., are given for each taxon. An important feature of the book are the plates at the end, of which there are two sets, the second set being made by a better reproduction process: Preceding the plates are an index, glossary ("vocabulary"), and bibliography. There are 236 pages of text, the balance being the plates. GMH "FUNGI: POLYPORACEAE II (pileatae), MUCRONOPORACEAE II (pileatae); GANODERMATACEAE; BANDARZEWIACEAE; BOLE- TOPSIDACEAE; FISTULINACEAE (TT 70-55022)" by S. Domanski, H. Ortos, and A. Skirgietto, 330 pp., 27 pls. ("tables"), 109 figs. National Technical Information Service, Springfield, VA 22161. 1973. $10.25 (domestic); $12.75 (foreign) hardback. This is actually the third volume of a set; vol. l having been by Skirgrello and on the Boletales (1960) and vol. 2 the work on Polyporaceae by Domanski (above). The present volume was translated from the Polish work published in 1967. This group of fungi is important economically in Poland because of the great amount of wood damage. There are many keys, and for each species synonymy, description, habitat, distribution, distinctions, and figures. No novelties were noted in either volume. The plants described and figured were collected in 1955-63. An error appears in the second volume, p. 187, under Fomitopsis officinalis: consumption of the fruiting body does not cause perspiration, rather it is used as an anti-perspirant. GMH 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 105 "GETREIDEENZYME: Eigenschaften, Analytik, Bedeutung" by MenRouriich, 135 pp. + 53 figs..+ 1 col. pl. + 47 tabs., Verlag Paul Parey, Lindenstr. 44-47, 1 Berlin 61. 1969. paper-card bound DM 38,--. The enzymes present in the fruit and seed tissues of what passes for the grain of the cereal grasses prove to be of extraordinary interest and importance as the story unfolds in the pages of this brochure. Dr. Matei Rohrlich is direc- tor and professor at the Federal Research Institution for Grain Processing at Berlin, and without question is in an ideal position to discourse on this subject; he is a co- author of a four volume work, "Die Getreide", now in course of publication. In the present work, the introductory chapter gives much fundamental information on enzymes; then follow chapters on the properties of cereal enzymes and their dis- tribution in the caryopses (or grains), enzymes in ripening and germinating grains, the analysis of grain enzymes, enzymes in yeast dough and sour dough (or leaven), with a final chapter on the technical significance of grain enzymes. The literature references are all placed together by chapter at the end of the volume, followed by a subject index. No effort has been spared to make the text as lucid and credible as possible by means of graphs, figures, tables, and so on. GMH "ROMPP CHEMIE LEXIKON", Ed. 6, 4 vol., XII, 7860 col. (= 3930 pp.) (2 columns per page), 64 pp. advertising matter; many figs., Franckh'sche Verlagshandlung, W. Keller & Co., Stuttgart, Germany. 1966. DM. 429.--(approx. $108.00). "The Roempp'"' is truly a great reference work, tremen- dous in concept, unique in its offerings to the many branches of chemistry. This set of four volumes is an excellent ex- ample of the special gifts of the Teutonic peoples--in this case demonstrating their great industry and accurate record- ing of data in one of the most difficult and complex fields of human activity. The wide appeal and utilization of these volumes in the world of science and industry is reflected in the many categories of periodicals where reviews, all mostly laudatory, have been published as noted in adver- tising booklets. These fields include the chemical industry and profession itself, and those industries concerned with the manufacture of pharmaceuticals, starch, fuels, dyes, beer, plastics and so forth. It is most difficult to review a work of such breadth and scope. Perhaps a cataloging of the kinds of information contained would be most practical for a person considering purchase. The following subjects (among others) are covered in this encyclopedia: (1) Classes of compounds (ex., carbides; carbohydrases); (2) individual 106 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 compounds of natural origin (ex., cellulose; quinic acid); (3) individual synthetic compounds (ex., chloromethyl methyl ether; chlorpyridine); (4) substances such as mix- tures (ex., soils; essential oils); (5) processes (ex., ethylation; Eschweiler's reaction); (6) phenomena (ex., respiration; choleresis); (7) compendia (ex., German Pharmacopeia (D.A.B.); but not the British Pharmacopoeia) ; (8) biographies (ex., Walter Bothe; Jean Baptiste Bous- singault); (9) trade marked articles (ex., Celathion; Derrisol); (10) therapeutic terms (ex., derivants; disin- fection); (11) chemical terms (ex. des; exo-); (12) abbre- viations (ex., Diss. for Dissertation; CPL. for Chemicals Procurement Laboratories, Inc.); (13) commercial firms (ex. Ciba; Chemstrand (Decatur, Ala.)); (14) commercial sources of various materials (ex., Cinnamyl acetate is available from 5 firms, which are listed along with the prices per 100 g.); (15) references (ex., under lemon oil, 2 book references are given; under "chemical laboratories" scores of book and journal references are given); (16) natural (crude) plant, animal, and mineral products of specific type (ex., elemi; beeswax,; limonite); (17) methods (procedures) (ex., aqua- metry; Debye-Scherrer X-ray method); (18) apparatus (ex., Autrometer; distillation apparatus); (19) devices (ex., Bunsen valve; hydrometer); (20) units (ex., barrel; bushel); (21) serials (ex., Bibliography of Chemical Reviews; Chemical Abstracts); (22) professional and research organizations (ex., Chemical Society; on columns 1075-86, a list of research and consultation institutions). There are "chapters" on chemistry dictionaries (foreign language), institutes, etc. Incorporated in many of the definitions are data on com- mercial production, history, the literature, uses, etc., etc. For English-speaking chemists or other consultants, two special provisions have been made: (1) at the end of each important definition, there is given one or more equivalent English expressions. (2) At the end of volume 4, there will be found a useful index of 25,000 (plus) English words and phrases, with a notation of the column(s) of the text where they occur. This great work first appeared after the end of World War II (1947), actually the labor of a single individual, Professor Dr. Hermann Roempp, recently deceased. The new editor is Dr. Erhard Uehlein. (A necrology to Roempp appears in volume I, pp. vii, viii.) A list of the persons and com- panies who contributed articles for this encyclopedia appears on pp. vi, vi. In the reference scientific library, in the business office, in the professor's office, this set of four great volumes should always be available. For the chemist, Roempp will lie alongside Merck's Index, Webster's English Dictionary, and DeVries’ German-English Science Dictionary-- ever ready for use. GMH 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 107 "CHEMIE LEXIKON" Vollig neu bearbeitete und erweiterte sechste Auflage. Band II: F-L, by Hermann Rompp, V + columns 1949-3806, many figs., and tabs., Franckh'sche Verlagshandlung, W. Keller & Co., Stuttm@rt, Germany. 1966. Price of set of 4 vols., DM.429,--. In this second volume, the alphabetical treatment of things chemical is continued with the alphabetic initialed words from "F" through "L''. The utility of the encyclopedia may be illustrated by the success enjoyed in searching for information on “Fulvene". Roempp showed over half a column devoted to this group of hydrocarbons, including graphic formulas of some members, the origin of the name, its basic meaning, the English title, and three important references. In contrast, a search for "fulvenes" in several recent American textbooks of organic chemistry was rewarded by not even a mention of these important compounds. The Roempp work is of everyday utility, maybe the most useful book in my library, with the possible exception of Merck's Index. The following terms could not be discovered in volume 2: lignan; glucoluteolin; HLB value (hydrophile-lipophile balance). Indulin (NOT Induline) is a trademark of West Virginia Pulp and Paper Company (Industrial Chemical Sales Division), New York City, not of "Ind. Chem. Cabs." as given. Such occasional omissions or errors are difficult to find, however, in this extraordinarily useful reference work. GMH "FLORA OF THE PRAIRIES AND PLAINS OF CENTRAL NORTH AMERICA" pyrene) Rydberg, 2 vols.: Vol. L: vi, 503, pp., 337 figs. ; Vol. II: iv, pp. 504-969, 263 figs., Dover Publications, ineasNew York. 1971! (1932)... $5.00 each. Unabridged and corrected republication of the original edition, which was in a single volume. The fact of its republication would indicate that this work has merit in defining the flora of the central part of North America. A summary of numbers of taxa (pp. 902-3) shows that the entire work contains 1066 genera with 3988 species of which the dicotyledons show the largest number (2932 species), the monocots ranking second, the pteridophytes third, and the gymnosperms least with 19 species. While this edition is a republication, corrections have been made so that this work is an improvement over the original. A some- what unusual feature is the use of English common family names as a running title on the top of the right-hand pages, such names as Bunch-flower Family (Melanthiaceae). Rydberg was for nearly a third of a century Curator of the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, at that time the largest herbarium in America and one of the largest in the world. GMH 108 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 "MIRAGE OF HEALTH: UTOPIAS, PROGRESS, AND BIOLOGICAL CHANGE" by Rene Dubos, 235 pp., World Perspective Series vol. XXII. Anchor Books, Doubleday & Co., Inc., Garden City, New York: "196s" S095). The author effectively deflates many of the grandiloquent claims made for medical science in the field of health improve- ment. Natural trends in the development by populations of im- munity to various diseases have usually been overlooked and all of the progress made in disease combating attributed to the use of vaccines, antitoxins, or antibiotics. The text is both readable and most informative. (A few errors were noted. Thus, on p. 132, aconite is not a plant alkaloid but rather an alka- loidal plant. On page 100, lathyrism is not produced by chick peas (Cicer arietinum) but by species of Lathyrus, including sweet pea, flat pea, Tangier pea, etc. On the same page, dicumarol and not coumarin is the cause of cattle hemorrhagic disease, and neither of these compounds is steroidal.) GMH "EDUCATORS GUIDE TO FREE GUIDANCE MATERIALS , A Multimedia Guide“ compiled and edited by Mary H. Saterstrom and Joe A. Steph. Educators Progress Service, Inc., Randolph, WI 53956. 9th Annual Edition. XXIX + 254 pp. 1970. $8.75 .-> 10th Annual. Edition XVIEES 2520 ppeeeee POrEG.. eL971 S875. The 1970 issue includes 571 films; 64 filmstrips; 59 tapes, scripts, and transcriptions; and 288 miscellaneous materials (bulletins, pamphlets, charts, posters, serials, and books). We have here a very useful reference book for use in and outside of the school. One feature of this publi- cation is indicated in the publisher's foreword on page III of the Guide. Reprints of the article, 'The Reporting Process as a Component of Self-Competency," by Dr. Gail F. Farwell, will be furnished free to educators and librarians who ask for them. Each edition updates the previous one. Most of the sheets in this useful compilation are printed on one side only. Subject Matters covered include: career planning materials; social- personal materials; responsibility to self and others; and the use of leisure time. The text is classified according to media types as follows: films; filmstrips and slides; tapes, scripts, and transcriptions; printed materials (pamphlets, leaflets, etc.). GMH 4 "FLORA TOXICA DE PANAMA" by Novencido Excobar, 280 pp., 52 figs. Editorial Universitaria, Seccion: Ciencias, Panama. 1972. Without question, the flora of tropical America is one of the richest in the world, if indeed not the richest of all. 1976 Hocking, Bock reviews 109 Among these many taxa, it is reasonable to suppose that quite a large number are poisonous. The author has discussed 199 poisonous plant species of Panama arranged quite logically into their respective families, of which there are 56. These are placed in an alphabetical sequence from Amaryllidaceae to Zygophyllaceae, or in other words "from A to Z." The data given in each monograph includes scientific and vernacular names, brief notes on distribution and description, uses, and toxic properties, often with a photograph of the plant. In addition to the systematically arranged plant information, the introduction includes a classification of types of poisoning by plants with lists of plant examples under each. Also in- cluded are plant poisons (or barabascos), insecticidal plants, plants toxic to live stock, and rodenticidal plants. The chemical nature of the various poisons is also summarized. At the end of the volume are a glossary, indexes to scientific and vernacular names, and a bibliography. The volume bears a preface by the Director and Curator,Economic Botany of the Botanical Museum of Harvard University, the mentor of the author. GMH "COMPARATIVE MORPHOLOGY OF VASCULAR PLANTS" by Adriance S. Foster! and Ernest M. Gifford, Jr., xi + 751 pp. Ed. 2. We Ho Freeman and Co., San Francisco, Cal. 1974. $17.00. In this work, we have a fairly comprehensive account of the structure of all major groups of the vascular plants. The term "morphology" is here used to include both morphology per se (the gross structure of the plant part) and anatomy or histology (the microscopic structure of the plant part). The subject matter includes organography, reproductive mechanisms, morphogenesis, etc. The audience anticipated (and achieved in edition one) is that of upper division and graduate college students. The authors frankly admit that no attempt was made to cover all of the truly voluminous literature published world- wide in this field but they have endeavored to cover the major advances in our knowledge and to provide references to the most important of the many books and papers published in the area. A considerable number of changes have been made in the text, as for instance the inclusion of ultrastructural details of some plant parts as revealed by the electron microscope. Such studies were not usually available at the time of the first edition of the book in 1959. The first six chapters of the book are rated as "orienting" chapters which summarize present knowledge on the chief morphological features of the tracheo- phytes (spermatophytes and pteridophytes) as a whole, the general organ structure and anatomy of the vegetative sporo- phyte, and the development and structure of sporangia, game- tangia, and embryos. The following fifteen chapters of the text go into greater detail but are best studied in connection 110 PHYTOLOGdTI & Vol. 3h, now 1 with these first review chapters. As would be expected, the progression in evolutionary position of the various plant groups is mirrored in the order of the chapters: starting with Chapter 7, the earliest vascular plants (Rhyniopsida, etc.) and proceeding through chapters on the Psilopsida, Lycopsida, Sphenopsida, Filicopsida, Eusporangiate Ferns, Leptosporangiate Ferns, Gymnospermae, Cycadopsida, Coniferopsida (2 chapters), Gnetopsida, to the final three chapters on the Angiospermae. The book is well made and attractive. GMH "OCCURRENCE OF PSYCHODELIC SUBSTANCES IN SOME INDIAN MEDICINAL PLANTS" by S. Ghosal (Abstract). Planta Medica 21(2): 200-9. 1972. Review of 18 publications of the author and collaborators from 1967 to date on 25 Indian plant species of families Leguminosae, Gramineae, and Malpighiaceae. Included are the methods of extn. and isolation, plant species and plant part sources of 22 indole alkaloids, the pharmacological testing methods, and the chem. of the compounds. The more strongly polar type of alkaloids appeared to accumulate in the extreme ends of the plants, thus, the quaternary amines in the roots and the tert-amine oxides in the fruits. Total alkaloid fractions and individual alkaloids tested indicated two types of behavior: facilitated response to serotonin on isolated rat uteri and gross behavioral conduct in rats and mice. N,N-diMe tryptamine, 5-Methoxy-N,N-dimethyltryptamine, 5-methoxy-N-methyl-tryptamine, bufotenine, harmine, (+)- tetrahydroharmine, and (+)-5-methoxytetrahydroharman (new natural base) elicited strong behavioral effects in rats and mice, viz., tremors, hyperactivity, salivation, convulsions, etc., which were almost completely antagonized by pretreat- ment of animals with chlorpromazine. The alkaloids also re- versed the reserpine-induced sedation of mice. The metabolism of indole-3-alkylamines and the role of aromatic B-carbolines as psychotropic agents is discussed. 38 references. GMH "A FLORA OF NELSON COUNTY, KENTUCKY, WITH A SELECTED LIST OF ECONOMICALLY IMPORTANT PLANTS" by Sister Rose Agnes Greenwell, Xiv, 205 pp., 1 map. Nazareth College, now called Catherine Spalding College, 851 S. 4th St., Louisville, Ky. 1935. According to Blake and Attwood (Geogr. Guide to Floras of the World, vol. 1, p. 183), the text of this was published as No. 20 in Cathol. Univ. Amer., Biol. Ser., but without indication of this publication as a separate by Nazareth College. The geography, topography, geology, drainage, and botanical history of the County are discussed, followed by 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 111 keys to and treatment of 863 spp. of Pteridophyta and Sperma- tophyta known (in 1935) as native to this area. Also included are glossary, authors’ names and life dates, brief bibliography, and index. It will be of interest to know that this basic work is still available; under many families, there is brief mention of economic values. GMH "CHEMISTRY AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF ABSCISIC ACID" by D. Gross, Pharmazie 27(10): 619-30. 1972. Abscisic acid (1), a native plant growth inhibitor with a complex activity spectrum, has been intensively studied in recent years, especially as to its effect on resting bud formation and growth, seed germination, tuber formation, flowering and abscission processes, transpiration, nucleic acid synthesis, and other metabolic processes. Its close interaction with other growth regulators (auxins, cytokinins, gibberellins) are of much interest. In view of the low toxicity of I, practical uses are of interest. Analogs of I are also of interest because of the potentially detrimental effect of the high metabolic activity of I. The discovery, isolation, structure, chemical properties, occurrence, synthesis, and biosynthesis (carotenoids as possible precursors) of I are reviewed in depth. 152 references. GMH "SPIEGEL DER ARZNEI: URSPRUNG, GESCHICHTE UND IDEE DER HEILMITTELKUNDE" (The Mirror of Medicine: Origin, History, and Concepts of Medical Science) by Hans Haas, viii + 256 Seiten. Ganzleinen, Springer-Verlag, Hemline 98956. 19°80 DM- The author endeavors to show that the history of medicine properly understood and evaluated (that is as a history of ideas as well as of discoveries) can give us a key to an understanding of the present concepts and objectives of the science. The two chapters of most interest to pharmacognosy are those entitled "Medicinal Plants and Therapy" and "Poisons and Therapy". These sections dwell on the medicine of the remote past, of the ancients (Theophrastus, Dioscorides, et al.) and of the Dark Ages (Albertus Magnus et al.), on the days of the herbals, of indigenous and exotic medicinal plants, of the study of medicinal plants in the renaissance period up to modern times, the vitamins first from natural sources until now when all have been synthesized, whole drug vs. pure sub- stance therapy, and the evaluation of various forms of medicine. Under poisons, many potent medicinals are considered, such as strophanthin, physostigmine, strychnine, curare, and the curari- form agents, ergot as a poison and as a medicine, thyroid- inhibiting drugs, dicumarol, fluorine, urea, etc. Of course, 12 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 other chapters explore the use of and developments from crude drug therapy. Thus, in the chapter on empiricism and therapy, there are discussed various addictive, habituating, and beverage materials which are considered part and parcel of the field of pharmacognosy; also, camphor, digitalis, ipecac, cinchona, chaulmoogra, and other drugs are considered. The book has made a beginning,and a successful beginning;at the formulation of a philosophy of modern medicine. GMH "PHYTOCHEMICAL METHODS: A GUIDE TO MODERN TECHNIQUES OF PLANT ANALYSIS" by J: B. Harborne, X + 278 pp., 54 ftcsessol tabs, Halsted Press, New York and Chapman and Hall, London. VORA 1S1'5-/50: This volume deals with techniques applied to the analysis of plant materials, and is intended to be of service to students and practitioners of biochemistry, pharmacognosy, food science, and natural products organic chemistry. The book starts out with general discussions of plant analytical methods, includ- ing extraction, isolation, separation, and identification, then proceeds to the more detailed treatment of separate groups. These include the phenolic compounds (including many plant pigments); the terpenoids (volatile oils; diterpenoids and gibberellins, triterpenoids and steroids, carotenoids); organic acids, lipids, and related compounds; nitrogen compounds (in- cluding amino acids, amines, alkaloids, CN glycosides, indoles, purines, pyrimidines, cytokinins, chlorophylls); sugars and derivatives; and macromolecular substances (nucleic acids, proteins, polysaccharides). The text is clearly printed, in a large type face, with many references at the end of each chapter. This text can be recommended as of great interest and utility in the various areas where phytochemistry is applied. GMH "DIE DEUTSCHE APOTHEKE: BILDER AUS IHRER GESCHICHTE" by Wolfgang-Hagen Hein, VIII, 231 S., 110 abb., 19 x 27 cm. Deutscher Apotheker-Verlag, Stuttgart, Germany. Clothbound. 1960. DM. 45.--. This splendid "picture book" follows the pattern of many such works in diverse fields which are rightfully so popular at the present time. Following a textual introduction, there appear many full page plates, opposite each of which is a page of commentary, telling something in this case about the creation, the creator, the date of creation, the special qualifications which render the item of particular interest, and so on. As usual, the source of each illustration is identified in alphabetical presentation at the back of the volume. An unusual feature of this particular work is a 1976 Hocking, Bock reviews 113 tabulation of references at the back which deal with the sub- jects of the illustrations. The connection is shown by in- serting the page number after the reference. Thus, an article by L. F. Bley is cited in the Archiv der Pharmazie for 1844, with reference to the text page 184, which tells about the phyto- and pharmacochemist Brandes in connection with his grave monument shown on the opposite page. There is also a listing of texts on pharmaceutical history which are liberally supplied with illustrations. A listing of locations of the various items shown is also included, item by item. There is a great variety in the sort of things illustrated in these splendid black and white photographic reproductions. Thus, we find here painted portraits, paintings of scenery, photo- graphic portraits, pictures of shelf-ware, glass bottles, ruins of drug stores (World War II destruction), old phar- macies (apothecaries) (both exteriors and interiors), pharmaceutical apparatus (such as presses, mortars and pestles, etc.), medicinal plants and crude drugs, book plates, title pages of historically important volumes, statues and bas- reliefs, reproductions of wood-cuts, ancient manuscripts, pharmaceutical manufacturing plants, medals, pharmaceutical schools and institutes, laboratories, mosaics, monuments, and so forth. This volume so rich in pharmaceutical lore would make a splendid gift to a professional person, such as a pharmacist or physician, even though his knowledge of the Ger- man language were deficient, since many of the pictures can be understood with a bare minimum of knowledge of the language. GMH "DIE ANTIDYSKRATISCHE BEHANDLUNG ALS BASISTHERAPIE CHRONISCHER KRANKHEITEN" by Dr. med. Heinrich Honegger, 272 Seiten, in Leinen. Karl F. Haug Verlag, Ulm/Donau. 1959. DM 30--. "Antidyscratic treatment as a basic therapy for chronic diseases" is a title which requires some explanation. "Dyscrasia" is defined in this book as a "blood contamination" or a "lymph corruption" and is based on the old humoral- pathological concept. (This use of dyscrasia is quite dif- ferent from that ordinarily understood, in which a foreign toxic substance (as from a parasite or infection) enters the blood stream.) Although the term in this newer significance was introduced by the author in 1936, yet it had been used earlier by such celebrated scientists as Virchow, the father of pathology (who spoke of a cancer dyscrasia) and the great surgeon Sauerbruch, who found the concept of humoral pathology useful. To "total dyscrasias" are attributed many of the most serious diseases of the human body, such as cancers, pernicious anemia, diabetes, epilepsy, etc. The author advocates the use of homeopathic remedies, including many minerals (such as antimony) and crude drug (plant and animal) preparations, nD PHYTOLOGIA Vole 3h, now 1 usually in combinations. No modern synthetic drugs are dis- cussed. Physical therapy also is advocated, such as baths, massage, insolation, etc. The author, a practitioner of medicine at am Neckar Esslingen, has written this text (he says) for the physician in practice, and he claims it will supply information to fill a serious gap in the medical lit- erature, the lacuna that exists in the therapy for many chronic diseases. In the absence of any really helpful technics of treatment, the author claims his methods will be distinctly helpful although he makes no claim for specific therapy. The author contends that the use of analgesic drugs to modify pain and fever is not basically a healing process, but only a palliative rather than a fundamental benefit to the sick body. GMH "SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE QUALITY CONTROL OF PHARMACEUTICAL PREPARATIONS: INTERNATIONAL PHARMACOPOEIA", second edition, XXXVI + 906 pp., 14 tabs., 15 figs., World Health Organization, Palais des Nations, Geneva, Switzerland. English edition. (There is also a French edition.) 1967. $18.00; Sw. fr. 54.==. A rather surprising feature of this second edition of the Ph. I.-II is the fact that this title has been subordinated to that shown in the first line above. The cover (front and spine) of the book does not bear the title of pharmacopeia. However, the contents within the covers always refer to the text as International Pharmacopeia. No explanation for this rather remarkable titling is given as far as could be found; however, it may well be that the compilers felt that it would be unwise to give the impression that this work is to serve in the capacity of a regular pharmacopeia, hence the masking of the name. A comparison of editions one and two would be of some interest. The first edition carried the following monograph text pages: vol. 1 250 pp.; vol. 2: 215 pp.; supplement (1959): 103 pp.; Annexes: 8 pp.; total for ed. 1: 576 pp. Ed. 2: 604 pp. Hence, even though it might have been thought that the 3 volumes of ed. 1 contained a larger amount of drug monograph text, such is not the case. To make the difference even greater, the type face in the second edition is smaller and there are more lines per page (49 vs. 46 in ed. 1). Quite a few new monographs are included in the present edition that were not in the first: Acacia; ampi- cillin; bacitracin; cloxacillin; cortisone acetate; cycloserin; griseofulvin; levo-thyroxin sodium; liothyronine sodium; meticillin sodium; nafcillin sodium; neomycin sulfate; nosca- pine; novobiocin; nystatin; Oxacillin; peanut oil; sesame oil; pheneticillin; phenoxymethyl penicillin; predinsolone; predni- sone; propicillin; psyllium seed; reserpine; senna leaves and fruit; vancomycin; viomycin; and warfarin, besides many more. A little less than one-third of the book is made up of appen- dices and index. These appendices are devoted mainly to 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 115 technics used in assays. The volume "Specifications for re- agents mentioned in the Int. Phar." (1963) is still applicable to the present edition. When specifications are not included in that work, they are given in the Ph. I.-II. ** Without question, the new International Pharmacopeia will be of in- valuable service in uniformizing and otherwise improving the content of the 35 or so national pharmacopeias of the world. (Available from book dealers throughout the world who handle WHO publications.) GMH "FOLK MEDICINE: A VERMONT DOCTOR'S GUIDE TO GOOD HEALTH" by DeeGeeJarvis, M.D.; ix, 182 pp. Holt; Rimehart and Winston, 383 Madison Avenue, New York 17, N.Y. 1958. S29 Di Dr. Jarvis' book was read with mixed feelings. The writer is a good man obviously sincere, who has devoted a lifetime to the study of his patients, apparently not always with the benefit of the very latest gadgets and of the proprietary drugs de- veloped by the big drug houses. Much of his folklore is sound, just good common sense. The doctor is a man in his mid-80's who appears to have thrived by practicing on himself much of the local medical lore which he tells about and recommends. His book has been a very popular one in the United States, a "best seller'' (one of the ten books sold in largest numbers for several months) with sales of hundreds of thousands of copies. However, there is manifest in many places a considerable ignor- ance of matters chemical. The notion that acetic acid is of therapeutic benefit because of its acidic properties is quite false. Actually it is a weak acid, totally oxidized to carbon dioxide and water in the body soon after ingestion, as are other fruit carboxy acids. The carbon dioxide in the form of carbonic acid plays an important role in buffering the blood; the pH value depends in large part on the ratios of alkaline bicarbonates to carbonic acid. Another unusual viewpoint is the author's opposition to the dietary use of wheat, which has served so long and usefully as the "staff of life" for a large part of the human race. He favors use of rye and corn (maize) cereal grains. (It is true that allergy to wheat is quite common, but this is another story.) His opposition to citrous juices is not based on any scientific facts apparently. Absurd claims are made, thus of the value of honey in treating arth- ritis (p. 100). He says that bacteria cannot live in the presence of honey because of the presence of potassium (salts) in honey which dehydrate the bacterial cell. The dehydration actually is a factor of the hypertonicity of honey, dependent mostly on the sugars present. The use of mixtures of apple cider vinegar with honey is advocated for many medical con- ditions, based on its long use among the country people of Vermont. (Is acetic acid in this concentration, used frequently, 116 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, now 1 not likely to corrode the teeth?). Many other crude products are advocated: the "cappings" (honeycomb), he states, is good for allergy (nasal congestion, post-nasal drip, pollinosis, etc.). The use of comb honey is claimed superior to that of strained honey. Other folk medical agents advocated are kelp, iodine (in the form of Lugol's solution), castor oil, corn oil, and a number of crude plant materials, presented in chapter VII, and representing folk medicinals of the rural areas of Vermont. There is no index. GMH "A NATURAL HISTORY OF THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS" selected readings by E. A. Kay, (Compiler), xii, 653 pp. University Press of Hawaii, Honolulu, Hawaii. 1972. Includes papers on botanical taxonomy. GMH "TAXONOMY OF FUNGI IMPERFECTI" (Proceedings) B. Kendrick, editor, x, 309 pp. University of Toronto Press, Toronto; Ont:, ‘Canadas 19712 Grec'dee1972)) BS22450% This is the text of papers presented and discussions of these at the First International Workshop-Conference on Cri- teria and Terminology in the Classification of Fungi Imperfecti held at the Environmental Sciences Center of the University of Calgary, Kananaskis, Alberta, Canada. No index. GMH "LA PHARMACOPEE SENEGALAISE TRADITIONNELLE: PLANTES MEDI- CINALES ET TOXIQUES" by J. Kerharo and J. G. Adam, 1012 pp., 44 figs., 24 tabs. Editions Vigot Freres, 23, rue de l'Ecole de Médecine, 75006 Paris, France. 1974. Price ? This impressive hard-back volume is overflowing with in- formation on the history of the native Senegalese medicine, the drugs in use, ethnopharmacognosy, the individual medicinal and toxic plants, the scientific, common, and vernacular names, remarkable characters of the plants by which they may be recog- nized, habitats, therapeutic use in the traditional medicine, and the chemistry and pharmacology of those which have been given serious study. Senegal is a black republic in the ex- treme western part of the African continent with a rich flora and fauna as well as a wealth of ethnobotanical knowledge. Pages 1-105 are devoted to a general consideration of the sub- ject matter, including many references to the literature on African drug materials. The systematic portion extends from pages 106 to 804, in which the families are arranged in alpha- betic order, starting with the Acanthaceae and terminating with the Zygophyllaceae. The content is rich with a detailed content of information on about 500 plant species. Many common names and names in various African languages and dialects 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 117 are given. The vital pharmacological and clinical properties and considerable chemistry are modern in treatment, and treat not only of the crude plant materials but also and more im- portantly of the isolated constituents. Thus, the fantastic baobab tree is shown to possess alkaloids, including adansonine, as well as glycosides; a good deal appears now to be known as to the pharmacodynamic effects of the constituents. The third section of the book, pp. 805 to 1011 bears extensive bibliog- raphies and indexes, and represents a very valuable tool in using this work. The literature with 2243 references covers the area up to 1 May 1973. There are indexes of scientific, common, and vernacular names, of active principles, of tables and figures, and a table of contents; also an appendix con- sisting of the recommendations made at the first "Symposium interafricain sur les Pharmacopées traditionnelles et les plantes médicinales africaines", Dakar, 1968. This is truly a val- uable reference work for anyone interested in the potential treasures of natural medicine represented by the tropical vegetation of the earth. GMH "MOLECULAR ORBITAL STUDIES IN CHEMICAL PHARMACOLOGY" (A Sym- posium held at Battelle Seattle Research Center, October 2OV22-51969)), edited by L. B. Kier, VIL; 290 pp., 67 figs, 66 tabs., Battelle Memorial Institute, Columbus, Ohio, USA. Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York. 1970. Soft cover DM 34.40; US $9.40. For the first time, the molecular orbital theory has been applied to various fields of pharmacology by a group of scientists meeting together to consider this subject of common interest. The past, the present, and the future (as nearly as this can be forecast) are considered as relating to molecular orbital work. Following the Preface, there are 11 papers authored by one to three individuals, each presentation with many references to the literature. The list of 46 attendees includes 10 active participants (those presenting papers), including the chairman. All are listed with their address or connections. Of these, 14 are from Battelle Institute (U.S. and abroad) and two from the Boeing Research Laboratories at Seattle (the Symposium was held in Seattle). These scientists all concerned with the application of chemistry at molecular levels to pharmacology and other biological fields included physical chemists, pharmacologists, theoretical chemical specialists, biochemists, and medicinal chemists. (Americans, Swiss, Germans, and one Frenchman participated.) Electronic structures, quantum mechanics, steric phenomena, and the pharma- cologic receptor theory are all treated in these papers. The volume is clearly printed. There is no index. GMH 18 PHY TOLOGTA Vol. 34, now 1 "WILD FLOWERS OF THE CAPE PENINSULA" by Mary Maytham Kidd, un- paginated (ca. 150 pp.), 94 pls., 1 map, Oxford Uni- versity Press, 200 Madison Ave., New York 10016, Edition 2 AQIS C974) <80 511625. A rather novel mode of arrangement of ca. 814 plant species has been used in this interesting book. This was carried out by using date (month) of flowering as a basis, running in order from January to December. For each month, there has been some further classification by placing together as far as possible plants growing in flats, "vleis", mountain tops, and sand dunes. However, this sub-classification does not seem to be always adhered to. Watercolor paintings have been used as the best medium for accurately portraying the floral and leaf colors and characters, and this has been very well done indeed. Most of the plants shown and very briefly described (if at all) are indigenous to South Africa. To allow it effective and perennial use as a field guide, the covers are stiff card with what appears to be a waterproofed surface. The first edition of 1950 bears a Foreword by the late famous Field-Marshall Smuts, and this has been retained in the present edition. This work should be a highly prac- tical one for pinning down the identity of roughly one-third of the plants of the title area but these are the most impor- tant and conspicuous ones of course. Hence the book has greater real value than would be apparent from mere numbers. GMH "THE LONG WHITE LINE": the story of Abbott Laboratories by Herman Kogan, x, 310 pp., 56 plates, Random House, 457 Madison Ave., New York 22, N.Y. 1963. This is the story of an aggressive and radical minded American physician--Dr. Wallace Calvin Abbott (1863-1921)-- who pioneered in the field of medical/pharmaceutical prepara- tions. His company, established as The Abbott Alkaloidal Company (1888) has continued up to the present date (since 1914 under the name Abbott Laboratories); and now represents of course one of the major pharmaceutical firms with total annual sales in the neighborhood of 150 million dollars. Some of the products marketed by the company over its approximately 75 years of history include important innovations in therapy-- Butyn, Nembutal, Pentothal Sodium, Viosterol, Haliver Oil, and Sucaryl. Abbott has evoked the efforts of scientists of many areas and specialties--men like Volwiler, Roger Adams, Durham, Lanwermeyer, Kamm, Raiziss, Nielsen,--to name only a few. Its business executives also have been outstanding--individuals like De Witt Clough, Vliet, the Stiles brothers (James and David) (who had actually been delivered as babies by Dr. Abbott himself). The story’ of these men is almost the story of the firm itself, proving again the truth of the saying that history 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 9 is the story of individuals. Dr. Abbott started out imbued with the ideals expressed by the Belgian physician, Dr. Adolph Burggraeve, who saw in alkaloids rather than fluidextracts the real essence of medication, where precision and certainty of dosage could be attained. It soon became manifest of course that alkaloids were far from being the sole chemical group with medical benefits, so that at present they represent only a small portion of the total production of the Abbott concern. This book follows a chronological sequence, starting in chapter 1 with the early development of Vermont-born Abbott, and de- veloping there from decade to decade the story of his progress until death overtook him (chapter 6), and from there on the progress of the company under its new heads is developed up to the present time (chapter 17). Error noted: Dr. Beal's father was James not John (p. 93). GMH "A GUIDE TO MEDICINAL PLANTS OF APPALACHIA" by Arnold Krochmal, Russel S. Walters, and Richard M. Doughty, U.S.D.A. Forest Service Research Paper NE-138: IV, 296 pp., 2 tabs., 133efies., 1 col. pl., Northeastern For. Expt. Sta., Upper Darby, Penna. 1969. Gratis. The first portion of this book is general information on collecting and processing drug materials, and on collecting and drying pollens. There are also references to books and serials, glossaries of botanical and pharmacological terms and of Latin terms used in plant names. Following this is the "Guide to the Plants", in each pair of opposite pages of which a medicinal plant species is described and figured. The figures are more or less equally divided between drawings and photo- graphs, all however with the common quality of usefulness in helping to identify a plant. The 126 different plants are arranged in the order of their scientific names and there is an index of common names following. Many of the photos and apparently all of the drawings are original but there is no list of credits. The following data of value to drug col- lectors are given under each description: common names, des- cription, flowering period, habitat, harvest (collection), and uses. The plants are those found in Appalachia, the mountain- ous region of the eastern USA running from the Canadian border or New York State down to central Alabama. Mentha spicata and M. cardiaca (p. 162) are confused. The data on serials might erroneously be interpreted as indicating discontinuance in 1968. KKKKKK This volume was also reprinted by the U.S. Department of Agriculture, as Agric. Handbook No. 400: iv + 296 pp., 126 figs., 1971. (Available from the Government Printing Office, Wash- ington, D. C. 20402; Si.75))- GMH 120 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 "TABLES FOR ELEMENTAL ANALYSIS" (Rechentafeln zur chemischen Elementaranalyse), by Reinhard Krzikalla, Ed. 2, XXV, 294 pp., many tabs., inserted free 4-page card, Verlag Chemie GmbH, 6940 Weinheim/Bergstr., BRD. 1968. DM. 28,--. In this edition, all tables have been recalculated on 1961 international atomic weights, where 12C = 12.000 (pre- viously based on 0 = 16.000 as standard). This work is tri- lingual, as indicated in the title, with instructions in all these languages. (With mostly numerical data, the task is minimal.) By means of this book, one can calculate the pro- portional combination of the elements of a chemical compound, and hence one is enabled to determine the molecular identity of compounds for which the elementary proportions are known. Besides the tables for the various elements, there are tabular data showing multiples of atomic weights of the metals, a table of functional groups (ex., amido-), table of atomic weights, etc. A table of abbreviations and symbols (ex. Z, ) might well have been included. In the English version Introduction (p. XIX), the first sentence of paragraph 2 might better have been written: "Values are generally all tabulated as integral values of molecular weights up to 700; between 700 and 1000 the intervals are increased up to 5 units". The expression "XXIV and" has been interjected into this sen- tence and rightly belongs in the preceding paragraph, last line, which properly should read: "of the group (see also pp. XXIV and 282-287).'' The word "stoichiometry" has been misspelled (pp. XXIII, XXIV). GMH "BIBLIOGRAPHY OF VITAMIN E" Vol. VI. 1960-1964 by Wilma F. Kujawski (compiler), unpaginated (about 80 pp.), Dis- tillation Products Industries, Rochester, N.Y. 14603. (Division of Eastman Kodak Company). 1965. (Page size Balpfpate ore MILLI) This volume continues and supplements previous numbers of the series "Annotated Bibliography of Vitamin E" published by the National Vitamin Foundation, and includes 1884 scien- tific papers. In previous issues, abstracts of the articles were provided, but this has been changed to citation with com- plete indexing and cross-indexing of each article. There are author and subject indexes. The wide coverage includes occur- rence, distribution, determination, chemistry, physiology, pathology, pharmacology, nutrition, metabolism, and diseases and therapy. There are subject and author indices. GMH 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 121 "BACTERIAL PLASMIDS: CONJUGATION, COLICINOGENY, AND TRANSMISSIBLE DRUG-RESISTANCE" by G. G. Meynell. xiii + 164 pp., 27 figs., 8 tabs., MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass. 1973. $14.95. As accessory chromosomes, plastids play a multiple role in- side and outside of the bacterial cell, thus as F or sex factors, as bacterial phases, as colicin (toxic proteins) factors, and most recently discovered as the R factors (which develop resis-— tance to drugs, including the tetracyclines, chloramphenicol, kanamycin, sulfonamides, etc.) The latter function is highly significant in medicinal practice, thus explaining the develop- ment of resistant Staphylococci. The plasmids are parallel in functioning to the DNA of some viruses and of mitochondria. A large number of references (672!) is given. GMH "EXOTIC PLANTS" by Julia F. Morton. 162 pp., ca. 390 col. figs., Golden Press, New York (Western Publishing Co., Inc., Racine, Wisc.) 1971. S$b.95 This is a genuine pocket book and should fit into the poc- kets of the clothing of men, women, or children, since it measures only 6 inches by 4. The brief but effective descriptions of more than 380 species, each accompanied by a clear and informative color drawing, should permit identification of many a plant en- countered by travelers in tropical or sub-tropical areas. It is difficult to see how more information could have been packed into the limited space of six cubic inches! In addition to the major portion devoted to the plants, there are indexes, a glossary, list of plant families, references, etc. The order is the usual Englerian one from monocots to Compositae. GMH "REGULATION OF ALDOSTERONE BIOSYNTHESIS" - by J. MUller (Kanton- spital, Zurich, Switzerland. - Monographs on Endocrinology Vol. 5: VII + 140 pp., 19 figs., 9 tabs., Springer-Verlag, Berlin, Heidelberg, New York City. 1970. DM 36.- =US $9.90. This work is published in its entirety in the English language. The usual relationship of one editor to several writers is reversed here with one writer to five editors (Gross, Labhart, Mann, Samuels, Zander). There are 6 chapters, the first three brief, the last three the longest in the volume. The progression of information in the volume begins with consideration of the point of origin in the body of aldosterone - the zona glomerulosa of the adrenal cortex; then proceeds to consideration of the pathway of aldosterone biosynthesis and synthesis of the compound in cell- free systems. Factors governing this synthesis are next considered in considerable detail (angiotension II, cations, ACTH, etc.), then the alterations in biosynthesis and secretion in long-term experi- ments and in diseases are considered. A summary of conclusions appears at the end, followed by the many references, (there is no 122 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 index). It is evident from a study of this text that many factors are influential in controlling secretion of aldosterone, particu- larly some endocrines. In the past it has often been held that the chief cause of increased aldosterone secretion resulted from the renin-angiotensin system, which results from the production of renin as a pathological product of the kidney (arising from hypertensive processes) and its effect in stimulating production of angiotensin. From this summary of experiments and opinions, it now seems that renin and angiotensin are only indirectly of importance and that other factors actually play a larger part. GMH "ORGANISCHE CHEMIE: EIN LEHRBUCH FUER NATURWISSENSCHAFTLER, MEDIZINER UND TECHNIKER" by Friedrich Nerdel u. Bernhard Schrader. Ed. 3. XII + 218 pp., 49° fies. {7 19seabarn flexible cloth cover; Walter de Gruyter & Co., Genthiner Str. 135 Berlin 30. 1970. ‘DM: .18,-—(Ceals (So 2000e Like most revised works (first ed. 1961), this one shows few palpable errors, such as those made by the printer. To in- dicate the range and utility of the text, the contents may be presented as follows: (1) General discussion of the area of organic chemistry - the various concepts, with emphasis on the electron system for expiaining chemical properties; (2) the sys- tematic organic chemistry-aliphatic, aromatic, heterocyclic, and other compounds; (3) macromolecular organic substances; (4) sol- vents, plasticizers, surfactants; (5) biochemistry; and (6) ana- lytical methods used in organic chemistry. 1t will thus be seen that this textbook is really an introduction to several areas be- sides the conventional field of organic chemistry - particularly biochemistry. The work seems to be well done, with excellent clarity, clean-cut figures and formulas, and otherwise attrac- tively presented to the student. GMH "MALIGNANT TUMORS IN ORGAN TRANSPLANT RECIPIENTS" by Israel Penn. Recent Results in Cancer Research (RRCR). Vol. 35: IX + 51 pp., 12 figs., 4 tabs. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidel- berg-New York. (Editor-in-chief: P. Rentchnick and a group ot 50 editors). 1970. Dm 24,--, US $6.60. The largest part ot this book deals with case reports (found on 25 pages out of 40 pages of text). The study is based on mal- ignancy and immunologic deficiency states occurring both in ex- perimental animals and in man, then with malignancies in recipients of organ homografts (grafts obtained from another specimen of the same anumal species), malignancies (1) present before or at time of transplantation, (2) transmitted with the transplant, or (3) arising in the tissues some time after transplantation. The author is a professor and surgeon of Denver, Colorado. Besides his own studies, there is an extensive bibliography of 186 titles plus a mixed in- dex. The present interest in cancer is reflected in the broad 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 123 spectrum of nationalities represented on the board of editors: 14 Americans, 7 Frenchmen, 6 Swiss, two each of Russians, Englishmen, Japanese, Italians, and Israelites, and one each of Canadians, Belgians, Finns, Swedes, Danes, Dutch, Norwegians, and Poles, the figures including the editor-in-chief. GMH "ARBOLES TROPICALES DE MEXICO" by T. D. Pennington and Jos& Sarukhan. vii + 413 pp., 279 drawings, 159 photos, Insti- tuto Nacional de Investigaciones Forestales, Mexico 21, D. F., Mexico and FAO, United Nations, Rome, Italy. 1968. (US) $6.00. This "Manual for the identification in the field of the principal tropical trees of Mexico'' is a very useful guide for both botanist and non-botanist. For the latter there is intro- ductory information defining botanical terms (with illustrative figures) and a text that is not overly technical. The introduc- tory material also includes information on the types of arboreal vegetation found in the hot-humid zone of Mexico and keys to the species which are taken up in the main body of the work. In the species description section, each plant is assigned a double spread of two pages, the left one with text, the right with a figure of foliage and reproductive organs together with a dis- tribution map for Mexico. Important information conveyed by the text include after the scientific names (including family and sometimes sub-family) vernacular names, the general nature of the plant (form), bark, wood, branches, leaves, flowers, fruits (in- cluding seeds), the ecology and distribution, and uses. On the same page there is regularly reproduced a photograph of the stem (trunk) of the tree. At the end of this tome is a bibliography, list of herbarium specimens studied, and a comprehensive index. GMH "A BEACHCOMBER'S BOTANY: AN ILLUSTRATED HANDBOOK OF NEW ENGLAND SHORE PLANTS AND SEAWEEDS" by Loren C. Petrytand Marcia G. Norman. 158 pp., ca 130 figs., Chatham Press, Old Greenwich, Connecticut. 1968. $6.95. A book like this one has both a scientific educational value and an aesthetic value for the pleasure transmitted through the excellent charcoal drawings with which the pages are embel- lished. The artist (MGN) has not only given us an image of the plant which actually is very real and effective but also has in- scribed on the same page with the drawing a brief description following the common and scientific names. This book would educate quite painlessly in the recognition of the principal plants of the sea coastal areas of New England. Preceding the section of plants (the "systematic" portion), the late Professor Petry has talked in some detail (37 pages) about the environment concerned and the nature of the plants found there. This sec- tion was written for the layman, apparently, since there is one 12h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 1 chapter on the naming of plants. The title is not quite accurate since seaweeds (Algae) are plants. However the layman as a rule thinks of plants in terms of flowering herbs and shrubs, so that this should not be considered anything more than a popularization of title. The area of the beach covered includes the tide line, the dunes, and the land bordering the dunes, as well as salt marshes. GMH "PROGRESS IN THE CHEMISTRY OF ORGANIC NATURAL PRODUCTS" (FORTSCHRITTE DER CHEMIE ORGANISCHER NATURSTOFFE), vol. 29 by W. Herz, H. Grisebach, and G. W. Kirby (Editors). VIII + 554 pp., 18 figs., Springer-Verlag, Vienna. 1971. $57.40. For over a third of a century (34 years), or if you like for over a generation (33-1/3 years), this series of volumes has been accepted as an excellent source of review articles covering impor- tant topics of the time in the field of plant and animal substances. Volume 29 is a larger and more impressive volume than most of its predecessors and is printed throughout in a smooth-finished heavier paper of the type used for printing half-tones. Of the eight arti- cles, three are in German, five English. The nine authors are na- tives of the USA, England, Germany, and Israel. As usual, consid- erable variety prevails in the subject matters. Thus, the first article deals with piperidine compounds found in nature, including among these importantly the alkaloids, the betalains, and some anti- biotic substances. Several of the alkaloids are well known, - thus lobeline, coniine, the Punica group, febrifugine, and others. (The closely related pyridiffalkaloids are not taken up). Article 2 deals with bile pigments and "biliproteids" (or biliproteins) which latter are found in the Algae. A new word "bilins" is introduced, the equivalent of "bile pigments" (German, Gallenfarbstoffe). This art- icle is concerned exclusively with the chemistry and occurrence of these compounds. The third article, also chemical, deals with the glutarimide antibiotics, a group which has no well-known commercial- ly available representatives. They are derived from Streptomyces spp., the first discovered being Actidione (now cycloheximide). The next article concerns itself with the chemistry and biosynthesis of lichen substances; these substances have proven of considerable util- ity in determining botanical relationships, in other words for chemo- taxonomic uses. Another contribution deals with the cucurbitanes, representing tetracyclic triterpenes, with as the most important derivatives, the cucurbitacins. The latter have many interesting properties of medical import - acting as purgatives, cytotoxic a- gents, anti-tumor agents, and even as insect attractants (for some species). Follows a chapter on biogenetic-type synthesis of terpen- oid systems, and one on the biosynthesis of the diterpenes, includ- ing the gibberellins. The last paper is one of the most interesting, dealing with the chemistry of natural products from marine sources, involving scores of compounds, some of which would seem to have high priorities in the research and development program, for instance, kainic and domoic acids, anthelmintics from Digenea simplex. 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 125 Needless to say, the book is a must for many private and public libraries. GMH "ACETABULARIA AND CELL BIOLOGY" by S. Puiseux-Dao. XII + 162 pp-, 45 figs., 13 pls., Springer-Verlag New York, Inc., 175 Fifth Ave., New York 10010; and Logos Press Ltd., London. 1970. Cloth. US $9.80. The author of this book is renowned for her knowledge and experience with the giant unicellular organism, the chlorophyceous Alga, the various forms of which are collected under the generic name Acetabularia. She has written concisely but interestingly of her own experiments with the organisms together with a capable review of the world literature. This book is different from the majority of books which recapitulate the published literature of many experimental studies, since here is primarily an incorporation of the experimental researches of the author herself, much of which has not previously been published. The organism grows in tropical marine waters. (The reviewer's attention to this group was first directed by his finding on the beach at Panama City, Florida, of a dried calcified specimen with its characteristic mushroom-like cap, growing attached to shellg. Throughout the book, mention is continually being made of the species A. mediterranea, whereas a foot-note on page 1 indicates that the accepted name for this en- tity is now A. acetabulum. No doubt the new information or inter- pretation came too late to make the necessary changes in name throughout the volume. In the tabulation on page 35, mention is made of 19 species known, divided into two sub-groups, Acetabularia s.s. and Acetabularia popyphysa, with 11 and 8 species respectively. Seven species have been used in various experimental laboratories. In addition to the initial chapter on the biology of the group, there are special chapters on morphological structure and ultra- structure, reproduction, life history, culture, merotomy (cutting the plant body into nucleate and non-nucleate parts), grafting, biochemistry, protein synthesis, etc. The chloroplasts are considered together with their function- al periodicity having to do with phases of synthetic activity. The interest in this organism lies apparently in the possibilities of learning from it more about the secrets of cell life. The text is clear and accurate. A bibliography and index are included at the end. GMH "BIOLOGY OF PLANTS" by Peter H. Raven and Helena Curtis. XII + 706 pp-, 633 figs., 21 tabs., Worth Publishers, Inc., 70-5th Ave., New York 10011. 1971 (1970). $12.95. It has sometimes been said "Don't judge a book by its cover." So far as concerns the title under review, it can be said that the title on the cover is short and to the point and adequate and as for the physical nature of the cover, this tome is strong and attractive 126 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 and to all purposes most adequate. A study of the contents will show to any fair-minded and unbias§$ed individual that we have here what must approach the ideal in a textbook on the subject. The introduction presents a picture of life in general--how it may have originated, the outlines of evolu- tionary change, the relationships of organisms to one another and to the environment. The first section considers the cell-- its chemical composition, structure, "energetics" (= conversion of energy), and mechanisms of inheritance. Section two is devoted to the development of the individual plant: its life history (biography), integration of growth processes through plant hormones, and the effect of external conditions on its growth. In the next section, the central and pivotal pro- cesses of photosynthesis and respiration are considered. Section IV takes up the relationships of the plant to soil and water. In Section V, genetics and evolution are given a pretty thorough review, with emphasis on diversification of plants, leading up to the taxonomic treatment of Section VI, concerned with the classification of plants. In this text, five kingdoms of living organisms are recognized: the Monera (procaryotes; all of the other four being eucaryotes); the Protista; the Animalia; the Fungi; and the Plantae. (In this treatment, Plantae include the multicellular Algae, Bryophyta, and all vascular plants). Section VII is devoted to ecology and the last section is headed "Man and the World Ecosystem." There are four appendices, a glossary, and a detailed index. Truly this is a splendid book for the student of botany! GMH "CHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGICAL ACTIONS OF 4-NITROQUINOLINE 1-OXIDE" P. Rentchnick, Editor in chief. Recent Results in Cancer Research (RRCR) vol. 34. XII, 101 pages, 20 tabs., 12 figs., Edited by H. Endo, Kyushu University, Fukuoka (Japan), T. Ono T. Sugimura, both National Cancer Center, Tokyo. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg-New York. 1971. Cloth DM 36,--; US $9.90. (A discount of 20% on list price is granted to those purchasing the com- plete series.) A large literature has grown up around the class of carcinogens represented by as chief member 4-nitroquinoline l-oxide. An attempt has been made, a successful attempt, to review these many papers in a single handy volume. Most of the review chapters in the present volume were supplied by staff members of the National Cancer Center Research Institute (NCCRI) at Tokyo, Japan. Also represented are the Cancer Research Institute at Kyushu University (Fukuoka), the Japanese Foundation for Cancer Research, and the Research School of Biological Sciences of the Australian National University (Canberra). (Actually all authors were at one time or other associated with NCCRI.) The carcinogenicity 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 127 of the title compound was proven in 1957 by Dr. Waro Nakahara of the NCCRI, Tokyo, after synthesis of the compound in 1942 by a Japanese group. The early work showed development of squamous cell carcinoma in mice skin after the compound in solution was painted on the skin. Following the brief introductory chapter, there are chapters on the chemical properties, biophysics, carcinogenicity, metabolism, molecular aspects of action, anti-tumor effect (because strangely enough the compound in addition to its mutagenic effect also has a strong carcinostatic activity), and microbiology. The last chapter details the mutagenic effects on bacteria (the initial studies on the compound were in this area), fungi, yeasts, and protozoa. The reference section (with about 300 literature references) and a subject index complement the text. GMH "CURRENT CONCEPTS IN THE MANAGEMENT OF LYMPHOMA AND LEUKEMIA" Editor in Chief: P. Rentchnick. Recent Results in Cancer Research (RRCR) vol. 36. XIV, 198 pages, 46 figs., Edited by J. E. Ultmann, M. L. Griem, W. H. Kirsten, and R. W. Wissler. Springer-Verlag, Berlin-Heidelberg- New York. 1971. Cloth DM 48,--; US $13.90. (A dis- count of 20% on list price is granted to those pur- chasing the complete series.) This text represents the proceedings of a symposium on cancer, specifically lymphoma and leukemia, held at the University of Chicago Medical school in March, 1970. There were 24 invited speakers, but 27 are listed as "contributors" With the exception of one Englishman and two Canadians, the speakers or participants are all from the United States. Other statistics: the general editorial board of this series of books has 51 members, this particular volume has four editors, of whom three are also authors of articles. The last decade has undergone great advances in the diagnosis and treatment of these diseases. Much of the advance has been in determin- ing just how curable a particular case may be and to determine at which stage the disease process stands (this is called "staging"), and what particular type of therapy is best ap- plied. More precise differentiation of tumor types is now possible and more efficient application of radiotherapy (in lymphomas) and intensive chemotherapy (in acute leukemia). Advances in the management of the patients with chrominic leu- kemia and incurable cases of lymphoma are also reported here. Out of the 20 chapters and discussion sections found in the text proper, three deal with the pathology (microstudy of sections), two with evaluation and "staging", four with radi- ation therapy, six with chemotherapy, two with immunological reactivity to the tumor antigens, and one each to general therapy for acute leukemia and Burkitt's tumor (malignancy of lymphoreticular system, first reported 1959 from Africa). The text has five major divisions: diagnosis of lymphoma, 128 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 1 radiotherapy of lymphoma, therapy of acute leukemia, chemo- therapy of chronic leukemias and lymphoma, and "new approaches" to management of leukemia and lymphoma. These include 14 for- mal lectures, together with eight sometimes rather elaborate "discussions" and introduction and summary units. There is no index. What is it that someone has said? "Every book should have an index", even though not in full detail. Mention is made at several points of Hodgkin's disease. Al- though this disease is often classed as a lymphoma of chronic type, there is still much controversy as to its specific nature. It is generally regarded as a malignant neoplasm; however, there is some evidence now that it starts out as a benign neoplasm; it is known often to be curable. The im- portance of these malignant diseases may be gauged from the fact that in 1969 by one research agency alone in the United States, the National Cancer Institute, expenditures of $40-50 million were made on leukemia and lymphoma. GMH "CHECKLIST OF THE GRASSES OF NEW YORK STATE" by (S). :Jepgomaerens iv, 44 pp., 2 tabs., 1 map, N. Y. Sta. Museum & Sci. Serv. Sul eNoO wes OSe) LUGS (Oct ae This listing of 366 recorded species and major races shows the distribution in 26 divisions of the state, together with rejiciendae, hybridae, minor variants, references for descriptions, and bibliography. A synonym listing is added, also blank tabular pages for further entries by interested persons. GMH "CONCEPTUAL MODELS OF NEURAL ORGANIZATION", by John Szenta- gothai and Michael A. Arbib, ix, 205 pp., 63 figs., The MIT Press, Cambridge, Mass. 02142. 1974. $8.95. Attempts to synthesize from the ever accumulating mass of neurological data a pattern which would give order and rational organization to studies of brain structure-function relationship have been revealing only of the fact that a single hierarchic principle provides a very inadequate matrix. Accepting that no monolithic or simplistic reduction of data is possible and recognizing the need for organizational principles on which to base hypotheses, the authors have ex- tracted from the presentations and discussions of the Neuro- sciences Research Program work sessions evidence of mani- festation of basic principles of neural organization. The first three chapters develop the evidence for a set of 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 129 criterion-satisfying principles of neural organization. Theories relate bio-systems to electronic servo system counterparts by fascinating use of examples, many directly from the work sessions. Drawings, diagrammatic or semi- diagrammatic, effectively support the narrated ideas. The use of evidence as to effects of artificially altered development to support theories of engineering of neural connectivity serves as an example for the concern of the authors with plausibility. The last two chapters look at the applicability of the organizational principles in the workings of systems which are basic in biological neural- dependent adaptation. Chapter IV deals with stereopsis and Chapter V with the cerebellar modulation of voluntary motor function. The book's contribution is in its unique use of the valuable contributions of the work session participants, not limiting itself to a reporting of contributions and in- dividual concepts or opinions as to organization, but pre- senting instead a very imaginative yet plausible concept of the framework of neural architectural engineering. Byron B. Williams, Professor (Auburn University, Auburn, Ala.) "LICHENS OF OHIO. PART 2. FRUTICOSE AND CLADONIFORM LICHENS" PyeCr mayor. v7. + pp. llo3—227), A-i to A—22, pilus 10 pp., 146 figs., 60 maps, Ohio Biological Survey, Biol. Notes No. 4 (Ohio State Univ., Columbus). 1968. $3.00. (For review of Part 1, see Phytologia 27: 180; 1973). In this treatment of the shrub-like (frutex, L., shrub) and squamulose (scaly) lichens, much the same plan has been followed as in Part 1, with an entire page devoted to each species, complete with photographs, description, diagnostic characters, constituents, chemical identifying tests, and county distribution (with marked Ohio map). 62 species are so covered belonging to ten genera, chiefly Cladonia (with 38 species). There are several keys. An additional feature is the valuable appendix, with data on the various lichen acids (27) including photo-micrographs of crystals. A pictured glossary (photographs to illustrate the textual descriptions) and a 2-page bibliography to supplement the more extensive one of the first part, conclude this useful volume. Part III will be published in 1970-1 and will in- clude the crustose lichens. In this work in three parts, we find an unusual graphic and detailed presentation on the lichens of one State, which is however of universal interest because of the wide geographical distribution of so many of the Lichens. CMH 130 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 "INTRODUCTORY BOTANY" by Arthur Cronquist, Ed. 2, ix + 886 pp., many figs. Harper & Row Publishers, 49 E. 33d St., New York 10016. 1971. $14.95(US). This large and sturdy text-book is aimed at undergraduate students of botany in the tertiary schools (colleges and universities) of the USA. Although dubbed "introductory" it would be useful in nearly all courses of botany taught to undergraduate students, inasmuch as there is coverage of such a wide array of fields as the following: taxonomy, morphology, histology, cytology, physiology, genetics and heredity, evo- lution, plant sociology, ecology, biogeography, economic botany, and even some degree of biography (with portraits of eminent plant scholars and brief notes about them). There is not very much information, however, on phyto- or biochemistry, so that in this area another book would be necessary. The first edition published just a decade before was an excellent book, but the new edition shows many improvements, including greater use of electron microphotographs, changed concepts in the evolution of plant groups, the reclassification of the monocotyledon and dicotyledon sub-classes, changes in nomenclature, and so forth. This book should be an effective text. GMH "LE PIANTE MEDICINALI NELLA CURA DELLE MALATTIE UMANE" (Medici- nal plants in the cure of human diseases) Ed. 2, by Dr. L. P. Da Legnano, 984 pp., 16 col. pls., many line draw- ing figs. Edizioni Mediterranee, 158 Via Flaminia, Roma, Italia. 1968. L. 10,000. The subject matter is divided into a general part and a special part, followed by a bibliography, glossaries of botany and medical, pharmacological, and therapeutic terms, an index of the special section on the chief plant drugs (see below), an index of the secondary indigenous and exotic drug plants not included in the section just mentioned, and an analytical index to the entire volume exclusive of bibliography, glossaries, and listing of secondary drug plants. (It would seem logical to include the latter listing in the general index). In the general part, many facets related to medicinal plants are dis- cussed, including history of use, modern medicine and phyto- therapy, value of some of these substances as dietary articles, production of medicinal plants and plant drugs and human health and hygienic practices. In the special part, the various diseases are taken up systematically, in the following order; head, face, locomotive apparatus (skeleton, joints, muscles, limbs), nervous system, integument, digestive organs, respira- tory system, circulation, genito-urinary apparatus, and mix- cellaneous (infection, parasitic infestations, trauma, poisoning or intoxication, emergency assistance, accidents, professional diseases, zodnoses, gerontology). In this, the chief part of 1976 Hocking, Bock reviews 131 the volume, the various diseases or disorders are defined, then the drugs are listed in alphabetic order which are recommended for use in relief or cure; preparations and doses are indicated. At the end of this section, a special section on "chief plants", covering 238 pages, takes up the various drugs referred to in the previous text, with one drug taken up on each page as a rule (hence about 235 drugs) and each generally with a drawing of the plant and its parts. These are arranged in the alphabetic order of their Italian names, starting with Abete bianco (Abies alba). The plant is des- cribed, with habitat, the part or parts used discussed, and the special uses made, also other "varied" information. The various drugs referred to in the special part preceding this are not indexed in the terminal index. This would appear to be one of the most complete treatments of herbal medicine. GMH "TREATMENT OF MALIGNANT BREAST TUMORS— Indications and Results: A Study Based on 1174 Cases Treated at the Institut Gustave-Roussy between 1954 and 1962, by P. Denoix (Institut Gustave-Roussy, Villejuif (France)). Trans- lated into English by B. Crook. Recent Results in Cancer Research, Editor in chief: P. Rentchnick. (RRCR) Vol. 31, X + 92 pp., 18 figs., 41 tabs. Berlin-Heidelberg-New York: Springer-Verlag (H). 1970. DM 48,22; US $13.20. The Gustave-Roussy Institute at Villejuif, France, is well known in the area of treatment of malignancies. In this volume, its recent record in the diagnosis and treatment of malignant breast tumors is thoroughly reviewed. In Part I, the various bases on which appropriate therapy is established are reviewed. Included here are the phase of development of growth, lymph node status, the possibility of spread through metastases, delineation of location and dimensions of growth of the tumor, possible extent of surgical intervention, radiotherapy before and after operation, endocrine therapy, direct surgical and radiant procedures on the endocrine glands, chemotherapy, and immunotherapy. Part II expounds the application of team work-- cooperative efforts of a so-called "Localization Committee" made up of physician, surgeon, and radiologist. The treatment protocol discussed in part III is an effort made at total Management by the Committee by the use of correct classifica- tion for a better understanding of what can be done in mas- tering the disease process in the individual case. For this purpose, the TNM classification (of the International Union Against Cancer) is utilized: the letters stand for primary tumor extension (T), clinical appearance of adenopathy (N), and metastases existence or absence (M). The degrees within each letter category are shown in gradation of severity (0,1,2,...). Appropriate therapeutic (medical, surgical, radiation) measures are carefully plotted following a program found successful in 132 P H Y-2. 0h, 0)G-4 b Vol. 34, no. 1 previous similar cases. Part IV reviews the results obtained over a 9 year period in which this strategy has been applied. Out of a total of 1174 cases seen 1954-62, the protocol was followed in 916 with a 5-year survival rate of 46%. An appen- dix furnishes tables showing the survival rates as related to treatment schedules. The book reflects another advance in the control of a very serious disease. GMH "DICCIONARIO MEDICOBIOLOGICO UNIVERSITY". Con vocabulario Ingles-Espanol y Espanol-Ingles, xxxv, 1503 pp., several figs. and tabs. Editorial Interamericana, S.A., Cedro 52 Mexteo 4. Dabo. Mexico. 9 L966% In spite of the title of this volume, the overwhelming bulk of text is devoted to the English-Spanish portion (pp.1- 1266), the Spanish-English part constituting only in pages less than 1.3% (pp. xix-xxxiv). The last section of the dictionary (238 pp.) is occupied with special information, such as diffi- culties in translation of English into Spanish, laboratory normal values, functional tests, examination of injured patients, medical emergencies, the periodic table, thermometric and metric equivalents, log tables, weight and height tables, immunization data, detailed information on medicaments, with indications and dosage, with listings of drugs under various therapeutic classes (pp. 1315-1378), and finally tables of arteries, bones, liga- ments, muscles, nerves, and veins. All of this is in Spanish, with the exception of some English equivalent names and the Latin, where applicable. The University Medicobiological Dictionary should have a wide interest during this period of rapid development of the Latin-American nations, since it covers the following fields of serious interest: biology, biochemistry, human medicine, veterinary medicine, dentistry, and the infirmary (hospital). A preliminary section preceding the dictionary text proper includes rules for using the dictionary, abbreviations, and the Greek alphabet (pp. xiii-xviii). Considering the 2-column page and the fine type, there is really an enormous volume of information contained in the work. The definitions are much more than merely equivalent words, but give a concise and sometimes detailed definition. The work was of course intended for Spanish-speaking people who are often obliged to read books or journal articles in the English language. The terms defined cover a wide range of subjects: included are anatomical terms, medical words, such as for diseases, medicinal compounds, personal names (ex. Walter Reed), common names (disease, etc.), technics, and abbreviations. GMH 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 133 "DIE KRANKHEIT - DEIN FREUND; DIE REVOLUTION DER BIOLOGISCHEN HEILWESEN" by Dr. med. Rolf Trumpp, 104 pp., 5 figs., Karl F. Haug Verlag, Ulm/Donau. 1961. DM 6.80. The author has endeavored to approach the treatment of the diseases and disorders of the human body from a different angle than the conventional one involving injections, tablets, irradiations, immunizations, etc. He calls this new mode of treatment, which spurns all of the complex equipment and medicines of most physicians, the "biological" concept of healing, and proposes that infections, inflammations, al- lergies, skin and mucous membrane disorders, obesity, hyper- tension, liver and gall bladder disorders, pain, and so on, can often be effectively countered by such means as dietary control, exercises of all sorts, and better habits of living. Even for cancer, the doctor proposes a "biological" control, although, since he regards this as a terminal state of ill health, he admits that not much can be done in the way of positive treatment by his system. He represents cancer as the ultimate degeneration of the organism due to a long series of errors in diet and living modes; the therapy here is a genuinely prophylactic one, extending over many years if not effectively the life span. The two pages of bibliography are interestingin showing how active the interest now is in Germany in a "natural" or "organic" or "biological" program of health, with major emphasis on the nutritional angle; here are listed 9 journals and 24 books published in recent years by such publishers as H. G. Muller, Hippokrates, Paracelsus, E. Schwabe, Haug, and others. GMH "EXPERIMENTAL PHARMACOGNOSY" by V. E. Tyler, Jr. (formerly at Univ. Washington, Seattle) and A. E. Schwarting (Uni- Versitty of Connecticut, Storrs, CT), v + 105 pp., Ed. 3: 1962. This series of 31 exercises for undergraduate pharmacog- nosy laboratory work evidences the modern and inevitable trend of the subject matter. While macroscopic and microscopic studies are included as an important part of the procedures to be studied, there are also presented biochemic techniques for isolation of active principles and even for several elementary biosyntheses. Pollen examination, chromatography (both column and paper), fluorescence analysis, and chromogenic analysis (application of color tests) find a place in this manual. An added feature is a key for the identification of powdered drugs. The book has been thoroughly revised by deletion of some portions of edition 2 and insertion of others, leaving the time coverage in laboratory periods about the same. GMH 13k PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 "ANDROGENS II AND ANTIANDROGENS" (Androgene II und Anti- androgene) by various authors, X + 628 pp., 179 figs., 164 tabs., Springer-Verlag Berlin, Heidelberg, New Yorks 919/4- A little more than one-third of this text concerns the androgens or male hormones; all the balance is taken up with a detailed discussion of the anti-androgens. The portion on androgens continues and concludes a discussion on androgen receptors in cells of target organs which was initiated in the first volume. A great deal of biochemistry is included in this discussion. The next three chapters deal with the detection and chemical determination and biological evaluation of the androgens. A final chapter in this section on andro- gens details the clinical uses, of which there are a great many. The following detailed discussion of the anti-androgens is said to be the most complete survey available. The first article or chapter reviews in detail the chemistry, physio- logical activity, and the medicinal applications of anti- androgens, which include such compounds as cyproterone and its acetate bmorterone (17 a-methyl-f-nortestosterone). In a second chapter, the various effects on the sexual organs, puberty, sterility, libido, aggressive psyche, and sexual differentiation are discussed in depth. It is shown that the anti-androgens also have influences on other body organs, such as the thyroid, liver, blood manufacture in bone marrow, etc. These are taken up by the author in considerable detail. The special applications or potential applications of the anti-androgens on hypersexuality and sexual perversion are also considered in a third chapter. It is surprising how many practical applications there are in the use of these medicinal agents. For example, the sex odor of boars is so unpleasant that the meat of these animals is unsuitable for human consumption. Ordinarily, the animals are castrated well before butchering. The oral administration of a potent anti-androgen to the uncastrated animals permitted marketing of a carcass completely free of the sex odor. With the ex- ception of chapters 3 and 4 (127 pages), all of this volume is in English. All eleven of the authors live in Germany, four being employees of Schering AG., two members of the Max Planck Institute. This most excellent work with its com- panion volume should be on the shelf of any library concerned with physiology, biochemistry, pharmacology, or medicine and on the desk of the physician and endocrinologist. GMH "TREES, SHRUBS, AND VINES" by Arthur T. Viertel, unpaginated (ca. 250 pp.), 596 figs., Edition 3, Syracuse University Press, Syracuse, New York 13210. 1970. $4.95 paperbound. With this convenient spiral bound guide, one should be able to identify with minimum difficulty the important ornamental 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 135 woody plants of the northern United States (north of Washington, D.C.) and southern Canada, that is with the exception of conifers. Roughly half of the pages are devoted to illus- trations, chiefly of leaves. 593 species are included. There is only one brief key (about half a page) to leaf forms and sizes. The descriptions are adequate and relate to all parts of the plant. Since the identifications are based chiefly on vegetative characters, the naming of plants should be both easier with this book and also possible over a longer time period. GMH "TEXTBOOK OF ORGANIC MEDICINAL AND PHARMACEUTICAL CHEMISTRY" by C. O. Wilson, O. Gisvold, and R. F. Doerge, Sixth Hdstetone xix + 1053 pp., 3 figs:, 106 tabs, J. B: Lippincott Co., Philadelphia, Pa. 1971. $24.00. This is the best known of the American texts on the subject appearing in the title of the book. (A review of ed. 5 appeared in Acta Phytotherapeutica 18: 15-16; 1971). The latest edition has a”sharp’ appearance--bound in red cloth-- and the contents show again considerable improvements over earlier editions. The same authors and the same editors pre- pared the text. This book is to be recommended for any student of the chemistry of medication, whether natural or synthetic. GMH "EVALUATION AND TESTING OF DRUGS FOR MUTAGENICITY: PRINCIPLES AND PROBLEMS"--Report of a WHO Scientific Group. World Health Organization Technical Report Series, No. 482, 18 pages. Also published in French; Russian and Spanish editions in preparation. Available through H. M. Stationery Office, P.O. Box 569, London SEI 9NH (and elsewhere). 1971 Price: § 20p, S060, Swefrs 2——. As a result of this meeting, several findings and recom- mendations are presented: (1) All drugs ought to be evaluated for possible mutagenicity; (2) guidelines are needed to determine priorities; (3) a test program is suggested; (4) additional tests are promising and research to this end is proposed; (5) in mutagenic testing, both genetic and pharmacological objectives are needed; (6) coordination of test procedures and appropriate data recording and informa- tion services are required; (7) fundamental and applied scientific research is a top priority; and (8) an inter- disciplinary approach by geneticists and pharmacologists is advised. GMH 136 PHY MoD Vol. 3h, no. 1 "HERBARIUM OF CHRISTIAN STEVEN" by I. Kukkonen and K. Viljamaa, iii + 113 pp., 1 portr., 4 figs., Helsingin Yliopiston Kasvimuseon Monisteita 4 (Univ. Helsinki, Bot. Museum, Pamphlet No. 4.) 1971 (rec'd. 1973). The herbarium of Steven (1781-1863) was bequeathed to the University of Helsinki in 1860. A biography, list of publications, list of geographic names referred to in herbarium labels, dates and localities of Steven's own collections, names of collectors and origin of specimens obtained in exchange by Steven, a bibliography, and specimens of Steven's handwriting are included in this spirally-bound book. GMH "INTRODUCTION TO THE FINE STRUCTURE OF PLANT CELLS" by M. C. Ledbetter “and. K: R. Porter, IX + 188) pp.5 SE plsa ie bexe figs., Springer-Verlag, Berlin--Heidelberg--New York. 1970. DM 54,--; US $14.80. In this volume, the great values of the electron micro- scope are revealed in showing the intimate details of structure of many plant parts. The book is printed on folio sheets of heavy smooth paper ideal for the reproduction of the micro- photographs. Interspersed with the plates are descriptive texts in which all of the structures shown on the plates and marked with abbreviations are explained and related. The con- tents are distributed in ten chapters having the following subject matters: general cell structure; fine structure inter- phase (or resting) cell and cell organelles; dividing cells; cell wall and plasmodesmata; vascular tissues (vessels and sieve tubes with companion cells); sclerenchyma (mis-spelled schlerenchyma) (fibers and stone cells) and collenchyma; epiderma cells and variants; photosynthetic apparatus (meso- phyll, chloroplasts); cells having special inclusions (chromo- plasts, laticifers, tannin cells); germinative tissues (PMC, pollen grains, pollen tubes, etc.). A valuable feature of the book is the "Supplementary reading" which follows the des- criptive texts for the plates, these references mostly in English and German will enable further study of the particular topic; often such references are hard to locate. Some of the plates represent magnifications in the light microscope range; these are intended for orientation purposes and are usually followed by more detailed electron microscope photographs showing a small part of the field in much greater detail. The 51 plates contain by actual count 64 figures, of which seven are diagrammatic sketches and not photographs. The volume has a multitude of uses and applications: it will interest students in biology and botany at the lower levels by furnishing concrete examples of some of the cell micro-devices which enable it to function. It will be most useful to advanced students by fur- nishing excellent representations of the important furniture 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 137 of the cell. To a plant histologist the illustrations will broaden and sharpen his understanding of many structures of the cell about which his knowledge is limited by the limited capability of the light microscope. This album should of course be a part of every adequate college and university science library. GMH "36 LECTURES IN BLOLOGY" by S. E. Luria, xix + 439 pp., figs. and tabs. (s.n.), The MIT Press, Cambridge, Miss elim.) S895): In this large paper-bound volume printed from typewritten script and embellished with many sketches, we are presented with the lecture notes of a course in general biology taught at Massachusetts Institute of Technology in the springs of 1973 and 1974. Salvador E. Luria, the author, is a Professor of Biology at MIT and a Nobel Prize winner. These lectures fall into five groups, starting out with cell biology and cell chemistry (4 lectures), biochemistry (9 lectures), genetics (8 lectures), developmental biology (7 lectures), and physiology (9 lectures). Students (it is said) were not obliged to take chemistry previous to this course, since sufficient organic and physical chemistry was included in the lectures and in "background material" appended to the text for this purpose. From looking over the text, one is led to conclude that the lectures must have been interesting because of the lucidity of the phraseology and because of the numerous illustrations used, sometimes giving the semblance of a "chalk talk", so popular many years ago. For each two or three lectures, there is pre- sented in the back of the book a section of "Review materials", representing topics for discussion often as problems or deep probing questions, perhaps something of the order of an open book examination. Following these is a section of examination questions, these representing rather broad queries covering much of the content of the book and apparently intended for students after the completion of the text. The index is not detailed but apparently adequate. This book represents really a kind of challenge to undergraduate students in biology and its branches. GMH "WIZARD OF TUSKEGEE" by David Manber, 163 pp., 21 figs. (photos), The Macmillan Company, New York; Collier- Macmillan Canada Ltd., Toronto, Ontario. September, 1967. No price given. The text of Wizard of Tuskegee is well suited for the junior high school age group, yet the content and undisputed genius of the character lift the book to a wide range of readers. The budding chemist or botanist will find it 138 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, mo. 1 stimulating. From the time of the alchemists' efforts to turn base metal into gold to the Space Age spans many years, yet one feels that George Washington Carver contributed a giant step in man's accomplishments through the use of simply derived products. It would seem that any reader, whatever his interest, would feel the fantastic creativity of Dr. Carver. His innate compassion for living things, his oneness with Nature, seem almost to tap the secrets of Creation itself. Even the students of "mind stuff" will find his "visions" interesting. Those who are looking for racist issues might be disappointed. Even though Carver's cir- cumstances were unique i.e.-being reared by whites, allowed an education - the obstacles were formidable. Or they might take issue with the fact that he concerned himself with advocating trade schools instead of the professions. But he was concerned with the survival of his race and their self-improvement. And the time was the 19th Century, when it was almost impossible for a Negro to sUcceed in anything. The theory that once in a while a man is born at an opportune time for optimum achievement seems Proven in Dr. Carver's life. One feels that even though society narrowed his choice to agriculture teaching and private research, it would have been the world's loss had he chosen otherwise. The book is well written and the author's style of understating adds to its strength. Mrs. Jet Gainer, Decatur, Ga. "PIONEER COMFORTS AND KITCHEN REMEDIES" by Ferne Shelton, ("Old time highland secrets from the Blue Ridge and Great Smoky Mountains). 25 pp., Hutcraft, High Point, North Carolina. 1965. Much native practice from the Appalachian Mountains area is recorded here, all the way from foods, beverages, and spices to dyestuffs to insecticides to medicinal plant materials; there are even some "charms", such as those involving asafetida, buckeyes, and Samson Snake Root. GMH "DICTIONARY OF FOODS AND COOKERY TERMS" by C. Herman Senn and Harold C. Clarke, v + 164 pp., Ward Lock Ltd., Pretoria Road, London. 1973. E 2.25. This is a compact little book filled with many answers to questions all of us: sometimes ask. Included in the content of the Dictionary are many foreign words, particularly French, obviously a result of the preeminence of the Frenchman in the area of the cuisine. Words defined include principally foods but also beverages, drinks (ex. water), condiments, recipes, menus, and numerous terms used in cooking. Some words are indicated as being French (F) which actually are not such or at least are words commonly used in the English language; thus, agaric, ananas, aspic, aril, marmalade, and others. 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 139 Poppy seeds do not contain a small quantity of opium as stated (p. 116); coca and Kol are confused; coca is not the nut of Erythroxylon coca (p. 43); the definition of Mint is too general; peppermint has been known only for about three centuries. Omissions: peppermint; spearmint; acerola; Cola; Kola; pasta; paste; ramps; rampion (Campanula); girasol (Jerusalem artichoke); Akavit, espresso, Drambuie, mescal; Bloody Mary; schnapps; Martini; Manhattan; hamburger; frank- furter; Coney Island; pistachio; peanuts; sunflower seeds; pigweed; Irish potato; white potato; corn; Indian Corn; Jello (R); garbanzo; chile (powder, sauce), tomato sauce; tomato paste; kefir; pasty; Strudel. A most useful and hand dictionary for anyone interested in foods and beverages, and who can we find who is not? GMH "TCONOGRAPHY OF ANTARCTIC AND SUB-ANTARCTIC BENTHIC MARINE ALGAE". Part I. Chlorphycophyta and Chrysophycophyta, by Jacques S. Zaneveld, XII + 117 plates, Verlag von J. Cramer, 3301 Lehre, Germany. 1969. DM. 40. $12.00. This collection of photographic reproductions of her- barium specimens dating mostly from the 19th Century is arranged by class, order, family, and genus under the two major divisions, the green Algae, Chlorophycophyta, and the golden Algae, Chrysophycophyta. The chief purpose of the collection of plates is to provide clear and accurate illus- trations of these specimens as the next best thing to direct examination; the latter is not always convenient or possible because most of the specimens as the next best thing to direct examination; the latter is not always convenient or possible because most of the specimens are held in herbaria in northern Europe. References to the literature and an index of the plates are provided. GMH "CHROMATOGRAPHISCHE UND MIKROSKOPISCHE ANALYSE VON DROGEN. EINE PRAKTISCHE ERGANZUNG FUR DIE ARZNEIBUCHER EUROPAS" Beoeeestedh!, (Editor); VIII + 295-pp. 5°58) figs. , 31 col. pls., 12 tabs., Gust. Fischer Verlag, Stuttgart. 1970. DM 28.--; US $8.00. With its waterproof stiff card cover, plastic ring binding (which allows opening the book flat), and with the strong plainly printed pages, this should make an ideal laboratory manual. It truly represents a revolutionary publication in the field of pharmacognosy since it is the 140 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 first book (as far as the reviewer knows) which combines the most practical of the new and the old in the laboratory study of this subject. The old is represented by the data and drawings of powdered drugs, the new by the instructions and figures illustrating the use of thin layer chromatography. In addition, a brand new technic developed by Dr. Stahl is introduced here, 'Thermomikro-Abtrenn-, Transfer-und Auftrage- Verfahren nach Stahl" (abbreviated TAS), translated into English as 'Thermo-micro separation, transfer, and applica- tion procedure", which would appear to be a considerable ad- vance in the analysis of drug materials, both in making analy- ses more rapidly and with greater precision. The intro- ductory part (A) of the book entitled 'Methods" gives basic information on thin layer chromatography (TLC), TAS, organo- leptic tests, and micro-analysis of drug powders. Part B takes up a systematic consideration of the important drugs of the European pharmacopoeias, classed into alkaloidal, anthra- cene derivative, fatty oil, glycoside, resin, etc., under each monograph giving much of the information that one would ex- pect to find in a regular textbook. Part C includes a list of reagents for micro-analysis and a list of reagents for chromatography and for other chemical tests. Finally there is an appendix of frequently used abbreviations, and then the index. One can only envy the German-speaking student of pharmacognosy with such an instructional guide since it actually serves equally well as inexpensive textbook and laboratory manual. GMH "HORMONES AND RESISTANCE" by Hans Selye. In two volumes ("parts")... Parti: , XVID 566.pp.5) Parte pp. 567-1146, 37 figs., 140 tabs., Springer-Verlag, Berlin (ete.). 1971.. Cloth DM 268,——-;) ca. USeS7 72408 (parts not sold separately) The brilliant and industrious author of this outstand- ing work is the Director of the Institut de Médecine et de Chirurgie experimentales at Montréal, Québec, Canada. This is only one of his many works in the field of physiology- pharmacology-medicine; he is famous for his researches and publications on endocrinology, stress, cardiac diseases, calciphylaxis, anaphylactoid edema, and the mast cells. In the present work, he has published on the endocrine regulation of non-specific resistance to disease and to changes in the body's environment. This is really an outgrowth from studies made on the General Adaptation Syndrome (G.A.S) which is the response of the body to stress, in particular through the secretion of steroids. The protective agents have been classified into two primary groups--(a) the syntoxic compounds (mostly glucocorticoids) which by suppressing inflammation improve tissue tolerance for the pathogenic factor, and 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 12 (b) the catatoxic substances (steroids and carbonitrile derivatives) which by induction of the microsomal enzymes of the liver actively destroy the aggressor. Most of the work is devoted to group (b) since many previous studies have dealt with the first group. From a study of over 500 steroids, it seems clear that the catatoxic effect is inde- pendent from all of the regular and well known hormone actions. It is proposed that the many findings published in this work will have clinical applications for a wide variety of diseases caused by both exogenous and endogenous toxic agents. The chief purpose of the author has been to demonstrate the existence of a third G.A.S. in which a group of hormones and hormone derivatives (most of them steroids) offer resistance to agents not adequately con- trolled by the other two mechanisms-—-the immunological ca- pacity of the serum and other tissues and the activity of autonomic nervous systems (conditioned reflexes, etc.). This work crowns the research efforts of the author over a period of 35 years. The order of topics in the text following an elaborate introduction to the plan of study is the history, chemistry, pharmacology, review of the effects of steroids on resistance, etc., effects of other hormones on resistance, etc., effect of non-hormonal factors on resistance, etc., clinical implications, morphological effects, theories, and a final evaluation. This work is a "Must"! GMH ESTPEDMAN YS MEDICAL DICTIONARY’, LEI + 1533 pp., 31 col. pls., 110 figs., tabs., many text figs., 11 appendices. Ed. 22, Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore, Md. 1972. $18.50. This standard medical dictionary has been thoroughly revised through the activity of a staff of 33 editors, eminent professors and practitioners in human and veterinary medicine who between them have produced meaningful and precise defi- nitions in 44 specialties and subspecialties running from aerospace medicine to virology. There are 7199 new entries, each with its pronunciation and etymological origin shown preceding the definition. These together with many revised definitions represent over 30% of the total number of terms. In other words, nearly one third of this dictionary repre- sents partly or wholly new information. It may not be the function of such a reference work to define proprietary medicinal names, hence it may be expecting too much to find such titles as Paraben, Raudixin, and Cortef there. However, I would have liked to have seen more abbreviations presented-- some of those lacking were RA (rheumatoid arthritis), SLE (systemic lupus erythematosus); SBE (subacute bacterial endocarditis), MAO (monoamine oxidase), PU (pregnancy urine), HGF (human growth factor), CV (cardiovascular), CVA (card- 142 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 1 iovascula accident), FEV (fluid expectorant volume), n (for gametic chromosome number), PMS (pregnant mare serum), NYGA, HLB value (hydrophile-lyophile balance), NPH (neutral protein Hagedorn (insulin)), IVP (intravenous pyelogram), CPK (creatine phosphokinase), GI (gastro-intestinal), LDH (lactic dehy- drogenase), CBC (complete blood count), IRP, OHP (oxygen high pressure), GU (genitourinary). Definitions were not found for the following entry words: Stegomyia (mosquito genus) ; phenotropic (agent); cytoglomerator; fractionator (blood); hives, giant (angioneurotic edema); corrinoids (although corrin is given); dyskinesia, biliary; chemosterilant; anabolizing; mitodepressant (suppress mitosis, inhibit tumors); anti- mutagen; spiking (as referring to temperature); bile, black; spirochete (additional meaning: spiral bacterium); cavity, lung (as in TB); influenza, Spanish, London, Taiwan, Hong Kong; holozyme = holoenzyme; holoprotein; heteroprotein; syndrome, gray baby (see Drill, Phcol. I1V.1736); fibrinolytic (agent); antifibrinolytic (agent); euglobin; strain, human diploid cell (for culturing polio virus); pangamic acid (vitamin By5)3 matrix (added meaning: tablet mass). The definition of hormone, female should be broadened to include "other estrogens". The word "exocytosis" has an additional important meaning. Perhaps some vernacular names could have been defined, such as "flu''. A very commendable feature of this dictionary is the use of graphic formulas for many medicinal chemical compounds. The appendices in this medi- cal dictionary are particularly useful: 1A is a compilation of pharmaceutical preparations, with Latinized, English, and alternative names for hundreds of galenicals, compounds, and products in common use. 1A is a list of antivenins available throughout the world, with addresses of suppliers. App. 2 takes up various blood group systems. App. 3 shows Latin terms used in prescriptions. There are several other ex- cellent appendices but the most useful of all is App. ll, the subentry index, which should be used in connection with the main body of the dictionary. This bears no definitions but only relates words which might otherwise be lost to the dictionary user. For instance, in the dictionary text, "sitter" appears only under "cell" as "cell, gitter". In some instances, there are many associated words; thus, under "gastric" there are 29 words with which this is variously combined. All in all, we have in this excellent reference work, extraordinarily complete coverage of the vocabulary of medicine and its allied sciences, including pharmacy, vet- erinary medicine, nursing, dentistry, etc. GMH. 1976 Hocking, Book reviews 143 "METHODENLEHRE DER THERAPEUTISCH-KLINISCHEN FORSCHUNG" by P. Martini, G. Oberhoffer, and E. Welte. 4th completely re- worked edition. VIII, 495 pp., 56 tabs., 62 figs., 11 FORTRAN-Programs for electronic data processing; Springer- Verlag, 1 Berlin 33, Germany. 1968. Bound DM 148,-; $37.00 (US). The objectives of this volume are to aid in the development of rational clinical research. The first 172 pages constitute the "General Part'"' which deals with the objectives, purposefulness, significance, causality, and prerequisites for medical therapeutic research and experimentation, the mathematical interpretation and usage of data, the methodology (such as the double blind proce- dure), the role of side effects on therapeutic research, and very importantly the methods of information processing, statistics, and documentation, involving mathematical interpretations, data pro- cessing with computers, and other modern technics. Much of the volume is concerned with the symbolic program language called FORTRAN (acronym for Formula Translation) programming for use in EDP (electronic data processing). For the person who is more interested in specifics and the subject matter of the medical field, the second "Special Part" will be of more interest, and will represent the real meat of the book. This section covering pages 172 to 432 includes 25 chap- ters, each on a separate disease or group of related diseases. Application is here made of much of the methodology of Part I to specific diseases, these including both communicable (ex. acute pneumonia) and non-communicable (ex. diabetes mellitus). Let us examine one of these chapters, the one dealing with pulmonary tuberculosis, pp. 216-242. There are two main parts to the chap- ter: (a) collective therapeutic parallels in pulmonary TB; and (b) individual examination of the basis of the progress of the disease in pulmonary TB. Following this is a supplement on the extra-pulmonary forms of TB, such as that of the skin and lymph glands. In part (a), the bases of diagnosis are laid on (1) the presence of the micro-organism (2) the findings in the lung, i-e., the organ-specific symptoms, (3) the systemic conditions, i.e., the non-organ-specific symptoms, such as night sweats, and (4) the general factors which have a bearing on the disease, although not themselves pathological, such as age, sex, family history, etc. Comparative tests on series of established cases of various medicinal agents is then detailed. In part (b), individual case examination and therapy are carefully reviewed, with data on record keeping, evaluation, etc. Previous editions of this impor- tant work appeared in 1931, 1938, and 1953. GMH bh PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, now 1 Addition to previous review: Phytolopia 272 187); 1973: Omphalinae...Phaeocollybia...Strobilomycetaceae...Flora Neotropica. The publisher was Hafner Publishing Company, Inc., 866 Third Avenue, New York 10022. Acknowledgement This and the four previous publications of book reviews (Phytologia 27(3): 180-208; 1973. - 29(5): 395-445; 1975 - 30(6): 488-504; 1975; 31(1): 30-61; 1975) were supported by a Faculty Grant-in-Aid (No. 73-57) of Misc. Grants Fund 2775-17-5240 (Auburn University, Auburn, AL), for which the reviewer is grateful. t pete setae i an S| oa pes) Si eee Petey a Sal ~ 3 7 PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 34 August, 1976 No. 2 CONTENTS FADEN, R. B., A taxonomic note on Lasiodiscus (Rhamnaceae).....--- ST. JOHN, H., Miscellaneous taxonomic notes Hawaiian plant studies 58. 147 MILLER, H. A., A new Fissidens from WECTOTOSIA.- SSR AO 149 SPELLMAN, D. L., & MORILLO, G., New names and new combinations Piawclepiuldacdge : 62. 65 na he see a in 52. MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. XC ....--- 153 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional materials toward a monograph of the 153 genus Callicarpa. XXVI.....--+++> VAL ae as ett hom a Hea ogee P MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the genus Avicennia. IX...... 167 MEME NKE, A. L., Book reviews... 2-5-6 sere ret JBRARY +> oy + . ae 4 A f SEP 27 1916 STANICAL GARDEN Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 A US.A. Price of this number $1.50; per volume, $9.50 in advance or $10.25 after close of the volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses A TAXONOMIC NOTE ON LASIODISCUS (RHAMNACEAE ) Robert B. Faden Field Museum of Natural History Chicago, Illinois 60605 Lasiodiscus ferrugineus Verdc. has been treated either as a distinct species (Verdcourt, 1957; Dale & Greenway, 1961; Gillett & McDonald, 1970; Johnston, 1972) or as a synonym of L. mildbraedii Engl. (Drummond, 1966). Johnston (1972), while maintaining L. ferrugineus as a species, noted that it might not merit specific rank, although he considered it worthy of recognition at some taxonomic level. Lasiodiscus ferrugineus has been separated from L. mild- braedii solely on the basis of the former's longer pubescence on the young shoots (Verdcourt, 1957; Johnston, 1972). Her- barium specimens are otherwise virtually indistinguishable. However, the capsules and seeds of L. ferrugineus are unde- scribed. These are present in a recent collection of the author: KENYA, K7, Lamu District, Witu Forest, ca. 1.5 km NW of Mambosasa Game Forest Post, ca. 2°22'S, 40°33'E, 5-15 m alt., lowland evergreen forest with Manilkara sansibarensis dominant, other trees noted were Euphorbia tanaénsis, Cola sp., Ficus cf. bussei, Tamarindus indica, Vitex sp., Cassipourea euryoides; understory shrubs were Grandidiera boivinii, Rinorea ilicifolia, Allophylus pervillei, Lasiodiscus mildbraedii, Asteranthe asterias, Mallotus oppositifolius, Mildbraedia car- pinifolia, 19 July 1974, Faden & Faden 74/1141 (EA, K, MO): shrub 4-5 m tall, flowers white; common. They may be described as follows: capsules depressed globose, 11-15 mm in diameter, greensih-brown, densely puberulous, 3-seeded, seeds ovoid, beige with minute darker spots and streaks, 7-7.5 mm long, 6-7 mm wide. The capsules and seeds of L. ferrugineus are very similar in size, form and pubescence to those of specimens of L. mild- braedii in the East African Herbarium. The capsules of Faden & Faden 74/1141 agree with the dimensions given for L. mild- braedii by Drummond (1966) but are significantly greater than those reported by Johnston (1972) for the same species. Per- haps the discrepancies are due to different methods of meas— urement. Suffice it to say, the capsules and seeds of L. ferrugineus are so similar to those of L. mildbraedii that they support Drummond's treatment of the two as conspecific. The constant difference in shoot pubescence and allopatric distri- butions indicate that L. ferrugineus merits recognition as a subspecies of L. mildbraedii. The following combination is required. U5 146 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, mo. 2 Lasiodiscus mildbraedii Engl. subsp. ferrugineus (Verdc.) Faden, stat. nov. Lasiodiscus ferrugineus Verdc., Bull. Jard. Bot. Etat. 27: 362, 1957. Acknowledgments I am indebted to Miss C. H. S. Kabuye for making all the facilities of the East African Herbarium freely available to me and to the Missouri Botanical Garden and National Science Foundation (Grant No. GB-40817) for financial support for field work. References Dale, I. R. & Greenway, P. J. 1961. Kenya trees and shrubs. Buchanan's Kenya Estates Ltd., Nairobi. Drummond, R. B. 1966. Rhamaceae. In Exell, A. W., Fernandes, A. & Wild, H. (eds.), Fl. Zambesiaca, Crown Agents, London. Gillett, J. B. & McDonald, P. G. 1970. A numbered check-—list of trees, shrubs and noteworthy lianes indigenous to Kenya. Government Printer, Nairobi. Johnston, M. C. 1972. Rhamnaceae. In Milne—Redhead, E. & Polhill, R. M. (eds.), Fl. Trop. E. Africa, Crown Agents, London. Verdcourt, B. 1957. An enumeration of the Rhammaceae in the East African Herbarium with the description of a new species of Lasiodiscus. Bull. Jard. Bot. Etat. 27: 351-363. Miscellaneous Taxonomic Notes Hawaiian Plant Studies 58 ‘ Harold St. John Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818, USA. Saxifragaceae Broussaisia arguta Gaud., var. arguta, forma ternata Forbes ex Skottsb., Gdteb. Bot. meacg., Meddel. 2: 235,.237, 1926. B. arguta Gaud., var. arguta, forma ternatea St. John, Pacif. Trop. Bot. Gard., Mem. Ie WSS 5 Lu She Skottsberg's wording, though on two separate pages, combines to make a valid publication of his new epithet. He did not indicate a type, but cited three collections, two by himself from Hawaii and Maui, and one by Forbes from Maui. In his text he states, "in the herbarium of the Bishop Museum is a specimen collected by Forbes and labelled B. arguta v. ternata." This is a good specimen with stem, leaves, and flowers. This specimen (BISH) is here chosen as the lectotype of the forma ternata. Flacourtiaceae Xylosma crenatum (St. John) comb. nov. Antidesma crenatum St. John, Pacif. Sci. 26: Boece, fig. 3, L720 ‘This species was described from good material with stems, leaves, pistillate flowers, and immature fruit. The tree was obviously dioecious. The collector, Robert W. Hobdy, revisited the remote locality several times during two years, without finding mature fruit or a staminate tree. Without the staminate flowers, it was hard to decide whether the tree belonged in Antidesma of the Euphorbiaceae, or in Xylosma of the Flacourtiaceae. The writer chose to put it in Antidesma. Now, in a friendly letter, Dr. H. Sleumer has reported his opinion that the plant is really a species of Xylosma. The writer's median transverse section of a young fruit now shows the endocarp to be thin, but only mea flattened, and id 148 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 2 actually subterete. Fruit of Antidesma has the thick bony endocarp biconvex and nearly flat. Hence, it is concluded that the species is really one of the genus Xylosma, and the necessary transfer is made above. Apocynaceae Thevetia peruviana (Pers.) K. Schum., forma aurantiaca St. John, forma nova. Diagnosis Holotypi: Corollis salmoneis Differs from the yellow flowered species by having the corollas sadmon colored. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Honolulu, by Teachers College Building, 4 m tall, cult., Oct. 15, 1937, H. St... John. 18,402 (ets Specimens Examined: Hawaiian Islands, Oahu Island, Mokuleia, Oct. 1951, O. Degener 21,461 (BISH). Discussion: Though not previously validly published, the epithet forma or var. aurantiaca has been used by Neal, M. C., in Gardens of Hawaii 610, 1948; and by Degener, O., Flora Hawaiiensis fam. 305: 4/30/59. A NEW FISSIDENS FROM MICRONESIA Harvey A. Miller Florida Technological University Orlando, Florida 32816 Tiny species of Fisstdens are numerous on wetter tropical Pacific islands on shaded rocks or, less often, on roots of trees or soil banks along watercourses. It is from such habitats in the Palau Islands of the far western Pacific that this species was found. The type collection was on soft limestone rock although some other collections were from a clay hardpan exposure. Of the species known from the lowlands of the archipelagos off the east coast of the Asian mainland, this species may be approached most closely by Fisstdens mtttenitt Paris but differs in the heavier collenchymatous cell walls, the absence of somewhat elongated sub-marginal cells near the base of the vaginant lamina, and the insertion, on most leaves, of the distal end of the dupli- cate blade directly to the costa. The structure of the peristome would seem to place this species in the section Crispidium as circumscribed by Shin's (1964) keys. The leaf surface appears to be slightly pusticulate when the dried plants are soaked and mounted in water but specimens cleared in Hoyer's solution have no discernible surface irregularities--which may account for Iwat- suki's (1967) comment that Shin's drawings were inaccurate for that detail in regard to F. mittenit. FISSIDENS DUTTONII sp. nov. (fig. 1-8) Plantae rupestres, ca. 5.0 X 2.0 mm, foltis 6-12 jugis. Folta ca. 1.2 X 0.3 mm, acuminata; costa in aptce soluta, mar- gtntbus ad apicem trregulariter dentibus et ex apice subtiliter denticulatis vel plus minusve integris. Laminae duplicatae ca. 1/3 foltt extensa, limbo nullo. Cellulae laminae incrassatae, rotundatae, laeves. Dtoteae. Fructus terminalis, ca. 3 mm altus, pertstomio brunneolo, denttbus ca. 250 uw longis et ad apicem dense sptculatis. Spectmen typtcum: Palau, Babelthuap, Ngatpang, elev. 150 ft, leg..H. A. Miller 7975, 29 August 1960 (MU-typus; BISH, G, NICH-tsotypus) . Plants gregarious on soft limestone or clay hardpan on moist, shaded, banks; stems to 5.0 mm tall and 2.0 mm wide with leaves. Dioicous; both archegonia and antheridia borne in clusters in terminal buds. Leaves in 6-12 pairs, including incomplete basal leaves, ca. 1.2 X 0.3 mm, the vaginant lamina extending about 1/3 149 150 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 2 % OQ OVS MANDNDM OPONC*« Fig. 1-8. Fissidens duttoniti. 1 - 2. Habit of fertile plant, ba ER 33, iGalvptra ject, 4a beatsiti pseks 270l me Upper leaf celllis and margin, X 270; 6. Habit of malle plant) % U7, efeeecr gonial leaf, X 32; 8. Tip of peristome tooth, X 950. the length; blade oblong-lanceolate with a strong, nearly per- current, costa; margin unbordered, minutely denticulate to entire and sometimes with a few larger, irregular teeth near the tip; blade cells rounded-hexagonal, somewhat collenchymatous and in- crassate with a conspicuous middle lamella in cleared material; duplicate blade free margin curved and tapering distally into the blade at the costa in most leaves, unbordered with marginal and submarginal cells isodiametric or nearly so; dorsal blade oppo- site the duplicate blades tapered to the stem just below the costa and somewhat decurrent down the stem; leaf tip acuminate, usually with a few irregular marginal teeth. Sporophyte single, terminal from a clearly delimited vaginula, innovations not seen; seta ca. 2.7 mm long bearing an inclined urnulate capsule with an obliquely beaked operculum. Peristome single, reddish brown, and of 16 teeth, each bifid about 3/4 and 250 » long; the basal 1/4 of each tooth with the outer layer o bars extending the width of the tooth, and with 2-3 irregular rows of closely-spaced verruculae between each bar; the inner layer of the basal 1/4 with alter- nating bars extending 1/2 across the tooth from the sides, the bars lamellate in profile with irregular surface eruptions in the 1976 Miller, A new Fissidens 151 undivided tooth base; the inner lamellae are coalesced to form chambers in the base of each tooth segment, the chambered portion of each segment extending for about 1/2 the segment with the chambers becoming progressively longer and less distinct as the segment narrows and bearing angled broken bars of irregular thick- ness extending upward to about 2/3 the segment length; distal 1/3 of each segment is coarsely spiculate-tuberculate, apparently unchambered and pale. Calyptra not seen. Named for Lee S. Dutton, botanical assistant on the Miami University--Collegitate Rebel Expedition. In addition to the type, the following collections were made in the same area: Palau, Babelthuap Island above Ngatpang in forested hills about 150 feet elevation. Collected by H. A. Miller 7948, 7949, 29 August 1960; loc. cit., 400-500 feet, H. A. Miller 8017, 30 August, 1960; loc. cit., 600 feet, Lee S.Dutton 16, 69, 1 September 1960. Grateful acknowledgement is given the National Science Found- ation for Grants G-7115 and GF-1/6 to Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, in support of studies of Micronesian bryophytes. Literature Cited Iwatsuki, Z. 1967. Critical or otherwise interesting Fisstdens species in Japan. J. Hattori Bot. Lab. 30: 91-104. Shin, T. 1964. Fissidentaceae of Japan. Sci. Rept. Kagoshima Univ. 133 35-149). NEW NAMES AND NEW COMBINATIONS IN ASCLEPIADACEAE D.L. Spellman and Gilberto Morillo Missouri Botanical Garden St. Louis, Missouri 63110 and Instituto Botanico Apartado 2156, Caracas, Venezuela Ongoing studies of the neotropical Asclepiadaceae indicate the need for three new names and two new combinations. CYNANCHUM PROCTORIANUM Spellman & Morillo, nom. nov. Based on Metastelma albiflorum Griseb., Fl. Brit. W.I. Isl., 417, 1862. Type collection from Jamaica, March sen. Cynanchum albiflorum (Griseb.)Stearn, Phytologia 21: 138. 1971. Stearn's combination cannot be used because of the earlier combi- nation Cynanchum albiflorum (Urb. )Woods., RLS Tin. oon 2(3): 168. 1947. The species is renamed for Mr. George R. Proctor of the Institute of Jamaica, who has contributed greatly to our knowledge of the flora of that island. MATELEA HUMBOLDTIANA Spellman & Morillo, nom. nov. Based on Lachnostoma tigrinum H.B.K., Nov. Gen. Sp. Pl. 3: 198, tab. 232. 1818. Type collection from Colombia, Humboldt & Bonpland s.n. The new name is dictated by the existence of the earlier combi- nation Matelea tigrina (Urb. )Woods., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 28: 226. 1941. MATELEA MEXICANA Spellman & Morillo, nom. nov. Based on Gonolobus stenopetalus A. Gray, Proc. Amer. Acad. 21: 398. 1886. Type collection from Mexico, Pringle 696. Vincetoxicum stenopetalum (A. Gray)Standley, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. 23: 1190. 1924. Matelea stenopetalum (A. Gray)Woods., Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 28: 231. 1941. The new name is necessitated by the existence of the earlier combination Matelea stenopetala Sandw., Kew Bull. 1931: 485. MATELEA RUBRA (Karst.)Spellman & Morillo, comb. nov. Omphalophthalma rubra Karst., Fl. Colom. 2: 119, tab. 163. 1866. Type collection from Colombia, Karsten s.n. MARSDENIA GLAZIOVII (Fourn.)Spellman & Morillo, comb. nov. Stephanotella glaziovii Fourn. in Mart., Fl. Bras. 6(4): 326, tab. 96. 1885. Type collection from Brasil, Glaziou 8804. 152 NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. XC Harold N. Moldenke XxVERBENA ALLENI Moldenke, hybr. nov. Planta hybrida; foliis caulinis inferioribus lanceolato-ovatis valde irregulariter lobatis saepe trifidis irregulariter grosse- dentatis subtus densiuscule hirtulis supra sparsiore scabro= hirtulis rugosis; foliis caulinis supremis anguste oblongis vel suboblanceolatis irregulariter laciniato-serratis; spicis pluri- mis valde elongatis gracillimis temuibus dense multifloris; seminis plerumque abortis. A natural hybrid between V. halei Small and V. mtha Lelm.; stems slender, densely pubescent; lower cauline leaves resea- bling those of V. xmtha, lanceolate-ovate in outline, very irreg- ularly deeply lobed, of of ten more or less trifid, irregularly coarsely dentate, rather densely hirtulous beneath, more sparsely so and both scabrid and rugose above; upper cauline leaves mostly oblong or very slightly suboblanceolate, much smaller than the lower ones, 1—~2.5 cm. long, 5-8 mm. wide, irregularly laciniate serrate; spikes very mmerous, mostly greatly elongate, to 45 cm. long, very slender and weak, densely flowered, but the seeds ap= parently usually mostly or all aborted. The type of this hybrid was collected by Charles M. Allen (no. 1179) -- in whose honor it is named — in an open area about _ miles northeast of Greensburg (in Sec. 21 T2S R6E), associated with Sabatia and Stylosanthes, Saint Helena Parish, Louisiana, on July 7, 1971, and is deposited in the herbarium of the Louis-~ iana State University at Baton Rouge. Superfically this hybrid has much of the aspect of V. runyoni, but is not at all glandular, ADDITIONAL MATERIALS TOWARD A MONOGRAPH OF THE GENUS CALLICARPA. XXVI Harold N, Moldenke CALLICARPA L. Additional bibliography: Sonohara, Useful Trees 92. 1952; Mol- denke, Phytologia 33: 480-505, 507, 509, & 511. 19763 E. H, Wal- ker, Fl. Okin, & South, Ryuk. 883 & 888-889. 1976. The Goreman & Katik LAE.59187, distributed as Callicarpa sp., actually is Geunsia cu cumingiana jana (Schau.) Rolfe, while Geesink & Santisuk 4937 is not verbenaceous. Walker (1976) records “murasaki-shikibu zoku" as the Japanese 153 15h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, mo. 2 designation for this gems. He keys out the four species know from the Okinawa region as follows: 1. Resinous glands on lower leaf-surface usually dark reddish or brown . . fe « o . . e e e e es e e e s e e e — Cc. oshimensis. la. Resinous glands yellowish. 2. Lower leaf-surface densely stellate-pubescent. C. formosana, 2a. Lower leaf-surface glabrous or stellate-pubescent, but not densely so. 3. Leaf-blades 2—-6 cm. long, 13.5 cm. wide. .C. dichotoma. 3a. Leaf-blades usually larger. ..... +. « « Co japonica. Unfortunately, in one place the fruits are referred to as "ber ries", but they actually are drupes. CALLICARPA ACUMINATA H.B.K. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 378--382, 40h, 500, & 50h. 1976. ‘eam citations: COLOMBIA: Cérdoba: Lépez-Palacios 3878 N a CALLICARPA ARBOREA Roxb. ‘ re ae bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 389-391 & 98. 1976. Recent collectors in Thailand speak of this species occurring there as scattered trees in open areas at the margins of ever— green forests, record the vernacular name, "fha", and describe the plant as having its inflorescence axes and calyx tan, the corolla-tube whitish-violet, the lobes, filaments, and style vio-~ let (Maxwell 75-765), and the fruit green and hard at first, glo- bose, but violet or purple and juicy when ripe. Additional citations: THAILAND: Khanthachai 252 [Herb. Roy. Forest Dept. 18183] (Ac); Maxwell 75-765 (Ac). CALLICARPA BREVIPETIOLATA Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 396. 1976. On further study, it seems to me that this species does not occur in India, Bengladesh, or Thailand and the collections previously cited by me from those countries are actually C. rubella Lindl. In fact, Merrill, in his original description of C, brevipetiolata, asserts that in this species the leaf=blades are densely stellate-pubescent beneath, while in C. rubella they are merely densely puberulent beneath. I doubt very much whether this distinction is valid, but an examination of Lindley's type is necessary in order to arrive at a final decision. The two taxa are certainly extremely closely related if not cospecific. CALLICARPA DICHOTOMA (Lour.) K. Koch Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: }00—l02 & 488. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 887-889. 1976. Walker (1976) asserts that this otherwise so common species is actually "rare" in the Ryukyo Islands, apparently known from only 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Callicarpa 155 a single collection. CALLICARPA FORMOSANA Rolfe Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 381, h05— cel & 97. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 887 & 888. 1976. Sonohara and his associates describe this as a "rare small tree on mountains" in Okinawa and report the vernacular name, "horai~ murasaki", CALLICARPA JAPONICA Tmmnb, Additional bibliography: Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano, Fl. Okin. 131. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 83-188, 92, & ho7. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 887 & 889. 1976. Walker (1976) comments that the Japanese vernacular name for this plant, “muragaki-shikibu", "may refer to a famous beautiful woman writer, Murasaki Shikibu, this shrub suggesting her beauty. Other derivations are possible." Additional citations: JAPAN: Honaim: Ohashi & Tateishi 483 (Ac); Tateishi 505 (Ac). ‘AL, chen ulbaleinll CALLICARPA JAPONICA var. LUXURIANS Rehd. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 87. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 889. 1976. Sonohara and his associates (1952) record this variety from Quelpart and Oshima islands, list the vernacular names, "Japanese beauty berry", "ohmurasa-kishikibu", and "mindama-gwa", and com ment that on Okinawa it is "A shrub common on mountains and plains; used for timber and fuel". Walker (1976), however, says that it is "Apparently more often found near the seacoast". He describes it as "Very similar to var. japonica. Plants sometimes small trees. Branchlets sometimes reddish brown and lenticellate, the gray outer surface disappearing. Leaves with longer petioles, 1--2.5 em long; blade sometimes oblong, usually larger, 6-15 om long, 4.5--8 cm wide, slightly coarser serrate. Inflorescence larger, 4--5 cm long. Flowers somewhat larger, the corolla-tube 2—-2.5 mm long, the lobes 1.5—-2 mm long, the anthers 2 mm long. Fruits 5--6 mm across, glossy, purple." CALLICARPA LANCIFOLIA Millsp. t ao ain bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 482, 490, & 98. 1976. Recent collectors in the Bahamas describe this species as an erect multistemmed shrub, 1-2 m,. tall, with long sprawling branches, the stems "lightly rusty", and royal=-purple fruit. They found it growing in coppice-covered hills and in the shade of hardwood coppices on ridges in cutover pineland, fruiting in November. Additional citations: BAHAMA ISLANDS: Andros: S. R. Hill 338 (N). Cats D. S. Correll 16266 (N). 156 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, mo. 2 CALLICARPA LONGIFOLIA f. FLOCCOSA Schau. sachniane bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 492—9h. 1976. Geesink & Santisuk describe this plant as a shrub, with the corollas, filaments, and styles pink, and encountered it in clearings and along trails in disturbed evergreen forests on lime— stone in Thailand. : Tei citations: THAILAND: Geesink & Santisuk 5109 (Ac), 271 (Ac). CALLICARPA MACROPHYLLA Vahl Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 89, h95— 497, & 500. 1976. Geesink and his associates describe this as a medium-sized tree, the tomentum of "light ochrish-gray stellate hairs" and the corollas and filaments lilac in color. They encountered it along trails in mixed deciduous forests on limestone in Thailand. Additional citations: THAILAND: Geesink, Phanichapol, & Santi- suk 5987 (Ac). CALLICARPA MAINGAYT King & Gamble Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 497—l98. 1976. Recent collectors-in Thailand describe this plant as a scandent shrub or small tree, 2 m. tall, the stems with a base diameter of 5 cm., the branches and leaf-veins brown-stellate, the leaf-blades green above and silvery-white beneath, the inflorescence axes tan, and the young fruit green, purple-black and juicy when mature. They have encountered it in shady evergreen and disturbed evergreen forests, along trails, and in the transition between evergreen and deciduous forests, at altitudes of 100--250 m., flowering in April, and fruiting in May. Additional citations: THAILAND: Geesink & Santisuk 6086 (Ld); Larsen & Larsen 33432 (Ac); Maxwell 75-764 (Ac). CALLICARPA MOLLIS Sieb. & Zucc. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 498-99. 1976. Recent collectors have encountered this species on steep slopes in riverside forests. Additional citations: JAPAN: Hons: Kanai 731172 [Fl. Jap. Ex sicc. 256] (N)s; Kanai & Ohashi s.n. [16 June 1973] (Ac). CALLICARPA OSHIMENSIS Hayata Additional bibliography: Sonohara, Useful Trees 92. 1952; Molden— ke, Phytologia 333 501—502. 1976; E. His Walker, Fle Okin. & South. Ryuk. 887-888. 1976. Walker (1976) speaks of this as "A variable species" with "two scarcely separable varieties" and records the names, "oshima- murasaki" and "Amani-Oshima Callicarpa", for it. He separates the varieties as follows: 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Callicarpa 157 1. Leaf-blades 2.5—6 cm. long, 1—2.5 cm. wide; inflorescence a- bout 1 cm. long. « - 2. «ec ecee eevee var. okinawensis. la. Leaf-blades ).5—-10 cm. long, 2.5—h.5 cm. wide; inflorescence 2—2.5 cm. long. esceoeee#eee & @ @ e var. iriomotensis. CALLICARPA OSHIMENSIS var. IRIOMOTENSIS (Masam.) Hatus. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 501. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 888. 1976. Sonohara (1952) calls this the "Iriomote-murasaki" and refers to it as "A small tree on mountains of Ishigaki, Iriomote, and Yonaguni; used as fuel". However, I regard the Yonaguni material as representing var. okinawensis. CALLICARPA OSHIMENSIS var. OKINAWENSIS (Nakai) Hatus. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 501-502. 1976; E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. & South. Ryuk. 887—888. 1976. Sonohara and his associates (1952) call this "komoge—murasaki", describe it as "A small tree on mountains of Kunigami and Naka- gami", and report that it is used for fuel there. They also as- sert that Nakai's binomial, C. okinawensis, was originally pub- lished as a mere nomen nudum 4 in 1922 and is therefore invalid under the present ,edition of the International Code. CALLICARPA REVOLUTA Moldenke Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 60 (2): 570. 19l3 Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 9h (1971) and 2: 855. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 477—78. 1971; Leén & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 305 & 307. 197h. CALLICARPA RIDLEYI S. Moore Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 1071. 1925; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 321 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 77. 1971. CALLICARPA RIVULARIS Merr. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Sclmst. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 53 (1): 1071 (1932) and 60 (2): 569. 19h]; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 315, Oh, & 407 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phy- tologia 21: 478—L79. 1971. CALLICARPA ROIGII Britten Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres— ber. 5h (2): 7h7. 193k; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 9h, hh, & hi6 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 479—180. 19713 Alem4fn Frias, Aurich, Excurra Ferrer, Gutiérrez V4zquez, Horst- mann, Lépez Rendueles, Rodriguez Graquitena, Roquel Casabella, & Schreiber, Die Kulturpfl. 19: 22. 1972; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles Fy iv. 1973; Leén & Alain, Fi. Cuba, inp. 2, 2: 30h & - 197k. 158 PHYTOL OGTSA Vol. 34, no. 2 CALLICARPA RUBELLA Lindl. Additional synonymy: Callicarpa rebella Farnsworth ex Molcenke, Phytologia 29: 371, in syn. 1973. Callicarpa sagaitifolia Wall. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 45h, in syn. 197k. Additional & emended bibliography: Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 1, 57 (1840) and ed. 2, 57. 1849; Diels, Fl. Cent.-China 547—5y8. 1902; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 512. 1906; H. J. Lam in H. Hallier, Meded. Rijks Herb. Leid. 37: 3h. 1918; Kanjilel, Das, Kanijala, & De, Fl. Assam 3: 462, 46h, & 545. 1939; Biswas, Indian Forest Rec., ser. 2, Bot. 3: 1. 1913 Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 571. 1913 Graf, Exotica 3: 1482 & 1565. 1963; El-Cazzar & Wats., New Phytol. 69: 460, 483, & 485. 1970; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 512. 1971; M. A. Martin, Introd. Ethnobot. Camb. 142. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 267, 272, 282, 287, 291, 293, 29h, 299, 321, 356, 07, 410, 412, & 416—119 (1971) and 2: 709 & 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 206. 1971; Chan & Teo, Chem. Pharm. Bull. 20: 1582—-158). 19723 Encke & Buchheim in Zander, Handwirterb. Pflanzennmam., ed. 10, 150. 1972; Rouleau, Taxon Index Vols. 1-20, part 1: 63. 1972; Altschul, Drugs & Foods 245. 1973; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 8 (1): iif. 1973; El-Gazzar, Egypt. Journ. Bot. 17: 75 & 78. 197k; Re D. Gibbs, Chemotax. Flow. Pl. 3: 1752-1755 (197) and h: 206). 197k; Mol- denke, Phytologia 28: 454. 197h. Additional illustrations: Graf, Exotica 3: 1482. 1963. Graf (1963) describes this plant as a "deciduous shrub of loose habit, with obovate-cordate leaves lightly toothed; 4—6 in. long; numerous tiny l-lobed pink flowers, tubular at base, in clusters, followed by profusion of lavender berries" [but the fruits are drupes, not berries!]. He gives its overall distribu- tion as "China, Burma, Assam" and records the common name, "beauty-berry". Altschul (1973) lists it as a drug plant on the basis of Hom 00142; Kanjilal and his associates (1939) record the vernacular names, "dieng-la-khangwer", "dieng-lakso-niaw", "jalang-koai", and "soh-eitksar", describing the calyx as stel- late-tomentose and the drupes as purple. They say that it as- cends to 5000 feet in the Khasi hills, flowering there in the rainy season and fruiting in the cold season, the bark and root chewed by the natives like betel-mut. Recent collectors in Thailand have encountered it along trails in disturbed forests on limestone, in open grassland, and in open grassy areas, at altitudes of 600—1700 m., and describe it as a shrublet, 2m. tall, the corollas, filaments, and fruit violet in color. Some refer to the fruit as "berries", but actually they are drupes. Several of the collections cited below were previously identi- fied, distributed, and even cited by me in previous installments of these notes as C, brevipetiolata Merr., but it seams to me now that they actually represent C. rubella. Callicarpa brevipetio— lata, if it is really a valid taxon, seems to be confined to Java and Sumatra. 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Callicarpa 159 Kingdon-Ward describes C. rubella as a shrub with purple flowers and found it growing in thickets. Martin (1971) avers that in Cambodia it is an "Arbuste de for€t dense.....vers 600 m d'altitude. Dans cette région, la racine est un substitut de la noix d'arec dans la chique de bétel", giving its distribution as "Asie tropicale" and its vernacular Cambodian name as "daom dh ny:". Gibbs (197) found syringin doubtfully absent from the leaves of this species, but cyanogenesis was definitely absent in the seeds and leaves, leucoanthocyanin is absent from the leaves; also the Ehrlich test gave only negative results in the leaves and the Juglone test also gave negative results (with blue fluor escence) in the stems and roots; HCl/methanel test results were also negative. Additional citations: INDIA: Assam: Chand 1611 (Mi), 3202 (Mi), 5799 (Mi), 6225 (Mi); Koelz 23422 (Mi), 260 (Mi), 32138 (Mi); Wallich 1837 (Pd). Khasi States: de Silva s.n. (Wallich 1837, son s.n. (Mont. Khasia alt. 4000 ped.) (M). Manipur: Kingdon- Ward 1760 (N). West Bengal: C. B. Clarke 11852 (Bz—17560). BANGLADESH: Griffith 6036 (Pd, T). CHINA: Kwangtung: Sampson 9170 (Pd). THAILAND: Charoenphol, Larsen, & Warncke 4,213 (Ac), 4812 (Ac); Geesink & Phengklai 6143 (Ac); Larsen & Larsen 341,50 (Ac); Larsen, Larsen, Nielsen, & Santieuk 30836 (Ac, Ld), 31659 (Ac, Ld); Maxwell 73-190 (Ac). CULTIVATED: Java: Collector unde- termined s.n. (Pd); Herb. Hort. Bot. Jav. sm. (Pd). CALLICARPA RUBELLA var. DIELSII (Léveillé) Li Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fofth Summ, 1: 287, 407, & a (1971) and 2: 709 & 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 206. 1971. CALLICARPA RUBELLA var, HEMSLEYANA Diels Additional bibliography: Diels, Fl. Cent.—China 5758. 1902; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 287, 293, 407, & 417 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 206. 1971. Hu refers to this plant as a "rare shrub" in Hong Kong, with leaves that "fall off easily". Additional citations: HONG KONG: S. XY. Hu 7999 (W—2731298). CALLICARPA RUBELLA f. ROBUSTA P'ei Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 291 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 207. 1971. CALLICARPA RUDIS S. Moore Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 321 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 493. 1971. CALLICARPA SACCATA Steen. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 321 (1971) 160 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, mo. 2 and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 207. 1971; Heslop- Harrison, Ind. Kew. Suppl. 15: 2h. 197h. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small tree, 10—20 feet tall, trunk girth 3—8 inches, bark surface fissured, brown with green mottling, the stems, twigs, and leaf-surfaces thickly covered with long brown or brownish hairs, "even old branches still with stiff hairs", the "lower leaf=-surface" or “base of leaf lamina in most leaves on the tree" inhabited by ants, flowers "greenish" and l=-merous, calyx green, covered with long hairs, petals, filaments, and pistils white, the anthers cream or light- cream, stigma club=shaped, and the fruit bright-red. They found it growing "in disturbed primary forests on banks of small streams" or "on sandstone boulders along paths", flowering in April and beth flowering and fruiting in September, and record the vernacular name, "mata ikan". They record that a "macrophotograph" of a twig was taken. Citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sarawak: Chai & al. sen. (Herb. Sarawak Forest Dept. S. 33143] (Tu, 2); G. Smith S.27725 (KL—13873); Tong & Dias s.n. (Herb. Sarawak Forest Dept. S. 33122] (Ac, Ld). CALLICARPA SALVIAEFOLIA W. Griff. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 272 & 17 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 495. 1971. CALLICARPA SELLEANA Urb. & Ekn. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 57 (2): OL. 1938; Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 102 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 495 (1971) and 22: 1). 1971. CALLICARPA SHAFERI Britton & P. Wils. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 9, & 98 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 495—h96. 1971; Leé6n & Alain, Fl. Cuba, imp. 2, 2: 30) & 306. 197). CALLICARPA SHIKOKIANA Mak. Additional & emended bibliography: C. K. Schneid., Illustr. Handb, Laubholzk. 2: Reg. 20. 1912; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 1, 1: 185. 1948; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 309 & 311 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 96—-\97 (1971) and 22: 26. 1971; Hara, Enum. Sperm. Jap., imp. 2, 1: 185. 1972. xCALLICARPA SHIRASAWANA Mak. Additional & emended bibliography: C. K. Schneid., Dllustr. Handb,. Laubholzk. 2% Reg. 20. 1912; Hara, Emm. Sperm. Jape, imp. 1, 1: 185. 1948; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 307—309, 356, 10, & bik (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 21: 497-500. 1971; Hara, Emm. Sperm. Jap., imp. 2, 1: 185. 1972. This binomial is very often written without indication that the plant to which it applies is a hybrid (e.g., Schneider, 1912, 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Callicarpa 161 Hara, 1948, etc 5) e CALLICARPA SIMONDII Dop Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 299 (1971) and 2: 855. 19715 Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 13. 1971; Moldenke, Biol. Abstr. 52: 13436 (1971) and 53: 1795. 1972; Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.2l: 116 & 117. 19736 CALLICARPA SIONG—SAIENSIS Metc. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 60 (2): 571. 19i}:Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 291 & 18 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971s Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 13—1k. 1971. CALLICARPA SORDIDA Urb. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 102 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 1y—15. 1971. CALLICARPA STENOPHYLLA Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 315 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 15-16 & 23. 1971. CALLICARPA SUBALBIDA Ela. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahres— ber. 53 (1): 1071. 19323 Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 315 & 107 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 16—18. 1971. CALLICARPA SUBCANDIDA Elm, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Suma. 1: 315 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 18—19. 1971. CALLICARPA SUBINTEGRA Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 315 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 19—20. 1971. CALLICARPA SUBINTEGRA var. PARVA Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 315 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 20--21. 1971. CALLICARPA SUBPUBESCENS Hook. & Arn. Additional synonymy: Callicarpa subpubes Hook. & Arn., in herb. Additional & emended bibliography: Hara, Emm. Sperm. Jap., imp. 1, 1: 185. 1948; Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 319 & 405 (1971) and 2: 766 & 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 21--22. 1971; Hara, Emm. Sperm. Jap., imp. 2, 1: 185. 1972; Hatusima, Journ. Jape Bot. 7s 181. 1972. Sohma and his associates found this plant in flower in May and report the vernacular name, "oba=-shima=-murasaki" for it. Additional citations: BONIN ISLANDS: Chichijima: Sohma, Naru= hashi, Ohba, Suzuki, & Sato 715067 (K1—17986, W--270520). Is- land undetermined: Beechey s.n. (Pd=-isotype) . 162 PHY T.0.1' OG Dea Vol. 34, mo. 2 CALLICARPA SUPERPOSITA Merr. Additional bibliography: Fedde & Sclmst. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 54 (2): 747. 193k; Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 321 (1971) and 2: 855. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 22—23. 1971. CALLICARPA SURIGAENSIS Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 315, 13, & h15 (1971) and 2: 855. 19713; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 23-25. 1971. CALLICARPA TAKAKUMENSIS Hatusima Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Sum, 1: 309 (1971) and 2: 856. 19713 Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 25=-26. 1971. CALLICARPA TIKUSIKENSIS Masam,. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 1: 313 (1971) and 2: 856. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 26—-27. 1971. CALLICARPA TINGWUENSIS Chang Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Fifth Sum. 1: 287 (1971) and 2: 856. 1971; Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 27. 1971. CALLICARPA TOMENTOSA (L.) Murr. Additional synonymy: Calicarpa wallichiana Walp. ex Moldenke, Phytologia 28: 45, in syn. 1974. Callicarpa integrifolia Retz. ex Moldenke, Fifth Summ. 2: 971, in syn. 1971 [not C. integri- folia Champ., 1890, nor Forbes & Hemal., 1932, nor Jacq., 1780). Additional & emended bibliography: Lam., Tabl. Encycl. Méth. Bot. 1: 292. 17923 Raeusch., Nom. Bot., ed. 3, 376 17973 Perse, Syn. PLS 2s ae Ys 1805; Pers., Spe Pl. 1s 342. 1817; Paxt., Pock. Bot. Dict., ed. 1, 56 & 57 (1840) and ed. 2, 56 & 57. 18h)9; Schnitzlein, Iconogr. Fam. Nat. 2: 137 Verbenac. [2]. 1856; Thwaites & Hook. f., Emm. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 1, 23. 1861; Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Pharmacog. Ind. 3: [iii] & 60. 18933 Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 1, 3: 423.1905; Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 1, 512. 1906; Hubert, Trav. Lab. Mat. Méd. Paris 13 (lk): 65. 1921; Fedde & Sclust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 53 (1): 1071. 1932; E. D. Merr., Trans. Am. Phil. Soc., ser. 2, 2 (2): (Comm. Lour.] 332 & 18. 19353 Alston, Kandy Fl. 6h, fig. 3h. 1938; Fedde & Schust. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 60 (2): 570. 19h15 Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 2, imp. 1, 502—503. 1958; Abey- wickrama, Ceylon Journ. Sci. Biol. 2: 217. 1959; Thwaites & Hook. f., Emm. Pl. Zeyl., imp. 2, 243. 1964; P. W. Richards, Trop. Rain For. 393. 1964; Cooke, Fl. Presid. Bombay, ed. 2, imp. 2, 2: 502-503. 1967; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Soc. Beng. 22: 210. 1968; Gunawardena, Gen. & Sp. Pl. Zeyl. 147. 1968; A. Love, Taxon 17: 576. 1968; Maiti, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 10: 121. 1968; Billore & Hemadri, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 343. 1969; Deb, Sengupta, & Malick, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 199. 1969; Hiremath & al., Journ. Karnatak Univ. [1h]: 49-63. 1969; Venka- 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Callicarpa 163 tareddi, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 11: 258. 1969; Blasco, Inst. Frang. Pond. Trav. Sec. Scient. Tech. 10: 157 & 39h. 19713 Brandis, Indian Trees, imp. 2, 512. 1971; Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6 (10): iv & title 17733. 1971; Fonseka & Vinasithamby, Prov. List Local Names Flow. Pl. Ceylon 32. 1971; Moldenke, Fifth Summ, 1: 267, 269-272, 280, 282, 287, 293, 29h, 304, 315, 321, 329, 335, 338, 356, 390, 03-05, 08, 410, 412, 118, 19, & h70 (1971) and 2: 531, 643, 856, & 971. 1971; Anon., Biol. Abstr. 53 (10): BASIC. S235. 19723 Dymock, Warden, & Hooper, Hamdard 15: 330 & 345. 1972; Hedrick, Sturtevant's Edible Pl. 126. 19723; Molden- ke, Biol. Abstr. 53: 1795, 5255, 5798, & 6372. 19723 Moldenke, Phytologia 22: 281—283 & 286—-290. 19723 Rouleau, Taxon Index Vol. 1-20, part 1: 63. 19723 Farnsworth, Pharmacog. Titles 6, Cum. Gen. Ind. [22]. 19733 Hegnauer, Chemotax. Pfl. 6 [Chem. Reihe 21]: 669. 19733; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.21: 117. 19733 R. R. Rao, Stud. Flow. Pl. Mysore Dist. 2: 747 [thesis]. 1973; Vartak, Bull. Indian Nat. Sci. Acad. 45: 253. 19733 Moldenke, Phytologia 25: 325 (1973) and 28: 45h. A | Mani, Ecol. & Bio~ geogr, India [Illies, Monog. Biolog. 23:] 185, 2h0, 268, & 732. 197hs Moldenke, Phytologia 31: 389 (1975) and 33: 497. 1976. Additional illustrations: Alston, Kandy Fl. fig. 3h). 1938. Recent collectors describe this plant as a small or low, slender, branching, rather straggling tree, 2-10 m. tall, with a trunk diameter of 12 cm., the bark light-brown and thin, the leaves green above, gray with white pubescence beneath, the flowers fragrant, the anthers light yellow-orange, and the drupes globose, at first green, then dark-purple or black, and shiny. They have found it growing in roadcuts through steep mountain— sides with forest cover, on steep mountain slopes, in forest shade on cliffs, along ghat roads in wet deciduous forests, on steep forest—covered mountainsides, at the junction edge of for est and patana grasslands, on hilislopes, by waterfalls, in ever~ green forests, in regions of 85 inches anmal rainfall, in open sunlight near forest margins, and in wet zone forest edges. Jay=- asuriya reports it as "rare in tropical rain forest at low alti- tudes". My wife and I found it mostly occasional as isolated shrubs in hedgerows and fencerows in Sri Lanka or scattered on readbanks and the edges of forests. Venkatareddi (1969) refers to it as "common". Thwaites & Hooker (1861) describe it as "Very common up to an elevation of 4000 feet" in Sri Lanka. Kan- mathy and his associates (1967) call it a "common tree in ever— green sholas and moist deciduous forests, common on margins of sholas" in Mysore; Vajravelu and his associates (1968) found it "common" in Kerala; Saldanha refers to it as a common shrub in Mysore. Deb and his associates (1969) describe it as a "middle- sized tree with mauve-coloured flowers and black fruits, on roadsides and in outskirts of forests. Widespread." It has been collected in fruit from February to June and in August, Oc- tober, and December, The corollas are described as having been "pink" on Saldanha 13382, “pinkish-mauve" on Hepper, Maxwell, & Fernando 4565, 16h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 2 "mauve" on Amaratunga 131 and Worthington 5266, “pale-mauve" on Amarati 78, "violet" on Kostermans 23285, heater on Burtt & Townsend it, D Davidse 71902 & 8336, and and Gould 1 13591, and "dark-blue" on W. D. Stevens ens lj. On Moldenke, Moldenke, Jayasuriya, & Sum- ithraarachchi 26185 the corollas and filaments were magenta. Remarkably narrow leaves are seen on Wort n 5266. Love (1968) reports the chromosome number as n = ) based on Mehra & Gill 1080 and as 2n = 16, based on Mehra & C411 1022. An orthe= graphic v variant of a previously reported Singhalese vernacular name for this species is "eela-gass". Hermann's original (1726) description of Illa is "Fol. 6). ILLA. Arbor est mgr ei cujus cortice vescuntur Indi defectu foliorum Beteles", i.e., the bark is used as a substitute for betel-mt. Deb and his associates (1969) give C. arborea Roxb. as a syno— nym of C. tomentosa, but this is incorrect. Roxburgh's species is a distinct and valid taxon. It should also be noted here that the C. integrifolia credited to Champion and to Forbes & Hemsley in the synonymy above, belongs in the aynonymy of C. integerrima Champ., while that credited to Jacquin is Aegiphila a integrifolia ( Jacq.) Jacqe Cooke (1967) informs us that C. tomentosa is "common on the Ghé&ts" of the Konkan region of Bombay, giving its overall distri- bution as "India (W. Peninsula); Ceylon". He notes that "The plant has some repute in native meat eine , OPAMA, HIEBEA . mode UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM Liabum ferreyrii H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 296 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h. no. 3 PLANTS OF ECUADOK Liabum kingii H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1976 Robinson, Andean species of Liabum 297 PLANTS OF SOUTH AMERICA AGOUT 4000 FEET RIO HUALLAGA CANON PERU atyvie JUNE 3. COLL, J. FRANCIS MACBRIDE Liabum macbridei H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 298 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 3 Pir] 2516017 PLANTS OF COLOMBIA Liabum trianae H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1976 Robinson, Andean species of Liabum 299 4 Latium setidas reir ALA 1041%2 yulio Sy chi sasy e a Lomase Clyvbawm ba Machu pycchas Z20e0 , fawn * Liabum vargasii H. Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 300 Po YeT30/LsOsar De Vol. 34, no. 3 Pee RE ER ESE ESS ee eae” eee eee ee j SOL MAT TT A A \. i Mw, Zo \t > R ae a , > ae BRaSReRR eee RR eeeeeeVIateeeee eee ee ™ te. * QTiiriiiitittrit rity ree Enlargements of heads of Liabum. Top: Liabum barclayae and L. ferreyrii. Middle: L. kingil and L. macbridei. Bottom: L. trianae and L. vargasii. A NEW SPECIES OF VERNONIA FROM ECUADOR Harold Robinson Department. of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. The alternate-leaved condition is sufficiently characteristic of the tribe Vernonieae to be one of the most useful means for distinction from some other groups such as the Liabeae. Opposite leaves do occur in the Vernonieae, however, especially among some members of the genus Vernonia sect. Critoniopsis. Such plants may not always be immediately recognized as members of the tribe and the new species described below was encountered in a loan of material sent for a study of the Eupatorieae of Ecuador by R.M.King. Cuatrecasas (1956) has provided a key to the Andean species of Critoniopsis, but because of the combination of opposite leaves and glabrous outer surfaces of the involucral bracts the new species does not fit into the key. Cuatrecasas does give two species, V. crassilanata Cuatr. and V. trichotoma Gleason, having opposite leaves with the character being unreliable in the former species. Also in the Andes is V. chimboracensis Hieron. with opposite leaves and V. pichinchensis Cuatr. with the leaves tending to be opposite or subopposite. Of the above species two are obviously not closely related to the new Ecuadorian specimen; V. crassilanata has a totally different habit with numerous small oblong-elliptical leaves and longer pubescence, and V. pichinchensis has much smoother leaves and only 4 flowers per head. For V. chimboracensis only the description and type photo- graph have been seen but the plants apparently have smoother upper leaf surfaces, more reflexed leaf margins, heads with 11-12 flowers, an involucre with ca. 20 bracts up to 8 mm long, corollas ca. 6 mm long with tubes 2 mm long, 40-50 inner pappus setae about 5 mm long, 20-30 outer setae scarcely 2 mm long, and immature achenes ca. 3 mm long. The smoother leaves and different sized of involucral bracts and flowers seem particularly notable. The remaining species, V. trichotoma of Colombia, differs from the new species by the more acute leaves, the larger heads, the more pubescent involucres, and the numerous hairs on the outer surface of the corolla lobes. The latter species does have the same upper leaf surface seen in the new species, however, and it would seem to be the closest relative. 301 302 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 3 The close relationship between the new species and V. trichotoma would suggest some stability of the opposite-leaved condition in both species, but it has seemed wise to compare the Ecuadorian plant with some alternate-leaves members of the section Critontopei=. Most of the latter prove to differ in having heads with only 1-6 flowers. Still, there is one species with more flowers to which the new species might key in the Cuatrecasas treatment, V. huairacajana Hieron. Description and photographs of the Latter indicate a more bullate upper leaf surface, a more pyramidal inflorescence, and longer inner involucral bracts among other character differences. At least one other opposite- leaved species of Vernonia sect. Critoniopsis is found in South America, V. stellata (Spreng. ) Blake of Brasil. The latter is notable for the longer unbranched stalked hairs on the stems, leaves, and involucral bracts. Vernonia sparrei H. Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae arborescentes? Laxe ramosae. Caules subteretes leniter sexangulares dense fulvo-puberuli, pilis breviter T-formibus inflatis plerumque 100-150, longis et 30-40u Latis, internodis 8-20 mm longis. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-15 mm longis dense puber- ulis non alatis; laminae oblong-ellipticae 3-7 cm longae et 1.3-3.7 cm Latae base late cuneatae margine integrae vel subtiliter sinuosae apice rotundatae et minute emarginatae vel apiculatae supra plerumque glabrescentes in nervis primariis persistentiter breviter puberulae, pilis 200-700, longis, nervulis distincte intricate prominulis; subtus fulvo-toment- ellae et glanduliferae, pilis T-formibus vel tri- cornutis, nervis pinnatis, nervis et nervulis valde elevato-reticulatis. Inflorescentiae terminales dense subcymosae vel corymbosae, pedicellis 2-7 mm longis valde sulcatis dense fulvo-puberulis vel tomentellis, pilis 2-3-ramosis 200-3004 longis. Capitula ca. 9 mm alta et 5 mm lata. Squamae involucri ca. 30 ca. 5-seriatae valde inaequales 0.5-5.5 mm longae plerumque 2 mm Llatae late ovatae vel oblongae apice perobtusae indistincte maculatae margine subscariosae interdum breviter incisae extus plerumque glabris superne sparse puberulae. Flores ca. 9 hermaphroditi. Corollae pallidae, tubis et faucis combinatis 3.5-4.0 mm longis plerumque 0.4-0.5 mm latis, tubis plerumque glabris, faucis indistinctis extus glanduliferis, lobis 2.0-2.3 mm longis et 0.6 mm Latis Lineari-oblongis extus persparse breviter setiferis apice pauce glanduliferis; thecae antherarum 2 mm longae inferne obtusae in parte 1976 Robinson, New species of Vernonia 303 dentatae; appendices ovatae ca. 0.4 mm Longae et 0.3 mm Latae; styli in 0.1 mm basilaribus valde demarcati, cellulis distinctis subquadratis 10-20u diam. Achaenia 1.5 mm Longis 0.7-0.8 mm lLatis in sulcis et basis glandulifera superne pauce breviter spiculifera; carpopodia distincta ca. 0.2 mm alta et 0.4 mm lata, cellulis quadratis ca. 15-seriatis ca. 12, diam, parietibus incrassatis; setae pappi longiores ca. 40 plerumque 5 mm longae leniter complanatae apice distincte incrassatae, cellulis Lateralibus exterior- ibus et apicalibus breviter acutis; setae in serieibus exterioribus indistinctae plerumque 0.5-1.5 mm longae. Grana pollinis 35-40y diam. Leniter lLophorata, cristis valde spiniferis. TYPE: ECUADOR: Loja: Nudo de Cajanuma, ca. 6 km S Loja, shrub forest, + 2400 m. 14/5 1967. B.Sparre 16056 (holotype S). Literature Cited Cuatrecasas, J. 1956. Neue Vernonia-Arten und Synopsis der andinen Arten der sektion Critoni- Spats, Bot. Jahrb. 77 (Ll): 52-84. 30h PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 3 Heokt Spa Vernonia sparrei H. Robinson, Holotype, Stockholm. Photo by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Miseum of Natural History. OL. BY 0, # PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 34 October, 1976 No. 4 CONTENTS MOLDENKE, A. R., California pollination ecology and vegetation types .. 305 ST. JOHN, H., A new Peperomia (Piperaceae) from Maui. Hawaiian PNMRISIR Mey p25 (2) ee eka rea) Lhe gues Rie etal x Geli 362 VERHOEK, S., Polianthes howardii (Agavaceae): A new species from SMR MEET ete gS Svare2 a: ' G) reiurs wists ul ba SSA we we oh atare 365 LUNDELL, C. L., Notes on Guatemalan Sapindaceae .............. 369 MORAN, R., Haplopappus enormidens (Compositae), a new species from MINE IMCXIOO — 20s oF SA ee A ee 371 KING, R. M., & ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Eupatorieae (Asteraceae). ? CLX. A new species of Sciadocephala from Ecuador...... . 375 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). VI. Notes on the IMEI CE De ORs 2 0. aS Sr Ts a aga ant Sok AOR Qe toe 378 ROBINSON, H., Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). VII. Additions to EMAAR! loot ler era rita Shaina CRIA Sue 380 ST. JOHN, H., A new form of Alyxia olivaeformis Gaud. (Apocynaceae). Hawaiian POM EIP UNPAID OO) her gh ee LSS eS nahn Pas rae ce ee 388 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. XCII ..... . 389 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. LXIII .... . 390 RE OOK TEVIEWS 2. ia sock fo See ew woe we wb ee 407 Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 US.A. 4 Price of the number $2.25; per volume, $9.50 in advance or $10.25 after close of the volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses CALIFORNIA POLLINATION ZCOLOGY AND VEGETATION TYPES Andrew RK. Moldenke University of California, Santa Cruz California plant communities which are physiognomi- cally similar but geographically disjunct exhibit remarkable similarities in their pollination dynamics, In contrast, dynamics differ markedly in adjacent communities which do not share a common vegetative structure (Moldenke 1971, 1975). Many parameters of community structure or dynamics (e.g., species diversity, patterns of specialist/zeneralist food web relations, percent selfing, ploidy levels, percent wind pollination) are not dependent upon the presence of particular species, but are characteristics apparently imposed by climate and/or vegetation, regardless of the flora, Most attributes of pollination dynamics of Califor- nia are those generally associated with temperate and semi-arid ecosystems: 1) low diversity of forest trees; 2) moderate diversity of shrub species in scrub communi- ties; 3) high diversity of bee pollinators; 4) low abundance and species diversity of hummingbirds and social bees (except in certain special environments); and 5) generally short blooming periods for most angiosperms, although not as short as those reported in the tropics. The data presented in this paper are largely based on eight years of research by myself and associates (Moldenke, 1971, 1975 and 1976). A transect was estab- lished across central California which incorporated 0.5 km* areas of northern coastal scrub, dune scrub, oak-madrone forest, oak woodland, hard chaparral, serpentine grassland, ponderosa pine forest, montane chaparral, mountain meadow, subalpine forest, subalpine marsh-meadow, subalpine talus fell-field and alpine tundra (Moldenke 1975). In southern California, several additional sites were established in coastal sage and dunes, burned and mature chaparral, oak-pine forest and Sonoran Desert scrub (Moldenke 1976, and unpublished data). In all, more than 800,000 pollinators on 2,200 plant species were recorded, In order to establish the veracity of the observed behavior and to permit general- ization over a larger geographic extent, a catalogue of the distribution, abundance and host-preferences of all specimens in the major California bee collections has been compiled by Moldenke and Neff (1974). 305 Vol. 34, no. 4 PHYTOLO GLA 306 ssewolg 092262 E20P69L LyBt62 0059252 O01p989 220S60€ LO9ZLbE 22/8S8l 62028 LO%E9z £vBLLS LeI0L SLENPLAppuy 25086 ZEL0€ 89£9 96ESLL SLEOLL 09989 28001 (89ft €920L LOLS 2elt Lez0L 98€ 092 €9 t8r OLE Le 92€ LEE 202 8Sl Zl sapoads [ez0) 202 18 tl 02 961 2s 9 22 (SLENPLALpUL) - ‘s L re £ l ¥ v 2Z ra (satoeds) ys? pi6ududs pue pajqburuwny BoD 262 Sl See ol8 L18 OOLL tbl tl 0 ZL (SLEMPLALpuy) 12 +] 0 9 (satoads) 92 Sl L 9£ 22 £2 o£ site 6659 016 ose €6E2 BE 792 £6bp 2veP 8b 2t 2 8p (SLEMPLAtpuL l€ tL £ 92 Ol 92 74 6 S L y (satoads Sall{ 99g S26 992 Ly 812 126 69 289 raza | €8 Al SL (SLENpLAtpuL) 22 81 6 dl €2 12 8L 4 91 L +] (setoads) Sats prudsds See 202 0 988 L2€ 98 $2 S8pe = s_« SBS L 9Lbl 6 Spee 2 9 0 92 91 6 6L €s bb Sb S (satoeds SAL{4 PLoosny LOgE 622 Se 699 OLLE Zest 9L2 999 89 le 002 (SLEMPLALpUT ce 02 2 $2 at 92 2 09 Sl 61 6L (sa.deds S3b[J49}3Ng 1914S 99102 9£92 16S€6 QLL6LL €9022 6£015 rool LE LP bl 92 (SLENPLALpUL) lp €€ El LOL £9 9 a3 l2 9L ol 2 (sat dads) S3{}90g 2096L 8582 0»9 69LL 0092 22t€€ = 9 LLBE 9Ltd CTA 0901 91Z (SLEMPLALpuL) €9l 9EL £2 9LL tol Sol Obl 16 2Z 9€ 9¢ (satoads) S3ag fue{ssei5 puelpoOoOm ySa4u04y [essedeyy [e4sedey) 3Sas04 puelssesg = Ba4dG YSI404 MOPR2y eupuny snyey "O) OU +) a1qey “ALU P4OjueIS :{8Aa] eas AdyZeW :UOLJeASLa-ply sseq eBory :auidyeqns auidiy 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 307 Table 1, cont) Point Reyes San Diego County Scrub & Dunes Coastal Sage Burned Chaparral Montane Desert Chaparral Forest ee spectes 50 80 151 171 135 87 (individuals) 29859 3158 6297 55789 11032 9905 gt species 7 7 16 4) 7 24 (individuals) 266 133 4024 4923 3195 570 Butterflies species) 3 3 13 15 13 4 Individuals) 29 68 2732 2750 78 14 Muscoid Flies fanecies) 9 10 in 19 8 5 individuals) 223 55 417 140 196 755 Syrphid Flies (species) 17 4 1 6 3 3 (individuals) 297 15 80 79 180 240 Bee Flies (species) 4 7 22 24 16 22 (individuals) 695 261 4200 4989 1470 640 Wasps (species) 3 7 38 31 13 36 (individuals) 65 69 335 804 63 453 Hummingbird and Sphyngid Moth (species) ] 1 2 v2 2 1 (individuals) 45 73 133 187 73 44 Total Species 103 119 254 309 207 182 Total Ce an 31968 3782 18218 69623 16287 12621 Total 2531785 4 itemaes 664993 2236405 3012421 1350936 153038) TABLE 1, Abundance of Pollinator Groups in California Vegetation Types Major pollinators within vegetation types as determined at sites 0.5 km? in extent, Figures refer to number of insect species and individuals, Biomass estimate based on measurement of length, width and height of each especies multiplied by total individuals of that particular species in the census, follwer visiting groups rare in all communities are excluded from the table, From Moldenke (1971 and 1975). 308 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. These results must remain somewhat tentative, since conclusions drawn about the flower-visiting preferences of each of the 1,000+ species of bees inhabiting Califor- nia needs to be corroborated with, at the very least, an analysis of the pollen loads carried by specimens in museum collections, Collection records associated with museum specimens are of course indicative of instances of floral visitation, but bees which exhibit the genet- ically determined feeding preferences do so for pollen and not for nectar, Hence, since fidelity to source is an important aspect of pollination efficiency, species- specificity of pollen gathering by bees is an extremely Significant facet in the dependable pollination of plant genera over large geographic ranges, nearly independent of localized patterns of distribution and competition for pollinators. The conclusions we have reached (Moldenke and Neff 1974) err on the side of the conser- vative, in general. Particular emphasis has been Dlaced on patterns typical of genera or species groups, when incomplete evidence suggests a deviation from the typical pattern, no conclusions about host-specificity are reached. Hence, instances of specialization by localized populations on abnormal host plants or the specialization by a very rare species on a plant unrelated to the host of a well-known common species, are not recognizable on the basis of our present data base. The general trends cited below, though, are very clear and represent the major features of California pollination dynamics even though we are far from working out all the details of such a comprehensive subject. In terms of total numbers of species, pollinator diversity in California is highest in hard and montane chaparral, where it is generally 25%4-33% higher than in grasslands (Table 1). Diversity is cut by 50% in northern coastal scrub, coastal sage and dune scrub (ca, 105 spp. 0.5 km™*) from that observed in the adjacent chaparral, Pollinator diversity plummets in alpine tundra and mixgd-evergreen forest to a low of about 70 spp. 0.5 km7™*., On a regional basig, pollinator abundance is highest at Mather (230,000 km7*), slightly at Stanford (160,000 km7*, discounting evergreen forest), then falls precipitously to 46,000 km~* throughout San Diego County sites (Table 1). Even lower polliyator densities are noticeable at Point Reyes (21,000 km™~), at subalpine Tioga Pasg (18,000 km7*), in mixed evergreen forest (12,000 km™“), and in the alpine tundra at Dore Crest (3,500 km~*“), We shall return to this table in the next section. drops 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 309 With few exceptions, the majority of the outcrossed plant taxa in California are visited by many different types of pollinating agents: 71% are visited by at least two distinct pollinator types, 49% by three or more (Table 2). Only the most highly specialized taxa are visited by one type of vector agent exclusively; but even then, the different species within these genera are often serviced by the same vector species, It should be noted that these generalizations about the pollination spectra of California undoubtedly underestimate the degree of broad spectrum syndromes; with the paucity of solid field data and scarcity of publisned reports, many Plant genera cited as primarily pollinated by only one vector type are artifacts of our own studies which were localized in their very nature, The most important pollinators throughout California are probably hummingbirds, certain bees (e.g., bumblebees, Anthophora and oftentimes semisocial halictine bees), large beeflies (Sombyliidae) and butterflies, These groups vector pollen for considerable distances and/or visit many plant taxa which are ignored by the majority of other pollinator groups. Although specialist bees Which visit only a single plant species are seldom of primary importance in the pollination of California plants, under certain circumstances their presence is to the plants! advantage, for these bees will search out their flowers and pollinate them preferentially, even if the plants are in low abundance, The honeybee (Apis mellifera) was introduced into California in the late 18th century and is so widely domesticated and so successful in feral circumstances that it is an integral part of the present pollination ecology of all regions except the alpine tundra and the densest forests. The major effects of Apis have been the competitive local extinction (undocumented but presumably extensive) of many pollinator taxa (especially solitary bees) and the heavy outcrossing of many native plant taxa presumably highly inbred prior to the establishment of dense honeybee populations. The most frequent and diverse group of insect flower visitors in California are the 1,200 native bee species, Approximately 800 of them are implicated as feeding specialists, programmed to visit only a closely related group of plant species (Moldenke and Neff 1974). Indeed, these specialist solitary bees are often local species-specific pollination specialists, generally active for very short periods (2-4 weeks average), and usually discontinuously distributed but locally abundant. Similar high bee diversity characterized Mediterranean 310 Pay PO. L0G 2k Vol. 34, no. and desert ecosystems throughout the world (Linsley 1958; Moldenke 1976). Since nearly all the plant species serviced by specialist pollinators are visited as fre- quently (if not more so) by generalist species (84%; Table 2), and since generalist species are often capable of moving considerably longer distances between members of the same species than are the often small and highly localized specialists, competition for vectors usually involves competition for large-bodied, fast-flying, heterothermic generalists, The most successful compet- itors for these effective vectors often derive a secondary benefit as well; these "polylectic" generalist bee species may utilize a very diverse assemblage of plant species across the broad expanse of their distribution, ata given site they often facultatively specialize upon Whatever local resource provides the best reward, facili- tating the effectiveness of the pollination syndrome markedly. At least ninety-one genera of California plants have coevolved with specialist solitary bees that are restricted to species of that particular genus or a very closely related plant genus, Additionally, 68 plant genera are known to be strongly associated with solitary bees that are family-specific, particularly to the Compositae and the Papilionoideae, in their host prefer- ences, With very few exceptions, the larger the number of specialist vectors that a plant genus is serviced by the larger is the number of generalist pollen vectors as TAsLc 2, Pollination Syndromes of the California Flora, Vector categories represent the most efficient modes of pollination for a particular plant genus rather than simply the total flower visitors. #very effort was made to limit the total categories applicable for each genus to exclude an emphasis on infrequent flower visitors, Conclusions are based on my own research at defined sites throughout the state, consultation with colleagues and the results of our bee catalogue (see Appendix). A. Only categories with listings more than 5 included in table; B. Indicates pollination by indicated mode and at least two others; C. Indicates pollination by indicated mode and at least one other; D. Obligate selfing is a subset of habitual selfing; ~. Difficult to delineate between modes without further investization (57 taxa cited jointly). Moldenke, California pollination ecology Se 1976 Table 2. (C) UOLIPUL[ [Od 10 BpOW pares BHuLssassog euauag eLULOILL ED # SAL[4 AALILWLag spiyduds sai(jaag SAl,4 pLoosniy S9|}39g sdseM Sal {4s4az3Ng (LBusnz20U) syzOW yzOW xULYdsS pa tq6u Lwiuny POLLINATION MODE Saeg 2SL{eLoads Saag }SL[euauiag 4aslas Lenziqey 4aslas a3e61 190 UOLZBULL [Og PULM UOLZEUL| [Og 497M 312 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. well. x#xceptional genera pollinated almost exclusively by specialist bees are Calystegia, Camissonia, Coldenia, Collinsia, Cucurbita, suphorbia, Physalis and Zigadenus. The dominant form of pollination in all but the desert and chaparral communities is, of course, anemo- phily, as it is throughout the temperate and subarctic zones of the world. There are very few groups of wind-pollinated plants endemic to California; most of our taxa are very widespread and their pollination adaptations do not seem to be peculiar to California, fDighteen percent of the angiosperm genera with non-anemophilous flowers are unsuccessful at, or at least inconsistent in, attracting abundant pollinators. These genera seem to be consistently selfed, though under certain unusual situations they may be efficiently outcrossed,. Many of these genera are endemic to Califor- nia and presumably evolved under conditions of pollinator abundance similar to those observed presently (e.g., Achyrachaena, Allophyllum, Amblyopappus®, Apiastrum, Athysanus, Downingia, ratonella, Hmmenanthe, Gayophytum®? Nemacladus, Pectocarya®, Plagiobothrys®, Psilocarphus®), endemic origin of some obligately selfing taxa is pronounced in more widely spread plant genera usually characterized by genetic self-incompatibility and heavy visitation rates (e.g., Astragalus, scriozgonum, Lasthenia, Layia, Lotus, Lupinus, Mimulus, Orthocarpus). POLLINATION CHARACTERISTICS OF VEGETATION TYPES Forests The low diversity of the varied forest types of California permits successful wind pollination. As Bateman (1946) and Colwell (1951) have shown, wind pollination is normally extremely inefficient. The success of wind pollination decreases with the cube of the distance between plants, and for trees more than 100 feet apart, the chance of successful pollen transfer becomes vanishingly small, even considering the astro- nomically large number of pollen grains produced, Successful wind pollination can be increased by decreas- ing the surface area of nonstigmatic surfaces, through such evolutionary adaptations as needlelike or filiform leaves (conifers, Artemisia californica) and leaflessness (some Quercus, Platanus, Fraxinus) at the time of pollin- ation. Three of the four nonwind-pollinated forest tree a California evolutionary origin with subsequent "sweepstakes colonization" of Chile (Raven 1963). 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 313 species in California (Arbutus, Umbellularia, Acer) occur in the diverse mixed evergreen forest, in which Wind pollination would be a severe disadvantage. Within the understory, cross-pollination is a function of sun-dappling (Beattie 1971). Nearly all forest floor pollinators are most active in direct sunlight; neighboring shaded plants as little as 15 cm away are seldom if ever visited. Forest floor pollina- tors for whom this behavior is characteristic, particu- larly bees and butterflies, still must be able to fly between the sun-dapples in order to exploit sufficient resources for sustained activity. The most abundant and Significant pollinators of the forest floor are bumble- bees and Bombyliius major, a beefly. [heir activity is maximized by a facultative homeothermy (Heinrich 1974), which allows sustained flight within shade in order to locate a maximum number of thermally advantageous sunny spots. These insects are characterized by very low surface/volume ratios; dense, dark, absorptive insulatory pubescence; and large body size necessary for the maximal conservation of metabolically produced heat. The bees, Andrena and homada, and the nematoceran and muscoid flies --also responsible for much California forest pollination --are poikilothermic. Compatibility studies have rarely been undertaken on wind-pollinated tree species. Most species are monoecious (conifers, Quercus, Platanus), an adaptation clearly designed to promote outcrossing. It is not known whether selfing is possible or whether, if possible, selfed seed competes favorably with outcrossed seed of the same species, Genetic fine-tuning to the environment is a well-documented result of outcrossing (hybridization) in the oaks of the Santa Lucia Mountains (Griffin 1973). Forest understory species are mainly perennial geophytes or sprawling woody subshrubs or vines; annuals are rare except in the most open savanna forest types. In all low-elevation forests, nearly the entire under- story blooms exclusively in early spring. Most of these plants are derivatives of the widespread Arcto-Tertiary Geoflora and have evolved anthesis periods synchronous with the maximum probability of light-dappling, prior to leafing-out and the replacement of winter-killed branches. Most of these forest floor perennials are genetically self-incompatible and obligately require outcrossing vectors. There are no confirmed specialist 314 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 4 vectors? in these environments, and the pattern of Synchronized blooming places plants in strong competi- tion for vectors. In order to maximize the visibility of flowers on the forest floor, natural selection has acted convergently to produce a flora with an overwhel- ming preponderance of white flowers, a rather uncommon flower color in most other native plant communities. Recognition by distinctive scents accounts for the specialized pollination syndromes of the brownish- flowered Asarum, Aristolochia and Scoliopus. In the north coastal forest, pollinators of any sort are extremely infrequent. All the major groups appear to be entirely absent. In the narrow riparian coastal forests, pollinators may stray in from surroun- ding communities (hummingbirds for Lilium, Aquilegia; bumblebees for Oxalis, Arbutus; Bombylius major for Trientalis, Collomia), but in the midst of large expanses of conifer forest they are virtually absent. The major pollinators in these situations probably are primitive nematoceran gnats and midzes and occasional bumblebees, Bumblebees inhabiting these regions are so infrequent that they have not been well-studied; there may be special forest-adapted species (perhaps Bombus caliginosus, B. sitkensis) that are able to locate flowers in low-light conditions and characteristically have very small colony populations due to the brevity of the blooming season. The only frequent flower visitors in these situations are the primitive flies. Their extremely small size and poor powers of flight apparently render them extremely inefficient pollen vectors, but under conditions in which they are the only potential vectors, they presumably exert a major vector influence in the community. Asarum (Vogel 1973) and Aristolochia are pollinated by fungus gnats attracted to the flower by scents resembling their normal mushroom food sources, In the mixed evergreen forest of the Coast Ranges, there are many more herbs on the forest floor and consid- erably more sundapples, Pollinators are infrequent, but bumblebees (Bombus spp.), beeflies (Bombylius major), and solitary bees (Andrena spp. and its inquiline cuckoo-bee parasite, Nomada spp.) are the most significant o Several species of as yet unstudied solitary bees may be found to be at least facultative specialists in localized regions (e.g., Andrena nigrihirta on Dentaria californica and Dialictus ornduffi on Jepsonia, 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 315 vectors, All vectors are active primarily in the earlier spring; none are known to be specialists. The most massive floral resource is Arbutus menziesii. Within the forest it is pollinated primarily by Bombus edwardsii, although long-distance pollination by nectar-feeding chickadees and hummingbirds is significant. Unlike most other bumblebee species, 3. edwardsii along the central coast may remain active all winter long, presumably existing on stored food harvested during the previous season, and is apparently at maximum colony size during the Arbutus bloom, at which time it produces enormous quantities of sexuals and disbands to start new colonies (Moldenke, unpublished data). In the montane and subalpine forest belts, forest floor pollination is primarily mediated by bumblebees and the solitary Osmia bees, Osmia is primarily associated with legumes (Vicia, Lathyrus, Lupinus) and composites (Wyethia, Helianthella, Agoseris) and is most abundant in areas of disturbance or regions bordering mountain meadows. Osmia carries the collected pollen on the undersurface of its abdomen and hence is an extremely efficient pollinator of the upward projecting stigmas of these two plant families. Numerous species of bumblebees reside in montane forests and visit nearly all flower types; they are most abundantly associated with the Leguminosae, Hosaceae and Compositae. With increasing altitude, bumblebees become much less abun- dant as much of the forest understory drops out; nevertheless, they assume nearly the entire pollination function as most other vector types drop out completely. Andrena, Nomada and Bombylius are important, especially at altitudes less than 2,000 meters, In more open montane forest types (e.g., ponderosa pine), a great deal of direct sunlight reaches the forest floor and a much wider diversity of flower types and colors exists than in the previously discussed forest types; annual plants are often abundant. Pollinators generally are not specialists; if so, they are usually specialists to the family level only (roses, legumes, composites). In the most open forest types, such as oak-woodland, understory plants aften assume at least ninety percent cover and pollinators of all groups are abundant. Wind pollination is frequent in the understory, with few self-incompatible outcrossing species (e.g., Bromus laevipes), but numerous self- compatible facultative selfers (e.g., Festuca, Stipa, Elymus, most annual Bromus). Butterfly (composites, Monardella) and hummingbird (Grossularia, Ribes, Delphinium, Monardella, Penstemon, Erysimun) pollination 318 Petey POL (OcGalok Vol. 34, no. CENTRAL CALIFORNIA Table 3, Dore Tioga Pass Mather Stanford University Alpine Subalpine Nid-elevation Sea Level Talus Grass-Chap- For- Chap- For- Oak Grass- Tundra Meadow Forest Scree land arral est arral est wdld land ee Hf hel 20 13. 26 98. 40. 37. S56 . 41. 5 ene soy 27% 9% «19% 20: 40% G2s 30% 42% 17% 45% 41% (speclalice Bee) 11 9 14 27. «28 22 2) «6 Ae ee 15% 6% 10% 15% 28% 37% 13% 19% 2% 16% 20% acteceen eines / reeig 50.97 5 8-10 +1 eS 2% OR 17% 7% 13% «68> _ 14m |) Semone anaize 18 22-26 Ao ale eran ea 8: 2.99) Sigh Bunt 24% «15% «19% 22% 12% 47% 21% 8% 18% 15% 10% * / hints 2 9 16° 14 324 Tee gaan eee ae gat 2% 5% 16% «23% «=SO«17%~=—é<“‘(DKO%)SOCSR (20% 1 / hn 4 6 ‘len keane 9 19. See eae eee a 5% 6% 13% 415% 5% 20% 5% 10% 16% 1 ety Tha Whar 3 faa 5 5°\ Shes sae oe W pe 1% 0% 92% 7% | axe. \6y ” ogee igeae Ps 6 a0 4 ise ose P12 7 7° 01 Ee ee Burren ny By 2% «4% Be 13% «20%~=—«‘ COCO 2 he eo 2)" Sao te/ / 2 i sae ie ei 4 24-20 isn e ae l 3 6 ad? nye Busey Ey 5% «16% ~—«d16% Bi sha) ee ee eMiee 2% 3% 1 ae ee eet ip aaoe 2 7 ¢.4 ee Syrphic FUY 12 2% ee ee, a | a; ey ee 3 aU ane Ws ath Paz 5 1: oo ceeeee Me cnaaid’| Adee hee SET te 6x.) 1%) tae” ae oO 7a ae epee hae 19 50 37 38. 31 7. 22... 11, S20meteeres 25% 35% 29% 20 31% «412k 12% 12% %19% 18% 16% oe 29 28 30 6 42 4 4?) 14 Habitual Selfer: oy sy 22x ask) 42¢) 7x 258” 15k) Ey eee 2 Ae: ne te Ah l 6 4. “ey See (Obligate Selfer) 2, 5% Ok La an) er? ee; ee, es 6 mo. ie. ta 2 1 ee Apomictic 8% 8% 6% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1% 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 317 CENTRAL SOUTHERN CA Table 3.@ont,) CALIFORNIA ea Pt.Reyes Farallon Islorrey P. Descanso Laguna Ocotillo Sea Leve Scrub Coast Chap. Chap- Mont. Des- Dunes Scrub Burn arral For. ert a a el Solitary Bee 23 / a) Spy 8 a3 = 12% 27% 24g NATE Ae 208 (Specialist Bee) 9 / 24 1g 20 16 24 © 18% 12% © 29% 20% 21% Halictine Bee 18 / 10 i : | 2 2 7% eT ag 1% 2% Bur blebee 81 / 7 Le a SOR f 40% Beefly 5 / 3 1 4 7 2 fe 2% 7% 6% 9% 2% Beetle x / a 3 4 3 2% 3% 2% 4% 3% ite 1 / 1 8 2 2 5 p 1% 1% Brest 3% 4% 2 ] 3 4 1 1 2 Butterfly 1% 3% 2% cy eae 1% 2% eth / / if i / / / : 3 3 ] ] 2 T 3 Muscoid Fly 2% 9% 1% 1s. aay 1% 3% : 6 6 3 3 / / 4 Syrphid Fly 3% 18% 2% 2% 4% : 7 / 4 8 10 6 3 Hummingbird or : and Sphynaid 4% 3% 5% 6 14% 8% 3% ; 32 3 21 16 7 wind 16 13 in 16% 9% 15% 11% 10% 20% 11% 60 31 45 a5 6 Io 44 Habitual Selfer 30% 93% 33% 24% 9% 13% 38% 22 9 12 9 1 3 ; é 7 (Obligate Selfer) 11% 27% 9% 62) UST 4% 6% 4 / Apomictic 2% é ; / : : TABLE 3. Pollinetion Syndromes of California Vegetation Types, Major pollinators within veretation types as determined at sites 0.5 km™ in extent. Figures refer to number of plant species and percent of the resident flora. Follinators utilized are those actually observed, rather than speculation based on flower morph- Clogy. Percentaces sum to more than 100% since some species utilized more than one mode as their usual pattern of repro= duction. specialist bees represent a subset of solitary bee statistics; obligate selfers represent a subset of habitual selfing. From Noldenke (1971, 1975). 318 PHY TOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 4 assumes an important role, Species diversity of both angiosperms and pollinators (particularly bees) approaches the high levels found in the Mediterranean scrub and grassland (Table 1). Chaparral: hard and soft Wind pollination rarely occurs among the shrubs and subshrubs of chaparral (Artemisia, Garrya are exceptions) ; only along the fog-shrouded coast, where pollinators are very scarce, does wind pollination occur for a dominant species (Table 3). Though wind pollination would be facilitated by the low diversity of dominant shrubs, insect and bird pollination is the rule, just as it is in the physiognomically analogous matorral of Chile (Moldenke and Neff, in press), Abundance of insects associated with flowers and species diversity of pollin- ators are extremely high even in small regions (484 species of flower visitors in chaparral at the Stanford University site), eight times the number of species in the adjacent forest and eighteen times the number of individual insect vectors observed, such extremely high diversity and abundance of pollinators must result ina very strong over-all competition by pollinators for plant species, Nearly all chaparral dominants are associated with specialist pollinator taxa, Nevertheless, competition among plant species for some of the more mobile and extremely common zeneralist pollinators has resulted in the evolution of distinct, mutually exclu- Sive anthesis times (Mooney, 1972; Moldenke, unpublished data), This exclusivity of blooming periods is facili- tated by the extremely large root systems of Mediterra- nean scrub species (Mooney,1972), enabling scrub species to tap stored water supplies well into the summer drought. Species that have been forced to bloom in the earliest part of the year, when it is frequently too wet and cold for pollinator activity, are extremely poorly pollinated and are self-incompatible (e.s., Osmaronia, Dirca); they are not associated with specialist pollinators. Almost all chapRaral shrubs are genetically incom- patible, or, if compatible (e.g., Diplacus) or undeter- mined (e.g., Eriodictyon), they are heavily outcrossed by extremely abundant pollinators and possess mechanical adaptations which decrease the potential for selfing. Most chaparral shrub species are very heavily visited by pollinators; all groups are present in abundance, Aesculus is of particular interest because it is pollina- ted by butterflies (Zuphydryas, Strymon) and sphyngid moths, All species of Aesculus secrete a nectar that is poisonous to bees, interfering with the normal develop- ment of the larva (Benseler, 1968). 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 319 The most significant features of the chaparral permitting the extraordinary abundance of bee species are the absence of ground cover, providing ample nesting sites for ground-nestinzg species, and the frequency of fires, which continually renews supplies of dead branch- es for twig-nesting species. In mature chaparral, the very few annuals which occur under the canopy are self- compatible and extremely heavily outcrossed by nectar- ing bees or parasites patrolling suspected bee nest sites. Just after a burn, annuals and geophytes represent the entire floral resource. iWiost species are capable of selfing and usually are forced to do so in the absence of large numbers of recolonizing pollinators, though some of the most abundant species are genetically inconm- patible (e.g., Brodiaea, Corethrogyne, and certain species of Orthocarpus, Salvia, and Amsinckia)., However, within two to three years after a fire, large pollinator diversities build up (Moldenke and Neff, 1976) and some species of fire-sprouted forbs are then heavily visited by specialist and generalist vectors in great abundance (e.g., Phacelia, Lotus, Lupinus, Penstemon), Emmenanthe penduliflora, an obligate fire-sprouted annu- al, is usually limited in appearance to the very first year after a fire; two specialist bee pollinators (Protodufourea wasbaueri and Conanthalictus seminiger) have coevolved with this plant. Since the bees are not known to remain in aestivation until activation by fire, it is unclear how they are capable of relocating a resource during subsequent years or how this association might have originally evolved. Unlike most other California vegetation types, the chaparral exhibits some nocturnal moth pollination (Aesculus, Adenostoma, Heteromeles, Prunus)associated with masses of small white flowers. There are often large populations of bumblebees, which are particularly significant as pollinators in the cool, early spring. At Mather, I have even observed queen bumblebees forag- ing on Arctostaphylos during a clear night at midnight with 15 cm of snow still on the ground. There is often a@ high diversity and abundance of halictine bees (often- times semisocial colonial units) in chaparral, which are efficient pollinators when facultatively specialized due to the nonoverlapping anthesis seasons. sSphecid wasps are frequent flower visitors in the Sierra Nevada, 320 Pe Y CEOs OnG ok Vol. 3h, no. Grasslands The floral productivity of California gusslands varies greatly from year to year as a function of rain- fall. Harvester ant seed predation also continuously alters the distribution and relative abundance of flower types. Under all conditions, anemophily is the domin- ant form of pollination. Though only 16%-31% of the species are wind-pollinated in any local region, most of the dominant species, comprising 20%-40% of the floral biomass, are Wind=-pollinated., The grasslands were originally dominated by Stipa, which is apparently heav- ily outcrossed, although genetically capable of selfing. Nearly all the common grasses today, including the introduced weedy species, are generally outcrossing facultative selfers, exceptions being Koeleria cristata, Poa scabrella, and Lolium perenne, which are genetically incompatible, The diminutive species often found in serpentine areas (Festuca spp., Plantago erecta) are often cleistogamous, as are many of the small individuals of sromus mollis. Certain dominant grassland forbs are genetically incompatible (e.g., Lasthenia chrysostoma, Layia platyglossa, zschscholzia californica, Orthocarpus densiflora, Brodiaea Spp.), But the overwhelming major- ity of species are compatible (79%; Moldenke 1971). habitual selfers are most abundant in grassland com- munities (41%-42% of the serpentine grassland flora at Stanford and the mountain meadow at Camp Mather; Table 3). Many of these habitual selfers are in reality obligate cleistogamous selfers (Achyrachaena mollis, Astragalus gambellianus, Lupinus concinnus, Lepidiun nitidum, amsinckia menziesii, Orthocarpus pusillus). . oDighteen per- cent of the species are obligate selfers, a level in excess of that observed in other vegetation types, and approached only by the annual constituent of the dune scrub and coastal sage (9%#-17%). Obligate selfers in grasslands usually bloom before the period of activity of the polli- nators, At Stanford, pollinator diversity and biomass starts to rise noticeably during the first week in April; by this time, 68% of the 27 obligate selfers have nearly finished blooming, The usual grassland pollinators are solitary and semisocial bees, beeflies and butterflies, Hummingbirds are scarce (present on Delphinium spp, and Salvia carduacea), Nocturnal pollination is very infrequent. There are generally large numbers of specialist-feeding pollinators, Many sympatric, congeneric specialist bee species occur on the dominant species, particularly Andrena in the spring and Megachile and Melissodes in 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 321 the summer; the mechanisms by which they escape extinc- tion through competition are unknown, Whether the high diversity of pollinators confers any type of pollination benefit to the plant (such as predictability under all climates) is also unknown. Most of the pollinator groups associated with California grassland communities are derived from basic Nearctic pollinator stock, except for some of the later summer groups, which have evolved from the fauna associated with Tropical Middle American and Madro-Tertiary Geofloras (Moldenke 1976). Diversity of pollinators in native grasslands is extremely high, Many species are extremely abundant but often highly localized. Diversity often increases in oak savanna habitats as the shade extends the length of the blooming seasons and branches permit the existence of twig-nesting solitary bees, hot Deserts Annual variability of floral production is extreme in desert ecosystems, Paradoxically, years characterized by abundant annual plants are usually characterized by extremely few pollinators; years of low precipitation and few flowers are apparently characterized by high diversity and abundance of pollinators. s#ntomologists have long wondered whether these observations were the artificial result of an alternating concentration and dilution effect produced by the distribution of resources, or if the observations reflected the real abundance of pollinators. My own studies and unpublished ones of Neff imply that the real abundance of pollinators does indeed fluctuate greatly from year to year, Years of cool, wet winters are most propitious for C3 annual plants; however, cool weather is thermally most difficult for the activity of cold-blooded pollinators, High winds characteristic of spring on the Colorado and Mojave Deserts are very detrimental to pollinator activity. Nearly all the dominant plants are genetically incompatible and outcrossed during years of high pollinator abundance, Nearly all the annual plants (exceptions include Camissonia, Oenothera) are geneti- cally compatible and the great majority of populations self in all but the years of pollinator abundance. Floral size diminishes and genetic compatibility evolves as Widespread angiosperm genera enter desert regions (e.g., Eschscholzia californica/E. minutiflora). Desert regions are characterized by high bee diversity over a wide geographic extent, but on a small scale fewer species are present (87 in 0.5 km“) than in 322 Poll YoTsOcLi0sG Tih Vol. 34, no. the chaparral (161 species), grasslands (153 species), or open montane forest (145 species; Table 1). More than 60% of the desert bee species are probably specialist feeders; they are associated with both perennial and annual floristic elements. In addition to solitary bees, beeflies and wasps play an important role in desert pollination systems, Eummingbirds are rare in deserts and are usually confined to mountain canyons where trees and shrubs may tap significant water flow, There, the syndrome of the large, nectar-laden flower coevolved with hummingbirds, is evident in such taxa as Fouguieria, Agave and Chilopsis. In regions of bimodal rainfall, the summer and winter annuals are confined to only one season by germin- ation and metabolic requirements. Similarly, most pollinators are limited to one or the other blooming season; spring season bees are generally derived from the Nearctic fauna while summer season bees are often Neotropical in derivation (Linsley 1958). ‘There are no common large supergeneralized pollinators active in both seasons in the deserts of California. zZven bees that are active in both rainy seasons (some Colletes and Perdita obliqua, a Prosopis specialist) produce two distinct generations during the year (Simpson et al. 1976). Wind pollination is confined to several shrubs (e.g¢., Simmondsia, Franseria), infrequent subshrubby perennials (eves Stillingia, Tetracoccus), and grasses that bloom in response to summer rains. The shrubs have evolved either monoecy or dioecy to facilitate outcrossing; the grasses are often cleistogamous, Many of the Amaranthaceae and Chenopodiaceae in the shadscale scrub and alkalai sink communities are wind-pollinated but apparently habitually self when present in low density. Two special features of desert pollination in California are crepuscular pollination and the substi- tution of oils for flower nectar, Several desert plants open their flowers in the late afternoon or the very early morning (e.g., Onagraceae, Cucurbitaceae, Nicotiana, Hesperocallis). Before the flowers wilt during the heat of the desert day, they are pollinated by large, heavily insulated. facultatively thermoregulatory insects such as sphinx moths and bees of the genera Peponapis, Xenoglossa, Xylocopa, Caupolicana and Andrena (Onagandrena). Crepuscular pollination in the other regions of California is limited to closely related species descended from these desert plant taxa, exceptions being Aesculus and Chlorogalum. The Krameriaceae and Malpighiaceae are pollinated exclusively by female Centris (Paracentris) 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 323 bees, which collect the oil produced by these plants as ao: a for their young (Simpson, Neff and Siegler re Alpine and subalpine vegetation types Alpine regions of California are characterized by several distinct types of pollination systems (Moldenke 1975). In all of them, the relative percentage of generalist pollinators, by individual count or biomass, is extremely high, while total diversity of all pollin- ator groups is very low, especially beeflies and solitary bees. Anthomyiid flies, butterflies and bumblebees are the groups effecting most pollination. The strongest emphasis on anemophily in California occurs in subalpine marsh-meadows, where 41% of the species are wind-pollinated. High diversity of sedges, rushes, and grasses militates against efficient wind pollination; however, most species are genetically compatible (all Juncus, Luzula, monoecious Carex and most alpine grasses) and capable of apomictic propagule or vegetative propagation. Except for the locally abundant Heleocharis vauciflora, which occurs on shifting gravel banks of mountain meanders, all marsh- meadow residents are rather long-lived perennials, Reproduction by seeds is apparently extremely infrequent. Pollinators are virtually absent in marsh-meadows, Nearly all insect pollination occurs through the agency of extremely inefficient (very poor flower constancy ) anthomyiid flies of the genera Hylemya, Pogonomyia and Lasiops. Occasional bumblebees and butterflies stray into the marshes and, as individuals, probably accom- plish a level of outcrossing equivalent to several hundred flies. Widespread composite genera abundantly visited by diverse insect pollinators are represented in the marshes by predominantly selfed species (Senecio subnudus, S. pauciflorus and Erigeron lonchophyllus). Normally outcrossed taxa (i.e., Castilleja culbertsonii, Pedicularis groenlandica) are much more frequently visited by bumblebees when growing only a few feet away from talus communities than when they occur centrally in marshes, Talus scrub communities are characterized by a low diversity and abundance of pollinators, when com- pared to lower elevations; nevertheless, they support most of the species (86%) and nearly a majority of the pollinator individuals (49%) found in high alpine situations (Moldenke 1971, 1975). By species count, 32h PHYTO LOGLTrA Vol. 34, no. the largest number of bees are specialist flower pollin- ators, but all of them are so rare as to comprise collec- tively only 28% of the bee fauna by biomass. Their extremely low population sizes and patchy distributions indicate that they apparently suffer frequent local population extinction and must recolonize., Most specialist taxa in the high alpine community types of the sierra levada are apparently derived from the Great Basin (e.g., Anthocopa spp., specialists on Penstemon) and are characterized by wide elevational distributions on the east face of the Sierra Nevada, There are no moderately specialized bee species (oligophags); such species are abundant at low elevations, where they account for about 60% of the bee fauna. At middle eleva- tions, generalists, extreme specialists and oligophags are equally represented (Moldenke 1975). At extreme elevations, however, climatic fluctuations are so severe and unpredictable that the jack-of-all-trades generalist is the most efficient competitor in light of fluctuating plant abundances, Though floral biomass is not pronouncedly reduced over levels censused at lower elevations, pollinator abundance is much lower in subalpine vegeta- tion types (115,000 individuals in chaparral scrub at Stanford; 13,000 individuals in talus scrub at Tioga Pass; Moldenke 1971, 1975). Very severe competition among flowering plants for the available pollinators results in many species remaining unvisited. Self- compatibility among perennial plants reaches its highest levels (X = 80%) in high-elevation California. Many plants are forced to self habitually (45%) and apomictic reproduction is frequent (Moldenke 1975). Some species in normally entomophilous genera and many apparently anemophilous plants are entirely cleistogamous or apomictic (e.g., Poa rupicola, Melica bulbosa, #Zrigeron compositus, Calamaerostis purpurascens, Arnica spp., Antennaria spp, The very strong omnipresent winds militate against “wind pollination and produce physio- logically stressful conditions for flying insects. Pollinator taxa at altitudes of more than 4,000 m are usually species distributed in the far north of Canada as well, The uniqueness of the breeding systems of the alpine flora is apparent in an examination of ploidy levels. Nearly 78% of the flora (Moldenke 1973, 1975) is poly- ploid., Furthermore, many of the taxa are greater than hexaploid, Though there are many explanations proposed for the evolution of polyploidy, the correlations Stebbins (1971) draws between polyploidy and the cyclic glaciation of the Sierra Nevada seems the most ecologi- cally relevant. 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 325 Floral diversity measured in terms of ide is notice- ably higher in alpine communities than at lower eleva- tions (average of all communities at Stanford, 2.62; Kliather, 2.62; Tioza Pass, 3.19; and Dore Crest, 3.26). Since disproportionate relative abundances decrease values of H diversity, and since such disproportionate census counts are usually correlated with annual plants, this increasinz floral diversity value at nigher alti- tudes can be shown to be directly correlated to decreasing abundance of annual plants at hizher altitudes. Annual plant species comprise 21% of the flora at sea level, 15% at 1,300 m, 6% at 3.000 m and were not observed at altitudes of 4,000 nm. Coastal vegetation types Portions of the northern coastal scrub, coastal Sage, coastal prairie, salt marsh and dune communities on the windward slope of the Coast Hanges or along bluffs adjacent to the ocean, have an exceedinzly depauperate pollinator fauna and for convenience are best considered together here, Coastal pollination conditions are similar to those in the high alpine except that the blooming season is not shortened, Moderating ocean breezes and generally omnipresent wind and fos hamper poikilotherm pollinator activity. On coastal bluffs and stabilized dunes. pollination is generally limited to thermoregulatory bumblebees, Anthophora bees, and hummingbirds. From Point Lobos northward, the majority of the pollinators are disjunctly distributed in the digh Sierra Nevada as well and thence continuously northward to Alaska and the Northwest Territories (Stephen 1955). Inland of immedi- ate coastal exposure, the pollinator fauna of northern coastal scrub and coastal sage shifts to a depauperate chaparral fauna of very low density. Wind pollination predominates in all salt and estuarine marshes; chasmogamous marsh forbs are pollin- ated by muscoid flies and bembicine sand wasps (z. Schlinger, pers. comm,) but nearly all are capable of habitual selfing, The muscoid flies and the occasional small-bodied solitary bees which live along the coast are restricted in the time of day and the number of days in which they can be active, by the presence of coastal fog. As one moves northward along the Pacific Coast, pollina- tor activity decreases and along with it total species abundance (79 solitary bee species at Torrey Pines, c s oe =o (relative abundance, ) (ln relative abundance, ) EE 326 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. 42 species at Point Heyes). Unlike alpine environments, in which the total growing season for verennials is severely limited, many species of self-incompatible coastal perennials (e.2., Lupinus arboreus, sesembryanthemum chilensis, sriophyllum staechadifolium, #schscholzia californica) are able to set outcrossed seed in this pollinator-poor environment by extending the period of anthesis nearly year-round, Annual plants, aodundant under the canopy of the coastal scrub, respond to the perpetual lack of pollinators by the evolution of cleistogamy and obligate selfing; 10% of the coastal flora is cleis- togamous while only 5% is cleistogamous in the chaparral, Showier flowers are required even for limited outcrossing in coastal exposures, where pollinators are limiting (ei, 255 spilobium watsoni, Oenothera hookeri, Amsinckia spectabilis, Plaziobothrys reticulatus, Orobanche grayana var, violacea, Mimulus guttatus var. grandis) than are required by closely related taxa in the chaparral where heavy outcrossing can be achieved with minimal floral size. Offshore pollination has been studied at the Farallon Islands (Moldenke 1971 and 1975). Nesting oceanic birds (e.g., Larus occidentalis) utilize every scrap of vegetation and flotsam for nest-building; therefore, the flora is restricted to annual plants which must bloom and produce mature seed prior to the gull nesting season beginning in late April. During this period, drizzle and strong winds are frequent. The usual pollinator groups are entirely absent except for one species of migratory butterfly (Vanessa cardui) and an abundant hoverfly. All the native species and successful introductions are genetically compatible and selfing is the usual method of reproduction for all of them, The beaches and surrounding rocky ridges are inundated with "clouds" of seaweed flies (fucellia evermanni); some of these flies visit the flowers of Sperguleria macrotheca and Lasthenia minor ssp. maritima and may vector pollen between individuals. Along the immediate mainland coast L. minor is self-compatible, but it is outcrossed by locally frequent but unpredic- table vector species (the largest, blackest, and hairiest of the specialist pollinators, Andrena chlorosoma, in particular). Lasthenia species of the interior grass- lands are genetically incompatible and heavily visited by specialists as well as generalists. However, on the offshore islands, pollinators are virtually absent and L. minor has nearly lost its attractive ray florets and is generally self-pollinated before the disc florets have 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 327 opened, Lasthenia glaberrima of the marshes has also lost its ray florets and incompatibility in the absence of its normally abundant bee pollinators (Ornduff 1966). COMPARATIVS FEATURES OF POLLINATOR AVAILABILITY No instances within the California flora are dacumented in which the distribution of a plant species is limited by absence of a suitable pollinator. Nevertheless, over long periods of time the relative abundance and diversity of different pollinator groups must exert a major effect on the success of various plant taxa, Table 3 presents the results of my own studies on the relative abundance of pollinator types in 19 California plant communities. Bees are the most diverse group of pollinators in all the communities studied tae the subalpine marsh- meadow (36 species per 0.5 km“), where anthomyiid flies are most diverse. Anthomyiid flies are as diverse in the other subalpine communities (ca. 45-55 spp.), but bee diversity is proportionately even more diverse (ca, 70-90 spp.). Bee species count reaches its highest levels in low elevation and mid-elevation grassland chaparypal and open forest communities (140-170 spp. per 0.5 km“). Bees generally outnumber (by individuals) all other pollinator groups at the sites; however, beetles are the most abundant groups in chaparral (Stanford and Mather), oak-woodland (Stanford) and montane grassland (Mather) while anthomyiid flies and sawflies outnumber bees in subalpine meadows and forests. Butterflies are most abundant in grasslands (ca. 25). chaparral (ca. 25) and subalpine talus (ca. 50); they are very infrequent in desert (4 spp.) and the coastal sage (3 spp.) of northern Cglifornia. Beeflies average about 20-30 spp. per o.5 km“ throughout California, but are very reduced throughout elevations above 2,000 m, the immediate coast and forest communities. pBeefly abundance is highest in chaparral and grassland communities, reflecting the extreme abundance of Conophanus on Lasthenia, Geron on Eriogonum and Phthiria on Ceanothus, pyrPnid fly diversity averages 15-17 spp. per 0.5 km“; generally reduced levels are found throughout the southern transect and specific reductions are observed in subalpine marsh- meadow and mixed evergreen forest. Hoverflies are most abundant in serpentine and mid-elevation grasslands and mid-elevation chaparral, supeodes volucris, a generalist, is an extremely important pollinator of the early spring Colorado Desert ecosystem. Wasps are abundant flower visitors in many California communities (except for alpine and coastal regions) and characteristically demonstrate the highest diversity levels in Mediterranean 328 PHY. 2 O2/0.G TA Vol. 34, no. and desert scrub. Hummingbirds and sphinx moths are undiverse throughout all California; they occur in highest abundance in the chaparral and talus scrub communities, where deep tap-rooted shrubs provide them with the most predictable resources. Humminzsbird, syohyngid and bumblebee abundance is subject to extreme fluctuation seasonally and annually. Hummingbirds and the most abundant sphyngids are migra- tory; they are limited to the spring season in desert regions, building up to their highest abundances in the alvine communities by late summer, sbumblebees are vari- able in abundance in all regions; factors controlling their abundance have not yet yielded to analysis. Total pollinator diversity is highest in scrub communities in all locations, generally 25%-33% higher than grasslands, Diversity is cut by 50% in coastal communities (ca. 105 spp. per 0.5 km“) from that observed in adjacent chaparral, Diversity plummets in arctic- alpine and mixed-everzgreen forest to a low of ca. 70 species, Pollinator abundance is highest at Mather (X = 230,000 km™“), drops slightly at Stanford (160,000 km7* discounting evergreen forest) and then precipitously to 46,000 a at San Diego, 21,000 km-? at Point Reyes, 18,000 km~* at subalpine Tioga Pass, 12,000 km~ in mixed-evergreen forest and 3,500 km™* in the arctic-alpine. Within the limits of confidence imposed by our estimates of biomass, most communities support rather similar levels of pollinator biomass; biomass is highest in the Mather chaparral (by a factor of 2x), drops by a factor of 50% in subalpine forest and San Diego coastal sage and 90% in subalpine marsh-meadow and mixed evergreen forests. Since bee species participate in the pollination of more than 95% of the insect pollinated plants of Cali- fornia, it is especially important for entomologists to TABLE 4, Distribution of bee groups in Ssiotic Rezions of California, Total number of specialist-feeding bee species and number of resident plant renera associated with special- ists 1s indicated, Total specialist bee species is highest in desert regions, though total bee species is highest in cismontane southern California. Different bee families have evolutionarily radiated to a differen- tial extent within the different biotic realms, All numbers represent our best approximations based on the data summarized in Moldenke and Neff (1974). 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 329 Table 4. TRANSMONTANE Northern Great WSs 1p sto] 2 21 720 SOS ZS Wiz) 1S Great pagent WA AVA A) al WEY I i Gh WS 179 |) 14 Owens moe 120 DESERT.” Mojave Desert 29 |29 1] 101 80 1105 |103 Colorado Desert | 27 | 22 | 137 92 |104 MONTANE Trinities and 17 143 Siskyous Alpine Sierras 15 118 Northern Sierras |23 }70 Southern Sierras 20 |80 Montane and alpintl2 | 53 So. California pollinators Colletidae Andreninae Panurginae Melittidae Halictidae Megachilidae Anthophoridae Total Bee Species Plant genera with specialist pollin. Total specialist Apidae Sn SS eee ZOASTAL Dunes and Sage 10 | 30 SJ Gkehe | 2eseal 25) Mie) = as aes ESS MEDITERRANEAN No. Coast Ranges |16 |60 9} 0 | 61 1114 1/106 {11 S77 WSS) S24}; So. Coast Ranges {21 |96 | 40 } 2 | 89 {132 {132 | 8 520 || 44 |)262 Cismontane ZENS 4S Mceo PL oelsGe lied 555 1147 1/253 So. California Northern Central |13 |48 Or 41 45 | 72 |10 238 |}29 1}108 Grassland Southern Central 19 184 | 30 t J af eels | faskOh || 77 282 {136 {1161 Grassland 330 Per oLr oars Vol. 34, no. document their pattern of geographical distribution. Table 4 shows that the highest diversity of bees is associated with arid and semiarid regions (data taken from Moldenke and Neff 1974). Though faunal species diversity is highest for desert regions, most species are infrequently encountered yielding the characteristic pattern of low species diversity within 0.5 km’ areas observed in the Colorado Desert, Sonoran Desert and the Atacama (Moldenke and Neff, in press); species encoun- tered are often in high abundance, Bee diversity is lowest along the immediate coast, the high Sierra Nevada, the rainforests of northern California and the Great Basin (the latter two regions have been very poorly collected and studied and these areas may be under- represented). Specialist coevolved bees are most abun- dant in desert, grassland and chaparral communities; generalists most abundant in coastal, forest and alpine communities. Table 5 records our present knowledge of the host associations and distribution of specialist pollinators (Moldenke and Neff 1974). POLLINATION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE CALIFORNIA FLORA Data collected from a cross-indexing of Moldenke and Neff (1974) which includes all host data on bees in California insect collections and the results of the first five years of our own community pollination research is presented in Figure 1. Plant species exhibit a wide range of success at attracting pollinators, as measured either by total number of vector species or total number of vector individuals. These data points are not robust, but they are all that is available. Relative position on the graph is undoubtedly a true portrayal for nearly all the genera listed, but the numbers are not particularly meaningful and should not be thought to indicate significant differences between plant genera located within similar portions of the curve. FIGURE 1, Abundance and diversity of Bee Pollinators of California Plant Genera, Figures represent a cross-indexing of all documented records of bee flower visitation presented in Moldenke and Neff (1974) and all of my own subsequent studies (Moldenke 1976 and unpublished). Numbers refer to generic designations cited in Appendix and represent the 44 most abundantly bee-pollinated genera in California. The 133 genera poorly pollinated by bees are too dendely clustered to represent separately; the symbol ® denotes several separate genera with the same abundance of vector species and individuals, Therefore, 343 genera of Cali- fornia are without documented native bee pollinators. 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 331 OO] Vector species oO © @ a @ co) ioc. 8 a © @-e. & ee e e wa 7 ae © e ae we a3 ee e ooo” Se e e gv eeee 7 @?%%ee e e a obit “ee 3° em a ~ “Sens = wo we roe —- as ce eee eee = Fe? -s2e8 (es x id 4 a roe. ce = 7 ® e®? ee? o ‘i ecco % & ES &) ” ‘ e «20s e e a © @ %e e ee coe = 8 ° rae "aS ee0%t 4 e° ocd co : . - e we e ° e ° o- ° e eee e ° ° = © oe, ¢ e a e ° ee e e se 69) 75S" a fs e A : 6 e ue @ >i e e ‘s ee = e cee e@ Ra R — e =yo® (2) ma} eS 3G o (e) oe 2 Mong [@) =f a ao ro) = 2 Re © Soe NY OOF @ a = ane ] o Has anfq a [9 on, Ee WOrm On = er = an > © na ® qt e no u ao pO a are pe a a S ny nS @ Figure 1. 000'O! 332 PHY PYOL0 GIs Vol. 34, no. Hegretably, I know of no manner in which this data can be correlated to plant abundance or relative floral biomass on a state-wide scale since no relevant censuses or reliable estimates exist. Many plants with the highest visitation rates are not abundant plants, and as such represent "cornucopia species" (e.g., Phacelia, Rhamnus, sriodictyon, Lotus, Cirsium, Clarkia, Penstemon and Sphaeralcea). These heavily visited taxa represent less than 9% of the tabulated flora and a mere 4% of the entire entomophilous California flora; their uniqueness remains to be examined in quantitative and qualitative chemical nutritional terms. Figure 1 demonstrates that 133 of the tabulated insect-pollinated genera are very poorly pollinated by bee taxa, More than 75% of these taxa are not pollin- ated by other types of pollinators and are self-compatible (or suspected of being so) and most appropriately should be treated as habitual selfers. Thus a total of about 25% of the chasmogamous nonwind-pollinated genera of California is clearly unsuccessful in competition for pollinators. within this group of losers there are two clear components: (1) compatible taxa which compete evolutionarily by inbreeding population dynamics and short life cycles; (2) incompatible perennial taxa which can balance low visitation rates by lone life cycles. This dichotomy should be apparent in the nutritional characteristics of the nectar produced. Ten taxa display a disproportionate number of increased abundance of vector individuals relative to total vector species. The great success of relatively few taxa upon a particular floral resource implies that the resource may be difficult for generalists to utilize, but that successful exploiters are able to build up to very large populations in the absence of competition. Three of these species bloom considerably before bee diversity is apparent (e.g., Arbutus, Cynoglossum and — FIGURZ 2, Abundance and Diversity of Specialist Bee Pollinators of California Plant Genera. Figures represent a cross-indexing of all documented records of specialist bee flower visitation presented in toldenke and Neff (1974) and my own subsequent studies (foldenke 1976 and unpublished data). Numbers refer to generic designations used in the Appendix. The suffix "Fr" denotes the inclusion of all "Family-specific" bee visitors (in addition to those which may be generically limited) which have been documented to visit the particular zenus in question. Note the extensive differ- ences in relative abundances of specialist-feeding bees. 1976 Specialist-feeding bee species 90 70 60 50 40 30 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 333 Figure 2. I60F 305F 413 530 300F 645F 240F 629F 7ge ~=—s«‘124 206 197 I45F gE si2F 4I7F 572 37oF Ke) 100 1000 10,000 Individuals of specialist bees 33h PSE SSL Oars Vol. 3h, no. Zigadenus), one genus requires special morphological adaptations for pollen collection (Coldenia) and two others bloom only in the early morning (Anisocoma and Cucurbita). Iwenty-two of the thirty-five California plant genera visited by the larzest number (more than 20 species or more than 1,000 individuals with at least 10 specialist species) of specialist pollinators are compos- ites or legumes (Figure 2). Most of the specialist pollinators of these genera are specific only to the family level, visiting any synchronously blooming species in the appropriate family. These high abundances of specialist pollinators, distributed widely throughout the entire state afford these two groups with an enormous advantage in their reproductive ecology. Character displacement of the anthesis times of congeneric sym- patric plant species would be expected to evolve to facilitate greatly the efficiency of pollination systems utilizing specialist feeding bees which are seldom restricted more narrowly than the generic or subgeneric level. The other plant genera associated with large numbers of specialists are: Lasthenia, Prosopis, Larrea, Camissonia, Malacothrix, Salix, Clarkia, criogonun, Phacelia, heliotropium and Sphaeralcea (Figure Fa WIND POLLINATION Wind pollination is the predominant mode in 18% of the California genera, most (79%) of these fall within the Graminae, Cyperaceae, Juncaceae, Gymnospermae, Amaranthaceae, Chenopodiaceae and Compositae (Ambrosiae). Only Garrya is unrelated to wind-pollinated forms in other regions and seems to be endemic to western North America; other monogeneric wind-pollinated groups are TABLE 5. Host-associations and Distribution of Specialist-reeding Sees in California. Data cited are based on the preliminary studies of Moldenke and Neff (1974). It must be recognized that they represent low estimates, for future studies will undoubtedly elucidate more instances of specialization, and many ceneralist-feeding taxa will be shown to have specialist-feeding geographic races which have not yet been discovered. figures in parentheses are species which, though polylectic, heavily emphasize pollen collection from the genus in question whenever it is available, Tabular symbols » and + represent respectively the possibility of one and two additional specialist bee species, but sufficient corroborative data is lacking presently. 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 335 me} : 5 e = o un" “vn $s cw (o} vs = =o wo ac) ” ow Table 5. Bo gc gan 22 yee ES Be iter - oO Or = ow ow cx ‘—- & Ww ee eee) ges (See eee =e. SB Abronia ] ] Adenostoma Anave ] Arsinckia Arctostaphylos 1(1) 1(1) 1(1) 2(1) 3(1) Arenaria Arger one (1) ] 1 Cacteceae 5 6 8* Calochortus ] ] 4* ] ] 1 Calystegia Camissonia 2(*) i) 2(* Wit) a4 1 Cénparidaceae 5(* 4(*) 1(*) Ceanothus 1(3) (2) (1) (1) 3(3) Cercidiun/Olneya (4) 1(13) Clarria 3 5 Coldenia 1] Collinsia ] ] Compositae 49 48 Nes 67° 61* 30 26 42* Compesitae (3) (4) (4) (3) (3) (4) (4) (6) Cordylanthus Cowania 1* Crceton ] 3 Cryptentha 2 1 7 1] 6 2 Cruciferae Cucurbita 1 3 4 3} Dalea Ms 9(1)* 12(2)* “Sandelions" 3 3 10 7 6 2 Deiphinium Cicentra certaria Emrenanthe Eriastrum ] 1(1) ] tricaceae ] Erindictyon 2 Eriogonum 5 10 1] ] Fee ee Eee Eschscholzia 2 5 4(1) Eucnide ] Euchorpia 3 ji hecrelia () teliotropium ] 1 1 eee enn Se ee ee Jessonia Larrea 8(4) 14(5) = 14(4) Lastnenia ] Layia Leguminosae 14 im 16* Te* 13 14 15 19 we Se: 5 RT AA Ce “did OC ee las OMA re | Leguminosae (9) (6) (4) (3) (3) (8) (3) (18) Lepecninia Lepidiun ] ] 1 Lesquerella 1 Limnantnes 1 > O ee eo ee e_—oec 336 PRY Te Or OrG er 7k Vol. 3h, no. ig o wv = fc = = oO = oo Cs) 0 = Oo » — je 1S i. s e 7.) i") moe » ” wow Q -r- - oO oO Peer = c Table 5. a sae 2 So 80 G3 ‘Gano ra) Po u“ fea) fea) EO - - = is Cc ° wo TAS — “nn - _—_— _— oo 2° oO ow ow oS. ow ow =A a oO mat na on => n> Abronia Adenostoma 1 2(1) 20), gee) Asave Ar-sinckia (1) (1) 2 1(1) 1(1) Arctcstaphylos 4(1) 3(1) 2(1) 2(1) 2(1) Arenaria 1 1 Argerone Cacteceae 1 ] Calechortus 3% 3 ] 5 3 1 4 Calystegia ] 1 ] 1 ] ] Cenissonia ] 2 7 ] 7) 15 2 10 Cenpparidaceae ] Ceerothus 5(3) 5(3) WG) sie) 3(4) 7(4) Cercidiun/Olneya Ciarria 3 4(1) 7(1) 3(1) 2 4 Coldenia Collinsia ] ] ] ] Cco-positae 44* 47* 14 34* 45 44 33 Bz Cc-pcsitae Cordylanthus Cowania Crcton Crydtentha Cruciferae Cucurbita Dalea "Candelions” Ceigninium Cicentra Certaria Errenanthe criastrum EFricaceeze Eriocictyon Eriogcnum tsthschnolzia Eucnide Euprersia recrelia Feliotropium Jessonia Larrea Lastnenia Layia Leguinosae Legurincsae Lenecninia Lepidiun Lesquerella Lirnentnes (5) (6) h2): Se) (9) (6) (5) (6) (3) (4) (4) 3 2 1 7 5(1) me 6 1 1 1 1 1 ] (1) 2 \* (2) 4(1) 2(1) 4(2) 5(1) 2 2 2 4 6 1 6 3 4 1 3 6 7 2 9 1 2 2 1 11) 30) (1) 1 3 2 6 7 9 9 i 4 2 2 26 27* 5 18 24 17 nN 13 (17) (17) (5) (7) (19) (17) (4) (6) 1976 Table 5. Linanthus Lycium Malacothamnus Meconella Melilotus Mentzelia Mertensia Mirulus Monardella Nara Nemophila Orthocarpus Pensterion Perideridia Petalonyx Phacelia Phacelia Pnysalis Platystemon Proboscidea Prosopis Potentilla Psoralea Ranunculus Rhamnus Ribes Rosaceae Salix Salvia Sidalcea Sphaeralcea tachys Stephanomeria Symphoricarpos Trichostema Trifolium Umbelliferae Zigadenus Northern £ 3 a » ¥ Cc = ~o Lo Til aad Se wv uw ore ‘= {3 = Oo oa o> ] 3* ] ] ] ] Bs ] 5 6 16* (1) (1) (1) 12(2) a ] 5x 4 3 ] 12 ] ] ] 3 2 2 Moldenke, California pollination ecology ao) i oO 2 oS wo tS) vw ww nn > -& & Tee ov ow cx “un - un —- Ww Qu ow es =a oa Lh A) ] ] 2 6* 8(1) 5 6 2(1) ] ] 17 15 6 (2) 2 1 1 15(2) = 23(3) 5 ] 3 3 7 14* We 2 3 337 oe ‘= = ial a’ @ om soo lre cf Loita) —- & aad ee i= S Sy ig ae a ] ] 2 2 6 4(1) he! 1] (4) ens) 5 2 ] 4 ] 2 1(2) 8 1 3 4 ] 2 338 Pebe¥ oF .0 40,603 ch Table 5. Coastal Linanthus 3 2 2 2 Lycium Malacothamnus 2 2 ] 3) Meconella ] Felilotus Mentzelia Mertensia Mirulus 4 ] Monardella ] 2 ] Nara Nemophila 4 6 iS 5 Orthocarpus (1) Pensteron 6(1) 6(1) GD eee Perideridia ] Petalonyx Phacelia 18* 12 3 1] 17 Phacelia (2) (2) (1) (4) Physalis Platystemon 6 Proboscidea Proscpis Potertilla 3 2 Psoralea Ranunculus 3 3 2(1) 4 Rharnus (2 Now Ribes ] Rosaceae ] Salix 8 5 6 7 Salvia ] Sidalcea 2 ] 2 Sphaeralcea Stachys (1) (1) Stephanoreria ] Symphoricarpos Trichostema (1) (1) (1) Trifolium 4 Umbelliferae ] 3 9 Zigadenus é 9 Cismontane So.Caiiforni fo) * ins) No. Central Valley Valley 5* Mw 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 339 either widespread in adjacent regions or relicts of formerly much wider distribution (e.g., #mpetrum, Forestiera, Simmondsia, Thalictrum, Batis, Oligomeris, Bremocarpus, Tetracoccus, Datisca). Wind pollination is the dominant form of pollination in all California forest and grassland communities. In these communities the dominant plants, with the largest relative biomass of flowers, are all wind-pollinated. Species composition of communities reveals a low of 10% wind pollination in chaparral ecosystems (generally confined to the herb stratum), to a high of 35% in the subalpine marsh-meadow, with most communities averaging about 15%4-22% anemophily in the flora, An average of 27% of the flora at subalpine and alpine localities is wind- pollinated; this percentage drops to 18% at altitudes of 1,300 m and sea level as the general abundance of insect pollinators increases, WATcR POLLINATION The only documented examples of water pollination in the California flora that I am aware of involve species in the Zosteraceae, Zannichelliaceae, Ruppiaceae and Najadaceae, In all cases, except for Ruppia, water pollination is associated with unisexual flowers, These are all very widely distributed plant genera and their pollination adaptations (Faegri and van der Pijl 1966) are not unique to our region, HABITUAL SELFING Eighteen percent of the genera of angiosperms in California are habitual or obligate selfers (not counting any "wind-pollinated" selfers). Most of these genera are in families composed predominantly of small annual plants, many of which are habitual selfers (e.g., Cruciferae, Caryophyllaceae, Boraginaceae, Portulacaceae, Compositae [Inulae])). A large percentage of them are endemic to California and adjacent regions and presumably evolved locally; this particular method of estimating the endemicity of selfing taxa yields a low estimate, Since many normally chasmogamous genera have evolved individual selfing species on numerous occasions in California (e.g., Astragalus gambellianus, Lupinus micranthus, Lotus micranthus). Predominantly selfing genera that have speciated the most noticeably in California are those which are visited occasionally by pollinators (e.g., Cryptantha spp., Eriogonum spp.). Inbreeding population dynamics of themselves does not seem to have noticeably increased evolutionary rate within the California flora though many of the most 30 PEL TOE: O.G 58 Vol. 34, no. diverse genera are genetically compatible (e.g., Mimulus, Gilia s, lato, Potentilla); all of these genera are frequently cross-pollinated, Habitual selfers are most abundant in grassland communities (41%-42% of the flora at Stanford and Camp Mather--Table 2). Relatively high levels of habitual selfing are also found in the annual forbs of the immediate coast (ca. 30% of flora); the subalpine talus (35%), the desert annuals (38%) and the arctic-alpine (39%). Obligate selfing constitutes approximately 5% or less of the flora in all communities, except for high levels in the serpentine grasslands (18%), coastal sage (9%-11%) and subalpine talus (8%). High levels of selfing and obligate selfing are found. of course, in both the weedy and offshore island communities. Habitual and obligate selfing is correlated to annual habit and often associated with climatic conditions under which pollinators are either consistently lacking or periodic- ally in very low abundance. In grasslands, where polli- nators are often abundant, obligate selfers are species which bloom before the period of activity of the pollina- tors. At Jasper Ridge, pollinator diversity and biomass starts to rise noticeably during the first week of April; by this time 68% of the 27 obligate selfers have already nearly finished blooming. The selective pressures forcing such an early period of anthesis upon so many unrelated plants must remain speculative. Bee POLLINATION Of all the forms of animal vectored pollination, pollination by bees is the most significant in all commun- ities based upon the percentage of the flora so dependent (Table 2; Appendix). Bees visit nearly every type of nonwind-pollinated flower morphology, excluding perhaps only some of the more highly modified hummingbird, moth and fly forms. Bees may function as locally important pollinators to seldom-visited plant species because of the plumose pubescence (to which pollen readily adheres) and their strong behavioral tendency to visit the same plant species on subsequent visits. The most generalized opportunistic bee feeders (bumblebees in forest, coastal and alpine communities; halictines in Mediterranean climates and open forest understory) are undoubtedly the most significant outcrossers of plant species in very low abundance or locally common species with inconspicuous flowers and rather low reward levels per flower. These generalist bees function as the most Significant pollination element in California, since in addition to their pollen vectoring for the 86% of the genera on which other vector agencies have not been 1976 Moldcenke, California pollination ecology 31 recorded in Table 1, they efficiently service nearly all the angiosperm genera frequently visited by other sorts of pollinators (including specialized solitary bees). The percentage of the flora they service in any community is a close approximation to the total flora minus the Wind-pollinated forms and obligate selfers, 3Both bumble and halictine bees are extremely significant in the pollination of introduced weedy plants, since the new introductions are either ignored by the native pollinator fauna in native surroundings or all other groups of pollinators from heavily disturbed situations. Halictine bees serve as the primary or sole vector for a rather small percentage of the flora (ca, 5%) in all but the chaparral, talus scrub and grassland communi- ties where they assume a much more significant role (ca, 15%). In the subalpine marsh-meadow and desert communi- ties they are seldom the principal vectoring agency for any plants whatsoever. sumblebees serve as the primary or sole pollinating agency for a much more variable percentage within differing plant communities. They are nearly absent from San Diego County and the desert regions and do not function as exclusive vectors for any plant species whatever, In coastal, montane, alpine or dense forests the percentage of the flora served primar- ily by their agency rises generally to more than 204 (a high of 47% in coastal communities). Solitary bees as a group are the most interesting. Time and time again, coevolutionary relationships have been establisned between specialist-feeding bees and particular host plants. Community analyses have shown (Table 2) that solitary bees are a primary pollinator for an average of 12% of the flora at Point Heyes, 20% at Tioga Pass, 34% along the San Diego County transect, 42% at Stanford University (excluding deep forest), and 51% at Camp Mather (excluding forest). The percentage of plants serviced by specialist solitary bees follows Similar overall site trends but is characterized by a noticeable drop in all forest communities and a peak in chaparral scrub and desert communities, It is a frequent occurrence to observe several species of obligately specialized bees on local populations pollinated exclu- sively by their agency. BeeFLY POLLINATION Beeflies (Bombyliidae) serve as the primary pollin- ator for 10%4-20% of the resident flora in low to middle elevation central California community types; they are insignificant elements in the alpine communities and drop in relative importance (though not abundance) in the 3h2 PH YT OL OG LA Vol. 34, no. communities of southern California. The Compositae (associated with the short-tongued genera Anthrax, Conophorus, Conophanus, #xoprosopa, Poecilanthrax and Villa) and the Borazinaceae and Polemoniaceae (associ- ated with the long-tongued genera sombylius, and the smaller-bodied Oligodranes, Geron, Phthiria) are often intimately associated in close coevolutionary patterns (Grant and Grant 1965). Many of these insects are inquiline parasites on solitary bees as larvae and will be found primarily in regions of large solitary bee abundance; the smaller species are often parasites of Zrasshopper egg cases, ‘“Long-tongued beeflies often hover in front of the flower while feeding and, as such, pollen transfer must be limited to pollen adhering to the proboscis (e.g., Cryptantha). tany members of the Polemoniaceae have strongly exerted anthers and stigmas which contact the hovering insects as they probe the long tubes for nectar, Though many species are "apparently" morphologically adapted for sipping nectar only, most species are suspected of being major pollen consumers as well (A. Moldenke, J. Neff, J. Hall, unpub. observations). Seventy-three genera of California plants are frequented by beeflies and the closely related spider predators, the Acroceridae (Cyrtidae). Acrocerids have immense non-retractile slender proboscises, some- times nearly twice the length of the body. Acrocerids are often the major or sole pollinators of Azalea, srodiaea, Calystegia, Diplacus, Iris and Monardella populations; they also frequent Clarkia, Cryptantha, Eriogonum, Linanthus, Penstemon, Salvia and wWyethia in Significant numbers along with other pollinator groups as well, sBombylius major is a species associated with forest understory communities and exerts a major role in the pollination of 20 genera of plants in these localities and along the immediate coast as well (e.g¢., Arbutus, Arctostaphylos, Cakile, Collomia, Cynoglossunm, Dentaria, Fragaria, Hackelia, Lithophragma, Smilacina, Solanum and Viola). Other species of the genus, and B. major to a lesser extent, are the major pollinators of grassland and desert Polemoniaceae, Boraginaceae, Centaurium and Petalonyx. Of the many genera of fall composites heavily visited by the generally short- tongued Tomophthalmae, all are visited by numerous other vectors as well. Even though visited by numerous solitary bees, Lasthenia is so heavily visited by the genera Conophanus and Conophorus that they must play a very significant role in its reproductive ecology. Few plant genera are obligately dependent upon the vectoring afforded by the tiny Phthiriinae, Gerontinae and Usiinae; Allophyllum, Calycoseris, Kelloggia and Nemacladus are 1976 Molcenke, California pollination ecology 343 the most closely tied, All of the non=forest genera relying upon beefly pollination are genetically compat- ible and capable of selfing in their absence, HOVSRFLY POLLINATION Less than 5% of the flora within all the California Communities we studied relies upon the exclusive pollin- ation of hoverflies (Syrphidae). All of these taxa are small-flowered annual plant Species which would self in the absence of hoverflies and may be outcrossed most frequently by halictine bees at other sites. No instances of close coevolutionary relations between California plants and hoverflies are known to me. In the weedy community, the tiny hoverflies (Paragus, Allograpta) visit many nearly cleistogamous species and may play a Significant role in the genetic recombination of these weed species; syrphids seldom have much facial pubescence and hence may not vector pollen as frequently as their abundance upon flowers might indicate. NPLY", -POLLINATION Various other fly groups assume importance only in rare circumstances, Anthomyiid pollination is pr onounced only in subalpine regions (16% of the forest and marsh-= meadow flora necessitating their vectoring, 8% of the talus community). Flesh-fly pollination has evolved with Scoliopus and is reported for Bebbia, but I doubt its general significance in the latter case. Bebbia may be found in bloom nearly 12 months of the year; usually it is heavily visited by butterflies and composite- associated solitary bees. Coelopid fly pollination is an unstudied possibility in estuarine marshes and offshore islands, presumably no plant not normally self-pollinating relies heavily upon their visitation. Mycetophilid pollination is known only in the Aristolochiaceae in California (Vogel 1973); since this is the general pattern for the family, little special coevolutionary adaptation apparently has occurred in California, Mosqui- tos (particularly males) are extremely inefficient pollen vectors, but may exert an outcrossing effect for the normally self-pollinated genera, Habenaria and Sambucus; in more northerly distributions of these taxa, the vector- ing by mosquitos becomes much more frequent (i.e., Stoutamire 1970). Heuchera and Arceuthobium (Stevens and Hawksworth 1970) rely exclusively on gnat pollination; these adaptations also are ancient adaptations and not uniquely characteristic of the California flora, 3hb PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 4 WASP POLLINATION Forty genera of plants in California are frequently visited by sphecoid and vespoid wasps although only 24 are visited consistently, regardless of local circunm- stances.¢ Plant species relying heavily upon wasp pollination are infrequent throughout California (less than 3% of the resident flora locally, reaching highest levels in chaparral and desert communities (ca. 5%]). The importance of wasps in the pollination of Cryptantha and criogonum depends upon the local abundance of more efficient pollen vectors, but Antennaria, Gnaphalium Cuscuta, Achillea and Baccharis are generally heavily outcrossed by their agency. Scoliid wasps (e.2., Campsomeris) are important pollinators of Mesembryanthenum chilensis both in California and Chile. Asclepias is primarily pollinated by large tarantula-hawks tonevaibae). especially in more southerly locations. The related mimosoid genera Prosopis and Acacia are heavily visited by diverse wasp groups; the latter is primarily wasp pollinated, whereas the former is a cornucopia exploited by many groups of pollinators. Wasps are never associated with papilionaceous flowers except for Maricopodynerus which is a specialist on Dalea (R. Snelling pers. comm.). The extremely abundant social wasps of the tropics (i.e., Mischocyttarus) which visit flowers in enormous abundances are not found associated with flowers in California, Only the masarid wasps (Pseudomasaris spp.) utilize floral resources as the sole provision for the young in a dependency closely analogous to bees. Pseudomasaris vespoides is specific to Penstemon, while the other species frequent specifically Phacelia and Zriodictyon. Though the flora may not have coevolved with a reciprocal dependency, this diverse genus is distributed only in Madro-Tertiary regions of western North America (Torchio 1975). The primitive sawflies (Tenthredinidae) are impor- tant pollinators of hemophila, Phacelia, Polygonum bistortoides, Salix, Sambucus and Valeriana. s#xcept for the hydrophyllaceous genera, these genera are closely associated with sawfly pollination throughout alpine western North America, d Consistently visited taxa: Acacia, Achillea, Asclepias, Baccharis, Chrysothamnus, Cryptantha, Cuscuta, tncelia, iriodictyon, Eriogonun, eriophyllum, Euphorbia, haplopappus, Helianthus, Lepidospartum, Perideridia, Prosopis, Salix, Solidago, Sphenosciadium, Vigueria, Wislizenia, 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 345 BEETLS POLLINATION Beetle pollination is a poorly studied and diverse phenomenon, Nearly all species of California plants in which beetles play a significant role in pollination are visited by additional vector types as well (see Appendix). Hence, no specific morphological floral adaptations for beetles nas evolved. Tumbling flower beetles (Mordellidae) are very important pollinators of the Umbelliferae and mass-blooming Hosaceae, Long-horned wood-borers (Cerambycidae) are important pollinators of Ceanothus, Ranunculus, the Melanthaceae, Sambucus, Achillea, and other tight inflorescences of small white flowers. Metallic wood-borers (3uprestidae) are impor- tant pollinators of yellow flowers or inflorescences in the early spring (i.e., Ranunculus, Camissonia, Eriophyllum, Wyethia). Many other beetle groups common- ly found on flowers probably cause more destruction by their feeding than their use as vectors can compensate (i.e., Meloidae, Dermestidae, Chrysomelidae). I have consistently been unable to find evidence of beetle pollination in Paeonia and Calycanthus (Grant 1950); the former is a heavy selfer facultatively outcrossed under most circumstances by solitary bees of the genus Andrena, BUTTERFLY POLLINATION Plants that have coevolved specifically for pollin- ation by butterflies are rare in the California flora (see Appendix). Verbena (Glandularia) and Phlox are Widespread groups dependent upon butterfly pollination throughout their range. Most genera of the Compositae are pollinated by butterflies as well as many other groups of vector taxa, Abundant individuals of Danaus, Colias and Pieris are important pollinators of their host plants (Asclepiadaceae, Cruciferae, Capparidaceae, and Leguminosae), Butterfly pollination is most frequent in open chaparral and grassland communities. In alpine ecosystems many moths, unable to fly under the prevail- ing cold nighttime conditions, visit inflorescences primarily of the Compositae during the daytime. At lower elevations, the moth genera Adela and Schinia are abundant daytime pollinators in grassland and open forest habitats, A catalogue of published butterfly floral visitation records is available (Shields 1972), but since the catalogue does not distinguish between rare instances of visitation and consistent fidelity toa plant group, the information is difficult to interpret. 36 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. MOTH POLLINATION Moth pollination (except for sphinx pollination, which is more properly treated below) is poorly studied and little developed in California, Moths visit the flowers of many white-flowered plants at night; however, most of them have already been fully pollinated during the day. With the exception of some species of Phlox, Silene, Gaura, Madia, and Chlorogalum, I suspect that noctuid or geometrid pollination is insignificant for California plants. The remarkable coevolutionary rela- tions between moths and Yucca discovered by Riley (1892) and reviewed in detail by Powell and Mackie (1966) are unique to western North America, Gaura and Clarkia breweri (MacSwain et al. 1973) are onagraceous plants which are usually moth-pollinated; the former is widely distributed throughout arid North America, Madia elegans and Chlorogalum pomeridianum are species which open in the late afternoon presumably as a response to selection for moth pollination; these species are fre- quently heavily visited by bees prior to darkness, at which time the moths become active. SPHINX AND HUMMINGBIRD POLLINATION A more frequent and closer dependency is exhibited between sphinx moths and native plants. Ten genera have coevolved with these high-energy requiring facultatively homeothermic pollinators (e.g., Aesculus, Abronia, Aquilegia, Azalea, Chlorogalum, Datura, Hesperocallis, Mirabilis, Nicotiana, Oenothera)although sphinx moths are pollinators for many other genera as well. Species in the genera Aesculus,Aquilegia, and Azalea have been documented to utilize sphinx moths to transfer pollen only in the western United States, and presumably this trait is locally evolved, as in the case for Abronia (Tillett 1967), Chlorogalum and Hesperocallis, which are endemic to arid or semiarid western U.S.A. in many localities, sphinx moths are active during the day; they closely resemble hummingbirds and indeed visit many of the same plant species, Thirty-nine genera are pollinated by hummingbirds and have evolved extensive morphological adaptations to effectively exclude other types of pollinators and 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 37 produce better visibility to the hummingbirds.© Humming- birds are important pollinators of many less specialized genera as well: Agastache, Arbutus, Arctostaphylos, Cirsium, Dicentra, Dudleya, sriodictyon, srysinuno, and Xylococcus. In all communities hummingbird pollina- tion is confined to only several (usually less than 10) plant species, which typically exhibit protracted anthesis periods. Too much emphasis has been placed on the difference in pollination by sphinx moths and hummingbirds; both are hish-energy-requiring facultative homeotherms and both tend to visit the same species of plants (often contemporaneously). A critical paper by Watt et al. (1974) demonstrated conclusively that the floral | adaptation to both pollinators was similar. Plants supporting these pollinators usually produce voluminous nectar of complex rather than monomeric sugars; these nectars, therefore, contain increased energy at the concentrations characteristic of most other plants. #volutionarily the increased specificity and distance of pollen transport has evidently been worth the added energetic cost to the plant. Important studies on hummingbird pollination in California have included those of Pearson (1954), Grant and Grant (1968), Hainsworth et al. (1972) and Stiles (1973). SUMMARY Synecological analyses of pollination ecology have been initiated only recently. Nevertheless, studies have shown conclusively that in some vegetation types (e.g. alpine tundra, subalpine marsh-meadow, subalpine forest. northern coastal shrub, coastal sage, maritimal dunes, redwood forest, and mixed evergreen forest) most plant species are pollinator limited and must compete for visitation by vectors which are generalist feeders and must be supplied with a sufficient reward to ensure subsequent visits to the same plant species. In chaparral, valley grassland, warm desert, weed, and open forest communities, pollinators are usually very abundant and € Ice ia ow OSsHP, Ch PLY BB HY , HAL, PR AD Chi HAW Ree SN, BB,AN HAL, HY ,AD PLY (HAL, HY,OS, AD) ND! BB! PLY (OS, PH,HAL, AD) Bs!03s! BB!HAL,SY,AN BBI!AD!OS! PLY Cw! XY!CE!PRIHT!PLY + AD! HAL!NM,AD + BB!SY!0OS! PLY AD!AD!IGAL! BB!IOS peo oe PRYADIhAL! HAL!XY! PR, ChE O(ML,MG) AD CMP! (6MG) , RAL HAL Bot AD!PN!OS, PLY 3BY!(B,A),BUTT,SYR AD,DF,PLY BUTT Wind + BBY (3B) BIRD BB, PLY CT! AD, B38 358 411 412 413 417 418 426 426 430 431 +35 437 4h 442 443 446 u7 450 451 452 453 mee 457 463 471 473 476 4765 464 465 486 487 492 4O4 496 504 PHY TOLOG TDA Lomatium "mgs Lonicera ? Lotus I /G-1/5 Lupinus I/G=-1/5 Lycium ? Machaeranthera [-? Madia G=-2/5 Malacothamnus 7-5 Malacothrix 2-3/5 Malvastrum G-l Marah I-l mMeconella ? Mentha ? Mentzelia G-1/5 Mertensia G?=5 iesembryanthemum ?-5 Microseris G=2 Microsteris G-1 ijimulus G/I-1/5 Nirabilis ?G=2 Mohavea G=-2 Monardella 2=5 riontia G=2 Nama G=-2/4 Navarretia G=2 Nemophila G/I-1/5 Nicotiana G=3 Oenanthe G=3 Oenothera I-5 Olneya I=-5 Opuntia A?-1/5 Orthocarpus G/I-1/5 Osmaronia I-1 Oxalis I,A-? Paeonia G=-2 TACH, SYR »BAzT { (MD) , BUTT BIRD! BUTT BUTT Ay BeSsT(BP), MOTH 2GNATS BUTT MOTH? WASP 3H2T (BP!) ,SYR BBY (3B! ) BIRD! BBY(A) BIR D!SPHINX Vol. 3h, no. h AD!ADIRAL! BB Yai eye BBIOS!SYtant! BBIOSISYIANTIAN! EM EXY ateie OL AN,AN,HAL,ID CMP!HAL! FR HAL!CR, 3B! DD! BAL! PLY ND!AD!PRIHAL!FLY! DB!HAL! PRIS3!HALI PLY, BB!nAL!PLy AD, BS,HAL OS!HP!DP!Bs!iiG HAL, PLY,AN Bulstot BBYh(B,0,A), Burr! BB!OSstDN,As, BIRD! B3Y(B),SYR 3BY(B) SAwWF!SYR SPRIWX, BIRD AN, HY, ND AD, NM CO,ND,AS,AT PR, ox, PLY (HAL) AD!AD!DF,PNIOS! AT, CL, NM MUSC ,BeeT (MD) ,SYR HAL SPHINX! ? H SYR ,MOTH MUSC PFLY, BBY(B) AD, HAL CNICH!AS! DD!AS,LT!HAL! BB! AD! HAL AD 1976 505 509 513 545 a7 Fel 523 529 530 531 532 333 536 a7 539 541 548 551 552 554 558 569 571 572 574 ats 580 586 590 Boe 592 593 594 Moldenke, California pollination ecology Palafoxia Parkinsonia Pectis Pedicularis Penstemon Perideridia Petalonyx Peucephyllum Phacelia Phalacroseris Philadelphus Phlox Pholistoma Phoradendron Phyllodoce Physalis Plagiobothrys Flatystemon Plectritis Pluchea Polemonium Potentilla Proboscidea Prosopis Prunus Psathyrotes Psoralea Raillardella -e—— Ranunculus 595 596 ?G=2 i=5 Go =) nTNs G4 I-2/4 1-5 BULGE + BBY! + BIRD! BUTT BIRDIMASAR! BBY (A) MUSC!BBY!MOTH! WASP! SYR, BEET (CY, D) BBY!(V),TACH! z BBY(0O) BEET (ME) SAWF!PFLY!mMUSC! 359 CMP!HAL! BERKS IGN CMP! PR! HAL, NO AN!33 OStOStaT! HPt3B! PLY + WASP!BEST(MD), HYL!PLY SYR ,MUSC BBY(V, B,O),WASP AS,PR,HAL --- PLY (OCMP) MASAR! BUTT!BBY! ANT! Art CHYCT! co! SAWF! AD! DF! HP!HS, BB! CL! HAL!OS!SY!xyY ? OS!PLY BEET (CY) AD BUTT!MOTH! ae TENTH AD! PLY PFLY AD SYR BBY!AD,OS,HAL, PLY --- PR, HM, CT, PLY BBY!(B,O),SYR AD,HAL SYR AD!AD, HAL BBY(B) ,SYR OS,NM,HAL, PLY MG,ML,AN,HAL,AS BB! AD! ND! HAL, NM, HY, DF BB, PR,CN,AN CN! AS! CH!HAL!KY, EPR = AD! HAL, HY,BB!NM ©( CMP) CN!0OS, BBISY,AN BB! EM!AD! AN,HS,NO BB!Os! AD!AD!PN!HAL! BUTT! BEET( CY, BP) SYR WASP!SYR , BEET (CY) BIRD,SPHINX! BBY (A) BEET (CY) BIRD! AD!BBIHAL!HY! PR, PN BB! AD, BB, NM, HY, PR BB!AN!ZM!OS!AD! 360 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 4 601 Hosa G-4 BEET (BP. CY,D) BBICR PES 603 Rubus A/G-2/5 Be2T(CY,D) BB!AD!HAL!OS! 609 Salazaria ? BIRD AN!HAL! 611 Salix T=5 SAWF!WASP,SYR, AD!AD!BBI!HAL!NM, BUTT HY , PR 612 Salvia 2-5 BBY(3,A)!BIRD! ANYAN!EM!OS!HAL! sy! 613 Sambucus G=-2 BSET (CY, MD!) | ADZER WASP, PFLY,SAWF! 615 Sanicula G/I-1/3 SYR!TACH!MOTH AD!AD!HAL 620 Satureja ? BIRD BB!OS!PLY 621 Saxifraga I/G/A-1/2 SYR PLY 624 Scoliopus I-1 MUSC -n— 626 Scrophularia T-5 BIRD!WASP! BB!HAL!CR!HY,AD 627 Scutellaria ? BIRD! BB!OS! 628 Sedum G=-1/3 MuUSC! BB!OS!HAL! 629 Senecio G/I-1/5 BUTT!SYR,BEET CMP!BB!IOS!PLY ++ (BP) ,MUSC 636 Sidalcea 2-5 BEET (CY) DD!SY, BB, HAL 637 Silene G/I-1/2 MOTH, BIRD --- 639 Sisyrinchium I/G-2/3 SYR! HAL! 642 smilacina I-2 SYR! BBaY(3) AD!NM! 644 Solanum G/?-1/4 BBY(B) AN! BB!HAL!I XY 645 Solidago eat BUTT!WASP!TACH CMP!BB!HAL!HY, XY¥!+ BBY(V,0O),BeeT (ME) 649 Spergularia Gel SYR HAL 650 Sphaeralcea 2-5 =e DD! CIPYHALTPEY 651 Sphenosciadium G-5 WASP!MUSC! BEST HY,HAL!B3!PLY (MD) 652 Spiraea 2-4 SYR AD, BB 655 Stachys 2-5 BIRD? BB!IAN! XY, PLY 656 Stanleya I-5 BUTT ! ND! RBB!HAL! PLY 661 Stephanomeria ?-3 BUTT! BBY! (V) CMP!AN!BB,HAL! TR, CR 662 Stillingia ? WIND + WASPS --- 664 Streptanthus ? BUTT , SYR BB,AN,OS 672 Swertia ? WASP!B2ET(MD,D) HY!HAL!PLY 674 Symphoricarpos ?-2 WASP,SPHINX BB, HAL, PLY, DF 678 Taraxacum A/?=-2 SYR! HAL!AD,0S 683 Teucriun ? BIRD? HAL 686 Thelypodium ? --- ND, PR 687 Thermopsis ? wae B3!0S,SY,XY 1976 Moldenke, California pollination ecology 361 689 Thysanocarpus G-2 SYR AD 691 Tidestromia G?=2 WASP, BBY AS,EX,PR,ND 693 Tofieldia 2=3 BEET (CY!) AD! 704 Trichostema 2-5 BIRD!WASP,BBY AN!AS!HAL!HY,MG, (B,0) ML, SY KY 705 Trientalis I-2 SYR HAL 706 Trifoliun G/t=1/5 BaY(8, BUTT BB!IND!ANT!"G,O3! Syior 714 Umbellularia I-l BBY(B) ,TACH 25 717 Vaccinium I-3 --- BB!OS 718 Valeriana 2-3 AWF!SYR PLY 721 Veratrum ?=1 WAG SP,MUSC,PWSP B3 722 Verbena nTNis BUTT! BBY(V) PLY(B3,CR,MG,ML, Os )@( HAL) 726 Vicia 1-5 BUTT! OS!SY!BB!OHAL 727 Vigueria T-5 BUTT!WASP!BBY CMP!HAL, O(ML) (Vv) 728 Viola G/I-1/3 BBY!(B) PLY(B3,0S,DI,A3S) 730 Whipplea Dae BBY(B) HAL 732 Wislizenia 7G=9 BUTT, WASP PLY (HAL! BB,IMG,ML, XY) 735 Wyethia I-5 es SYR , BBY OS!BB!MG!AD, HAL B.A), BEET (CY! BP!) 739 Yucca I-3 ats lctee 741 Zauschneria "I'"'=5 BIRD — 742 Zigadenus c=3 SYR AD! N.B. Results in this table represent general trends and are based on observations of a mere 2500 species plus the results of the bee catalogue. They are not meant to be taken as descriptive of yet unstudied species, though they may serve as bases for predictions. A New Peperomia (Piperaceae) from Maui Hawaiian Plant Studies 48 Harold St. John (Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii) Peperomia waihoiana sp. nov. (subgen. Sphaerocarpid- ium, sect. Verticillatae). Fig. Diagnosis Hoftypi: Plantae parvae molles sunt, caulibus simplicibus vel ex basi pauce ramosis saliente albi-hirtellis pilis 0.3-0.4 mm longis, internodis superis 1-5 mm longis illis inferis 7-12 mm longis, foliis oppositis ex 1-2 nodis superis, petiolis 3-13 mm longis saliente albi-hirtellis, laminis 10-22 mm longis 7-14 mm latis ellipticis in sicco crasse chartaceis supra obscure viridibus glabris infra pallide viridibus omnino sparse hirtellis et in midnrvo densiore nervis supra sub oculos non caditis sed infra paene evidentis palmatim trinervosis et midnervo in medio cum 2 nervulis lateralibus, spica terminali solitaria 15-25 mm longa, pedun- culo 5-7 mm longo sparse hirtello plerumque ad basim, rhachidi glabro, bracteis 0.2-0.3 mm diametro subrotundatis peltatis, filamenta 0.3 mm longa, anthera 0.1 mm longa dimidiata, ovario lancei-obovoideo rostrato, stigmatibus 2 apical- ibus aegqualibus binis, fructibus 0.4 mm longis subglobosis glandulose verrucosis apice subobliquo. Diagnosis of Holotype: Small, delicate plants; stems 20-25 mm tall, when dried 0.5-0.7 mm in diameter, simple or few branched from the base, white spreading hirtellous, the hairs 0.3-0.4 mm long; upper internodes 1-5 mm long; lower internodes 7-12 mm long; leaves opposite, borne at the 1-2 upper nodes; petioles 3-13 mm long, Similarly white spreading hirtellous; blades 10-22 mm long, 7-14 mm wide, elliptic, thick chartaceous when dried, above dark green, glabrous, below pale green, sparsely hirtellous throughout, and more densely so on the midrib, the veins invisible above, but faintly visible below, 362 1976 St. John, A new Peperomia 33 palmately trinerved and the midrib with a lat- eral branch on each side at about the middle; spike terminal, single, 15-25 mm long; peduncle 5-7 mm long, sparsely hirtellous, mostly below; rhachis glabrous; bracts 0.2-0.3 mm in diameter, roundish,. peltate; filament 0.3 mm long; anther 0.1 mm long, dimidiate; ovary lance~obovoid, beaked; stigmas 2, apical, equal, paired; fruit 0.4 mm long, subglobose, glandular verrucose, the apex slightly oblique. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Maui Island, Haleakala, Waihoi Valley, North Waiohonu Trail, 2,400-2,650 ft. alt.,under shaded but fairly dry ledges, July-Aug. 1972, Betsy Harrison 197 (BISH) . Discussion: Of this new species the closest relative is P. Cookiana C.DC., var. minutilimba Yuncker, a variety with the stems about 4 cm tall, appressed hirtellous; leaves opposite or whorled; petioles to 3 mm long; blades to 9 mm long and 8 mm wide, ovate to orbicular, hirtellous above, near the base spirally minutely puberulous below; spikes 15 mm long; peduncle 3-4 mm long; fruit 0.75 mm long, subrostrate, oblique, and the stigma subapical. P. waihoiana has the stems 2-2.5 cm tall; leaves opposite; petioles 3-13 mm long; blades 10-22 mm long, 7-14 mm wide, elliptic, glabrous above, hirtellous below; spikes 15-25 mm long; peduncle 5-7 mm long; fruit 0.4 mm long, subglobose, the apex slightly obligue, but the stigmas apical. The new epithet is formed from the name of the type locality, Waihoi, and -ana, the Latin adjectival suffix, meaning connected with. Legend Fig. 1. Peperomia waihoiana St. John, from ene Holotype. a, habit, X13; b, stem, node, eee os. SC, bract, X 255 d, drupe, xX 25: 36h P Hy¥ 2 QeLrOyGy Tse Figure 1 Vol. 3h, NOs h POLIANTHES HOWARDII (AGAVACEAE): A NEW SPECIES FROM COLIMA Susan Verhoek Lebanon Valley College, Annville, Pennsylvania Within the Mexican genus Polianthes L. the group of species which has been treated as section Bravoa (Lex.) Pax & K. Hoffm. includes those species with tubular, usually pendent, red or orange flowers with filaments inserted in the basal half of the tube. In most of these species the flowers are without green or brown coloring, are paired at the nodes, and the mouth of the flower is essentially symmetrical. A species different from the majority in all three of these characters has been collected in Colima and is described for the first time here. Polianthes howardii Verhoek, sp. nov. (Fig. la,b). Inflorescentia laxa, 73.0-111.0 cm alta; flores ad nodos singulatim portati, longe pedicellati, patenti-pendentes, corallini sed gradatim in tertia parte suprema viridescentes, interius saepe marrino-vittati, tubo fere recto, postice (superne) quam antice longiore, ore asymmetrico, staminibus ad basem tubi affixis. Rhizome fleshy, erect, 3.0 cm long, 0.9 cm in diameter, surmounted by a rosette of leaves, base of rosette surrounded by remnant leaf bases 3.5-4.0 cm long; roots fleshy near rhizome, becoming wiry distally. Leaves 5-6, erect-spreading, broadly channelled, narrowly oblanceolate to linear with acute or mucronate apex, 22.0-27.0(-36.0) cm long, (1.1-)1.5-2.5 cm broad, grass-green, glabrous, glossy, sometimes flecked with magenta toward base undermeath; margin entire. Inflorescence 73.0-111.0 cm tall, glabrous, sometimes flecked with magenta at base; flowering part elongate, open, 21.5-70.5 cm long, with 13-30 floral nodes, lower internodes ca. 3.0-5.0(-10.0) cm long; bracts of scape ca. 7, gradually smaller than the leaves; floral bracts lanceolate, acuminate, abruptly smaller than the sterile bracts, 1.5 cm long or less; bracteoles single, small. Flowers solitary at the nodes, long-pedicellate, tubular, glaucous, exterior coral- red at base, grading to green in upper third, irregularly streaked with yellow, interior greenish-yellow, often with maroon stripes that extend approximately halfway into the tube; pedicels erect, 1.7-2.9(-5.3) cm long, slender in flower, becoming thicker in fruit; mature flowers semipendent, hanging at an approximately 30° angle from horizontal; ovary 0.3-0.4 cm long, 0.25-0.3 cm in diameter; tube constricted just above the ovary, inserted at a slight angle to the ovary, nearly straight, top of tube over- reaching bottom by 0.1-0.2 cm so that the mouth is asymmetrical, 365 366 PHY tOL-0642-28 Vol. 34, no. Figure 1. Polianthes howardii, a. middle section of inflorescence (X 0.75); b. flower with anthers (arrow) positioned at top of floral tube CXPLS ie 1976 Verhoek, Polianthes howardii 367 top of tube 1.8-2.1 cm long, 0.3-0.5 cm in diameter; segments short, slightly flared, rounded, 0.15-0.3 cm long, 0.2 cm wide, apical hair tuft slight; stamens included, filaments as long as the tube, attached near base of tube, the upper slightly longer than the lower; anthers yellow, attached medially, ca. 0.5 cm long, not freely moving; style white, at maturity longer than the stamens, exserted by ca. 0.2 cm; stigma white, papillate, 3-lobed, the lobes reflexed at maturity. Fruit a globose capsule, 0.8-1.0 cm in diameter. Type: MEXICO. COLIMA: 3 1/2 mi S of Tequizatlan at K 211 on Mex. 110 at a microondas (television tower). In partial shade in dark, loamy soil, well drained. Estimated elevation ca. 3000 (Holotype, RSA 240114; isotypes BM, G, MO, US, T. M. Howard herbarium). Other specimens examined were prepared from plants in cultivation: USA. PENNSYLVANIA: Annville, Lebanon Valley College greenhouse, 11 Aug 1975, S. Verhoek 882T (source: type locality, Howard et al 72-70 [Verhoek herbarium]. TEXAS: San Antonio, garden, TMH [T. M. Howard] s. n. (source: type locality, Howard et al 72-70 [RSA 240103]). This species is distinctive in the genus Polianthes because only it and P. densiflora (B. L. Robinson & Fern.) Shinners have flowers solitary at the nodes and only in P. densiflora and P. nelsonii Rose is the mouth of the tube as asymmetrical. However, despite its similarities to these two species, P. howardii has closer affinity with the species in the section Bravoa because of its coral-red flowers and the insertion of its stamens at the base of the tube. The flowers of P. howardii are the most colorful of the bravoa group because the basal red grades to green at the mouth and the interior of the tepals and tube is often marked with maroon stripes. The tubular red flowers of section Bravoa are typical ex- amples of bird-pollinated flowers. The flower of P. howardii seems to be a variant of the classic pollination type. As in many other species in this section, the course of floral maturity in P. howardii is precisely timed and choreographed. The flowers are protandrous by two days. When the flower opens, the style is not fully elongated. At the same time, the stamens are at full length and held along the top of the tube so that the anthers are positioned at the top of the mouth of the flower (Fig. 1b). The anthers dehisce on the first day of bloom. On the second day of bloom, the stamens begin to droop toward the bottom of the tube and the style continues to elongate along the top. On the third day, the stamens, with withered an- thers, lie along the bottom of the tube and the style is extended a short way past the top of the tube, so that the reflexed lobes 368 PP BOY TO L0G Te Vol. 34, no. of the receptive stigma are at, or slightly beyond, the position previously held by the newly opened anthers. One or two flowers open each day so that all stages of flowering are present on a single inflorescence. The progress of floral maturity seems to assure efficiency of pollination by the deposition and picking-up of pollen at the same spot on the body of the pollinator. This multicolored species was discovered by Thad M. Howard, DVM, and his associates Steve Lowe and James Bauml, as they descended a small mountain in Colima. Additional field informa- tion supplied by Dr. Howard (personal correspondence) is as follows: "...from the hills of central Colima, growing near the top of a wooded hill in humusy black soil in part shade." In other correspondence he reports further that the type locality is approximately three-fourths of the way up the mountain, in oak woods on calcareous soil. Thad Howard, during numerous expeditions to Mexico in search of attractive bulbous and tuberous plants, has collected many specimens for his own garden and has generously sent others for study at various institutions. It is a pleasure to name this striking Polianthes species in his honor. Acknowledgment I would like to thank Drs. William Dress and Harold E. Moore, Jr., L. H. Bailey Hortorium, Cornell University, for reading the manuscript and Dr. Dress for translating the Latin diagnosis. NOTES ON GUATEMALAN SAPINDACEAE Cyrus Longworth Lundell Plant Sciences Laboratory The University of Texas at Dallas Box 688, Richardson, Texas 75080 CUPANIA CLAVELLIGERA Lundell, sp. nov. — Arbor parva, ramulis velutino-pilosis; folia ad 20 cm. longa; foliola 5 vel 6, sessilis, obovata, oblanceolata vel elliptica, 4.5—18 cm. longa, 2—5.5 cm. lata, apice subacuminata, basi cuneata, supra glabrata, subtus pilosa, serrata, lamina chartacea; inflorescentia pan- iculata, velutino-pilosa, ad 25 cm. longa, pauciramosa; flores subspicati; pedicelli 0.5—0.8 m. longi; bracteae subulato-lanceolatae, ad 2 mm. longae; sepala imbricata, pilosa, 2—2.5 mm. longa; petala unguiculata, 1.8—2.5 mm. longa, dentata, pilosa; filamenta ad 3.8 mm. longa, basi pilosa; antherae glabrae; ovarium dense pilosum. Small tree, about 7 m. tall, conspicuously velu- tinous-pilose with tawny hairs; branchlets stout; leaves large, the petiole and rachis up to 10.5 cm. long; leaflets 5 or 6, sessile, chartaceous, obovate, oblanceo- late or elliptic, 4.5—18 cm. long, 2—5.5 am. wide, apex subacuminate, basi cuneate or acute, the margin re- motely serrate, pilose at first on both surfaces, gla- brate above except along the midvein, persistently pilose beneath; inflorescence large, paniculate, up to 25 em. long, velutinous-pilose, few-branched; flowers pilose, subspicate, with the pedicels only 0.5—0.8 mm. long; bracts subulate-lanceolate, up to 2 mm. long; sepals imbricate, closed in bud, thin, pilose, elliptic or obovate, 2—2.5 mm. long; petals unguiculate, the claw clavate, the blade thin, the sides folded inward and spathe-like, pilose, the margin conspicuously den- tate, 1.8—2.5 mm. long; filaments slender, up to 3.8 mm. long, pilose to above middle; anthers about 0.6 mm. long, glabrous; ovary pilose. Guatemala: Dept. Izabal, El Estor, in high forest, March 25, 1972, Elias Contreras 11545 (LL, type), tree 20 ft. high, 4 in. diam., flowers creamish-white. Closely related to C. guatemalensis (Turcz.) Radlk., the taxon differs in having only 5 or 6 usually obovate or oblanceolate leaflets which are sessile and mostly cuneate at base with margin remotely serrate. 369 370 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. The large inflorescences are few-branched with the flowers dense and essentially spicate. The flowers differ from those of C. guatemalensis in having smaller sepals, and dentate petals clavate below and spathe- like above. MATAYBA VERAPAZENSIS (Lundell) Lundell, comb. nov. Cupania verapazensis Lundell, Wrightia 5: 2. 1972. Guatemala: Dept. Baja Verapaz, Union Barrios, in high forest on top of hill, March 15, 1972, Elias Contreras 11333 (LL, aoe tree, 60.f¢. high, (204m. diam., fruit reddish; same locality, in high forest on top of hill, west of km. 161/162, Aug. 20, 1975, C. L. Lundell & Elias Contreras 19700 can es 35 -fbaphahs 6 in. diam., flowers greenish; ish; Niffo Perdido, in high forest, on top of hill, east of km. 150/151 of road, Aug. 20, 1975, Lundell & Contreras 19755 (LL), tree, HO ft. high, 10 in. diam. Described from fruiting specimens, flowers collected in 1975 have a 5-lobed calyx open in bud, hence the species is referable to Matayba. 3h, no. HAPLOPAPPUS ENORMIDENS (COMPOSITAE), A NEW SPECIES FROM BAJA CALIFORNIA, MEXICO Reid Moran Natural History Museum, San Diego, California 92112 In June 1975 I found sterile plants of an unknown Haplo- Pappus in the southwestern foothills of the Sierra San Pedro Martir, Baja California. In habit this plant resembled H. verni- cosus Brandegee, for which I mistook it from a distance; but the leaves were more like those of H. odontolepis Moran. I returned to the spot with Jack Reveal on July 19 and 20, to find the, plant in late flower and early fruit. It proves to be a new species somewhat intermediate between H. vernicosus and H. odontolepis. The new species is placed in Haplopappus section Hazardia as treated by Hall (1928). Clark 1375) compared Hazardia with Isocoma and Ericameria, also treated by Hall as sections of Hap- lopappus, and concluded that "Hazardia should be considered a distinct genus separate from Hall's other North American sections of Haplopappus". With his evidence, he may judge that Hazardia should be in a different genus from Isocoma and Ericameria, even though not all taxonomists will necessarily agree. From the evi- dence given, however, he cannot logically conclude that Hazardia should be considered a distinct genus, for he made no comparisons with the South American type species and typical section of Hap- lopappus. Haplopappus odontolepis was described (Moran 1969) from flowering material, with no mature achenes. Although it seemed probable that the disk florets were fertile, a later collection shows them sterile. I am grateful to Dr. Ray Jackson for making chromosome counts of several collections of Haplopappus species and for re- viewing this manuscript. Hap lopappus enormidens Moran, species nova. LPOLPLS LIV IPI ION Fruticulus hispidulus resinosus 1-3 dm altus. Folia ses- Silia elliptica acuta irregularissime spinoso-dentata plerumque 6-10 mm longa et 2-3 mm lata. Capitula solitaria vel pauca cy- mosaque, involucro cylindrico 9-12 mm longo et 2-3 mm lato, bracteis 16-21 squarrosis. Flores radii 3-6 fertiles, ligulis 3-4 mm longis. Flores disci 5-11 steriles. Achenia obcompressa cuneata 3-4 mm longa, pappo 4-6 mm longo. Typus: Moran et Reveal 22602 (SD 91522). Species H. odontolepidi similis, sed foliis capitulisque minoribus, bracteis uninervibus, et floribus paucioribus minoribusque. 371 372 PHYTOL OG T A Vol. 3h, no. k Shrublet 1-3 dm high and 2-7 dm wide, much branched from base, hispidulous with conic white trichomes ca. 0.05 mm long, resinous, with odor recalling turpentine. Branchlets flexuous, 0.5-1.0 mm thick, angled from leaf margins and midrib downwards, sparsely hispidulous, light green soon becoming tan, gray in age, leafy, mostly with small few-leaved fascicles in axils, the internodes averaging ca. 3-6 mm. Leaves ascending, sessile and subclasping-decurrent, elliptic to oblong, acute, 6-10 (-14) mm long, 2-3 15) mm wide above, 1-2 mm wide at base, coriaceous, glandular-pitted and slightly to heavily resinous, moderately hispidulous either mostly near margins or throughout, the midrib inconspicuously projecting dorsally, gibbous at base, not dis- cernible ventrally, the lateral veins obscure, the apex deflexed, tipped with a white spine to ca. 0.5 mm long, the margins entire or with 1-9 very irregularly spaced spreading or slightly as- cending white spinose teeth ca. 0.2-0.5 mm long. Heads yellow, solitary at ends of branchlets or cymose with 1-4 more on pe- duncles 1-12 mm long from upper axils. Involucre cylindric or subfusiform, shorter than disk, 9-12 mm Tong, 2-3 mm thick ex- clusive of squarrose tips; bracts 16-21, firm-chartaceous, 1- nerved, the outer 10 or so well graduated with lower passing into leaves, ca. 2 mm wide, the exposed upper 2-4 mm herbaceous, glandular-pitted, often with 1-4 marginal teeth, ciliate below, the spinose tip outcurved; inner ones subequal, linear, acute, erose-ciliate above, the outer of these ca. 2 mm, the inner ca. 1 mm wide. Ray florets 3-6, fertile; ovary 2-3 (-5) mm long; corolla 75-11 hin Tong, the ligule elliptic, scarcely toothed at apex, 3-4 mm long, 1.0-1.3 mm wide; style branches 0.6-1.4 mm long, stigmatic full length. Disk florets 5-11, sterile; ovary 2-3 (-5) mm long; corolla 7-9 mm Tong, slender, slightly ampliate from middle, the teeth 0.6-0.8 mm long; style branches 1-2 mm long, puberulent throughout, lacking evident stigmatic lines. Achenes obcompressed, cuneate, 3-4 mm long, ca. 1 mm wide, grayish, ascending strigose with trichomes ca. 0.2 mm long, mostly with 5 rather strong white nerves, one on axial side of- ten prominent; pappus 4-6 mm long, of ca. 45-55 scabrous bris- tles. Chromosomes: 2n=10. Type: Ridge 5 km southwest of San Isidoro (7.5 km by road), type, SD 91522; isotypes to go. Distribution: Known only from the vicinity of the type lo- cality (Moran 22343, Moran & Reveal 22606) and from about 40 km to the south-southeast, south of Rancho San Miguel, at 975 to 1175 m elevation (Moran 19511, 22640); all SD and to go. 1976 Moran, Haplopappus enormidens 373 At the type locality H. enormidens is abundant on a slight north slope in open areas at the edge of chaparral and especially in an open stand of Juniperus californica Carr. It was seen for about 2 km along the road, replaced rather abruptly by H. verni- cosus both to the east and to the west. At the zone of contact we found a few intermediate plants that appear to be hybrids (22607); and from buds collected there for H. enormidens (22606) Dr. Jackson, though he got no chromosome count, reports the pol- len size very unequal and the plant probably somewhat sterile. South of Rancho San Miguel H. enormidens is common on a mesa with Adenostoma fasciculatum H. & A. and Juniperus californica and occasional down the north slope; there H. vernicosus occurs at a lower elevation, and the two were not seen together. Haplopappus enormidens is named for the very irregular dis- tribution of teeth on the leaf margins: there may be three on one side and none on the other, or one near the base on one side and two near the apex on the other, or none at all, or up to nine—and all in leaves of one branch. In H. odontolepis the distribution of teeth is somewhat irregular but less markedly SO. Haplopappus enormidens is like a small form of H. odon- tolepis, wath thinner stems, smaller leaves, smaller heads, and fewer and smaller florets. That species is now known from three peaks—Cerro Matomf, Cerro Potrero, and Cerro Santo Tomas—in a span of 100 km along the peninsular divide of Baja Califor- nia, at about 1150 to 1450 m; the northernmost is about 25 km east of the southern locality for H. enormidens. Where H. enormidens differs from H. odontolepis, 1t often approaches H. vernicosus—which is abundant in the foothills from north of San Vicente to southeast of El Rosario, at about 50 to 1200 m. The three species are distinguished in the following key. A. Involucres 9-13 mm long; ovaries of (sterile) disk florets equalling those of ray florets; leaves sessile, gradually narrowed to the subclasping base, toothed but not lobed. B. Ray florets 6-8, the ligules 5-6.5 mm long; disk flo- rets 11-15; involucres 3-5 mm thick, of ca. 25-30 several-nerved bracts. ....... H. odontolepis. BB. Ray florets 3-6, the ligules 3-4 mm long; disk florets 5-11; involucres 2-3 mm thick, of 16-21 one-nerved BRaGES, A eAke ois. Werte ete Shales Fe H. enormidens. AA. Involucres 6-7 mm long; ovaries of (sterile) disk florets half as long as those of ray florets; leaves narrowed, often abruptly, to petiole-like base, the blade lobed a third or half waycto midrib”. Ga. 292% H. vernicosus. 374 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. These three species are placed in section Hazardia. For the collection of H. enormidens from San Miguel (22640), Dr. Jackson reports a somatic chromosome count of 2n=10, agreeing with counts for H. vernicosus and other members of the section. Within the section, however, these three form a distinct group marked by sterile disk florets, toothed outer involucral bracts, and obcompressed achenes—all characters rare or unique in the genus—and further characterized by a low bushy habit and smal] toothed resinous leaves. The three form a series, with H. odontolepis most like other members of the section and H. verni- cosus most reduced and divergent. Thus H. vernicosus differs from H. odontolepis in having (1) smaller leaves, narrowed to a petiole-like base rather than broad and subclasping; (2) smaller heads, with fewer bracts and fewer and smaller florets; (3) one- nerved rather than several-nerved bracts; (4) the ovary of the disk florets half as long as that of the ray florets rather than as long; and (5) stigma lobes of the disk florets lacking stigmatic lines. Haplopappus enormidens is intermediate in size of leaves and heads and in number and size of florets; it is like H. odontolepis in leaf shape and in relative size of disk ovaries; and it is like H. vernicosus in having one-nerved bracts and in lacking stigmatic lines in the disk florets. References Clark, W. Dennis. 1975. The relationships of Haplopappus sec- tion Hazardia (Asteraceae). Abstr. Pap. Meetings Bot. Soc. Amer. 52. Hall, Harvey M. 1928. The genus Haplopappus: a phylogenetic study in the Compositae. Carnegie Inst. Wash. Publ. 389. Moran, Reid. 1969. Five new taxa of Haplopappus (Compositae) from Baja California, Mexico. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist. 15: 149-164. STUDIES IN THE EUPATORIEAE (ASTERACEAE). CLX. A NEW SPECIES OF SCIADOCEPHALA FROM ECUADOR. R. M. King and H. Robinson Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 The genus Sciadocephala has been revised and en- larged in two recent studies from a single species to four species (King & Robinson, 1974, 1975). A fifth undescribed species has now been seen from the Napo- Pastaza area of Ecuador. The new species is the second having a repent habit being closely related to S.pak- araimae (Maquire & Wurdack) K & R of British Guiana. The species from British Guiana differs most notably by the 13-15 flowers per head with corollas only about 5 mm long. The leaves also differ by the generally small- er size with more crenulate-serrate margins and by the smaller denser pilosity of the upper surface. The hairs of the peduncle, involucral bracts, and corollas are not gland-tipped in S. pakaraimae while the hairs in the new species are Larger with small but distinct glandular tips. nov. Plantae herbaceae repentes. Caules virides pilosi, pilis rufescentibus, internodis usque ad 8 cm longis. Folia opposita, petiolis 5-17 mm longis peranguste alatis; laminae late ovatae vel suborbiculares 4-6 cm longae 3.5-5.0 cm latae base abrupte late rotundatae margine utrinque 8-12 argute serratae apice obtuse acutae supra persparse grosse pilosae subtus plerumque in nervis puberulae, nervis secundariis paucis utrinque 2 valde ascendentibus basalioribus essentialiter tri- nervatis. Inflorescentiae terminales non ramosae uni- capitatae, pedunculis ca. 8 cm longis dense glandulo- hirsutis, bracteis basilaribus foliosis late ovatis 2.0-2.5 mm longis et ca 2 mm latis, bracteis mediis minutis ca. 6 mm longis et 2 mm latis dense glandulo- hereerie, Capitula 2.3 em alta et 1.2-1.5 em Lata; Squamae involucri ca 15 anguste oblongae 5-8 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm Latae biseriatae dense glandulo-hirsutae apice obtusae base vix connatae. Flores ca. 10. Corollae albae tubiformes 18 mm longae extus sparse minute puberulae in 2/3 superiore sparse glandulo- Ppilosae, tubis indistinctis, lobis breviter trianguLlar- ibus ca. 0.7 mm longis et 0.8 mm latis; filamenta antherarum in parte superiore ca. 0.6 mm longa; thecae 375 376 PHY TOL 0G TA Vol. 3h, no. ca. 3 mm longae; appendices ca. 0.3 mm Longae et Latae; styli glabri, appendicibus linearibus. Achenia immatura 4 mm longa puberula; clavulae pappi 5 immaturae ca. 1.5 mm longae; partibus glanduliferis discretis ca. 0.4 mm longis. Grana pollinis spinosa ca. 30, diam. TYPE: ECUADOR: Napo-Pastaza: Mera, forest towards Mangayacu, alt. c. 1,100 m. 9. IIL. :L956.8 (EF bewere white. Erik Asplund 19675 (Holotype S). References King, R. M. & H. Robinson. 1974. Studies in the Eup- atorieae (Asteraceae). CXXVII. Additions to the American and Pacific Adenostemmatinae. Adenostemma, Gymnocoronis and Sciadocephala. Phytologia 29: ao & 1975. Studies in the Eupatorieae (Aster- aceae). CXXXIV. A new species of Sciadocephala from Panama. Phytologia 29: 343-346, Dr. Rogers McVaugh has kindly pointed out that the species, Revealia stevioides K. & R. is the same as the previously described Oxylobus macrocephalus Paray. The type has been borrowed through the kindness of the Herbario Nacional de Mexico and the identity confirmed. The following new combination is necessary. Revealia macrocephala (Paray) R.M.King & H.Robin- son, comb. nov. Oxylobus macrocephalus Paray, Bol. Soc. Bot. Mex. 22:1. 1958. Mexico. 1976 King & Robinson, A new species of Sciadocephala 377 “, Of ote Tipps Acrady—cx phate Ce Oya Agat unk POM Pang Af Rebhawan Sciadocephala asplundii R.M.King & H.Robinson, Holotype, Riksmuseum, Stockholm. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photographer, National Museum of Natural History. STUDIES IN THE LIABEAE (ASTERACEAE). VI. NOTES ON THE GENUS’ ERATO Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC. 20560. In a survey of the genera of the Liabeae (Robinson and Brettell, 1974) Erato DC. was treated as a subgenus of Munnozia in spite of a distinctive appearance and one known significant specialization. An effort was made to maintain the generic concepts as broad as possible. During the recent efforts to revise the Liabeae of Ecuador the distinct nature of Erato. has become more obvious. The genus exceeds a number of limits that characterize typical Munnozia and the other subgenus, Kastnera. Erato approaches Philoglossa in achene structure and pubescence and seems to relate more closely to that genus. The most notable features of Erato are the achene and the pubescence. The achene usually has four ribs or sides, occasionally only three. Such achenes seem intermediate in a reduction Series between the 6-10 ribs in Munnozia and the 2-sided achenes found in Philoglossa. The pubescence in Erato consists of stiff hairs having short thick basal cells. Tomentum is almost completely lacking, being found only on the tips of the phyllaries in three of the four species. Such pubescence is similar to that in Philoglossa and differs from that in Munnozia. Additional distinctions are found in Erato. The leaves are totally unique in the 5-11 palmately radiating veins of the blade. The rays in the heads are extremely numerous in many rows, and they exceed the number of disk flowers. The limbs of the rays are essentially glabrous while the limbs in Munnozia usually have glands or hairs extending onto the upper part. The disk corollas have sharp spicules on the tips of the lobes, a condition found in one species of Philoglossa but not in any species of Munnozia. The characteristic pappus of Erato is a series of spreading rather persistent tapering setae in contrast to the less spreading less tapering setae of Munnozia. One species of Erato has a reduced pappus whic differs even more from that of Munnozia. On the basis of the differences cited, Erato is here restored to generic status. The type species, E. polymnioides reverts to its original name while 378 1976 Robinson, Notes on Erato 379 three others require new combinations. A fifth species from Ecuador, Liabum anatina Benoist, included in the generic survey now seems to be conspecific with the widely distributed E. vulcanica of Colombia, Costa Rica and Venezuela. The four species of Erato are as follows. Erato polymnioides DC., Prodr. 5: 318. 1836. Synonym: Liabum pallatangense Hzeron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb: eGo. 1900. Erato sodiroi (Hieron. ) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Liabum “sodiroi Hieron., Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 29:61, “E900: Erato stenolepis (Blake ) H.Robinson, comb. nov. yi tees Liabum stenolepis Blake, Journ. Wash. Acad. Sci. Pa s02. 1927. Erato vulcanica (Klatt) H.Robinson, comb. nov. Liabum vulcanicum Klatt, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 8: 302. 1927. Synonym: Liabum anatina Benoist, Bull. Soe:, Bot. France 84: 633. 1938. Literature Cited Robinson, H. and R. D. Brettell 1974. Studies in the Liabeae (Asteraceae). II. Preliminary survey of the genera. Phytologia 28: 43-63. STUDIES IN THE LIABEAE (ASTERACEAE). VII. ADDITIONS TO THE GENUS MUNNOZIA. Harold Robinson Department of Botany Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC. 20560. Efforts to revise the Liabeae of Ecuador have resulted in the discovery of three undescribed species of Munnozia, one each from Colombia, Ecuador and Peru. The Ecuadorian species belongs to the subgenus Kastnera, the Colombian species is notable for the long outer involucral bracts, and the Peruvian species is unique in the genus by the complete lack of pappus setae. Munnozia (Kastnera) asplundii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes decumbentes vel sub- scandentes 60 cm vel ultra longae. Caules rubrescent- es teretes vel striati pilosi. Folia base non connata, petiolis 1.5-4.0 cm longis late alatis margine argute dentatis base latioribus et valde auriculatis; laminae herbaceae ovatis 3-9 cm longae et 1.5-6.5 cm latae base cordatae ex alis petioli fere discontinuae margine utrinque 5-10 dentatae vel duplo-dentatae apice acutae supra sparse grosse pilosae subtus tenuiter canescent- iter tomentosae, nervis secundariis in basis congestis, nervis subtus flaccide pilosis. Inflorescentiae plerumque in apicibus ramorum ternatae, pedicellis usque ad 8 cm longis dense longe pilosis, pilis flacc- idis non glandulosis. Capitula 10-11 mm alta et 13-18 mm lata; bracteae involucri 20-24 oblongo-ovatae vel oblongo-lanceolatae ca. 7 mm longae et 1.0-3.3 mm latae 2-3-seriatae margine puberulae vel minute serrul- atae anguste scariosae apice acutae purpurascentes extus inferne sparse pilosae superne minute stipitato- glanduliferae; receptacula minute puberula vel glabres- centia. Flores radii ca. 16; corollae flavae, tubis 3.5 mm longis pilosis, limbis 15-25 mm longis et 2.5 mm latis in 2/3 inferioribus piliferis apice leniter emarginatis. Flores disci ca. 30; corollae flavae, tubis 3-5 mm longis superne piliferis, faucis valde abruptis 1 mm longis glabris, lobis 3 mm longis 0.6- 0.7 mm latis superne sensim piliferis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.4 mm longa; thecae ca. 2 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus in parietibus lateral- ibus et transversalibus noduliferis; appendices 0.45- 0.50 mm longae ovatae acutae. Achaenia immatura ca. 380 1976 Robinson, Additions to Munnozia 381 1.5 mm longa dense setifera ca. 8-costata; squamae pappi laceratae ca. 0.6 mm longae inferne breviter connatae, setae plerumque 5 ca. 3 mm lLongae apice decrescentes. Grana pollinis 35-37, diam. TYPE: ECUADOR: Pichincha: NW slope of Mt. Corazén, alt. c. 3150 m. Decumbent or climbing herb, flowers golden yellow. 27 July 1955. Asplund 17087 (Holotype S). Munnozia asplundii is most closely related to M. acostae (Chung) R.& B. which proves to be a member of the subgenus Kastnera. The new species is distinct by the more ovate leaf blades having cordate bases that are separated from the petiole wings by a narrow sinus, and the undersurface of the blade is thinly tomentose. In M. acostae the leaf blades are triangular with truncate or hastate bases and the undersurface has no tomentum.,. Munnozia ferreyrii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes erectae vel procumbent- es 30-70 cm longae. Caules rubrescentes teretes vel Striati pilosi. Folia base in disco connata, discis 1-2 cm latis, petiolis 7-17 mm longis distincte anguste alatis; laminae herbaceae triangulari-ovatae 2.0-4.5 cm longae et 1.5-4.5 cm latae base truncatae margine pauce breviter dentatae apice breviter acutae supra pilosae subtus canescentiter tomentosae, ex apice petioli valde trinervatae subtus in nervis primariis pilosae. Inflor- escentiae laxe cymosae pauce alternate ramosae, pedic- ellis 2-7 cm longis dense pilosis. Capitula 7-9 mm alta et 5-10 mm lata; bracteae involucri 20-24 oblongo- ovatae vel oblongo-lanceolatae 2.5-5.0 mm longae et 1.0-1.5 mm latae 2-3-seriatae margine integrae anguste scariosae apice acutae purpurascentes extus dense pilosae; receptacula ignota. Flores radii 12-13; corollae flavae, tubis ca. 2 mm longis piliferis, limbis 12-14 mm longis et 1.5-2.0 mm latis extus sparse glanduliferis inferne piliferis apice leniter emarginatis. Flores disci 12-13; corollae flavae, tubaeoca. 2 mm longis piliferis, faucis abruptis 1.5- 1.8 mm longis base piliferis, lobis ca. 1.8 mm longis ca. 0.5 mm latis extus sparse glandulo-punctatis apice glabris vix papillosis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.3 mm longa; thecae 2 mm longae, cellulis exothec- Lalibus in parietibus laterialibus raro noduliferis; appendices ovatae vel oblongae ca. 0.25 mm longae et 0.2 mm latae apice subtruncatae. Achaenia ca. 3 mm longa et ca. 1 mm lata puberula 6-costata; squamae pappi minute usque ad 0.25 mm longae plerumque connatae denticulatae, setae nullae. Grana pollinis 27-33,. 382 PAY T.0 1.0.6 7 & Vol. 34, no. 4 TYPE: PERU: Cajamarca: Celendin, Gorge of Rio Marafion 3-4 km below summit of road to Celendin, above Balsas, alt. 2950 m. Herb. Lvs. amplexicaul, upper face medium green, white villous; under face pale green, pubescent. Fls. bright yellow. 21 May 1964, Hutchison & Wright 5234 (Holotype US). The new species has a reduced habit and a pappus with short squamae, both reminiscent of the subgenus Kastnera. The exothecial cells are like those of M. sagittata (Sch.Bip.) R.& B. in the subgenus Munnozia, however. Fused foliar disks on the nodes also seem foreign to the subgenus Kastnera. Examination has shown no evidence of pappus setae, a condition unique in the genus. Short pappus squamae are present but these are shorter than those in the subgenus Kastnera and are not obvious in fully mature achenes. e six-ribbed achenes also seem distinctive. Achenes in Munnozia usually have 8-10 ribs. Munnozia fosbergii H.Robinson, sp. nov. Plantae herbaceae perennes erectae ca. 7 dm altae base decumbentes. Caules subtiliter rubrescentes sexangulares evanescentiter arachnoideo-tomentosi. Folia base in disco connata, discis 1.5-2.0 cm latis, petiolis 2-4 cm longis alatis, alis utrinque 2-5 mm latis remote 2-4-denticulatis; laminae herbaceae deltoideae vel 5-angulatae 3-8 cm longae et 2-5 cm latae base truncatae margine utrinque remote minute 3-10-denticulatae apice argute acutae vel vix acumin- atae supra sparse pilosae subtus tenuiter canescent- iter tomentellae, nervis e basis distincte trifidis, nervis lateralibus valde ascendentibus, nervis subtus flaccide pilosis. Inflorescentiae plerumque in apicibus ramorum ternatae, pedicellis 4-6 cm longis arachnoideo-tomentosae. Capitula 10-12 mm alta et plerumque 12-15 mm lata; bracteae involucri 22-25 bi-tri-seriatae 5-6 exteriores oblanceolatae 12-13 mm longae acutae margine tomentosae extus sparse evanes- centiter arachnoideo-tomentosae interiores oblongo- lanceolatae vel anguste lanceolatae 9-10 mm longae glabrae anguste acutae; receptacula minute squamuli- fera. Flores radii ca. 20; corollae flavae, tubis 2.5-3.0 mm longis superne pilosis, lLimbis 15-18 mm longis et 1.7 mm latis inferne dense pilosis superne stipitate glanduliferis. Flores disci ca. 23; corollae flavae, tubis 3.5-5.0 mm longis sparse piliferis, faucis abruptis 2.0-2.5 mm longis inferne dense pili- feris, lobis ca. 2 mm longis et 0.4-0.5 mm latis extus stipitate glanduliferis saepe in apice pilis nongland- ulosis unicis; filamenta in parte superiore ca. 0.4 1976 Robinson, Additions to Munnozia 383 mm longa; thecae 2.5 mm longae, cellulis exothecialibus solum in parietibus transversalibus noduliferis; append- ices 0.4 mm longae et 0.15 mm latae oblongae apice rotundatae. Achaenia immatura 1.5 mm longa superne setifera ca. 10-costata; setae pappi ca. 30-32 plerum- que 6-7 mm longae apice vix decrescentes, squamae nullae. Grana pollinis 35-37, diam. ‘ TYPE: COLOMBIA: Boyaca: Buenavista, headwaters of Rio Pauto, ridge e. of Quebrada Laja (Q. Colorada), 30 meses. Of socha, Lat. 5°55‘ N., Long. 72928' W. New clearing, cloud forest on steep slopes, alt. 2700- 2900 m. Sap milky, fls. yellow. 10 Nov. 1944, Fosberg 22262 (Holotype US). The new species has the general aspect of the common Munnozia ao but it is immediately distinguished by the broadly connate bases of the leaves. The involucre is also distinctive and unique in the genus by the enlarged outer bracts. 38h, PiH ¥ &/0.L°0,G,1/k Vol. 34, no. Erik Asplund Munnozia asplundii H.Robinson, Holotype, Riksmuseum, Stockholm. Photos by Victor E. Krantz, Staff Photo- grapher, National Museum of Natural History. CCl TS 1976 Robinson, Additions to Munnozia 385 NA N Munnozia ferreyrii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 386 PEELE TO “L OFGhr a Vol. 34, no. a ‘ = se. Xe P PLANTS OF COLOMBIA, S. A. Hin Panto, 4 ‘ Ww 4 Q Citorada Dept. de Boyaca > No 44 Alt. 2700-2000 m. live FR Posberg No. Det ellow, » Misaton Munnozia fosbergii H.Robinson, Holotype, United States National Herbarium. 1976 PEEP Ace Pe ea eee 1 Robinson, Additions to Munnozia 387 Pte Ha Ee eee ee ee eh eiaice: Pikes Fete fie si oF. Sa Cen POS Fite oe st FF Peer et err Pe Enlargements of heads of Munnozia. Top; M. i L asplundii. Bottom left; M. ferreyrii. Bottom right; M. fosbergii. A New Form of Alyxia olivaeformis Gaud. (Apocynaceae). Hawaiian Plant Studies 50 Harold St. John (Bishop Museum, Honolulu, Hawaii 96818, USA) Alyxia olivaeformis Gaud., forma retusa, forma NOV ale EUG else Diagnosis Holotypi: Foliis oppositis vel ternatis, laminis 19-38 mm longis 16-28 mm latis Obovatis retusis marginibus revolutis, umbellis 2-2.5 cm longis, corollis 6 mm longis. Diagnosis of Holotype: Leaves opposite or ternate; petioles 2-3 mm long; blades 19-38 mm long, 16-28 mm wide, coriaceous, obovate, the apex retuse, the base shortly cuneate, the margins revolute, the blade shiny, above dark green, below green; umbels 2-2.5 cm long; corollas 6 mm long. Holotypus: Hawaiian Islands, Kauai Island, Napali Coast, Hanakapiai Valley, on ridge e. of the stream, dryland forest, 800 ft alt., Aug. 28, 1976, Charles Christensen 61 (BISH). Discussion: The writer distinguished (Phytologia 32: 377-386, 1975) eleven forms of this species. Only one of them, forma obovata, has the blades obovate, but it has the apex rounded or subacute. The new forma also has obovate blades, but it unique in having the blade apices retuse. The epithet retusa has been used before, as A. retusa Merr., for a species from Luzon (Philipp. Journ. Sci. 14: 448, 1918), but that does not prevent its use in the taxon forma. It is inconceivable that any botanist would raise this forma to the status of a species, and locally it is outstanding in its retuse blades. 388 1976 St. John, A new form of Alyxia 389 Fig. 1. Alyxia olivaeformis Gaud., forma retusa St. John, from holotype. Leaf X 1. NOTES ON NEW AND NOTEWORTHY PLANTS. XCII Harold N. Moldenke PREMNA MARIANNARUM f. DENTATA Moldenke, f. nov. Haec forma a forma typica speciei foliorum laminis margine grossedentatis recedit. This form differs from the typical form of the species in having the margins of its leaf=blades coarsely dentate with rounded or obtuse, rather low, sparse teeth. The type of the form was collected by M. V. C. Falanruw (no. 3132) in a shrubby area along the southwest coast of Guguan island, northern Marianas Islands, at an elevation of about 9 meters, on July 12, 1975, and is deposited in the United States National Herbarium at Washington. ADDITIONAL NOTES ON THE ERIOCAULACEAE. LXIII Harold N. Moldenke ERIOCAULACEAE Lindl. Additional & emended bibliography: C. Mull. in Just, Bot. Jahres- ber. 16 (1): 769-—770. 1888; Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 17-37, fig. 1—5S. 1901; Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Erganz. 2, Nach- tr. 3 zu 2: 37—l1, fig. 6 & 7. 1908; Lutz & Machado, Mem. Inst. Oswaldo Cruz 7: 15. 1915; Gleason, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 58: 327— 330. 1931; Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 11: 8. 1931; Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Illustr. Fl., imp.1, 1: 372 & 479 (1952) and imp.1, 3: 561, 568, & 582. 1952; Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker, Fl. Okin. 205. 1952; Duvigneaud, Lejeunia 16: 103. 1953; Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Illustr. Fl., imp. 2, 1: 372 & 479 (1958), imp. 2, 3: 561, 568, & 582 (1958), imp. 3, 1: 372 & 479 (1963), and imp. 3, 3: 561, 568, & 582. 1963; Moldenke, Act. Bot. Venez. 2: 153. 1967; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 27h. 1969; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 32. 1969; White- head, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 59: 132 & 133. 1972; Thorne in Meggers, Ayensu, & Duckworth, Trop. Forest Ecosyst. Afr.. & S. Am. 29 & 30. 1973; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 27h. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blat. 969, 1085, 1157, & 130. 197h; Beecher, Exxon USA 1) (fy): 29. 1975; Greller, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 102: 15. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 6, 89, & 90. 1975; Schinini, Bol. Soc. Argent. Bot. 16: 351. 1975; Weberling & Schwantes, Pflanzensyst., ed. 2 [Ulmer, Uni-Taschenb. 62:] 161 & 375. 19753 Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 87-511, fig. 1 & 2 (1975) and 33: 9--58, 130—153, 183-202, 271—275, 373—37h, 480, & 509— 511. 1976; Jaeger, Boissiera 24: 47h. 1976; Liogier, Bol. Jard. Bot. Raf. Moscoso 3 (2): 2. 1976; P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: (463]—l69, pl. 1 & 2. 1976. It should be noted here that the "Index Londinensis" gives "1906" as the proper publication date for the Pilger work cited above. Macbride (1931) feels that Syngonanthus, Blastocaulon, Philodice, and Lachnocaulon should all be united in one genus, Paepalanthus, "as genera [which] constitute therefore from a purely disinterested standpoint one natural gems". In this opinion I do not concur. BLASTOCAULON Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam. Erganz. 2, Nachtr. 3 2u 2: 37-39, fig. 6. 1908; Macbr., Field Mus. Publ. Bot. 11: 8. 19313; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 60—161 (1975) and 32: 507. 1976. Stapf (1930) dates the Pilger work referred to above as "1906". Macbride (1931) feels that Blastocaulon, along with Syngonanthus, - 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 391 Philodice, and Lachnocaulon, should be united in Paepalanthus as a single genus. BLASTOCAULON ALBIDUM (G. Gardn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam. Erganz. 2, Nachtr. 3 zu 2: 39. 1908; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 82.197; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975. BLASTOCAULON PROSTRATUM (Korn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam. Erganz. 2, Nachtr. 3 zu 2: 39. 1908; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 82. 197h; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975. BLASTOCAULON RUPESTRE (G. Gardn.) Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan— zenfam. Erganz. 2, Nachtr. 3 zu 2: 28 & 39, fig. 6. 1908; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 19753 Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 61. 1975. Additional illustrations: Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflan- zenfam. Erganz. 2, Nachtr. 3 zu 2: 39, fig. 6. 1908. It should be noted here, again, that Stapf (1930) gives "1906" as the actual date of publication of the Pilger work (1908) cited above, but the Library of Congress (Washington) printed card for the work retains the 1908 title-page date. BLASTOCAULON SPELEICOLA Alv. Silv. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 82. 197h; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975. CARPTOTEPALA Moldenke Additional synonymy: Cartpotepala Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: 66. 1976. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 461 (1975) and 32+ 507. 1976; P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: 66. 1976. CARPTOTEPALA JENMANI (Gleason) Moldenke Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 61. 1975. COMANTHERA L. B. Sm. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 461 (1975) and 32: 508. 1976; P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: 66. 1976. COMANTHERA KEGELIANA (Korn.) Moldenke Additional & emended bibliography: Ruhl. in Engl., Pflanzen- reich 13 (4-30): 271, 273, 290, & 293. 1903; Moldenke, Known Geogr. Distrib. Erioc. 7, 30, 50, & 58. 196; Moldenke, Phytolo- gia h: 322. 1953; Moldenke, Résumé Suppl. 1: 5, 16, 21, 23, 25, & 26 (1959) and 1h: 10. 1966; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 61. 1975. 392 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. The Lockhart s.n. [Caracas] collection, previously cited (and repeated below), is a mixture with Syngonantims gracilis (Bong.) Ruhl. Sandwith, in a communication to me dated May 12, 1956, has verified that this collection was actually made at or near to Caracas. Emended citations: VENEZUELA: Federal District: Lockhart s.n. [Caracas] in part (K). ERIOCAULON Gron. Additional & emended bibliography: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 17—37, fig. 1--5. 1901; Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Er- ganz 2, Nachtr. 3 zu 2: 37 & 38. 1908; Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Tliustr. Fl., imp. 1, 1: 372, 373, & 479 (19525 and imp. 1, 3: 562. 19523 Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker], Fl. Okin. 205. 19523 Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Illustr. Fl., imp, 2, 1: 372, 373, & h79 (1958), imp. 2, 3: 562 (1958), imp. 3, 1: 372, 373, & 479 (1963), and imp. 3, 3: 562. 1963; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Eco- log. Summ. 32. 1969; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej, & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 27). 1969; Whitehead, Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 59: 132 & 133. 1972; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 2, 27). 19743; Napp—Zinn, Anat. Blat. 969, 1157, & 1340. 1974; Beecher, Exxon USA 1) (4): 29. 19753 Greller, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 102: 15. 1975; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89 & 90. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 88--506, 508, 509, & 511 (1975) and 33: 9--20, 130, 131, 135, 151, 153, 183—186, 189— 191, 200, 201, 27h, 275, 373--37h, 508, & 509. 1976; P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: [63] & 6k. 1976. It should be noted here, again, that Stapf (1930) regards "1906" as the correct date of publication for the Pilger work (1908) cited above. ERIOCAULON ABYSSINICUM Hochst. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 19753; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 63. 1975. ERIOCAULON ACHITON Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 463 & 66. 1975.6 Maxwell encountered this plant "in open wet marshy zone on bare rock" in Thailand and refers to the heads as grayish and the anthers black, while Hooper & Gandhi state that it is a "common" herb "in full sun in marshy ground" in India, the heads white, misidentifying it as E, dianae var. longibracteatum Fyson. Additional citations: INDIA: Karnataka: Hooper & Gandhi HFP, 2432 (N). THAILAND: Maxwell 71-563 (Ac), 73- (Ac), 74-893 (Ac) « ERIOCAULON AFZELIANUM Wikstr,. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 88. 197k; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975. 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 393 ERIOCAULON ALPESTRE Hook. f. & Thoms. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 46). 1975. Copeland encountered this plant in flower and fruit in October. The Collector undetermined s.n. [Musashi: Tabata, 27 Sept. 1910] and Faurie 891, distributed as E. alpestre, actually represent E. robustius (Maxim.) Mak. Additional citations: SIKKIM: Hooker s.n. [8--12,000 ped.] (W--2501697). INDIA: Khasi States: Hooker f. & Thomson s.n. ERIOCAULON ALPINUM Van Royen Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: h6h. 1975. Recent collectors refer to this plant as a "rosette herb in clumps, leaves glossy medium-green, inflorescence light-brown" and have encountered it in bogs and open grassland of terraced intermontane basins, at altitudes of 2700—3600 meters, flowering and fruiting in June and July. Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: Papua: Croft & Lelean LAE, W17k7 (Mu); Croft & al. LAE.616)9 (Mu, Mu), LAE.61652 (Mu, Mu). ERIOCAULON AMBOENSE Schinz Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 88 & 232. 197. Giess describes this plant as having leaves to 3 cm. long, peduncles to 6 cm. long, and the flowering-heads black. Additional citations: NAMIBIA: Giess 9372 (Mu). ERIOCAULON AQUATICUM (J. Hill) Druce Additional & emended bibliography: Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom. Numb, Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 27h (1969) and imp. 2, 27h. 1974; Napp-Zinn, Anat. Blat. 969 & 1157. 19743 Hocking, Ex- cerpt. Bot. A.26: 89 & 90. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 6) (1975) and 32: 505. 1976. Additional citations: GREAT BRITAIN: Scotland: Herb. U. S. Dept. Agr. s.n. [Dumochty Lake, Aug. 8, 1825] (W-l5295); Winter- bottom s.n. [1838—18)2] (Sd—23691). ISLE OF SKYE: Boettcher s.n. (Aug. 8, 1829] (W—12738)5). EIRE: Galway: J. Ball s.n. [Sept. 5th, 1837] (W—297369); Linton s.n. [Connemara, 12.vili. 1885] (W—1312)20); Lomax s.n. [2 Augusti 1886] (W—1275380) ; Praeger s.n. [1h July 1699) (W—1275313). ERIOCAULON ATRATUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 18. 19013; Mol- denke, Phytologia 32: 6-65. 1975. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in tussock grassland on mountaintops, on sand-and-gravel bars in rivers, in small areas of marshy grassland in forest openings, and in shal- low soil among low trees around the margins of flat rock outcrops with grassy areas, refer to it as cespitose, with white heads, 394 PsBoYot Oc E70n8: Teh Vol. 3h, no. and found it flowering and fruiting in October. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Davidse & Sumithraarachchi 8002 (Ld), 8035 (Ld), 8596 (Ld), 8636 (Ld). ERIOCAULON ATRATUM var. MAJOR Thwaites Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 86, 91--92, & 205 (1974) and 30: 12h. 1975. Recent collectors have found this plant growing among shrubby and herbaceous vegetation on steep cliffs near the tops of moun tain peaks, in cracks of wet cliff faces, and in small open areas of grassland in marshy forest clearings, flowering and fruiting in November. They describe the plants as having more or less ex= tended and curved basal stems and white heads. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Davidse & Sumithraarachchi 1952 (Ld), 8000 (2), 8003 (Ld), 8651 (Ld) . ERIOCAULON ATRUM Nakai Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 92. 197k. Material of this species has been misidentified and distribu- ted in some herbaria as E, nipponicum Maxim, Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Collector undetermined sen. [Imashiro, Ose, 2) August 1911] (W—1310120). ERIOCAULON AUSTRALE R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 65 (1975) and 33: 373. 1976. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an erect annual herb, the leaf-bases rather fleshy, the scapes to 27 inches tall, with white flower—heads and flowers and have found it growing in marshy ground, along roadsides, in tufts at the edges of mangrove swamps, near swamps and in swampy areas near streams, in ponds and ditches, in and about puddles in roads through savannas, and in imndated soil and culverts in catchment areas, at altitudes of 5=-20 m., flowering and fruiting from March to May and July to October. Cushing reports that on Yap it is called "kai", a name also applied there to the orchid, Taeniophyllum, an octopus, and a spider, all of which are characterized by "a sunburst growth pattern". Collectors have also encountered this plant in shallow freshwater at the edges of streams and in open seasonally wet grass-sedge plains with a thin sand cover over clay. Pullen re- fers to it as a "locally common tussocky herb", Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herba- ria under the names E. longifolium Nees & Kunth, E. sexangulare L., and E. truncatum Mart. On the other hand, the e L. A. S. John son 17733 and C. Wright 549, distributed as E, australe, are bet~ ter regarded as s E. willdenovianum Moldenke,. Additional citations: NICOBAR ISLANDS: Teressa: Kamphgvener 24.78 (W—108099). CHINA: Kwangtung: C. 0. Levine s.n. [Canton Chr. Coll. 833] (W--1091660); Tso 20015 (W—-1L3197 3). MALAYA: Perak: Carrick 837 (K1—3807). ~ Selangor: Kasim bin Rajab 80 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 395 (K1—-1080); Poore 95b (K1—95). Trengganu: Carrick s.n. [3-5- 1965] (K1—3526), A. J. 4003 (K1--6908); Kasim bin Rajab 5022 (K1—5022); Soepadmo KLU.9133 (K1—12929). PALAU ISLANDS: Yap: Cushing 31 (K1—8353). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Labuan: E. D. Merrill "0" (W—,38743). Sarawak: Gaudet M.212 (K1--6979), Me 231 (K1—699)). NEW GUINEA: Papua: Pullen 715) (W—2636066). AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Specht 890 (W—2125012). Queens- land: M. S. Clemens s.n. [2 April 19k5] (Mi). ERIOCAULON AUSTRALE f. PROLIFERUM Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 373. 1976. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 373. 1976. This form has been encountered at altitudes of 300-—-),00 feet, flowering and fruiting in April. Citations: MALAYA: Johore: Khatijah & Bastiah KLU.185)1 (Kl— 1851-—-type, Z--photo of type). GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sarawak: Carrick & Enoch JC.148 (K1—-3137). ERIOCAULON BEAUVERDI Moldenke Emended synonymy: Eriocaulon giganteum Beauverd, Bull. Herb. Boiss., ser. 2, 8: 987. 1909 [not E, giganteum Afzel., 1856, nor Mart., 1975, nor Riedel, 1959]. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 93 (197h) and 33: 26, 189, & 191. 1976 ERIOCAULON BIFISTULOSUM Van Heurck & Muell.—Arg. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 65 (1975) and 33: 13 & 1h. 1976; P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: [63]. 1976. ERIOCAULON BLUMEI Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 9 & 206. 197h. Gaudet found this plant in anthesis in March. Additional citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sarawak: Gaudet ERIOCAULON BROWNIANUM var. LATIFOLIUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 468. 1975. Recent collectors have found this plant growing in marshy ground along streamlets and on wet rocks of riverbanks in the shade of the forest edge, flowering and fruiting in November and December. They describe the plant as cespitose, with erect stems, the plants growing singly or in clumps of up to 6 plants, the old roots and stems extending backwards up to 30 cm., the leaves holding water like bromeliad leaves, and the flowering heads white. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Davidse & Sumithraarachchi 8701 (Ld), 8902 (Ld). ieee eA ia 396 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. h ERIOCAULON BUERGERIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Sonohara, Tamada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker], Fl. Okin. 205. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 68. 1975. Ching refers to this plant as a tufted rush-like herb common on the open banks of rice fields. He found it in flower and fruit in October. Eriocaulon pachypetalum seems to be based on Shimada s.ne |Herb. Taiwan eZee from Formosa. The Ching 8939, cited below, bears a striking habital resem- blance to E. nudicuspe Maxim., but Ching 8829 is plainly what I regard as typical E. buergerianun. Material of E, buergerianum has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as E. truncatum Hamilt. On the other hand, the Bohnhof 29, Collector undetermined s.n. (Shimura, Oct. 20, 1893], J. Matsumura s.n. [Tokio, October 5, 1879], and Tsang 20687, distributed as E. buergerianum and in some cases even so cited by me in previous publications, are actually E. robustius (Maxim,) Mak., while Walker, Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano 7120 and Walker, Tawada, & Amano 679 are E. suishaense Hayata. Ching 781, is a mixture with something in the Cyperaceae. Sonohara and his associates (1952) report this species from "In wet soil in Kunigami, Nakagami, Ishigati, and Iriomote", but I strongly suspect that the plant referred to is actually E. suishaense; the vernacular names, "oh-hoshikusa" and "pipewort", reported by them, probably also belong to the latter taxon. Additional citations: CHINA: Anhwei: Ching 8829 (W—1279831), 8939 (W--1279832). Kwangsi: Ching 781, in part (W—1508962). Yunnan: Delavay s.n. (Tchen-fong-chan 189] (W—29)893). FORMO- SA: Shimada Son. (Herb. Taiwan 5558] (W—photo). ERIOCAULON CEYLANICUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 68 (1975) and 32: 488. 1976. Davidse found this plant in flower in October, growing in com- pact patches in montane tussock grassland on slopes above a river, the flower-heads white. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: Davidse 7607 (Z). ERIOCAULON CINEREUM R. Br. Additional & emended bibliography: Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker], Fl. Okin. 205. 1962; Bolkh., Grif, Matvej., & Zakhar., Chrom, Numb. Flow. Pl., imp. 1, 27) (1969) and imp. 2, 27h. 19743; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 463 & 468—l69 (1975) and 32: 503. 1976. Recent collectors describe this plant as an anmal herb, 3— inches tall, the leaves 1 to 11/2 inches long, light-green, "radiant" [i.e., radiating from the base], flat, the inflores- cences erect and white. They have found it in flower in April, June, July, and September and in fruit in July and October (in 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 397 addition to the months previously reported), growing at altitudes of 3—2100 meters, and report the vernacular name, "hishi-gusa". Dorsett & Morse refer to it as quite abundant in paddy fields, the flowers "white", while Ching describes the flowers as "whit- ish" and found the species to be common in Kwangsi. Hatusima refers to it as a common annual in paddy fields on Ishigaki is- land. Fosberg found it "occasional in drying mud in rice patches between harvest and plowing" on Miyakojima island. Other recent collectors have encountered it in moist rice paddies, at the edges of Melaleuca leucodendron lagoons, in damp areas at the foot of sandstone hills, and at the "edge of freshwater pools in stream- bed on top of sandstone scarp". Eriocaulon formosanum Hayata appears to be based on Shimada s. n. [Oct. 8, 1915; Herb. Taiwan 55] from Formosa, a photograph of which is in the United States National Herbarium in Washington. Sonohara and his associates (1952) record E. cinereum from "In wet soil in Kunigami, Nakagami, Ishigaki, and Yonaguni" in the Ryukyu Islands and list the vernacular name, "hoshikusa". Phil- ippine material of E. cinereum has been misidentified and distrib- uted in some herbaria as E. merrillii Ruhl. The Ching 8829 & 8939, “distributed as E. cinereum, actually are E. buergerianum Korn., McGregor s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 19980 & 20172] are E. merrillii Ruhl., M. Ramos sen. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 2089] seems to be a mixture with E. hE. merrillii and some- thing non-eriocaulaceous, Clemens & Clemens 3275, C. B. Robinson 1043, and Squires 91 are "Ee robinsonii Moldenke (of which the second=mentioned is the type collection), Tanaka & Shimada 1357h is E. robustius (Maxim.) Mak., and Reillo s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 19267] and Toroes 2581, 4572, & 502) are are E. truncatum Hamilt. Additional citations: AFGHANISTAN: Podlech 16790 (Mu). INDIA: Mysore: G. Thomson s.n. [Maisor & Carnatic] (W—25005)5). SRI LANKA: Thwaites C.P.795 (W—-2500531). CHINA: Chekiang: Chiao 18882 (W—~155079). Kwangsit Ching 7263 ["2763"] (W—1508805). CHINESE COASTAL ISLANDS: Honam: C. O. Levine s.n. [Herb. Canton Chr. Coll. 912] (W—1091690). HONG KONG: C. Wright s.n. [Hong Kong] (W—l6455). THAILAND: Maxwell 73-57 (Ac). KOREA: Dor sett & Morse 6328 (W-~155),391). JAPAN: Honshu: Collector unde- termined s.n Som. . [Wada-mura, Musashi, Oct. 30, 1893] (W—-2051,75) , Sen. sen. (Musashi: Otaia, 20 Sept. 1912] (W—-1310115); Hashimoto 162) (W—2335115); Ité & a 826 (W—2188)63). Miyakojima: F. R. Fosberg 3859 (W—259575). RYUKYU ISLAND ARCHIPELAGO: Ishigaki: Hatusima . 19025 (W--22),3622). FORMOSA: Shimada s.n. [Oct. 8, 1915; Herb. Taiwan 55] (W--photo). PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Tanone E. D. Merrill 293 (W--1310073); M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sei. 2072] (W—1239259) ; Rogerson 1099 1099 (W—190735). AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Specht 336 (W—209),618), 461 (W—209)712) , 1092 (W—2125160). MOUNTED ILLUSTRATIONS: Siddiqui in Fl. W. 398 PebiYuToOpeOeG tek Vol. 3h, no. Pakist. Pl. ined. (N). ERIOCAULON COLLINUM Hook. f. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 69. 1975. Davidse encountered this plant "in small streamlets dovm brushy slopes", at 1200 meters altitude, flowering and fruiting in November, and describes the heads as grayish-white. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Davidse 881 (Ld). ERIOCAULON COMPRESSUM Lam. Additional bibliography: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 33. 19013; Glea- son, New Britt. & Br. Illustr. Fl., imp. 1, 1: 373 & 37 (1952), imp. 1, 3: 562 & 568 (1952), imp. 2, 1: 373 & 37h (1958), imp. 2, 3: 562 & 568 (1958), imp. 3, 1: 373 & 37h (1963), and imp. 3, 3: 562 & 568. 1963; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecol. Sum. 32. 1969; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 469—l70. 1975. Additional illustrations: Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Illustr. Fl., imp. 1, 1: 373 (1952), imp. 2, 1: 373 (1958), and imp. 3, 1: 373. 1963. D'Arcy refers to the heads of this species as "grayish-—white" and found the plant growing in wet ditches. The Thomas, Dorris, & Drane 13921, distributed as E. compres- sum, actually is E. decangulare L. ; oot citations: FLORIDA: Gilchrist Co.: D'Arcy 193 (Sd— 86739) » ERIOCAULON DECANGULARE L. Additional & emended bibliography: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 17--37, fig. 1—5. 1901; Pilger in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. Er- ganz. 2, Nachtr. 3 zu 2: 37. 1908; Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Tllustr. Fl., imp. 1, 1: 373 (1952), imp. 1, 3: 562 & 568 (1952), imp. 2, 1: 373 (1958), imp. 2, 3: 562 & 568 (1958), imp. 3, l: 373 (1963), and imp. 3, 3: 562 & 568. 1963; G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Sum. 32. 1969; Beecher, Exxon USA 1) (): 29. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 488—1)89 . 1975. Additional illustrations: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 21, fig. 1--5. 1901; Gleason, New Britt. & Br. Illustr. Fl., imp. 1, 1: 373 (1952), imp. 2, 1: 373 (1958), and imp. 3: 373. 1963; Beecher, Exxon USA 1) (4): 29 [in color]. 1975. Stapf (1930) regards "1906" as the date of publication for the Pilger work (1908) cited above, but the United States Library of Congress printed card retains the 1908 title-page date. The Holm (1901) reference, also referred to above, is sometimes mis- dated "190". Thomas (1969) calls this species the "tenangle pipewort". Webster & Wilbur encountered it in savanna areas of longleaf and loblolly pine. Additional citations: MISSISSIPPI: Covington Co.: Webster & Wilbur 3373 (Mi). Hancock Co.: Gander 7605 (Sd——25492). LOUIS= TANA: Jackson Par.: Thomas, Dorris, & Drane 13921 (K1—-11795). St. Tammany Par.: C. A. Brown 2568 (Mi). 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 399 ERIOCAULON DEPAUPERATUM Merr. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 113. 197; Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975. Ramos & Edafio found this plant in flower ano fruit in Septem- ber. Additional citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Ramos & kid- aflo s.n. |Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 40528] (W—-1261525) . ERIOCAULON DEPRESSUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 89. 1976. Specht refers to this species as an anmual herb, the flowers white, the fruiting heads light-brown, and found it growing in damp areas at the foot of sandstone hills and at the edge of freshwater pools in streambeds on top of sandstone scarps, flowering in September, fruiting in June. Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Specht 462 (W--2094713), 1091 (W—-2125159, 2). ERIOCAULON DIANAE var. LONGIBRACTEATUN Fyson Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 189. 1976. The Hooker & Gandhi HFP.2),32, distributed as E. dianae var. longibracteatum, actually is E. achiton Korn. ERIOCAULON DICTYOPHYLLUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 19--195. 1974 e The Eitens have encountered this plant with its "base in wa- ter at brookside, rooted in brown sand in light shade of narrow gallery scrub" anc describe the heads as white. putea citations: BRAZIL: Mato Grosso: Eiten & Eiten 8625 (N). ERIOCAULON DIMORPHOPETALUM Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 283. 197). Davidse has found this plant growing "submerged in shallow water, except for the inflorescence, in shallow pond with about 1 foot of standing open water in Trachypogon-Curatella savanna", at O m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in November. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Bolfvar: G. Davidse 14,00 (Z). ERIOCAULON DREGEI Hochst. Additional bibliography: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 18. 1901; Mol- denke, Phytologia 29: 195. 197. ERIOCAULON ECHINULATUM Mart. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 490. 1976. Ramos found this plant in flower and fruit in October. Additional citations: INDIA: State undetermined: Griffith s. n. [Herb. Van Heurck 579] (W—2595296). CHINA: Kwangtung: Sampson 1353 (W—-295296). THAILAND: Maxwell 71-56) (Ac). hoo PeHed w2 02006 Eok Vol. 3h, navel PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Culion: M. Ramos s.n. (Herb. Philip. Sur. Sei. 1325] (W--1261859). ERIOCAULON ELICHRYSOIDES Bong. Additional bibliography: C. Mull. in Just, Bot. Jahresber. 16 (1): 769. 1888; Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 19, 30, & 36. 19013; Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 196. 197h. ERIOCAULON FISTULOSUM R. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 92. 1976. Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Queensland: Banks & Solander Sn. [1770] (W--1276298). ERIOCAULON HENRYANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 199 (197h) and 33: 373. 1976. Recent collectors have encountered this plant in swampy ground, bogs, and "swampy holes in rock face", flowering in July. The flowers are said to have been "white" on Rock 21927. Material of this species has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. cristatum Mart. and as E. cristatum var. mackii Hook. f. ae aie | Additional citations: CHINA: Fukien: J. B. Norton 1187 (W— 1050933). Ytinnan: A. Henry 9443 (W--l57065--isotype); Rock 1587 (W—1512229), 5349 (W--151225h), 5459 (W—1512260), 5882 (W— 171810h) , 1070 I (W--1512322) , 2h927 27 (W--1513627). Province un- determined: Del: Delevay s.n. if sonemaon so, 28 avril 1890] (W—2h95295). ERIOCAULON HENRYANUM f. VIVIPARUM Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 373-- 374. 1976. Bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 33: 373—37h. 1976. Citations: CHINA: Fukien: J. B. Norton 1188 (W--105093)-~ type). ERIOCAULON HETEROCHITON Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 199. 197h;5 P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: [63]. 1976. ERIOCAULON HETEROGYNUM F. Muell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 9h. 1976. Perry describes this species as a small herb, inches tall, with yellow heads, and encountered it in sandy creekbeds, flower— ing and fruiting in July. Additional citations: AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: R. A. Perry 2643 (W—-2156548, Z). ERIOCAULON HONDOENSE Satake Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 200. 197h. This plant has been collected in fruit in October and the name, "inu-no-hige", is reported for it. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Collector undetermined 1976 NMoldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae 4O1 sen. [Arai-mura, Musashi, Oct. 22, 1893] (W—205)76), sen. [Shi- mousa: Nakayama, 26 Sept. 1910] (W-~1310119) ; Hashimoto 39 399 (W— 222168); Ohwi & Koyama 112) (W—2211650); Togasi 722 (W— 2156649), 914 (W--218853h), 1101 (W—-2211632); Togashi MT .68)9 [Fl. Sa Exsicc. 67] (Mu). Shikoku: Collector undetermined s Sens [Sakawa, Tosa, Sept. 20, 189] (W--218163). ERIOCAULON HOOKERIANUM Stapf Additional bibliography: Moidenke, Phytologia 32: 95. 1976. Croft and his associates describe this plant as a rosette herb with semi-glossy midgreen leaves and white inflorescences and have found it in swampy grasslands at 2000 meters altitude, in flower and fruit in July. The H. H. Bartlett 7457, distributed as E, hookerianum, ap- pears to be E. infirmum var. puberulentum (Moldenke) Van Royen, not E, merrillii Ruhl. as previously reported by me. Additional citations: GREATER SUNDA ISLANDS: Sabah: Topping 1885 (W--1376760), 1887 (W—1376762). Sumatra: H. H. Bartlett 7883 (W--1552)71). NEW GUINEA: Papua: Croft & al. LAE.61929 (Mu). ERIOCAULON HUIANUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 26. 1973. Additional citations: CHINA: Kiangsi: Lau 229 (W--175293h) « ERIOCAULON HUMBOLDTII Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 495. 1976. Pursell and his associates found this plant growing in stand- ing water, while Goodland encountered it in grassland with scat- tered trees, Curatella, Byrsonima, Trachypogon, and Fimbristylis dominant. Schulz found it "frecuente en el borde de un 'morich- al' (con Mauritia flexuosa en la parte central), sitio imindado (5--15 em de agua), pero con ausencia de agua superficial en la &poca seca, suelo rico en mat. org4n., subsuelo grava arena, vegetac. dominada por Cyperac. No. 622, Gram./Cyp. 626-627-628, Xyris savan., estrata arbustiva original de Jussiaea lithosper- mifolia eliminada por quema anual y pastoreo." Davidse & Llanos found it growing "in marshy area around lake margins dominated by scattered sedges and Mauritia flexuosa palms", but make the curious statement "plants with stilt roots" -—- a character never before reported. They state that the heads are white. Additional citations: COLOMBIA: Vichada: Davidse & Llanos 5228 (Ld). VENEZUELA: Gudrico: J. P. Schulz 623 (Ut—32036h) . Monagas: Pursell, Curry, & Kremer 7 8310 y (W—-25),6258) . GUYANA: Goodland 888 (W--251,8126) « ERIOCAULON INFIRMUM var. PUBERULENTUM (Moldenke) Van Royen Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 96. 1976. Recent collectors describe the inflorescence—heads of this plant as "bluish-white" and have found it growing on a high 02 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. plateau, flowering and fruiting in April and October. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. hookerianum Stapf, E. merrillii Ruhl., and E. truncatum Hamilt. Additional citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Culion: M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 130] (W—1261867). ERIOCAULON KORNICKIANUM Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. Additional bibliography: G. W. Thomas, Tex. Pl. Ecolog. Summ. 32. 19693 Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 497 (1976) and 33: 21. 1976. Thomas (1969) calls this species the "smallhead pipewort". ERIOCAULON LATIFOLIUM J. E. Sm. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 88 & 97 (1976) and 33: 26, 153, & 183. 1976. Additional citations: LIBERIA: J.T. Baldwin 10382 (W—2070152), 10946 (W—-2070175) . ERIOCAULON LIGULATUM (Vell.) L. B. Sm. Additional bibliography: Holm, Bot. Gaz. 31: 18. 1901; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 97. 1976. Lindeman and his associates describe this species as a "locally abundant herb, grayish, the leaf rosette on an up to 30 cm. long stem clothed by old sheaths, the heads white, the involucre yellow- ish, the bracts with white hyaline margins, the "calyx" [involucre?] dark-green, the florets white, and the anthers dark" or black. They encountered it on yellow-brown clay soil of campos, along creeklets on campos, and in "banhado em Sphagnum", flowering and fruiting in July. It is depicted on their "slide L.11.10,11", Additional citations: BRAZIL: Paran4: Hatschbach 37922 (Ld); Lindeman & Haas 219 (Ld), 5670 (Ut—32005). Rio Grande do Sul: Lindeman & Irgang ICN.8116 (Ut—320397). Santa Catarina: Smith & Kein 15591a (W--2653317) . ERIOCAULON LINEARE Small Additional bibliography: Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975; Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 498. 1976. ERIOCAULON LINEARE var. GIGAS Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 20). 1975 Hocking, Excerpt. Bot. A.26: 89. 1975. ERIOCAULON LIVIDUM F. Muell. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 20--205. 197. Latz refers to thus plant as an "erect ephemeral, heads white, rare in damp clayey loam in mixed grassland fringing lagoon" and found it in flower and fruit in May. It has also been misidenti- fied and distributed in some herbaria as "E. quinquangulare L. sens. lat., also close to E, schultzii" Benth. rere citations: AUSTRALIA: Northern Territory: Latz 3703 Z). 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae hO3 ERIOCAULON MAGNIFICUM Ruhl. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 206. 197). Rambo (1950) comments that "Até o Soomento s6 o conheco de Sombrio; sua constatagdo ao sul de Torres & quest&o de ulteriores pesquisas. Seja dito de passagem, que apés comparag¢&o mimiciosa do material com E. megapotamicum, n&o estou convencidco duma ver— Gadeira diferenga entre as duas espécies". He is certainly cor— rect in saying that the two taxa are extremely similar. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: J. Vidal IV. 288 (Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 105086] (W—2653329). ERIOCAULON MAGNUM Abbiatti Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 98.1976. Recent collectors have found this plant in fruit in November. Additional citations: ARGENTINA: Corrientes: Achinini & Carne- vali 10313 (Ld). ERIOCAULON MEGAPOTAMICUM Malme Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 207. 197h. Rambo (1950) comments that "0 lugar tipico desda esp&cie é Povo Novo perto de Pelotas; entretanto, 6 o Eriocaulon predomin- ante dos arredores de Osério, onde cresce de mistura com o Syn- gonanthus acima mencionado". He also affirms that he is unable to differentiate this species from E. magnificum Ruhl. ERIOCAULON MELANOCEPHALUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 99. 19763 P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: [63]. 1976. Bunting and his associates describe this plant as an aquatic herb with the flower—heads above the water, the floral bracts dark, and the flowers whitish. Hatschbach & Kummrow report find- ing it in "lake water", flowering and fruiting in March. Additional citations: VENEZUELA: Amazonas: Bunting, Akkermans, & Van Rooden 3457 (Ut—320386). BRAZIL: Goids: Hatschbach & Kum-— row w 36331 Ga ERIOCAULON MERRILLII Ruhl, Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 61. 1973. The E. sollyanum var. sumatranum Van Koyen, previously regard- ed by me as a synonym of E. merrillii, seems, rather, to be a dis-— tinct, albeit very closely related, taxon. Recent collectors have found E. merrillii in flower and fruit in September and October. Material has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. cinereum R. Br. and as E. nigriceps Merr. The M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 21,089] collection, cited below, is a mixture with something non— eriocaulaceous and may also include some E. cinereum material. The H. H. Bartlett 757 and Boeea 5963, 6008, 8764, & 1033, distributed and previously cited by me as E. merrillii, apparent- ly are E. sollyanum var. sumatranum Van Royen instead. Ook, Py BO BO Gy Tak Vol. 34, no. Additional citations: PHILIPPINE ISLANDS: Luzon: Elmer 1350 (W—-105097); E. D. Merrill 362 (W—l3887); M. Ramos s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 2089, in part] (W--1239271); R. S. Williams 946 (W--707273), 100 (W—707312). Polillo: C. B. Robinson s.n. [Herb. Philip. Bur. Sci. 9031] (W--629562). Sibuyan: Elmer 1228 (W—872870) . ERIOCAULON MIQUELIANUM Korn. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 209. 197k. Togashi reports encountering this plant in "wet fields near rice fields". The Collector undetermined s.n. [Sakawa, Tosa, Sept. 20, 189h], s.n. [Arai-mura, Musashi, Oct. 22, 1893], and s.n. [Shimousa: Na- kayama, 26 Sept. 1910], distributed as E, miquelianum, are actu- ally E. hondoense Sataka, while Collector undetermined 94 is E. nipponicum Maxim. dditional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Togashi MT .6857 [Fl. Jap. Exsicc. 68] (Mu). ERIOCAULON MIQUELIANUM var. LUTCHUENSE (Koidz.) T. Koyama Additional bibliography: Sonohara, Tawada, & Amano [ed. E. H. Walker], Fl. Okin. 205. 1952; Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 478. 1972. Senohara and his associates (1952) eeead this plant from "In wet soil in Kunigami, Nakagami, Kume, and Ishigaki" in the Ryukyu Islands, as well as Okinawa, and record the vernacular name, "Okinawa-hoshikusa", ERIOCAULON MODESTUM Kunth Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 501. 1976. Rambo (1950) comments that "Citada por FB para a Ilha de Sta. Catarina, foi constatada em Mostardas por um exemplar da Herbér- io Anchieta, para os arredores da cidade do Rio Grande por Malme, e para o Uruguai por Herter; no litoral norte ainda n&o a encon= trei." Lindeman encountered the species in a "peque& lagoa atras das dunas primarias.....na margem em humus fmido", flowering and fruiting in November. Additional citations: BRAZIL: Rio Grande do Sul: Lindeman ICN, 20908 (Ut—320392); J. Vidal IV.17) [Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. re 3 amped eel a sen. ({Herb. Mus. Nac. Rio Jan. 126570] (W— 2653328 ERIOCAULON MOKALENSE Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 80. 1972; P. Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: [63]. 1976. ERIOCAULON MONTANUM Van Royen Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 502. 1976. Croft and his associates describe this species as an "herb forming compact cushions" or "rosettes forming large cushions", the leaves dull medium-green or "semi-glossy mid-green", and the 1976 Moldenke, Notes on Eriocaulaceae os inflorescence pale-green, the flowers medium green, and have en- countered it in subalpine grassland or along the banks of streams in intermontane grassland basins, at 2800—3300 m. altitude, flowering and fruiting in July. Additional citations: NEW GUINEA: Papua: Croft & al. LAE.61))89 (Mu, Z), LAE.65250 (Mu). pare ERIOCAULON MUTATUM N. E. Br. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 210. 197h; P, Morat, Adansonia, ser. 2, 15: [63]. 1976. ERIOCAULON NANTOENSE Hayata Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 210. 197k. Additional citations: FORMOSA: Kawakami s.n. [Herb. Taiwan 5553] (W-—-photo of isotype). ERIOCAULON NEO-CALEDONICUM Schlecht. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 2h: 83. 1972. Additional citations: NEW CALEDONIAN ISLANDS: New Caledonia: Franc A.266, in part (W—-1370830—cotype); McKee 3383 (W--22102)9) . ERIOCAULON NEPALENSE Prescott Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 502. 1976. Nicolson refers to this plant as "occasional" in wet swampy areas or wet places in general, at 1500—1800 m. altitude, and collected it in flower in September. Inexplicably, he describes the flowers as "blue" on his no. 2361 — perhaps through an error in transcription. Additional citations: NEPAL: Nicolson 226) (W--257117), 2361 (W——25711L8) . ERIOCAULON NIGERICUM Meikle Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 61. 1973. The United States National Herbarium sheet of Baldwin 91)5 includes a photographic copy of the original illustration of this species as published by Meikle & Baldwin (1952). Additional citations: LIBERIA: J. T. Baldwin 9145 (W—2070083, Z), 9456 (W—2070100), 10088 (W—2070123), 10336 (W—20701))5). ERIOCAULON NIGRUM H. Lecomte Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 31. 1973. Additional citations: INDOCHINA: Tonkin: Pételot 113bis (W— 1597267, Z). ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE Steud. oo bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 502——503. 1976. Sohmer and his associates encountered this plant as common "in water of small stream" and describe the flower—heads as "egrayish-colored", in anthesis in November. Stone refers to the plant as "a large species often embedded in dense-mats of a small 06 P. Hud...) InO -G Bk Vol. 34, no. Panicum sp., occasionally in small open pools in very moist grass- obscured rivulets in patanas in open patches of disturbed erica ceous forest". He describes the flowers as "grayish-white" and found the plant in anthesis in April. Other recent collectors refer to it as "fairly common marshy herbs with prominent heads, peduncles to 50 cm., in partial shade of wet deciduous regions", along trails in montane forests, and at the edges of streams in open marshy grassy areas, the stems and leaves erect, dark-green, and the heads white. Additional citations: INDIA: Karnataka: Jarrett & Ramamoort HFP.995 (N). SRI LANKA: Davidse & Sumithraarachchi 7993 (Ld), 862 (Ld); Sohmer, Jayasuriya, & Eliezer 852 (Lc, N); B. C. Stone 11278 (K1—18852). ERIOCAULON NILAGIRENSE f. PARVIFOLIUN Moldenke Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 32: 502—503. 1976. Davidse refers to this plant as cespitose, with white flower- heads, and found it growing in marshy montane tussock grassland along streamlets, flowering and fruiting in October. Additional citations: SRI LANKA: G. Davidse 760 (Ld). ERIOCAULON NIPPONICUM Maxim. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 29: 212. 197h. Recent collectors refer to this plant as an annual herb, 10— 20 cm. tall, have found it growing in grassy fields and in "water in neglected paddies", at altitudes of 1000-3000 feet as well as at sealevel, flowering and fruiting from July to October, and re-= port the vernacular names, "shiro-inunohige" and "shiro=inu=no- hige™. Gee of this taxon has been misidentified and distributed in some herbaria as E. miquelianum Korn. On the other hand, the Collector undetermined s.n. [Imashiro, Ose, 2), August 1911], distributed as E. nipponicum, actually is E. atrum Nakai Additional citations: CHINA: Fukien: J. B. Norton 1185 (W— 1347913). KOREA: D. E. Davis 15 (W—2128326). JAPAN: Honshu: Collector undetermined 9 (W--l5280), s.n. [Wada-mura, Musashi, Sept. 6, 1893] (W—=205L7h) , sen. (Musashi: Shinako, 17 Sept. 1910] (W--1310116); E. Elliott 128 (W--19)2957); Ohwi & Koyama 137 (W—-20373),8) . ERIOCAULON NUDICUSPE Maxim. Additional bibliography: Moldenke, Phytologia 26: 32. 1973. Additional citations: JAPAN: Honshu: Inami 956 (W-~2188573) . ERIOCAULON NUTANS F. Muell. This taxon should be deleted from the list of accepted taxa. The name is obviously a misspelling of "Eriocaulon natans F. Muell.", a synonym of E, setaceum L. BOOK REVIEWS Alma L. Moldenke NORCHIDACEARUM ICONUM INDEX" by C. Schuster, iv & 611 pp., Fac- simile Edition by Otto Koeltz Science Publishers, D-62) Koenigstein/Taunus, West Germany. 197). DM.220. This reprint -- like so much of the careful work of this Koeltz Antiquariat printing house — is neatly reproduced on good thin paper and securely bound. These treasured Schuster studies were first published serially from 1931 to 1936 as the first seven nun- bers and in 1943 as the combined last two numbers of Feddes Reper- torium Volume 60. Well over a thousand, all the then-known orchid taxa, are ac- curately listed with their authorities and published sources of one or more illustrations, for example: p.- 1. "Aa Rehb. f. (Altensteinia H.5.K.) Aa brevis Schltr. Rep. Beih. lvii (1929) Taf. 105. Nr. 10" ~~ and 16 other species split from the century older genus which is herein left with only p. ll. “"Altensteinia fimbriata H.B.K. H.B.K.2 Nov. Gen. 1. (1815) t. 72" and 2 other species. p. 311. "X-Laelio—Cattleya Fanny Leon Hort. (c. labiata x L.-C. exoniensis) Watso et Chapmann: Or chids (1903) p. 285, Farbtaf. — Garden lvii (1900) p. 95, fig." and hundreds of other combinations. p. 611. "Zygostates lunata Ldl. Martius: Flor. Bras. iii, 6 (1904—06) t. 45. —- Hoehne: Alb. Orch. Bras. Sao Paulo (1930) p. 121, fig." For a wide range of taxonomists, orchid specialists, orchid breeders and raisers, both serious amateur and professional, this essential study has been more "wanted" than "available" for many years because of the limiting effects of World War 2. Even now promptness in acquisition is urged because only 300 reprint copies were printed. "DIE LAUBMOOSE FENNOSKANDIAS" by V. F. Botherus, iv & 635 pp., illus., Facsimile Edition by Otto Koeltz Science Publishers, D-62); Koenigstein/Taums, West Germany. 197). DM.198. This is another important taxonomic "classic" to be welcomed by university and herbarium scientists and students interested in mosses — Scandinavian, circumboreal, high altitude, cold weather and/or glacially affected plants. It is a reprint of the 1923 issue of the Flora Fennica I sponsored by the Societas Pro Fauna et Flora Fennica. 07 4,08 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 3h, no. For 826 species and a sizable additional mumber of subspecific units much concisely and accurately presented information is given. The 118 illustrations consist of very finely executed black/white prints of many-parted drawings that confirm, amplify and/or explain the German language text. "BIOLOGY DATA BOOK" Second Edition, Volume II compiled and edited by Philip L. Altman & Dorothy S. Dittmer for the Federation of American Societies for Experimental Fiology, xix & 825 pp., illus., Bethesda, Maryland 2001). 1973. $0.00 or $100.00 for the 3-volume set. This whole second edition reflects expectedly and well the basic changes during the past decade in biology by being broader in scope because of the continuing growth of interscience dis=— ciplines and expanded with carefully verified new material arranged in space, word, energy and time-saving table or graph formats. Volume II contains 96 tables and graphs checked by 260 outstanding named authorities covering: VI. Biological Regulators and Toxins on contimuous pagination from Volume I (pp. 607--780), VII. Environ= ment and Survival (pp. 781--1052), VIII. Parasitism (pp. 1053—~ 1126), IX. Sensory and Neuro-Biology (pp. 1127-1308), Appendices listing scientific names and corresponding common names (et v.v.) of plants and animals (pp. 1309--1346), and a detailed index (pp. 1347--1432). Might the appendices and index be joined since many names are already duplicated in them? What a wonderful service these contributors, compilers and reviewers have provided in this publication of such great value to so many students and scientists of many disciplines! "THE WEB OF ADAPTATION: Bird Studies in the American Tropics" by David W. Snow, xiii & 176 pp., illus., Demeter Press Book, Quadrangle/New York Times Book Co., New York, N. Y. 10022. 1976. $8.95. Dr. Snow, now head of the ornithology section of the British Mu- deum, together with his wife, here relates some of his fascinating, logical conclusions from the ample field experiences in many parts of the American tropically forested areas, especially in regard to the fruit-eating birds that are not seed destroyers — bellbirds, cock-of=the-rock, mannikins, cotingas, calfbirds and the insect- to fruit- diet switching oilbirds who show concomitant breeding adaptation. This wonderful natural history book has much to offer to those in the 6-to-96-year age span. 19747 >. PHYTOLOGIA Designed to expedite botanical publication Vol. 34 November, 1976 No. 5 CONTENTS REVEAL, J. L., Eriogonum (Polygonaceae) of Arizona and New Mexico . 409 MOLDENKE, H. N., Notes on new and noteworthy plants. XCIII..... . 485 MOLDENKE, H. N., Additional notes on the Eriocaulaceae. LXIV ..... 485 mem auninors in Volume Thirty-four .........000 cee cae ee 497 Index to supraspecific scientific names in Volume Thirty-four ........ 497 TT 0h Se eg ane Ra BUS LAY die cares wa eee Git 542 LIBRARY NOV 23 1976 NEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDEN Published by Harold N. Moldenke and Alma L. Moldenke 303 Parkside Road vg Plainfield, New Jersey 07060 ; US.A. Price of this number, $2; per volume, $9.75 in advance or $10.50 after close of the volume; 75 cents extra to all foreign addresses ERIOGONUM (POLYGONACEAE) OF ARIZONA AND NEW MEXICO James L. Reveal University of Maryland, College Park 20742 and Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 With the increased interest in endangered and threatened plants in the United States, the need for modern keys and des- criptions of critical genera is becoming more apparent. There is a growing concern among government officials, both federal and state, that their field workers, even when trained in botany, will not have adequate floras to review and ascertain the biology of the plants considered as endangered or threatened, and to det- ermine the relationships between those plants which are common and those which are rare. The need now for a national flora of the United States is greater than at any time in the history of the nation, but the prospect of a set of manuals which will be of use to the forester, the range manager, and the farmer seems more remote than ever. The present review of the genus Exiogonum (Polygonaceae) is done at the request of the United States Forest Service and the Bureau of Land Management. These two federal agencies are taking an active role in the management of their lands to insure the con- tinued existence of the several species of vascular plants now thought to be endangered or threatened. Although there are a num ber of species of Exiogonum which fall into these categories, the genus is only one of many such genera which investigators should prepare modern treatments for in order to aid these federal agen- cies in their work. With no treatment of the flora of the south- western United States available at present which gives both keys and descriptions, such random treatments will be all field workers can hope for. ERIOGONUM Michx. Wild Buckwheat Annual or perennial herbs and shrubs with basal or cauline, alternate leaves and often with alternate or whorled scalelike to foliaceous bracts, entire and estipitate; flowers perfect or im- 409 k10 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 5 perfect, borne in campanulate to turbinate or cylindric involucres, 4--10-lobed or toothed, awnless, few- to many-flowered, sessile or peduncled; tepals petaloid, 6-parted in two series of 3 segments each, on a distinct pedicel or the base of the flower attenuated into a stipelike base; stamens 9, the filaments filiform, often Pilose basally; ovary 1-celled, styles 3 with capitate stigmas; achenes mostly 3-angled or winged. A North American genus of some 250 species found mainly in the western United States. (Greek, erion, wool, and gonu, knee or joint, the type of the genus, E. tomentosum Michx., being hairy at the nodes.) KEY TO ERTIOGONUM IN ARIZONA A. Flowers with stipelike bases, mostly yellow to reddish-yellow, glabrous or pubescent; low spreading cespitose to subshrubby perennials. B. Flowers glabrous; widespread and common across the north- ern tier of counties ........ 26. ©, umbeteaam BB. Flowers pubescent without. C. Involucres with long, reflexed lobes; flowering stems scapose and ebracted, with a large single terminal in- volucres; extreme northern Mohave Co. . . PAS (Ec cacspitosum CL. Involucres “with shallow erect teeth; flowering stems bracted, terminated by an open, often branched in- florescence, or if capitate, then plants of the Kaibab Plateau; widespread . oh : . » « SOV (ER yanener AA. Flowers not attenuated into a stipelike base. B. Plants perennials (see also E. inflatum). C. Plants cespitose to large shrubs; stems and branches glabrous to tomentose, not strigose; achenes not wing- ed or plump, usually enclosed by the mature flower, brovm to black. D. Plants distinct shrubs or subshrubs, woody above the spreading caudex and not dying back complete- ly to the ground after each year. E. Flowers pubescent without, 2.5—3.5 mm long, white to pink; low shrubs; common throughout most of the state... 12. E. fasciculatum EE. Flowers glabrous without. F. Stems smooth, glabrous to tomentose, not angled or ribbed, nor scabrellous. G. Inflorescences small and compact, cy- mose, with involucres dichotomously arranged even at the tips of the branches; stems usually tomentose, occasionally floccose or glabrous. H. Leaves revolute, narrow. I. Leaves 2—6 cm long. J. Inflorescences open and and spreading, 1.5--6 cm 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 11 long, white-tomentose or lanate to (rarely) glab- rate and green; leaves 0.3--4 cm long, mostly rigid; rather conmon in the northern half of the state 1. E. microthecuwn JJ. Inflorescences densely cymose, 2—15 cm long, glabrous and bright green; leaves 1.5--6 cm long, mostly flaccid; infrequent and local in Apache and Navajo cos. . A. UiEe LeptophyLlum Ta: Eeaves! 0.5—2 cm long. J. Plants subshrubs to low shrubs, not matted; leaves 2—-4 mm wide; involucres 2--2.5 nm long. . hoe GE microthecum JJ. Plants matted, less than 1 dm high. K. Flowers 3.5--4.5 mm long; involucres atop of bractless stems; leaves 2—6S nm long, 0.5—-1 mm wide; local and rare, southwest- ern Coconino Co. and northern Yavapai Co. 2b rtipleye KK. Flowers 2—-2.5 mm long; involucres subtended by bracts; leaves 5--8 mm long, 0.8——2 mm wide; western Mohave Co. east to Navajo Co. and south to Yavapai 3. E. ericifoliun HH. Leaves flat, “not revolute. I, Leaves sharply acute, the blades mostly narrowly ellip- tic, 1--8 mm wide; plants mostly low subshrubs with floccose stems and of Mohave and Coconino cos., or erect shrubs with glabrate and green stems of Navajo and Apache cos. ...41. E. microthecwn 412 P HY T Os OsG) Té Vol. 34, no. 5 II. Leaves acute to obtuse or rounded apically, more than 8 mm wide, or if 2—5 m wide, then margin crenulate and branches of the inflorescence zig-zag. J. Inflorescences cymose and + open, not zig-zag. Ke Leaf-blades oblanceo-— late to elliptic or nearly orbicular, 1--5 cm long, the base cun- eate, not cordate or truncate; stems and branches mostly white to grayish tomentose, or infrequently glut- inose and green; com mon fran eastern Mo- have Co. to Apache Co. 6. E. corymbosum Leaf-blades cordate, 1.5--2.5 cm long, the base cordate to trun- cate; stems and bran- ches brownish-white; local and rather com- mon from east-central Mohave Co. to extreme western Navajo Co. 8. E. jonessi JJ. Inflorescences of compact masses of zig-zag branch- es; leaves oblong—lanceo- late to oblanceolate, 6- -15 mm long, 2--5 mm wide, crenulate; western Mohave Co. 15. E. plumatella GG. Inflorescences large with numerous branches and branchlets bearing race—- mosely arranged involucres along their tips; stems and branches glabrous to floccose or infrequently tomentose. H. Inflorescences open, branches not zig-zag. Te Leaves 1--4.5 am long, 2—15 mn wide; inflorescences with involucres racemosely arrang- ed only at the tips of the branches; plants large shrubs 3--13 dm high, up to 20 dm 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 413 across; sandy places in north- ern Arizona. J. Leaves tomentose at least below. K. Leaves linear-lanceo- late to oblanceolate or narrowly elliptic, 1.5—4.5 cm long, 2--8 mm wide; branches floc- cose to glabrous; Coc-— onino Co. eastward. . . 9. E. Leptockadon KK. Leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, 1—2.5 (3) em long, 5—15 mm wide; branches tomentose; Coconino Co. westward »»..d0. 6. Rearnepe JJ. Leaves glabrous on both surfaces; plants glabrous throughout; rare and local in extreme eastern Mohave Co. west of Fredonia . .. dll. E. mortontanum II. Leaves 0.5—1.5 cm long, 2--5 (7) mm wide; inflorescences with long branches essentially with racemosely arranged in- volucres throughout; plants low subshrubs 1.5—4 dm high, 1—5 dm across, or if up to 7 dm high and 10 dm across, then plants of southern Arizona; common and widespread through- out the state. . hoe 2. “wrightii HH. Inflorescences long with compactly arranged zig-zag clusters of bran- ches, tomentose or glabrous; leaves oblong-lanceolate to oblanceolate, 6—15 nm long, 2—5 nm wide, cren- ulate; western Mohave Co. . . fee TE: plumatella FF. Stems angled and ribbed or scabrellous, not smooth. G. Involucres campanulate, (0.7) 1--1.5 mm long, 1—2 mm wide; flowers 1.5--2 mm long; low subshrubs up to 6 dm high; stems and branches ribbed and angled or scabrellous; plants of north—west- ern Arizona... 13. E. heewannti PHY T ObrOe PA Vol. 3h, no. 5 GG. Involucres turbinate, 0.8—1.5 mm long, 0.7--1.3 mm wide; flowers (2.5) 3-—4 mm long; erect, usually much- branched shrubs to 5 dm high; stems and branches scabrellous; southeast- ern Arizona... 14. E. apachense DD. Plants herbaceous, cespitose or pulvinate peren- nials. E. Plants herbaceous; inflorescences open. F. Involucres not arranged racemosely along elongated branches. G. Flowers glabrous without. H. Leaves linear to oblong or ellip- tic, 0.6--5 cm long, 2—15 mm wide, densely tomentose below; involucres sessile, not peduncu- late; flowers smooth, not broadly expanded basally; Mohave and Coconino cos. I. Flowers 2—2.5 mm long; infl- orescences with zig-zag bran- ches, tomentose or if glabrous then grayish; involucres 2- -2.5 mm long; leaves oblanc-— eolate to oblong-lanceolate, 6--15 mm long, 2--4 mm wide; infrequent , western Mohave Co... 5 4S ne plumatetla els Flowers 3--3.5 mm long; in- florescences open, cymose, glabrous and green; involucres 2—3.5 mm long; leaves linear to oblanceolate or oblong to elliptic, (2) 3--5 cm long, (3) 4--15 mm wide; local and rare, northeastern Mohave Co. and to be expected in north- western Coconino Co. . 16. “"E: thompsonae 2 Leaves ‘ovate to rounded, 0.5--2 cm long and wide, densely white- pilose on both surfaces; involuc- res 1.5--2 mm long, on peduncles 0.5—2.5 cm long; flowers with broadly expanded bases; local and rare in widely scattered locations in the northwestern and eastern part of Arizona . Sa “ anizonicum GG. Flowers pubescent without. H. Flowers densely pubescent without 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 4s with long white hairs, 2.5--5 (6) mm long; involucres campanulate, 3—-6 mm wide; inflorescences sub- capitate or rarely cymose; rare and local in central Apache Co. .. 20. €E. Lachnogynum HH. Flowers sparsely to densely pubes- cent with thin, strigose hairs, usually yellowish or reddish but never white; inflorescences open and much divided. I. Stems and branches strigose, slender; achenes plump, wing- ed at the apex; local, White Mts., Apache Co. . . wey Shale. hienacifoLium 1 Stems and branches glabrous or merely sparsely hirsute near the base, often inflated; ac- henes slender, the apex merely 3-angled; common and wide- spread throughout most of the state... 34. E. inflatun FF. Involucres racemosely arranged along elon- gated branches. G: Plants suffrutescent, low and spread- ing with numerous branches and stems from the base; involucres 1—2.5 nm long; flowers white, 1.5—3.5 mm long; leaves small, 0.5--1.5 cm long, 2--5 (7) mm wide; widespread and cammon in Anizone:. sion css: a, ) BOS oe Weight . Plants strictly herbaceous, upright and erect with one to few erect bran- ches from the base; involucres 1.5--5 mm long; flowers white to scarlet-red, 2--5 mm long; leaves large, 1.5—10 em long, 1--3.5 cm wide; local and re— stricted to the mountains of northern Arizona. H. Stems and branches tamentose to floccose; common. . 23% &. “nacemosum HH. Stems and branches glabrous; rare and local; both rims of the Grand Canyon... sxe. 4 24. E. ztonts EE. Plants cespitose or pulvinate; inflorescences capitate. F. Flowers pilose without; achenes and ovar- ies pubescent; scapose branches up to 3 cm long; eastern Mohave Co. eastward . 16 Pe YeThOsL- Or GZ Ak Vol. 34, no. 5 25. E. shockkeyi TF. Flowers glabrous: achenes and ovaries glabrous; scapose branches up to 15 cm long; northern Arizona. . 26. a “ ovalifokiom CC. Plants erect perennial herbs with elongated, strigose stems and branches; achenes winged and plump, exceed- ing the flowers at least half their length, greenish to yellowish or light brown. Di Flowers yellow, strigose without; achenes plump and winged only at the apex; plants not monocarp- ic; White Mts., Apache and Navajo cos. . : al.” hienacifoLium Flowers yellowish-green, glabrous without; achenes plump and winged the entire length of the fruit; plants monocarphic; widespread in northern and eastern Arizona... .. B22 °"B. ean BB. Plants annual, or if perennial, the flowers yellow and hirsute on long, slender peduncles, and the stems and branches often inflated. Involucres smooth, not ribbed or angled, usually dis- tinctly peduncled, or if sessile, then not vertically appressed to the stems; annuals or perennials. D. Leaves glabrous, pilose, hispid, or villous on ct one or both surfaces. E. Flowers pubescent without with pilose to hir- sute hairs, yellow or rarely white to pink. F. Flowers hirsute without with long, appres- sed white hairs, bright yellow; stems and branches glabrous or sparsely hirsute at the base and infrequently at the lower nodes. G. Involucres 5-toothed; plants annual or perennial with open inflorescences, the lower nodes with 3--5 branchlets; flowers 1--3 mm long; stems often in- flated; common and widespread through- out most of the state. . 34. eS “inglatum GG. Involucres 4—toothed: plants strictly annual with whorls of branches (often 5—-20) radiating from the lower nodes; flowers mostly 1—2 mm long; stems usually not inflated; widespread and common in all but the northeastern part of the state . 35. E. trichopes FF. Flowers sparsely pubescent without with scattered minute hairs, white to pink or pale yellow; stems and branches glandular at the nodes or villous at the base and lower nodes. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 17 EE. Flowers glabrous without. Bs G. Plants glabrous but sparsely glandular at the upper nodes, rounded and compact with hemispherical crowns; leaves spat-— hulate, hirsute; involucres 0.5—0.9 mm long; flowers red to pink, 0.5—0.9 mm long; rare and local, Yavapai Co. Jes “SB ES paren GG. Plants glabrous but sparsely floccose at the lower nodes, open and spread- ing; leaves oblong—oblanceolate to ob-— ovate, floccose; involucres 1—1.8 mm long; flowers pale yellow, 1--2.5 mm long; rare and perhaps extirpated from the state, to be expected in sandy soil near old Fort Mohave, Mohave Co. 38. Es ondee Flowers 1--2.5 mm long, the tepals mostly oblong, not pandurate; achenes 2--2.5 mm long; involucres 0.6--1.3 mm long; rare, Apache Co. . . 402.26. gordonii . Flowers 0.8—1. 6n mm “long, the tepals pan- durate with the lower lobes auriculate and + swollen; achenes 1.3—1.6 nm long; involucres 1—1.5 mm long; Gila and Graham cos. site octet Gemeapel tare DD. Leaves tomentose to lanate below, infrequently white-pilose. E. Leaves strictly basal or sheathing up the low- er stems, not at the lower nodes. PF. Involucres 1--3 mm long, or if shorter, then flowers with saccate-dilated bases on the outer tepals. G. Flowers glabrous without. H. Leaves white—-pilose on both sur- faces, ovate to rounded, 0.5—2 em long and wide; flowers with broadly expanded bases; plants perennial; local and rare in wide-— ly scattered locations in the northwestern and eastern part of the state... 33. E. arizonicum HH. Leaves tomentose or lanate; plants strictly annual. I. Outer tepals cordate at the base, mostly oblong to orbi- cular. J. Involucres deflexed. K. Plants glabrous. L. Involucres tur- binate; flowers 418 PEYTOLOG DA Vol. 34, no. 5 white to pink; northern Arizona 42. E. deflexum LL. Involucres campan-— ulate; flowers yellow to reddish- yellow; north-—cen- tral Arizona. . . 43. E. hookert KK. Plants glandular; ex- treme northern Mohave CO... a, i oe . 44. §E. braachypodum JJ. Involucres erect or hori- zontal on the branches, not strictly deflexed. K. Stems and branches glabrous; extreme northern Mohave Co. : . 45. E. ansaone KK. Stems and branches scabrellous; to be expected in north- eastern Arizona... . 46. E. Scabrekrlum II. Outer tepals truncate to ob- tuse at the base. J. Outer tepals pandurate, crisped along the margin; peduncles cernous to as- cending; involucres 1--1.5 mm wide; northern Arizona vere, Sle ener JJ. Outer tepals flabellate, not crisped along the mar- gin; peduncles stiffly erect; involucres 1.5—-2.5 mm wide; southeastern AYizona. ..6 « & =e . 48. E. rotundifolium GG. Flowers glandular or sparsely pubes- cent without. H. Flowers white to pink or red, glandular at the base without, with a tuft of white hairs with- in, the outer tepals flabellate; western and southern Arizona. . 49. E. thurbert : Flowers yellow, or if whitish, then with saccate—dilated bases, glandular throughout. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 419 I. Outer tepals saccate-dilated at the base; involucres 0.6- -1.2 mm long, glabrous; west- ern and southern Arizona . 50, E. thomasr1i TEES Outer tepals smooth; involuc- res 1—2 mm long, glabrous or glandular without. J. Flowers and involucres glandular—puberulent ; bracts glandular without; western Arizona . sel: a aa a pusileum JJ. Flowers glandular-—puberu-— lent without; involucres glabrous without; bracts villous without; rare and often local, western Ari- gona. 52. E. rentforme FF. Involucres 0.3--1 mm long. EE. Leaves basal and cauline. F. G. Flowers yellow to red, 0.5—-1.5 mm long; involucres 4-toothed; inflores- cences densely branched and spreading; northeastern Arizona from Coconino Co. eastward... . 53. E. wethertkhhtii Flowers white to pink or rose, 0.8--2 nm long; involucres 5—-toothed; inflor- escences open and erect; clay hills in northeastern Mohave Co., northern Coco- nino Co., and southern Apache Co. 3 . 54, E. subrsentforune Flowers glabrous without. G. Leaves oblong to ovate, villous to hoary on both surfaces; tepals strong- ly dimorphic, the outer tepals orbicu- lar and smooth at maturity; conmon and widespread mainly in the southern half of the state... 55. E. abertianum . Leaves linear-lanceolate to linear- oblanceolate, lanate below, villous above; tepals dimorphic, the outer tepals oblong-ovate with a large sac- cate part on each side of the base; common and widespread from northwest- ern Arizona to southeastern Arizona . . 56. E. pharnaceoides FF. Flowers glandular-—pubescent without with non-capitate hairs; tepals dimorphic, the outer tepals inflated and with a large purple spot; common in western and south- 420 P WbY T OrL0iG DA Vol. 34, no. 5 ern Arizona . . 57. E. maculatum CC. Involucres angled to strongly ribbed, tightly appress- ed to the stems and always sessile; plants strictly annual. D. Leaves tomentose at least below; stems and branch- es glabrous to tomentose. E. Stems and branches glabrous; inflorescences open and strict, 0.5—3 dm long; involucres 3-—-5 mm long; flowers white, 1.5—2 mm long; local and rare in western and northern Ari- Zona. . . . 58. “E. davadsoner EE. Stems and branches tomentose to floccose. F. Leaves basal. G. Flowers yellow to red; plants densely branched with the upper tips often curving inwardly, the crowns dense and much branched; Mohave Co. . :s SORE. nidularium GG. Flowers white; plants open with spread- ing branches, the crowns open and few branched; widespread throughout all but the northeastern Arizona . » OF 7B palmerianum FF. Leaves cauline; plants strict and erect, 1—6 dm tall; flowers white; widespread throughout the state, becoming rare in the northern part... . 62. E. polycladon DD. Leaves, stems, and branches puberulent to villous. E. Outer tepals oblong to ovate, not fan-shaped or hooded. Bye Stem leaves foliaceous at the lower nodes, puberulent or short pilose; involucres 5— toothed; flowers yellowish, hispidulous and often glandular, 1.5—2 mm long; com mon across the northern part of the state . . 63. E. divaricatum Sten leaves bractlike, silky-—pubescent ; involucres 4—-toothed; flowers white to red, glabrous or hispidulous, 1—1.5 mm long; to be expected in extreme northern Mohave Co. . . 64. §E. puberulum EE. Outer tepals fan-shaped and hooded; plants leafy throughout and sericeous; extremely rare and local, northwestern Coconino Co. 65) abe darrovii 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 21 KEY TO ERIOGONUM IN NEW MEXICO A. Plants perennial. B. Flowers stipitate basally; low spreading cespitose to herbaceous plants with spreading woody caudices. C. Flowers glabrous without; northwestern New Mexico . 28, §E. umbellatun Ce. Flowers pubescent without; common and widespread in the state... Se a OOS EL Geer Flowers not attenuated into a a stipelike base. C. Plants cespitose to large shrubs; stems glabrous to tomentose, not strigose; achenes not winged or plunp, usually enclosed by the mature flower, brown to black, D. Plants distinct shrubs or subshrubs, woody above the caudex and not dying back completely to the ground after each year. E. Leaves tightly revolute. F. Inflorescences open, 0.5--5 cm long, white- tomentose to lanate, or glabrate and green; leaves 0.5--5 cm long; northwestern New Mexicoy i426) 5 ... 1. E. microthecum FF. Inflorescences dense, 3-—-15 cm long, glab- rous and green; leaves 1.5--6 cm long; northwestern New Mexico. . ya. '4. a, “ LeptophyLlum FE. Leaves. flat, “not “tightly revolute. F, Leaves a. 5--5 cm long; plants of the north- ern half of the state. G. Inflorescences 0.2--1 dm long; leaves mostly 1—3 cm wide. H. Stems and branches tomentose to floccose; leaves elliptical-—oblong to oval, 1.5--2.5 cm long; flowers cream, 2--2.5 nm long; central and northwestern New Mexico . GOES conymbosum HH. Stems and branches glabrous or rarely floccose basally; leaves lanceolate to elliptic, 1.5—5 cm long; flowers white, 2.5--4 mm long; northeastern New Mexico . . 7. &E. fendlertanun GG. Inflorescences 1--4 dm long; leaves mostly 0.2—1 cm wide. H. Tomentum floccose and blackish upon drying; inflorescences 1—4 dm long, the involucres dichotom ously arranged throughout; leaves oblong to oblanceolate, (1) 1.5- -3 cm long, (2) 3-—-7 mm wide; northern half of the state . 22 POHPY “Tf 'OFLFONG 7k Vol. 34, no. 5 5. E. effusum HH, Tomentun | floccose and whitish, or lacking and the stems and branches glabrous, 1--3 dm long, the invol- ucres racenosely arranged at the tips of the branches; leaves lin- ear-lanceolate to linear-oblanceo- late, 1.5--4.5 cm long, 2--5 mm wide; San Juan Co. . O2Bs “ Leptockadon FF. Leaves 0. bot. 5 cm “long, 2--5 (7) mm wide, oblanceolate to elliptic; inflorescences with involucres racemosely arranged along elongated branches; involucres 2.5--3.5 mm long; flowers 2.5--3.5 mm long; conmon mainly in the southern half of the state 22. E. wrightii DD. Plants herbaceous, cespitose or pulvinate peren- nials. E. Plants herbaceous; inflorescences open. F. Involucres not arranged racemosely along elongated branches. G. Leaves glabrous on both surfaces with a few hairs along the margin and mid- vein; flowers yellow, finely white— pubescent without along the midrib and base, 1--2 mm long; rare and local in Eddy’ Covi 20. 2 17. ES gupsopneean . Leaves tomentose on at least one sur- face; flowers white, or if yellow, then densely pubescent without with long hairs. H. Flowers glabrous without. I. Inflorescences umbellate and short, less than 1 cm long; flowering stems erect, 1--2.5 dm long, tomentose to floc- cose; reportedly collected in northern New Mexico . . . el SB Ones brandeget ithe Inflorescences open and divid— ed; flowering stems glabrous. J. Tepals monomorphic; leaves narrow, mostly linear to lanceolate or oblanceo- late, 2--15 cm long; north central and northwestern New Mexico. . ye ee cee LonchophyLQum JJ. Tepals dimorphic; leaves elliptic, 0.2--1.5 cm 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 23 long; northeastern New Mexico . 36. E. tenellum HH, Flowers densely pubescent without. I. Stem tomentose; inflorescen- ces subcapitate to short cy- mose or umbellate, up to 6 cm long; involucres 3--4 mm long; flowers 2.5--4.5 mm long; ac-— henes woolly, 3-4 mm long; gravelly to clay outcrops in northern New Mexico. . iy 20 ecquE. Lachnogynum Ths Stems glabrous; inflorescences cymose, 1--4 dm long; involuc- res 1.5--2.5 mm long; flowers 2—-3 mm long; achenes glabrous 2--2.5 mm long; gravelly to rocky places in southeastern New Mexico . 21. E. havardit FF. Involucres racemosely arranged along elongated branches. G. Plants suffrutescent; leaves small, 0.5--1.5 cm long; widespread and cam- mon throughout most of the southern half of the state . 22. E. wrightii Plants erect herbs; leaves large, 1.5—-10 cm long, 1--3.5 cm wide; ra- ther common in the coniferous forests of northwestern New Mexico . ‘ Se Sie alae nacemosum EE. Plants cespitose and pulvinate; inflorescences capitate. F. Tepals monomorphic. G. Flowers glabrous; scapose branches 1--2.5 dm long; involucres 3,5--5 mm long; leaves 1.5--4 cm long, 4--8 mm wide; reportedly from northern New Mexico: ee? . .) 18t "Es biandegec . Flowers pilose without; scapose bran- ches up to 0.3 dm long; involucres (3) 4—6 mm long; leaves 0.3—1.2 cm long, (3) 4—--6 mm wide; San Juan Co. ot. 20, Es SnOCReceye FF. Tepals strongly dimorphic, glabrous; sca- pose stems 0.4—2 dm long; involucres 4- -6.5 mm long; leaves 0.5—-6 cm long, 0.5- -1.5 cm wide; widespread and rather com-— mon in northwestern New Mexico . 2a. Es ovalifoLiom CC. Plants erect “perennial herbs. with strigose stems and branches, not glabrous or tomentose; achenes large, h2h PHY fT OcLO1G Fa Vol. 34, no. 5 plump and winged, yellowish to yellowish-brown. D. Flowers yellow, pubescent without; achenes winged at the apex; widespread and conmon from southeast- ern New Mexico to west-central New Mexico. . mee: «ds Be hienacifolium DD. Flowers greenish to greenish-yellow, glabrous without; achenes winged the entire length; wide- Bite and common secant aes most of the state . 32. E. aratum AA. Plants annual or ‘piennial, or if perennial, then stems and branches inflated and flowers hirsute without. B. Plants perennial or biennial. C. Plants biennial; stems strict and erect, leafy and not inflated; flowers glabrous without, tomentose within; widespread and common in eastern New Mexico . Jha giles annuum A Plants’ first-year flowering perennials; stems spread- ing, leafless and often inflated; flowers hirsute without, glabrous within; infrequent in northwestern New*Mexico ie t0. tao. 2) 2 2, SAL Beer een BB. Plants annual. C. Involucres smooth, not ribbed or angled, usually dis- tinctly peduncled, or if nearly sessile, then not vertically appressed to the stems. D. Leaves glabrous, pilose, hispid or villous on one or both surfaces, not tomentose. E. Flowers pubescent without with pilose to hir- sute hairs, yellow. F. Involucres 5-toothed; plants annual or perennial with open inflorescences, the lower nodes with 3—5 branchlets; flowers 1—-3 mm long; stems often inflated; in- frequent in northwestern New Mexico. . errr: 2 Pe inftatum FF. Involucres. 4—toothed: plants strictly annual with whorls of branchlets (often 5—20) radiating from the lower nodes; flowers mostly 1--2 mm long; stems usual- ly not inflated; widespread and locally common in the southern part of the state » « 35. Es eecnemes EE. Flowers glabrous. without, yellow or white. F. Flowers yellow, 1. 2—2 mm long; involucres sessile above, peduncled at the lower nodes; leaves basal and cauline, elliptic; rare and local, near Cinmaron, Colfax Co. ; 39. E. abiquantun FF. Flowers white, 2 5 mm long; involucres peduncled throughout; leaves strictly basal, obovate to round or reniform; in- frequent in northwestern New Mexico . 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico h25 DD. Leaves tomentose to lanate below. 40. E. gordonii EK. Leaves strictly basal or sheathing up the low- er stems, not at the lower nodes. Involucres 1—3 mm long. like G. Flowers yellow; involucres deflexed, sessile, broadly campanulate; to be expected in extreme northwestern San Juan (Coon wi pet eAdtus Es ROOReIEL . Flowers white: involucres peduncled, turbinate, or if sessile, then stems scabrel lous. H. Stems and branches scabrellous; flowers white but turning reddish, 1--1.5 mm long, pustulose; invol- ucres sessile and horizontal along the branches; to be expected in extreme northwestern San Juan Co. . . 46. E. scabrekrlLum HH. Stems and branches smooth; flowers smooth; involucres peduncled. I. Outer tepals pandurate, crisp- ed along the margin; peduncles cernous to ascending; involuc— res 1--1.5 mm wide; widespread and rather common in northwest- ern and north-central New Mex-— UCOMm ee: 2 4ve ee ernie II. Outer tepals flabellate, not crisped along the margin; ped- uncles stiffly erect; involuc- res 1.5--2.5 mm wide; wide— spread and common in the south- ern half of the state... Be EN es notundifolium FF. Involucres 0. Beat mm long. G. Flowers yellow to red, 0.5--1.5 mm long; involucres 4-toothed; inflores- cences densely branched and spreading; northwestern San Juan Co. .. 5 EB ies wethorikeii ‘ Flowers white to pink or rose, 0.8—2 mm long; involucres 5-toothed; inflor- escences open and erect; clay hills in McKinley Co. . . 54. E. subsencforme EE. Leaves basal and cauline. Leaves oblong to ovate, villous to hoary on both surfaces; tepals strongly dimor- phic, the outer tepals orbicular and smooth at maturity; common and widespread throughout the state . 55, E. abertianwm F, 426 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 5 FF. Leaves linear-lanceolate to linear-oblan- ceolate, lanate below, villous above; te— pals dimorphic, the outer tepals oblong- ovate with a large saccate base on each Side at the base; common and widespread in the mountains of western New Mexico . . 56. E. pharnaceoides CC. Involucres angled to. strongly ribbed, tightly appress- ed to the stems and always sessile; plants strictly annuals. D. Stems densely tomentose; leaves basal, or if cau- line, then densely tomentose on both surfaces; flowers glabrous. E. a basal. Plants open and spreading with only a few scattered involucres along the branches, 1—3 dm high; involucres campanulate, i ee -2 mm long; rather common but local in the mountains of southwestern New Mexico . . er GO: ajE¢ palmerianum FF. Plants dense and compact with numerous congested involucres tightly arranged on the branches, 0.5--1.5 dm high; involucres turbinate, 1—1.5 mm long; rare and per- haps extinct, Grant Co. . 61. E. densum EE. Leaves cauline; plants strict and erect, 1—6 dm tall; flowers white; widespread throughout the southern part of the state. . » (62.5.6. pokycladon DD. Leaves, stems and branches puberulent or short pilose and green; leaves basal and cauline; flow- ers hispidulous and often glandular; infrequent in northwestern New Mexico. 63. E. dtivaricatwn SUBGENUS EUCYCLA (NUTT.) KUNTZE 1. E. MICROTHECUM Nutt. Low to tall, spreading to erect, open to compact subshrubs or shrubs 0.4--10 dm high, 0.3--1.2 m across; leaves mostly elliptic, 0.5--2 (2.5) cm long, 0.5--6 mm wide, tom- entose below, slightly less so to nearly glabrous above, the margin flat or revolute, the petiole 0.5--5 mm long; stems 1-8 (40) cm long, tomentose to floccose or glabrous and green; inflorescences cymose, rather congested and compact, 1--6 (8) cm long, 1--8 cm wide, tomentose to glabrous; peduncles, when present, up to l cm long, tomentose to glabrous; involucres turbinate, 2--3 (3.5) mm long, 1.3--2.5 (3) mm wide, tomentose to floccose or rarely glab- rous, the 5 rounded to triangular teeth (0.3) 0.5--1 mm long; flow- ers white with green to reddish-brown midribs and bases, 2--3 mm long, glabrous, the tepals obovate, those of the inner whorl slight- ly narrower; achenes light brown to brown, 2--3 mm long. -—- Wide- 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 27 spread desert and montane shrub of e. Wash. s. to s. Calif., e. across Ida., Nev. and Utah to w. Mont., w. Wyo., w. and s. Colo., and into n. Ariz. and nw N.M. Jun-Oct. The Erxtogonum mictothecum complex is composed of nine varieties found throughout much of the western United States (Reveal 1971). In Arizona and New Mexico, only two variants occur, with var. LAaxk- fLorum restricted to a few scattered locations in northern Arizona where it often intergrades into the more common and widespread var. foltosum. Forms of this species are sometimes confused with the related E. ericifoliwm var. pulchtum in eastern Mohave County. VAR. LAXIFLORUM Hook. [E. macdougalii Gandoger. E. microthecum ssp. £. (Hook.) S. Stokes. E. microthecum var. macdougalhti (Gando- ger) S. Stokes. ] Low to erect, spreading to sparsely branched sub- shrubs or low shrubs (1) 2--4 (5) dm high, 2--8 dm across; leaves mostly elliptic, (0.5) 1--2 (2.5) cm long, (1.5) 2.5--6 mm wide, densely to sparsely white-tomentose below, less so to floccose above, the margin plane or with thickened margins, not revolute; stems 2--6 (8) cm long, floccose to sparsely tomentose when young, becoming glabrous or subglabrous and greenish; inflorescences (1) 2--4 (8) cm long, floccose to glabrous; involucres 2--3 (3.5) mm long, mostly subglabrous or glabrous; flowers white, 2--3 mm long. -- Local and restricted mainly on the Kaibab Plateau in n. Ariz., with widely scattered populations near Peach Springs, Mohave Co. and in n. Apache Co.; e. Wash. to w. Mont. s. to e. Calif., s. Nev. and n. Ariz. Jun-Sep. This variety reaches its southernmost point of distribution in northern Arizona. The type of Exiogonum macdougakti represents a population of seemingly intermediate plants between var. Llaxiflo- Aum and var. folLosum, with the majority of specimens of the type belonging to typical var. faxiflorum. VAR. FOLIOSUM (Torr. & Gray) Reveal. [E. effusum Nutt. var. 4. Torr. & Gray. E. simpsontc Benth. in DC. E. m. var. rigidum Pagtwsece. @. ssp. 4. (Benth. in DC.) -S. Stokes. .—. 2. ssp. 4. (Eastw.) S. Stokes. ] Low to erect, spreading to sparsely branched subshrubs or shrubs 1--10 dm high, 1--12 dm across; leaves mostly narrowly elliptic, 0.5--1.8 (2) cm long, (0.5) 1--2 (2.5) mm wide, densely white-tomentose below, floccose and whitish-green above, rarely subglabrous or glabrous and green above as in eastern Ari- zona and northwestern New Mexico, the margin revolute; stems 2--7 (40) cm long, densely lanate to tomentose or rarely subglabrous and greenish in plants with stems up to 40 cm long; inflorescences (1.5) 2--4 (6) cm long, tomentose to floccose or rarely subglabrous at maturity in northwestern New Mexico; flowers white, 2--3 m long. -- Clay hills and slopes to rocky and gravelly places often on limestone outcrops from Mohave Co., Ariz. e. to Rio Arriba Co., N.M., then s. to Yavapai Co., Ariz., and from Valencia Co. to Tor- rance Co., N.M.; s. Calif. and Nev. e. across s. and e. Utah to w. and s. Colo., n. Ariz. and nw. N.M. Jun-Oct. The var. foliosum is currently defined to include at least 428 PUP TOMO lE tT tA Vol. 3h, no. 5 three discordant elements. The types of Extogonum effusum var. folLtosum, E. Sémpsonti, and E. microthecum var. rigidum represent a low, compact plant with narrowly revolute leaves, compact infl- orescences, and a stature of something less than 5 dm. In parts of northeastern Arizona, and especially in northwestern New Mexico, a second phase of var. f0£(05um occurs which may be recognized by its narrowly revolute leaves, small and compact inflorescences, but a stature that varies from 5 to 10 dm. These latter plants are often remarkably glabrous, bright green in color especially on the stems and branches, and tend to be strictly erect and not spread- ing as is found in typical var. foliosum. The third aspect of the taxon is known to me only from herbarium material randomly gathered on the eastern fringe of the taxon's range in central New Mexico. It too has narrowly revolute leaves but which tend to be longer and narrower (by and large) from the other phases, with a somewhat longer inflorescences that tends to be more branched, and by a stature that varies from 4 to 6 dm. Unlike all other forms of the species, however, this third phase blackens upon drying and in the herbarium is very distinctive. All of these phases tend to blend into one another across northern Arizona and New Mexico, but when observed singly can be striking. 2. E. RIPLEYI J. T. Howell. Low, heavily branched subshrubs 0.5--1.5 (2) dm high, 0.5--3 (5) dm across; leaves narrowly oblan- ceolate, 2--6 mm long, 0.5--1 mm wide, densely white-tomentose be- low, thinly floccose to villous and greenish above, the margin strongly revolute, the petiole (0.5) 1--1.5 mm long; stems indis- tinguishable from the other branches, woody; inflorescences reduced to a cymose-umbel consisting entirely of a single involucre aris- ing from the apex of each erect shoot; bracts lacking; peduncles slender, thinly floccose, 1--10 mm long, erect, terminating the erect shoot; involucres solitary, campanulate, 3--3.5 mm long and wide, thinly floccose or villous to subglabrous without, the 3--5 unequal acute teeth 0.7--1 mm long; flowers white with reddish- brown midribs and bases, 3.5--4.5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals dimorphic, the outer tepals suborbicular, 3--3.5 mm long, 3.5--4 mm wide, the inner tepals broadly obovate, 2.8--3.2 mm long, 2- 2.5 mm wide; achenes light brown to brown, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Rare and restricted to sandy clay soil on the edges of sandstone mesas associated with pinyon-juniper, sw. of Frasier's Well and near Peach Springs in sw. Coconino and adjacent e. Mohave cos., and at the n. end of Horseshoe Dam on calcarerous soils, Yavapai Co., Ariz. Apr-Jun. This species is "threatened" because of its attractiveness to gardeners, the heavy overgrazing of the Hualapai Indian Reservation and the increased use of the Horseshoe Dam area as a recreational facility. The species was described by Howell in 1944. 3. E. ERICIFOLIUM Torr. & Gray. Low spreading pulvinate sub- shrubs 0.5--0.9 (1.2) dm high, 0.8--2 (3,5) dm across; leaves ob- lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, 5-8 mm long, 0.8--1.5 (2) mm 1976 Reveal, Eriogomum of Arizona & New Mexico 29 wide, densely white-tomentose below, glabrous and green to floccose and whitish-green above, the margin revolute or at least thickened, the petiole 1.5--2 mm long; stems slender, 0.3--2 cm long, floc- cose to slightly tomentose, the area among the leaves remaining floccose to tomentose or rarely glabrate; inflorescences cymose- umbellate, compact and congested, 0.5--1 cm long, 0.5--1.5 cm wide, sparsely tomentose to floccose; peduncles lacking; involucres sol- itary, turbinate, 2.5--3 mm long, 1.5--2 mm wide, slightly pubes- cent without, the 5 acute teeth 0.4--1 mm long; flowers white with reddish-brown midribs, becoming tinged with pink or red to rose at maturity, 2--2.5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals dimorphic, those of outer whorl broadly obovate to nearly orbicular, 2--2.5 mm wide, those of the inner whorl oblanceolate to oblong, 0.8--1.2 mm wide; achenes light brown, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Dry gravelly to rocky sites in pinyon-juniper woodlands from extreme Mohave Co. e to s. Navajo Co., with isolated populations in Yavapai Co., Ariz., and San Ber- mardino Co., Calif. Aug-Oct. VAR. PULCHRUM (Eastw.) Reveal. [E. p. Eastw. E. microthecum Nutt. ssp. p. (Eastw.) S. Stokes. E. meawsdi Parry in Britton var. ~. (Eastw.) Kearney & Peebles. ] Low spreading subshrubs 0.8- -1.2 dm high; leaves 5--8 mm long, floccose and whitish-green a- bove, slightly revolute or with thickened margins; flowers 2--2.5 mm long, the outer tepals nearly orbicular, 2--2.5 mm wide. -- Often common and widespread in n. Ariz. from extreme e. Mohave Co. e. across se. Coconino Co. into s. Navajo Co., mostly along the Mogol- lon Rim. This is the common phase of the species, and is frequently in- countered in southeastern Coconino and southern Navajo counties. The one known collection from the Toroweap Point area of Mohave Co. is somewhat similar to Extogonum microthecum, and the two are difficult to separate in this area. VAR. ERICIFOLIUM. [E. mearnsci Parry in Britton. E. fasercu- katum Benth. var. @. (Torr. & Gray) M. E. Jones. E. microthecwn Nutt. ssp. e. (Torr. & Gray) S. Stokes. E. microthecum ssp. m. (Parry in Britton) S. Stokes. ] Low spreading subshrubs 0.5--0.8 dm high; leaves 5--6 mm long, glabrous and green above, tightly revolute; flowers 2.5--3 mm long, the outer tepals obovate, 2 mm wide. -- Rare and exceedingly local, known only from near Prescott and Camp Verde, Yavapai Co., Ariz. Aug-Oct. At one time I thought this taxon was possibly extinct, as it was known to me (Reveal 1971) from only two collections, the type of Enxtogonum ericifolium and the type of E. mearnsii. Since then I have located two additional collections made by H. Scott Gentry on Prescott Mountain (Gentry 3093) and in Verde River Valley (Gen- Any 3986); both were gathered in the late 1930s. I still regard the taxon as "endangered". Recently, a third form of the species has been described. This is var. thornet Reveal & Henrickson (1975) from the New York Mountains, San Bernardino Co., California. It is most closely related to var. ericifolium. 1430 Plar¥ TP ork-0\G*T em Vol. 34, no. 5 4, E. LEPTOPHYLLUM (Torr. in Sitgr.) Wooton & Standley. [E. eff4usun Nutt. var. 2. Torr. in Sitgr. E. microthecum Nutt. var. 2. (Torr. in Sitgr.) Torr. & Gray. ] Large, rounded, heavily-bran- ched shrubs 2--6 dm high, 0.3--1 m across; leaves linear to linear- oblanceolate, (1.5) 2--6 cm long, (0.8) 1--2.5 (3) mm wide, dense- ly to thinly white-tomentose below, glabrous and green above, the margin tightly revolute, the petiole 0.4--1 mm long; stems 1--8 cm long, glabrous; inflorescences cymose, dense and broomlike with numerous glabrous branches, 2--15 cm long, 4--15 cm wide; involuc- res narrowly turbinate, 2--3 mm long, 1.1--1.7 (2) mm wide, glabr- ous, the 5 acute teeth 0.3--0.7 mm long; flowers white with green- ish-brown midribs and bases, 2.5--4 mm long, glabrous, the tepals oblong to narrowly obovate; achenes brown, 3.5--4 mm long. -—- Local and frequently common from se. Utah and sw. Colo. s. to ne. Ariz. and nw. N.M., ranging from extreme e. Coconino Co. e. to Taos Co. s. to Bernalillo Co. Jul-Oct. This is one of the more elegant shrubs in the genus, and on the barren clays and volcanic soils of northwestern New Mexico, the bright green foliage and white flowers of Exiogonum Leptophyllum can make a spectacular sight. The thin to slender branches of the inflorescence, coupled with their density, make this species easy to distinguish from E. microthecum. 5. E. EFFUSUM Nutt. [E. mictrothecwn Nutt. var. e. (Nutt.) Torr. & Gray. ] Diffusely branched shrubs (1.5) 2--5 (7) dm high, 0.3--1.5 m across; leaves oblanceolate to oblong, (1) 1.5--3 cm long, (2) 3--7 mm wide, densely white- to gray-tomentose below, white-floccose to glabrate or glabrous and green (rare in our area) above, the margin plane, the petiole 2--7 mm long; stems slender to stoutish, 3--8 cm long, floccose to glabrous; inflorescences densely cymose, diffuse and usually congested or (in western New Mexico) open, 1--3 (4) dm long, floccose to glabrate; peduncles, when present, slender and up to 2.5 cm long, mostly floccose and restricted to the lower nodes; involucres turbinate, 1.5--2.5 (3) mm long, sparsely floccose without, the 5 minute acute to triangu- lar teeth 0.3--0.6 mm long; flowers white with greenish or reddish midribs and bases, 2--4 mm long, glabrous, the tepals elliptic to obovate, the inner tepals slightly narrower; achenes brown, 2--3 mm long. -- Dry rocky slopes to sandy plains or infrequently on clay, chalky, or gypsum outcrops in the Great Plains from w. S.D. and e. Wyo. s. to s. Colo., and in the mountains of se. Wyo. s. through central Colo. to n.-central and nw. N.M.; from e. San Juan Co., N.M. e. to Union Co. s. to Socorro Co. Jun-Sep. In New Mexico, Exiogonum effusum presents a difficult set of problems which even now are not totally resolved. The isolated Socorro Co. population (Reveal & Davidse 918) is rather typical of the kind of plant one finds of this species in Colorado, Wyoming, and Nebraska. The populations which occur from San Juan Co, to Sandoval Co., on the other hand, are unique as they differ in being more open, robust plants with dense tomentum, somewhat larger leaf- blabes, and an inflorescence that is composed of fewer branches 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 31 with generally widely scattered inyolucres, In north-central New Mexico, these plants appear to be more similar to the general as- pect of E. e4fusum than the plants of San Juan Co. In the latter area, the plants clearly grade morphologically into E. Leptockadon in a gross fashion. However, the two do not seem to hybridize as when the two species have died back in the winter, the over-winter- ing plants of E. fLeptockadon are reddish, and those of E. effuswm are grayish, and the two can be easily distinguished. As one may note from the distribution map of E. effusum var. e@ffusum published in 1971 (Reveal 1971, fig. 24), the New Mexico plants are well iso- lated from the remaining populations of the species, and continued research may ultimately reveal a need to distinguish the northwest- ern populations of this species as a distinct taxon. 6. E. CORYMBOSUM Benth. in DC. Low spreading shrubs (ours) or subshrubs (2) 3--8 (12) dm high, 0.4--1.5 (2) m across; leaves lan- ceolate to oblanceolate or elliptic to nearly orbicular, 1--3 (4.5) cm long, (0.3) 0.5--3 (3.5) cm wide, densely white-tomentose on both surfaces or less so to subglabrous or glabrous and green above in some, the margin entire or crenulate, not revolute, the petiole 2--15 mm long; stems (0.5) 1--2 dm long, tomentose to subglabrous or rarely glabrous; inflorescences cymose, (1) 2.5--20 cm long, 2--30 cm wide, tomentose to glabrous; involucres turbinate, 1.5- -3.5 mm long, 1--2 (2.5) mm wide, tomentose to glabrous without, the 5 acute teeth 0.3--1 mm long; flowers white with greenish or reddish midribs and bases, whitish-brown with reddish bases, or yellow with reddish bases, 2.5--3.5 (4) mm long, glabrous, the te- pals oblanceolate to spatulate, the inner tepals slightly narrower; achenes brown, 2--2.5 (3) mm long. -- Rather common on clay hills and flats or on rocky outcrops from sw. Wyo. s. through e. and s. Utah to n. Ariz., and e. to w. Colo and n. N.M., with an isolated population in s. Nev. Jul-Oct. Since my revision of this species complex (Reveal 1968b), I have modified my views on this species, even to the point of re- cognizing one element I regarded as a synonym in 1968 (var. divar- Acatum Torr. & Gray) and another I reduced in 1973 (Reveal 1973), var. Aevealtianum (S. L. Welsh) Reveal (Welsh, et al. 1976). As for the species, as it occurs in Arizona and New Mexico, I have now found specimens of var. velutinum Reveal in extreme eastern Arizona, and have found var. oAbiculatum (S. Stokes) Reveal & Brotherson in northwestern New Mexico. The following key should discriminate among the variaus taxa in the two states. KEY TO THE VARIETIES A. Flowers white to brownish-white, not yellow. B. Leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, 1-—-3 (4.5) em long, 1--2 cm wide, the petiole 2—6 nm long; branches white—tomen-— tose; northern Arizona... . . var, corymbosum BB. Leaves elliptical-oblong to nearly orbicular, 1--3 (4) cm long, 1-—-3 (3.5) cm wide, the petiole 5-10 (15) mm long, 432 PemY T: Orb 00)GALA Vol. 3h, no. 5 C. Plants greenish; leaves mostly thinly tomentose below, subglabrous to glabrous and green above; flowers 2.5--3 mm long; mostly in sandy places, northeastern Arizona and northwestern New Mexico... . var. orbiculatum CC. Plants brownish-white; leaves densely tomentose below, floccose above; flowers 2--2.5 mm long; mostly on clay hills and rocky outcrops, northern New Mexico and east central Apache Co., Arizona... .. var. velutinum AA. Flowers yellow; stems and branches glabrous to floccose; north- erm Arizonayi. 9.205 <0. wie 3 Po. 22 2 DOS reg VAR. CORYMBOSUM. [E. effuswm Nutt. ssp. c. (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes. ] Subshrubs to shrubs 3--8 dm high, the crown suberect to subglobose, up to 1 m across; leaves lanceolate to oblanceolate or elliptic, 1--3 (4.5) cm long, (0.3) 0.5--1 (1.5) cm wide; inflor- escences 3--10 cm long, usually densely tomentose; involucres 1.5- -2.5 mm long, 1--1.5 mm wide; flowers white, 2--3 (3.5) mm long. -- Dry clay hills and rocky outcrops in e. Mohave and Coconino cos., Ariz.; widespread from e. Utah and w. Colo. s. to n. Ariz. Jul- -Sep. VAR. ORBICULATUM (S. Stokes) Reveal & Brotherson. [E. effusum Nutt. ssp. 0. S. Stokes. ] Large compact and hemispheric shrubs (3) 5--12 dm high, 0.5--2 m across; leaves mostly orbicular, 1--3 cm long and wide, floccose to thinly tomentose on both surfaces, usually deep green; inflorescences dense, up to 2 dm long and 3 dm across, of rigid branches; flowers white, 2.5--3 mm long. -- In sandy soil mainly in the Colorado River drainage from north-central Coconino Co. e. across Navajo and Apache cos., Ariz. to San Juan and McKinley cos., N.M. The New Mexico plants approach var. velutinum, but by and large can be distinguished by the more open habit and more dense tomentum than var. orbiculatum. The var. orbiculatum is best developed in the Four Corners area, and especially in Monument Valley. VAR. VELUTINUM Reveal. Large shrubs 5--10 dm high, 0.5--2 m across; leaves mostly oblong, 2--2.5 (3.5) cm long, 1.5--2.5 (3) cm wide, densely tomentose below, floccose and whitish above; in- florescences dense to + open, 4--10 cm long, of stout but not ri- gid branches; flowers brownish-white, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Usually on clay soils or rocky outcrops of se. Utah, sw. Colo., e. Ariz., and nw. N.M.; from Apache Co., Ariz. e to Sandoval and Santa Fe cos. 8. to Socorro Co., N.M. Jul—Oct. In my 1968 revision (Reveal 1968b), I considered this variant to be restricted to New Mexico. In my review of the genus for the state of Utah, I expanded the range to include a series of plants in San Juan Co. and a few scattered individuals in adjacent south- western Colorado (Reveal 1973). At that time, I mentioned that var. velutinum also occurred in eastern Arizona, but did not give any details. My few Arizona specimens are from the Many Farm and Kayenta areas of Apache Co. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 433 VAR. GLUTINOSUM (M. E. Jones) M. E. Jones. (LE. auzewn M. E. Jones. €. a. var. g. M. E. Jones. E. fruticosum A. Nels. E. §. var. g. (M. E. Jones) A. Nels. E. microthecum Nutt. ssp. a. (M. E. Jones) S. Stokes. | Low subshrubs to large rounded shrubs 2--10 dm high, (3) 5--20 dm across; leaves lanceolate to oblanceolate or elliptic, 1--4 cm long, 0.5--1.5 cm wide; inflorescences 3--10 cm long, glabrous to tomentose; involucres 1--2 mm long, 1--1.5 (2) mm wide; flowers yellow, 1.5--2.5 mm long. -- Rather common in sandy to gravelly or even rocky places throughout much of n. Ariz. from Mohave Co. e. to Apache Co.; s. Utah and s. Nev. Jul-Oct. For the most part, the var. glutinosSum may be easily disting- uished by the yellow flowers which so strikingly set this plant apart from the desert landscape in the volcanic areas of northern Arizona. However, around House Rock in Coconino Co., var. gkut- Anosum intergrades with var. corymbosum producing a series of in- dividuals which vary from pale yellow to bright yellow in terms of flower color, and from densely tomentose to nearly glabrous in terms of stem and branch tomentum. The two are usually slightly separated either elevationally or edaphically throughout their overlapping range. The continued attempt to maintain the yellow flowered phase as a distinct species (McDougall 1973) is unwar- ranted. 7. E. FENDLERIANUM (Benth. in DC.) Small. [E. microthecwmn Nutt. var. 4. Benth. in DC. E. ainslet Wooton & Standley. E. esfusum Nutt. ssp. 4. (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes. E. @. var. a. (Wooton & Standley) S. Stokes. ] Low subshrubs or shrubs (1) 1.5- -4 (5) dm high, 2--6 (8) dm across; leaves lanceolate to elliptic, 1.5--4 (5) cm long, (0.3) 0.5--2 cm wide, entire or crenulate a- long the margin, densely white-tomentose below, subglabrous to glabrous and greenish above, the petiole 5--20 mm long; stems 3- -15 (20) cm long, densely tomentose among the leaves below, gla- brous or rarely floccose above; inflorescences open, 2--10 cm long; involucres turbinate to turbinate-campanulate, 2.5--3.5 (4) mm long, 1.5--3.5 mm wide, glabrous or essentially so without, the 5 acute teeth 0.5--1 mm long; flowers white with brownish midribs and bases, 2.5--3.5 (4) mm long, glabrous, the tepals elliptic to oblong, those of the inner whorl slightly narrower; achenes brown, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Local and often rather common on clay or bar- ren hillsides or outcrops, from sw. Colo. to e. Colo. and s. to ne. N.M. and adjacent Tex.; from Rio Arriba Co. to Colfax Co., with an isolated population in Quay Co., N.M. Jun-Oct. My own understanding of this species is currently undergoing some revision and I may ultimate modify the concept of the species as presented in 1968 (Reveal 1968b). The problem has to do with the exact identity of the Fendler type of var. fendlertanum which was collected at Rock Creek in Taos Co., New Mexico. The plants of western Colorado that I associated with this name may be better associated with E. Lonchophyllum Torr. & Gray. However, the type of var. fendlertanum may ultimately fall into this category, and if so then the next available name for the plants of south-central 3h Pub ¥i? Oy LO /Galk Vol. 34, no. 5 Colorado and Colfax and Quay counties of New Mexico is E. ainske. Until I can do the necessary field work, this small problem must remain unresolved. 8. E. JONESII S. Wats. [E. lLanosum Eastw.] Low, spreading subshrubs 2--4.5 dm high, 3--8 dm across; leaves sheathing up the lower stems, cordate, (1.5) 2--2.5 cm long, 1--2 (2.5) cm wide, densely white-tomentose below, floccose and greenish- or brownish- white above, the margin entire or crenulate, the petiole 1.5--3 cm long; stems tomentose, densely so among the leaves below, becoming less so to merely floccose above, 1--2.5 dm long; inflorescences mostly open, cymose, 3--15 cm long, tomentose; involucres turbin- ate, 1.5--2 mm long, 1--1.3 mm wide, tomentose without, the 5--6 acute teeth 0.5--0.8 mm long; flowers brownish-white with brownish- red midribs and bases, 2--3 mm long, glabrous, the tepals dimorp- hic, the outer tepals obovate, 1.8--2 mm wide, the inner tepals lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, 1--1.2 mm wide; achenes light to dark brown, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Local and often infrequent in sand- stone, limestone, or otherwise rocky areas in protected sites in n. Ariz. from extreme e.-central Mohave Co. e. across central Coco- nino Co. to extreme w. Navajo Co. Aug-Oct. Since my review of this species (Reveal 1968e), little addition- al information has been obtained upon the taxon except in terms of additional locations where it grows. It is doubtful that McDougall (1973) saw my review as the species is more widespread than he in- dicates, and one of the many typographical errors of his book would seem to imply that the involucre is both tomentose and glabrous. 9. E. LEPTOCLADON Torr. & Gray. Large erect to spreading dif- fusely branched shrubs (2) 3--10 (13) dm high, 0.5--1.5 (2) m a- cross; leaves linear-lanceolate to linear-oblanceolate or narrowly oblong, 1.5--4.5 cm long, 2--8 mm wide, densely white-tomentose be- low, less so and often greenish above, the margin slightly revolute in some, the petiole 2--5 mm long; stems 3--10 cm long, tomentose to floccose or glabrous; inflorescences large, open, cymose, 1--4 dm long, 1--5 dm across, lightly tomentose to floccose or glabrous, the involucres racemosely arranged at the tips of the branches and branchlets; involucres turbinate to turbinate-campanulate, 1.5--3 mm long, 1--2 mm wide, tomentose to glabrous without, the 5 acute to rounded teeth 0.4--0.7 mm long; flowers white or pale-yellow to yellow with reddish-brown to brown midribs and bases, (2) 2.5--3.5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals obovate to nearly fan-shaped; achenes light brown, 2.5--3.5 mm long. -- Sandy places mainly on flats and gentle slopes from e. Utah s. to ne. Ariz. and nw. N.M.3; local and frequently abundant from Coconino Co., Ariz. e. to San Juan Co., N.M. The var. Leptockadon occurs only in eastern Utah, and is dis- tinguished from the two variants reported here in having yellowish flowers and thinly pubescent stems and branches. VAR. RAMOSISSIMUM (Eastw.) Reveal. [E. 2. Eastw. E. eastwoodae 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 35 M. E. Jones. €E. pallidum Small. E. effuswm Nutt. var. p. (Small) S. Stokes. ] Stems tomentose to floccose; flowers white. -- Common in sandy places in e. Utah, sw. Colo., ne. Ariz., and nw. N.M.; from Coconino Co., Ariz. e. across the n. tier of cos. to San Juan Co., N.M. Jun-Oct. In an early review of this species (Reveal 1966), I associated a small series of western Arizona plants with var. 1amos4s5454mnum, but subsequent field work in Mohave Co., Arizona, and Washington Co., Utah, show these populations to be Extogonum keatneyr. VAR. PAPILIUNCULI Reveal. Stems glabrous; flowers white. -- Local and often rare in s.-central Utah, ne. Ariz., and nw. N.M.; in moving sands from near Page, Coconino Co. e. to Monument Valley, Ariz., and in Cutler Canyon, San Juan Co., N.M. Aug-Oct. Although this taxon was just recently described (Reveal 1974a) specimens of it have been known for many years and associated with either Extogonum corymbosum, the var. 1amosisSimum, or left unnam- ed. In the Page area, the taxon is rather common, and seems to be an important plant in stabilizing sand dunes. 10. E. KEARNEYI Tidestr. [E. nodosum Small var. k. (Small) S. Stokes. ] Low to tall spreading subshrubs or shrubs 2--8 dm high, 0.3--1 (1.3) m across; leaves broadly oblanceolate to elliptic, 1- -2.5 (3) cm long, 4--12 (15) mm wide, densely white-tomentose be- low, slightly less so and greenish above, the margin not revolute, the petiole 2--10 mm long; stems 5--10 cm long, tomentose; inflor- escences large, open, cymose, 0.5--5 dm long, 0.5--8 dm across, tomentose, the involucres racemosely arranged at the tips of the branches; peduncles, when present, up to 5 mm long, tomentose; in- volucres turbinate, 2--2.5 mm long, 1.5--2 mm wide, tomentose with- out, the 5 acute teeth 0.1--0.4 mm long; flowers white with red- dish to reddish-brown midribs and bases, 1.5--3 mm long, glabrous, the tepals obovate, those of the inner whorl slightly narrower; ac- henes light brown, 2--3 mm long. -- Sandy places in w. and sw. Utah s. to nw. Ariz., then w. across the s. half of Nev. to e. Calif.; rare and local, known only from n. Mohave Co. and w. Coconino cos. in Ariz. Jul-Sep. In Kane Co., Utah, and adjacent portions of northern Coconino and Mohave cos., Arizona, the distinction between this species and Ertogonum Leptocladon var. Aamosissimum is somewhat subjective. For the most part, the leaves of E. kearneyi are shorter and broad- er than those of var. Aamosis4imum, and this is about the only sim- ple feature that can be used to separate the two. Once both are known, however, the denser degree of tomentum of E. Rearneyt will be noted as will the more clustered arrangement of the involucres at the tips of the branches in E. keatneyt when compared with E. Leptockadon. Unlike the type of over-winter distinction that can be made between the New Mexico populations of var. Aamos4s45Unum and E. Cf fUSwun , the dried shrub color of the two Arizona plants is essentially the same. The Arizona plant is var. Reatneyt, with the var. monoense (S. Stokes) Reveal restricted to eastern California. 436 PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 5 11. E. MORTONIANUM Reveal. Large erect totally glabrous shrubs 4--8 (10) dm high, 0.5-—-1 (1.3) m across; leaves elliptic, 1.5--4 (4.5) cm long, (3) 6--10 (12) mm wide, the margin thicken- ed but not revolute, the petiole (2) 3--8 (10) mm long; stems 5- -10 (12) cm long; inflorescences large, open, cymose, 15--25 cm long, 15--30 cm wide, pale yellowish-green; involucres turbinate, 2--2.5 mm long, 1.2--1.8 (2) mm wide, the 5 acute teeth 0.3--0.4 mm long; flowers pale-yellow or white, (2) 2.5--3 mm long, glabr- ous, the tepals obovate, those of the inner whorl slightly narrow- er; achenes light brown, 3--3.5 mm long. -- Restricted to red clay hills 4.5 mi sw. of Fredonia in Mohave Co., Ariz. Jul-Sep. This newly described species (Reveal 1974a) is considered to be “endangered" first because of its rareness and close association with Arizona Highway 389, and secondly because of the overgrazing noted on the Kaibab Indian Reservation upon which land the species is restricted. The species grows with two other species which are considered endangered or threatened, Extiogonum thompsonae var. at- woodti and Cryptantha subglabra Barneby. 12. E. FASCICULATUM Benth. var. POLIFOLIUM (Benth. in DC.) Torr. & Gray. [E. p. Benth. E. revolutum Goodding. E. f. ssp. p. (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes. E. 4. var. 2. (Goodding) S. Stok- es. ] Low rounded and + compact or spreading subshrubs or shrubs 2--5 (8) dm high, 3--10 dm across; leaves fascicled, mostly oblan- ceolate, 6--18 mm long, (1) 2--6 mm wide, often revolute, canes- cent on both surfaces or tomentose below and canescent above; stems 3--15 cm long, thinly tomentose to canescent; inflorescences con- gested or nearly so, occasionally umbellate and open; involucres turbinate to turbinate-campanulate, 2.5--3.5 mm long, 2--3.5 mm wide, pubescent without; flowers white to pink, 2.5--3 mm long, pubescent without on the base and midrib; achenes light brown, 2- -2.5 mm long. -- Rocky places mostly in the low desert ranges of nearly all but the ne. portion of Ariz.; widespread and common from sw. Utah s. to w. and s. Ariz., w. to Baja Calif. and e. Cal- 4£5 Apr-Jul (Oct). This is one of the more common desert shrubs, and probably the most abundant shrubby species of the genus EXxtogonum in Arizona. It is the only large shrub of the genus with pubescent flowers, and as such may be quickly identified. The var. {lavoviride Munz & I. M. Johnston may eventually be found in western Yuma Co. It differs from var. polifolium in being yellow-green in color instead of grayish, and having glabrous peduncles and involucres. A second shrubby species with pubescent flowers that may eventually be seen in extreme southwestern Yuma Co. is E. deserticola Ss. Wats. It differs from var. polifoliwm in having yellow-colored flowers that are densely covered with white hair; it also flowers from September to December, and occurs only on deep, moving sands. 13. E. HEERMANNII Dur. & Hilg. Low spreading to large erect and rounded subshrubs or shrubs 1--20 dm high, 1--25 dm across; leaves linear, oblanceolate to spatulate or oblong-lanceolate, 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 437 (0.5) 1--2 (3) cm long, 1--8 mm wide, tomentose to thinly floccose or glabrous below, thinly floccose to glabrous above, the margin usually plane or only slightly revolute, the petiole 3--10 mm long; stems slender to stout, 0.3--4 cm long, floccose to glabrous, smooth to scabrellous, terete or angled; inflorescences open to densely clustered cymes with rigid branches, 1--20 (25) cm long and wide, floccose to glabrous, smooth to scabrellous, terete or angled and deeply grooved; involucres campanulate, 0./7--2 mm long, 0.8--3 mm wide, glabrous without, the 5 rounded teeth 0.3--0.7 mm long; flowers white to yellowish-white with greenish or reddish midribs and bases, often maturing pinkish or rose, 2--4 mm long, glabrous, the tepals dimorphic, those of the outer whorl obovate to orbicular, those of the inner whorl lanceolate to oblong; ac- henes light brown to brown, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Widespread in rocky or gravelly places usually on limestone outcrops or infrequently on sandstone ledges from s. and e. Calif. e. to sw. Utah and nw. and n.-central Ariz.; in widely scattered locations mainly in Mo- have and Coconino cos. Jun-Oct. As now defined, Extogonum heeunannti is composed of eight var- ieties. The most common and widespread phase is var. humcLius (S. Stokes) Reveal of eastern Califorina and Nevada. The typical var- iety is restricted to southern California and is close related to a coastal montane phase, var. occidentale S. Stokes. Two other forms of the species may eventually be found in Mohave Co., Ariz- ona. The more likely of the two is var. 420cc0Sum Munz which is known from eastern San Bernardino Co., California, and southern Clark Co., Nevada. It differs from all Arizona forms in having the stems and branches densely floccose. The other form is var. cLokeyi Reveal!, a taxon now known only from northwestern Clark Co. and southern Nye Co., Nevada. It differs from all other forms of the species in having the involucres racemosely arranged along the branches, and in being a more open and spreading plant than is usually the situation. The following key will distinguish the three varieties of the species known to occur in Arizona. KEY TO THE VARIETIES A. Stems not sharply and deeply angled. B. Involucres + racemosely arranged at the very tips of stout branches, the open branches strongly scabrous-papillate; local and rare, Coconino and Navajo cos. ¢ La 3: var. Subracemosum 1Eniogonum heermannti Dur. & Hilg. var. cLokeyt Reveal, var. nov. A var. heewannti et var. humiliwn involucris racemosis dif- fert. -- TYPUS: Lee Canyon, 7 miles southwest of U.S. Highway 95, Spring Mountains, 5400 feet elevation, Clark Co., Nevada, 10 Aug 1966, Holmgren & Reveal 2990. Holotype, US. Isotypes, ARIZ, BRY, CAS EECS+DAO,. DS, IDS), 1SC,. KSG,_ MO, NY, OK, .OSG, RENO} RSA, JUG, UTC, WIU. This same variety was collected by Ira W. Clokey (CLo- key & Chausen 8682) and is widely distributed in numerous herbaria. 4438 Pi HYpP0 L0G) Tak Vol. 34, no. 5 BB. Involucres not racemosely arranged at the tips of the branches, or if so, then the branches slender, diffuse, scabrellous; Mohave and western Coconino cos . ae tes ee eer Ce MOM CO EIR ITA AA. Stems sharply and deeply angled, not smooth, the stems rigid yet slender; northern Mohave and Coconino cos . var. 4ulcatwm VAR. SUBRACEMOSUM (S. Stokes) Reveal. LE. howellti S. Stokes var. 4. S. Stokes. ] Low spreading subshrubs 3--6 dm high, 3--8 dm across; leaves lanceolate, 5--8 mm long, 1.5--2 mm wide, tomentose below, less so or more commonly glabrous above, + revolute in some, the petioles 5--10 mm long; inflorescences open, composed of stout, heavy, often + spine-tipped branches, 1--1.5 dm long, 1--2 dm wide, papillate-scabrellous throughout; involucres 1--1.5 mm long, 1.5--2 mm wide; flowers yellowish-white, 1.5--2 mm long. -—- Restricted to limestone or more frequently sandstone ledges and outcrops in n. Coconino Co. and in n. Navajo Co., Ariz. Aug-Sep. My inclusion of this taxon in Utah (Reveal 1973) was based on specimens of what now appear to be var. augense. VAR. ARGENSE (M. E. Jones) Munz. [E. sulcatum S. Wats. var. a. M. E. Jones. E. howelkkii S. Stokes. E. howekQii var. a. (M. E. Jones) S. Stokes. ] Low spreading highly branched and divaric- ate shrubs 1--5 dm high, 2--6 (8) dm across; leaves linear to linear-lanceolate, 5--10 mm long, 1--3 mm wide, sparsely tomentose to glabrous below, glabrous above, the petiole 3--5 mm long; in- florescences congested and densely branched with numerous slender branches, 3--6 cm long, 5--15 cm across, scabrellous throughout; involucres 0.9--1.3 (1.5) mm long, 0.8--1.2 mm wide; flowers white, (1.5) 1.8--2.5 mm long. -- Locally common in widely scattered lo- cations on limestone rock faces and outcrops from e. Calif. across s. Nev. to extreme sw. Utah, and nw. Ariz.; local and usually rare in n. Mohave Co. and in central Mohave and adjacent w. Coconino ecos,,, Ariz... Jul—Ock, In reading the description of Exiogonum heerwmannit in McDoug- all (1973), it would seem his account of the species is based on a mixture of this variant and the typical variant of California. VAR. SULCATUM (S. Wats.) Munz & Reveal. [E. 4. S. Wats. E. h. ssp. 4. (S. Wats.) S. Stokes. ] Low spreading highly branched and divaricate subshrubs (1) 1.5--3 (4) dm high, 1.5--6 dm across; leaves linear-lanceolate to elliptic or spatulate, 4--12 mm long, 2--5 mm wide, sparsely tomentose below, becoming glabrous at mat-— urity, glabrous above, the petiole 3--5 mm long; inflorescences highly congested and densely branched with numerous slender but rigid branches, 1--3 (5) cm long, 3--10 cm wide, furrowed and an- gled as well as minutely scabrellous throughout; involucres 0.7- -1.3 (1.5) mm long and wide; flowers yellowish-white, 1.5--2 mm long. -- Local and frequently common on limestone or rarely sand- stone outcrops from se. Calif. across s. Nev. to sw. Utah, and nw. Ariz.; n. Mohave and Coconino cos., Ariz. Jul-Sep (Oct). 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 439 14. E. APACHENSE Reveal. Low rounded subshrubs 2--5 dm high, 3--6 dm across; leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, (5) 7--12 (15) m long, 2--5 (6) mm wide, densely white-tomentose below, sparsely tomentose to floccose and green above, the margin flat, the petiole 1--5 mm long; stems slender, 0.5--2 cm long, glabrous and scabrel- lous; inflorescences cymose, 1--2 dm long, 1--2.5 dm wide, composed of several rather rigid and erect to spreading branches, glabrous and scabrellous throughout; involucres narrowly turbinate, 1--1.8 mm long, 0.7--1.3 mm wide, glabrous without, the 5 rounded teeth 0.3--0.5 mm long; flowers white with reddish or greenish midribs and bases, becoming reddish to rustic in age, (2.5) 3--4 mm long, glabrous, the tepals dimorphic, those of the outer whorl ovate, those of the inner whorl narrowly lanceolate; achenes light brown, 2.5--3 mm long. -- Local and often rare, known from nw. of Bylas, Graham Co. and s. of Vail, Pima Co., Ariz. Sep-Nov. This species is closely related to Eriogonum heewnannti, and the two differ only in a series of fine details, but in a substan- tial ecological and distributional manner. Since I described the species (Reveal 1969) I have learned that Marcus E. Jones collect- ed the species south of Vail in Pima Co. I have been unable to relocate this collection site. In the type area, the plants are restricted to gypsum outcrops in scattered pinyon-juniper. In my opinion, the species is "threatened" due to its proximity to U.S. Highway 70. 15. E. PLUMATELIA Dur. & Hilg. [E. palmeri S. Wats. E. nod- osum Small var. jaegert Munz & Johnston. E. pkumatella var. j. (Munz & Johnston) S. Stokes. ] Open erect shrubs 3--6 dm high, 3- -8 dm across, woody only at the base; leaves oblanceolate to ob- long-lanceolate, 6--15 mm long, 2--4 mm wide, tomentose on both surfaces, the margin entire, the petiole 1--5 mm long; stems stout and usually short-persistent (2 years or less), tomentose or gla- brous; inflorescences open, composed of horizontal branches with tiers arranged on one side of the main axis and forming masses of intricately divaricated branches, 1.5--4 dm long and wide, tomen- tose or glabrous; involucres turbinate, 2--2.5 mm long, 1.5--2 m wide, glabrous without, the 5 acute teeth 0.5--0.8 mm long; flo- wers pale yellow to white with brownish-red to greenish midribs and bases, 2--2.5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals slightly dimorphic, obovate, those of the inner whorl slightly narrower; achenes light brown to brown, 2.5--3 mm long. -- Widespread and often locally common from s. Calif., s. Nev., w. Ariz., and possibly from sw. Utah; local and usually rare in w. Mohave Co., Ariz. Aug-Nov. For years I have maintained var. faegert as distinct, more out of respect for the opinions of Philip A. Munz, who proposed the taxon, and Edmund C. Jaeger, the distinguished desert scientist, for whom it was named (Reveal & Munz 1968). Careful field work in southern California shown, however, that the character of the glabrous (var. faegeri) versus tomentose (var. plwmatella) stems just is not biologically significant, and the variety cannot be maintained. ho PHYTOL OG DA Vol. 34, no. 5 16. E. THOMPSONAE S. Wats. Spreading herbaceous perennials 2--4 (6) dm high, 2--5 dm across; leaves oblong to oblanceolate or elliptic and (2) 3--4.5 (5) cm long, 8--15 mm wide, or linear and 3--8 (10) cm long, 2--4 (6) mm wide, thinly to densely white-tom- entose below, usually glabrous and green above, infrequently glab<= rous on both surfaces, the margin entire, plane or slightly revol- ute to thickened, the petiole 3--7 cm long; stems erect, 5--25 cm long, glabrous; inflorescences open, cymose, (0.5) 1--3 dm long, glabrous and bright green; peduncles lacking; involucres turbinate, 2--4 mm long, 1--2 mm wide, glabrous, the 5 acute teeth 0.3--0.5 mm long; flowers yellow or white, 3--3.5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals oblong; achenes light brown to brown, 2.5--3 mm long. -- Local and often infrequent to rare in sandy-clay soils on the foot- hills and flats near the base of sandstone mesas, s. Utah and n. Ariz.; ne. Mohave Co., but to be expected in extreme nw. Coconino Con; Ariz. Jul—Nov. The species is composed of three distinct and non-intergrading varieties, the two noted here and var. albiflorum Reveal of Wash- ington Co., Utah. It differs from the white-flowered var. atwoodtit in having elliptical leaves 8--15 mm wide. var. albiflorwm may be eventually discovered in the Colorado City area of Mohave Co., Arizona. VAR. THOMPSONAE. Leaves oblong to oblanceolate or elliptic, (2) 3--4.5 (5) cm long, 8--15 mm wide, tomentose below, the mar- gin flat; flowers yellow. -- Sandy-clay hills and flats in s. Utah and n. Ariz.; our few collection from extreme ne. Mohave Co. and to be expected near Fredonia, Coconino Co., Ariz. Although this variety is known from several (three in Utah and three in Arizona) populations in Washington and Kane cos., Utah, and Mohave Co., Arizona, I have considered the plant "threatened" due to its proximity to highways in Arizona, the town of Kanab in Utah, and heavy recreationally-used areas such as Pipe Springs National Monument in Arizona, and Zion National Park in Utah (Nel- son 1976). VAR. ATWOODII Reveal. Leaves linear, 3--8 (10) cm long in- cluding the indistiguishable petiole, 2--4 (6) mm wide, thinly to moderately tomentose below, the margin inrolled or at least thick- ened; flowers white. -- Clay hills ca 4.5 mi w. of Fredonia in Mo- have Co., Ariz. Jul-Oct. The var. atwoodti is considered "endangered" because of its close proximity to Arizona Highway 389 and the heavy overgrazing associated with the Kaibab Indian Reservation; the taxon occurs in the same area as Extiogonum mortonianum and Cryptantha subglabra as already noted in the discussion of Morton's buckwheat. I would suggest that these low, clay hills west of Fredonia be considered "critical habitats" and protected. In addition to the endangered nature of var. atwoodii, it is of considerable interest because it is clear that it is forming a series of hybrids and backcrosses with ExLogonumn mortontanum judg- 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico nay ing by the glabrous nature of the linear leaves and the somewhat more open and spreading habit of scattered individuals. It will be of some importances to evolutionary biologists to witness this populational interaction between two unrelated taxa of the genus. Hybrids are generally rare in Extogonum in nature, and almost al- ways occur between distantly related species groups. This obser- vation was noted when the type was collected in 1973, and studied again in the summer of 1976. It was not recorded previously, how- ever (Reveal 1974b). The reference to a shrubby form of Extogonum thompsonae in my discussion of the Utah buckwheats (Reveal 1973) alluded to a small and distinctive population of plants near the western entrance to Zion National Park in Washington Co., Utah. I have observed these plants prior to anthesis on several occasions, and have finally con- cluded that they are better treated as a form of E. conrymbosum, and are hereby named E. corymbosum var. matthewsae.? 17. E. GYPSOPHILUM Wooton & Standley. Small erect herbaceous perennial 1.2--2 dm high, 1--2 dm across; leaves cordate to trun- cate, (1) 1.5--2.5 cm long, 1.5--2.5 (3) cm wide, glabrous except for the margin and midvein, the petiole 3--5 cm long, finely stri- gose; stems erect, 8--10 cm long, glabrous except for a few minute hairs basally; inflorescences cymose, 4--10 cm long, 5--12 cm wide, glabrous; peduncles erect, 1--3 cm long, becoming shorter above, glabrous; involucres broadly campanulate, 1--1.5 mm long, 2--2.5 mm wide, glabrous, the 5 acute teeth 0.4--0.7 mm long; flowers yellow, 1--1.7 (2) mm long, finely white-pubescent along the mid- ribs and bases without, the tepals lanceolate, those of the inner whorl slightly narrower; achenes light brown, 1.5--1.8 mm long. - - Local and rare on white, gravelly gypsum outcrops in the Seven River Hills sw. of Lakewood, Eddy Co., N.M. This is one of the more “endangered" species of Extogonun, and has been collected only three times to my knowledge: The type which was gathered by Wooton in 1909, a Barneby collection (Batneby 14464), and a collection of my own (Reveal 2949). All specimens have come from the same area in the Seven River Hills, and a port- ion of the population has been destroyed by the construction of U.S. Highway 285. If and when that highway is increased to 4 lanes as it has been elsewhere, considerable care will have to be made 2Eniogonum conymbosum Benth. in DC. var. matthewsae Reveal, var. nov. A var. corymboso foliis late ellitpticis 2--3 cm longis et 1--1.5 cm latis cum dense lanis subter, caulibus glabris, in- volucris turbinatis 2--3 mm longis differt. -- TYPUS: On purpl- ish siltstone west of Utah Highway 15, 0.3 mile south of Sprindale near the west entrance to Zion National Park, Washington Co., Utah, 4 Oct 1969, Welsh, Shaw, Matthews & Moore 9509. Holotype, MARY. Isotypes, BRY, UMO, US. The variety is named for M. Eileen Matt- hews, formerly a graduate student at Brigham Young University who studied the Gilia latifolia S. Wats. complex for her Master's Thesis, and an enthusiastic field botanist. Whe P HY TP O°Ls0".G TA Vol. 34, no. 5 to prevent the total destruction of the species. The original publication of the species was presented by Woot- on and Standley in 1913. 18. E. BRANDEGEI Rydb. LE. spathulatum A. Gray var. b. (A. Gray) S. Stokes. ] Low spreading herbaceous perennial 1--2.5 dm high, 1--2 dm across; leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, 1.5--3 (4) cm long, 4--8 mm wide, tomentose on both surfaces, the margin entire and plane, the petiole 1--1.5 cm long; stems erect, 1--2.5 dm long, tomentose to floccose; inflorescences capitate or nearly so; peduncles lacking or up to 3 mm long, thinly floccose to gla- brous; involucres congested, 4--8 per head, turbinate, 3.5--5 mm long, 3--4 mm wide, floccose to glabrous, the 5 acute teeth 0.4--1 mm long; flowers white, 3--3.5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals ob- lanceolate to oblong; achenes brown, 3--3.5 mm long. -- Local and rare in central Colo. and reportedly from n. N.M. Aug-Sep. I am including this species in the New Mexico flora on the basis of a single, undated collection made by Edward L. Greene which is deposited at ISC and states only "northern New Mexico." I have other specimens from Chaffee and Fremont cos., Colorado, and a Letterman collection (MO) supposedly from Colorado Springs in El Paso Co., Colorado. I am highly suspicious of the location data on both the Greene and Letterman collections. Due to the rareness of this species, I am considering it "threatened". 19. E. LONCHOPHYLLUM Torr. & Gray. Spreading herbaceous per- ennial 1--4 dm high, 1--6 (8) dm across; leaves sheathing up the stem (1) 2--5 (8) cm, linear to linear-oblong or linear-spatulate, lanceolate to narrowly oblanceolate, 2--15 (20) cm long, 2--12 mm wide, tomentose below, floccose to glabrous above, the margin en- tire or crenulate, plane or revolute, the petiole 5--18 (25) mm long, glabrous to tomentose; stems erect or nearly so, 5--15 (20) em long, glabrous or rarely floccose (in Colorado); inflorescences cymose, 5--15 (20) cm long, 4--10 cm wide, glabrous; peduncles, when present, up to 3 cm long, erect, glabrous; involucres turbin- ate, 2--4 mm long, 2--3 mm wide, glabrous, 5-toothed; flowers wh- ite with greenish or reddish midribs and bases, (2) 2.5--4 mm long, glabrous, the tepals oblong to obovate; achenes light brown to br- own, 3--3.5 mm long. -- Widespread and highly variable in rocky to gravelly places or on clay hills and flats, or in mesic places on the forest floor from w. and s. Colo. s. to n. N.M.; from w. Rio Arriba Co. s. to Sandoval Co. e. to Santa Fe Co., N.M. Jun-Sep. This species, as now defined, is highly variable and composed of several minor variants, some of which may deserve special recog- nition. I am proposing one here, var. nudicaule, for a series of small plants restricted to the southernmost fringe of the species' range. However, within Colorado are several phases that are much more difficult to resolve, and none is attempted here. VAR. LONCHOPHYLLUM. [E. salicinum Greene. E. scopartium Small. E. tristichum Small. E. sanothriforme Gand. E. effusum Nutt. ssp. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico hh3 salicinum (Greene) S. Stokes. E. nudicaule (Torr.) Small ssp. Scoparium (Small) S. Stokes. E. n. ssp. t. (Small) S. Stokes. ] Spreading herbs 1--4 dm high, 1.5--6 (8) dm across; leaves sheath- ing up the stems 2--8 cm long, the leaf-blades linear to linear- oblong or linear-spatulate, lanceolate to narrowly oblanceolate, 2--15 (20) cm long, 2--12 mm wide; inflorescences cymose, 5--15 (20) cm long, divided 3--5 or more times; involucres 2--4 mm long; flowers white to creamish-white. -- Local and occasionally com- mon from w. and s. Colo. s. to n. N.M.; mainly in pine forest in mesic sites in n. Rio Arriba Co., N.M. Jun-Sep. The leaves of the New Mexico plants are not nearly as variable as those found in the Colorado plants, as they tend to be on the linear side of the spectrum. However, in extreme northern Rio Ar- riba Co., south of Chromo, Colorado, the leaves are lanceolate as in the type of the species which was gathered along the White Ri- ver south of Pagosa Springs. VAR. NUDICAULE (Torr.) Reveal, comb. nov., based on E. effusum Nutt. var. nudicaule Torr., Explor. & Surv. Railroad Route fran Mississippi River to Pacific Ocean 4: 132. 1857. [E. n. (Torr.) Small. ] Erect herbs 2--3 dm high, 1--2 dm across; leaves basal or sheathing up the stem less than 2 cm, the leaf-blades linear to linear-lanceolate, 3--5 (7) cm long, 2--4 mm wide; inflorescences cymose, 5--12 cm long, divided 1--3 times; involucres 2--3 mm long; flowers white. -- Local and rather rare on clay hills and flats in Sandoval and Santa Fe cos., N.M. Aug-Sep. In Stokes' (1936) monograph of the genus, she failed to under- stand the nature of the type of E. effusum var. nudicaule in that she associated several discordant elements with the species name, E. nudicaule. Although she recognized the general similarities of the species to E. scoparium and E. tristichwm, both synonyms of var. Lonchophyllum, she also associated forms of E. brevicauke with the species, naming E. brevicaule var. brevicaule and var. Laxt- foltum (Torr. & Gray) Reveal, and a second species, E. spathulatwm A. Gray. She retained E. Lonchophyllum as a valid species, but re- ferred E. salicinum to E. effusum, and E. sarothriforme to what I have called E. corymbosum. The new variety of Extogonum Lonchophyllum differs from var. Lonchophyllum mainly in its open, erect habit that is decidedly not shrublike, the nearly basal leaves, and less branched inflorescen- ces. 20. E. LACHNOGYNUM Torr. ex Benth. in Dc. LE. tetraneuris Small. E. 2. ssp. t. (Small) S. Stokes. ] Erect herbaceous per- ennials 1--3.5 dm high, 1--2 dm across; leaves lanceolate to nar- rowly elliptic, 1--2.5 (3) cm long, 3--5 (8) mm wide, white- or silvery-tomentose on both surfaces or sometimes somewhat less so above, the petiole 0.5--2.5 (3) cm long; stems erect, 1--2 dm long, floccose; inflorescences subcapitate to cymose, floccose; peduncles erect, 2--15 mm long, floccose; involucres broadly cam- panulate, 3--4 mm long, 3--6 mm wide, floccose without, the 5 hy PHYTOLOGTA Vol. 3h, no. 5 broadly acute to obtuse teeth 1--1.5 mm long; flowers yellow under the dense, white pubescent without, 2.5--5 (6) mm long, the tepals lanceolate; achenes brown, 3--4 mm long, villous throughout. -- Local and rare to infrequent on limestone outcrops, flats, and gypsum slopes from s. Colo. and sw. Kans. s. to n. Tex., n. N.M., and nw. Ariz.; usually but not always associated with gypsum soils from Apache Co., Ariz., and across the n. third of N.M. Jul-Oct. 21. E. HAVARDII S. Wats. [E. Leucophyllwn Wooton & Standley | Erect herbaceous perennials (2) 3--6 dm high, 1.5--4 dm across; leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, 1--3 (5) cm long, 2--10 (13) mm wide, white- or silvery-tomentose on both surfaces, the petiole 5--15 (25) mm long; stems erect, 5--25 cm long, glabrous; inflor- escences cymose, 1--4 dm long, glabrous; peduncles erect, 0.5--6 em long, glabrous; involucres campanulate, 1.5--2.5 mm long, (1.5) 2--3 mm wide, glabrous, the 5 acute teeth 0.5--0.8 mm long; flowers yellow under the dense white pubescence, 2.5--3 mm long, the tep- als lanceolate; achenes brown, 2--2.5 mm long, glabrous. -- Local and usually rare or at least infrequent on gravelly to rock lime- stone outcrops in se. N.M. and w. Tex.; Socorro, Lincoln, and Cha- ves cos. s. to the Tex. line. May-Sep. This tall, graceful species is frequently not seen even when in flower due to the slender stems and branches, and the basal leaves. The species is unique in the New Mexico flora and cannot be confused. The type of Extogonum Leucophyllum described by Woot- on and Standley (1913) has no real bases, and Stokes (1936) tot- ally misunderstood the nature of the type (see E. hieracifolium) . 22. E. WRIGHTII Torr. ex Benth. in DC. Low spreading highly branches subshrubs or shrubs 1.5--15 dm high, 1--15 dm across; le- aves sheathing, the leaf-blades linear to oblanceolate or elliptic to broadly elliptic, (0.3) 0.5--3 cm long, 1--25 mm wide, tomen- tose on both surfaces or with the upper surface floccose to glab- rous and green, the margin entire or crenulate, plane to revolute, the petiole 0.2--5 (6) mm long; stems slender to stout, 5--40 (60) cm long, lanate to glabrous; inflorescences virgate to + cymose or rarely capitate, the involucres usually racemosely arranged along the tips (at least) of the branches, up to 4 dm long, lanate to glabrous; peduncles lacking; involucres turbinate to turbinate-cam- panulate, 1--4 mm long, 1--2.5 mm wide, lanate to glabrous, the 5 acute to rounded teeth 0.3--1 mm long; flowers white, becoming pink to rose, 1.5--4 mm long, glabrous, the tepals obovate to ob- long-obovate; achenes light brown to brown, (1) 1.5--3 mm long. -- Widespread and highly variable from n. Calif. to central Baja Calif., e. across s. Nev. to n. Ariz., and se. across most of Ariz. and s. N.M. to w. Tex. s. into central Mex. Jul-Dec. This species is highly variable, ranging from tiny cespitose mats atop the Sierra Nevada [var. olanchense (J. T. Howell) Reveal ] to large desert shrubs such as var. nodosum (Small) Reveal. The Arizona and New Mexico plants belong to only two of the eleven varieties belong to the species. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico LUS VAR. WRIGHTII. LE. w. var. 42occosum Benth. in DC. E. heki- anthemifoltum Benth. in DC. E. w. var. h. (Benth. in DC.) Torr. in Emory. E. trachygonum Torr. ex Benth. in DC. ssp. w. (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes. E. t. ssp. glomerulum S. Stokes. E. Ww. ssp. g. (S. Stokes) S. Stokes. ] Low subshrubs 1.5--5 dm high, 1--5 dm across; leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, 0.5--1.5 cm long, 2--5 (7) mm wide, tomentose below, floccose above, the petiole up to 5 mm long; inflorescences slender to + stout, tomentose to floccose throughout; involucres turbinate, 2--2.5 mm long; flowers white, becoming pink to rose in some, 2.5--4.5 mm long; achenes 2.5--3 mm long. -- Common and widespread from e. Calif. e. across Ariz. and N.M. to w. Tex., and s. to central Mex.; common throughout all but the ne. quarter of N.M. July-Sep. VAR. PRINGLEI (Coulter & Fisher) Reveal. [E. p. Coulter & Fisher. E. trachygonum Torr. ex Benth. in DC. ssp. p. (Coulter & Fisher) S. Stokes. E. Ww. ssp. p. (Coulter & Fisher) S. Stokes. ] Spreading shrubs 3--7 dm high, 4--10 dm across; leaves broadly el- liptic, 7--15 mm long, 2--5 mm wide, lanate on both surfaces, the petiole 1--3 mm long; inflorescences dense, stout, lanate; invol- ucres turbinate-campanulate, 1--1.5 mm long; flowers white, be- coming pink to rose, 1.5--1.8 mm long; achenes 1--1.5 mm long. -- Local and rare in s.-central and sw. Ariz., from Yuma, Pinal, and Pima cos. Aug-Nov. I have not observed this taxon in the field, and I know little about its overall distribution other than it is rare and infrequent- ly collected. It is possible, with field studies, this variant may well have to be proposed as endangered or threatened. 23. E. RACEMOSUM Nutt. [E. orxthocfadon Torr. in Sitgr. E. obtusum Benth. in DC. E. A”. var. sagittatwm Gandoger. E. A’. var. condifolium Gandoger. €&. A”. var. orthocladon (Torr. in Sitgr.) S. Stokes. E. ”. var. obtusum (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes. ] Tall er- ect herbaceous perennials 3--8 (10) dm high; leaves elliptic to ovate or oval, (1.5) 2--6 (10) cm long, 1--2.5 (3.5) cm wide, lan- ate to tomentose below, floccose to glabrate or glabrous above, the petiole (2) 3--10 (15) cm long; stems erect, (1) 1.5--2.5 (3) dm long, tomentose to floccose; inflorescences cymosely branches with the virgated branches bearing 5--20 or more racemosely arranged involucres, 1.5--5 dm long, divided (2) 3--7 (10) times, tomentose to floccose; peduncles, when present, erect and up to 4 cm long, tomentose to floccose; involucres turbinate-campanulate, (2) 3--5 mm long, (2) 2.5--4 mm wide, tomentose to floccose without, the 5 acute teeth 0.1--0.5 mm long; flowers white to greenish- or brown- ish-white with greenish or reddish midribs and bases, often becom- ing pink to rose in fruit, (2) 2.5--5 mm long, glabrous, the tepals oblong-oblanceolate; achenes light brown, 3--4 mm long. -- Common and widespread from central Nev. e. across Utah to s. Colo, n. Ariz., and n. N.M.; usually on the forest floor or on sagebrush flats from Mohave Co. e. to Apache Co. and s. to Gila Co., Ariz., and from San Juan Co. e. to Colfax Co., and s. to Catron Co., N.M. LL6é PHRIT OOGESA Vol. 34, no. 5 None of the variants recognized in this species is particular- ly distinct, and the continued attempt to recognize leaf-shape determined varieties is unnecessary. 24. E. ZIONIS J. T. Howell var. COCCINEUM J. T. Howell. Erect herbaceous perennials 3--5 dm high; leaves oblong-ovate to ovate, 2--4.5 cm long, 1.5--2.5 (3) cm wide, lanate to tomentose below, thinly floccose to glabrous above, the petiole 3--6 (8) cm long; stems erect, 1--2.5 dm long, slender or slightly fistulose, glabr- ous and grayish-green; inflorescences narrow, cymosely branched with the virgated branches containing 8--15 racemosely arranged involucres, 2--3.5 dm long, divided 2--5 times, glabrous; involuc- res turbinate to turbinate-campanulate, 1.5--3 mm long, 1.5--2.5 mm wide, tomentose without, the 5 rounded teeth 0.2--0.4 mm long; flowers brilliant red or scarlet, 2.5--3.5 (4) mm long, glabrous, the tepals oblong; achenes light brown, 3--4 mm long. -- Local and exceedingly rare, known from only a few individuals at Point Sub- lime (n. rim of the Grand Canyon) and at the head of Bass Trail at Bass Camp (s. rim of the Grand Canyon), Coconino Co., Ariz. Aug- -Sep. This is one of Arizona's most endangered taxa. On the South Rim, about 15 individuals were known in 1939 when the last census (to my knowledge) was taken. At Point Sublime, I discovered the real population of var. coccinewm as short distance to the north- west of where the type collection was made (Howell 1943). Here there were more than 50 individuals all within an area of less than an acre. Although this taxon occurs within a national park, the heavy recreational use of Grand Canyon National Park does not read- ily lend itself for a prior protection of such a rare plant. I reported in my review of the Utah buckwheats (Reveal 1973) that var. Z40niS may have been collected near Flagstaff. The bas- is of that report is Misher 1215, along Lake Mary, 11 Jul 1967 (ASU, BRY). I have been unable to visit this area and investig- ate the population, but I tend to think that this may be a rare, glabrous individual of E. Aacemodsun. 25. E. SHOCKLEYI S. Wats. var. LONGILOBUM (M. E. Jones) Rev- eal. [E. 2. M. E. Jones. E. acaule Nutt. var. 2. (M. E. Jones) M. E. Jones. E. 4. ssp. &. (M. E. Jones) S. Stokes. ] Low pulvin- ate herbaceous perennials forming flat to rounded mats (1) 2--4 dm across; leaves oblanceolate to spatulate, (3) 5--8 (12) mm long, (2) 3--6 mm wide, tomentose below, often slightly less so above, the petiole 2--5 mm long; stems scapose, up to 3 cm long, toment- ose, erect or nearly so; inflorecences capitate; involucres con- gested, campanulate, (3) 4--6 mm long, floccose to tomentose with- out, the 5--10 lanceolate lobes (1) 2--3 mm long; flowers white with reddish to rustic midribs and bases, becoming rose to rustic in age, 3--4 mm long, the tepals oblong to obovate; achenes light brown to brown, 2.5--3 mm long, usually densely pubescent. -- Clay hills and flats or infrequently on sandstone ledges and outcrops from (as a species) e. Calif. e. to s. Ida., w. Colo. and nw. N.M.; 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico hh7 extreme e. Mohave Co. e. across the n. tier of cos. in Ariz. to San Juan Co., N.M. May-Jul (Sep). This species is composed of two additional variants, one of which from southwestern Idaho is still undescribed. The typical variety occurs from eastern California across most of Nevada to western Utah and southern (mainly eastern) Idaho. The var. long- Lobum, on the other hand, occurs from eastern Utah and adjacent western Colorado southward to Arizona and New Mexico. 26. E. OVALIFOLIUM Nutt. Low matted pulvinate to cespitose herbaceous perennials forming mats (0.5) 1--4 dm across; leaves ob- lanceolate to elliptic or spatulate, oblong to obovate or oval to rounded, 0.2--6 cm long, (1) 2--15 mm wide, tomentose on both sur- faces or somewhat less so above, the petiole up to 1 dm long; stems scapose, 0.3--30 cm long, lanate to floccose; inflorescences capi- tate; involucres solitary or congested (ours), turbinate to turbin- ate-campanulate, (2) 3.5--5 (6.5) mm long, 2--4 mm wide, tomentose to floccose without, the 5 acute to rounded teeth up to 1 mm long; flowers white, cream or brownish maturing pinkish, rose, red, or purple, or yellowish to yellow, (2.5) 3--6 (7) mm long, glabrous, the tepals dimorphic, those of the outer whorl oval to orbicular, those of the inner whorl lanceolate to elliptic and somewhat long- er; achenes light brown to brown, 2--3 mm long. -- Widespread and common throughout much of the western United States and southern Canada; Mohave Co. e. across the n. tier of cos. in Ariz. to San Juan Co., N.M. Apr-Jul. This species is exceedingly complex and difficult due to the numerous minor, and major, morphological variations which have re- ceived formal taxonomic recognition. McDougall (1973) proposed to treat the white-flowered phase of the species, as it occurs in the two states being considered here, as ssp. vimeum (Small) S. Stokes. However, as we (Reveal & Munz 1968) have shown previously, the var. vimewn (Small) A. Nels. is restricted to a few limestone outcrops in the San Bernardino Mountains in California (where it is now ser- iously endangered). Munz and Keck (1959) termed the white-flower- ed form in Califorina ssp. eximium (Tidestrom) S. Stokes, but this name was later placed in synonymy under var. mivale (Canby) M. E. Jones (Reveal & Munz 1968). Recently, Howell (1976) has proposed to restrict var. eximuun (Tidestrom) J. T. Howell to the Carson Range in western Nevada and adjacent California, and differentiated it from var. nivale on the basis of involucres and flower size, and from var. ovalifolium on scape length and the degree of divis- ion of the involucral teeth. The var. eximiwm is a low elevation form of var. nivale, and little more. The yellow-flowered form of the species has been called a ser- ies of names, but the oldest available variatal name in var. mult{- 4capunm Gandoger. I have not seen this variant from Arizona, but McDougall (1973) claims the yellow-flowered phase to be present. The above description applies to all forms of the species, and be- low I shall present a series of distinction to separate var. ovalt- folwum from var. multiscapum, although the distribution of the 48 Peer Ovieorar Tak Vol. 34, no. 5 latter cannot be given. VAR. OVALIFOLIUM. [Eucycla o. (Nutt.) Nutt. Eucycla purpurea Nutt. Extogonum p. (Nutt.) Benth. in DC. Extogonum o. var. p. (Nutt.) Durand. Extogonwm o. ssp. p. (Nutt.) S. Stokes. ] Mats 2.5--4 dm across; leaves mostly obovate to oval or rounded, 0.5- -2 cm long, the petiole (3) 5--15 mm long; flowers white to cream or brownish, maturing pinkish to rose or purplish, 4--5 mm long. -- Common throughout the w. United States and sw. Canada; across the n. tier of cos. in Ariz. and into San Juan Co., N.M. Apr-Jul. VAR. MULTISCAPUM Gandoger. LE. orthocaulon Small. E. ovaki- foliwn var. celsum A. Nels. E. ovalifolium var. orthocaulon (Sm- all) C. L. Hitche.] Mats 2--4 dm across; leaves elliptic to spat- ulate or oblong, 3--6 cm long, the petiole 3--8 (10) cm long; flo- wers pale-yellow to yellow, 4--7 mm long. -- Rather common from sw. Wyo. and w. Colo. across n. Utah and Nev. to e. Calif., and in s. Ida. and se. Ore.; reportedly in n. Ariz. according to McDougall (1973), but no specimens seen by this writer. Apr-Jun. SUBGENUS MICRANTHA (BENTH.) REVEAL 27. E. ANNUUM Nutt. [E. lLindheunerianum Scheele. E. Sdmp- Sonkt Benth. in DC. var. §Loccoso-Lanatum Benth. in DC. E. cymo- 4um Benth. €E. a. ssp. c. (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes.” BE. @acsan. chihuahuaense S. Stokes. ] Tall leafy biennial or infrequently late-flowering annual herbs 0.5--2 m high; leaves oblong to ob- lanceolate, 1--7 cm long, 3--15 mm wide, tomentose below, floccose above, the petiole mostly less than 5 mm long; stems erect, 0.4--1 m long, leafy, floccose to tomentose; inflorescences mostly cymose and open, up to 1 m long but mostly (1) 2--7 dm long, floccose to tomentose; peduncles, when present, erect, up to 5 mm long, mostly tomentose; involucres turbinate to campanulate, 2.5--4 mm long, 2--3 mm wide, floccose to tomentose without, the 5 acute to tri- angular teeth 0.4--1 mm long; flowers white to pink maturing rose to red-brown, 1--2.5 mm long, glabrous without, pubescent and glandular within, the tepals dimorphic, those of the outer whorl obovate, those of the inner whorl narrowly ovate to oblong; achenes brown, 1.5--2 mm long or sometimes becoming tangled in the pubes- cence of the flower and seemingly pubescent. -- Great Plains of the United States s. to ne. Mex.; widespread and rather common in the e. half of N.M. from Rio Arriba and Balencia cos. s. to Dona Ana Co., and then e. (Apr) Jun-Sep (Nov). This species is the only member of the genus that is a tall, densely tomentose, leafy plant with the exception of EAxiogonum polyckadon Benth. in DC. The latter has very small flowers that are glabrous, usually solitary leaves (not in fascicles as in E. annuum), and a much branched, elongated inflorescence of racemosely arranged involucres. The related E. multif{lonwm Benth. may eventu- ally be found in New Mexico (see Reveal 1970). 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico hg SUBGENUS OLIGOGONUM NUTT. 28. E. UMBELIATUM Torr. Low cespitose to pulvinate herbaceous perennials to erect or spreading subshrubs or shurbs up to | m high and across, the mats, when formed, up to 8 dm across; leaves ob- long, elliptic, oval, spatulate, broadly obovate to suborbicular, 0.4--3 cm long and wide, densely lanate to tomentose or glabrous on both surfaces, or more frequently tomentose below and subglab- rous to glabrous and green above, the petiole 0.2--10 mm long; stems slender to stout, (3) 5--30 cm long, bractless about mid- length, mostly tomentose to glabrous; inflorescences simple to conm- pound umbels or reduced and subcapitate to capitate, the rays us- ually floccose to glabrous, up to 7 mm long; involucres turbinate to campanulate, the tube 1--6 mm long, (1) 1.5--10 mm wide, thinly tomentose to slightly floccose or glabrous without, the (5) 6--10 (12) linear-lanceolate to oblong lobes 1--6 mm long, usually re- flexed; flowers cream to yellow, variable in coloration, 2.5--10 mm long including the (0.7) 1.3--2 mm long stipe, glabrous, the tepals slightly dimorphic, mainly spatulate to obovate; achenes light brown to brown, 2--5 mm long, sparsely pubescent at the apex. -- Widespread and common throughout most of the w. United States and sw. Can. May-Oct. This species is highly variable and composed of more than 20 distinct variants. The species reaches its southernmost range in Arizona and New Mexico, and thus only a few members of the species are encountered here. VAR. UMBELLATUM. Low mat-forming perennials up to 6 dm across; leaves tomentose below, glabrous to floccose (or rarely tomentose) above; stems up to 3 dm long; inflorescences umbellate and simple, not branched; flowers bright yellow, 4--7 mm long. -- Wash. e. to Mont. s. to central Oreg., n. Nev., nw. Ariz., and s. Colo.; known in our area only from a single collection (Holmgren 3292) from Wolf Hole Mtn., Mohave Co., Ariz., but to be expected in the mts. of n. N.M. Jun-Sep. VAR. SUBARIDUM S. Stokes. LE. biumbelfLatwm Rydb. E. ferrissit feeeete. EC. Us. ssp. 4. (A> Nels.) °S. “Stokes. €. U. “sep. "4. (Ss. Stokes) Munz.] Erect to suberect subshrubby to shrubby perennials up to 6 dm across and 1 m high; leaves thinly floccose to glabrous on both surfaces; stems 0.5--2 dm long; inflorescences compoundly branches into two or more umbellate segments; flowers bright yellow or rarely cream-colored, 6--7 mm long. -- Restricted to the desert ranges from se. Calif. e. across s. Nev. to s. Utah, n. Ariz., and sw. Colo.; from Mohave Co. e. to nw. Navajo Co., Ariz. Jul-Oct. McDougall (1973) includes within his description of EAxtogonum umbeLlatum some features of var. Subaridum, but aside from the len- gth of the flowers and the distribution given, the description is based almost entirely upon var. cognatum. He implies, by the dis- tribution listed, that what I am calling var. 4ubatidum would be in 450 PHYTO LOG Te Vol. 34, no. 5 Apache Co., and while I have seen no specimens from this area, its presence would not be surprising (Reveal 1968d); I would also sus- pect the variant to be found in San Juan Co., New Mexico, as well. In Kearney and Peebles (1951), this plant was called simply E. um- beklatum, but the type of E. ferrissit was referred to E. cognatum. VAR. COGNATUM (Greene) Reveal. LE. c. Greene. ] Low perennials to 3 (4) dm across; leaves densely white-tomentose below, thinly pubescent or more commonly glabrous and bright green above; stems erect, slender, 1--1.5 dm long, glabrous; inflorescences compound- ly umbellate into several segments; flowers bright yellow, 4--6 mm long. -- Locally common in s.-central Coconino Co. s. to extreme ne. Yavapai and nw. Gila cos., Ariz. Jul-Sep. The best distinction between var. cognatum and var. 4ubaridwm which can be noted in herbarium material is in the shape of the leaves. In the former, the leaves are oblong-obovate to broadly elliptic, while in the latter they are much narrower. In my note on this variant (Reveal 1968d), I pointed out the strongly isolated nature of var. cognatum, and concentrated field work in northern Arizona since then has done nothing to close the geographical gap between this taxon and the remaining members of the species. 29. E. CAESPITOSUM Nutt. [E. andinum Nutt.] Low pulvinate to cespitose herbaceous perennials forming mats up to 4 dm across; leaves elliptic to obovate or oblong-spatulate to nearly oval, 2- -10 (15) mm long, 1.5--4 (5) mm wide, tomentose on both surfaces to slightly less so to floccose above, the petiole 0.5--4 mm long; stems scapose, + erect, (1) 3--8 (10) cm long, usually floccose to glabrous, without a whorl of bracts even at the base of the invol- ucre; inflorescences capitate; involucres campanulate, the tube 2- -3.5 mm long, 3--5 mm wide, tomentose to floccose without, the 6--9 reflexed lobes 2--3.5 mm long; flowers yellow, becoming tinged with red or reddish with age, 2.5--10 mm long including the 0.5--1 mm long stipe, pilose to villous without, the tepals + oblong to ob- lanceolate; achenes light brown to brown, (3.5) 4--5 mm long, with a glabrous to slightly pubescent beak. -- Widespread and locally infrequent to common from e. Calif. and Ore. e. to w. Mont., w. Wyo., and nw. Colo. s. to s. Utah and nw. Ariz.; known only from Beaver Dam Mtn., Mohave Co. Ariz. Apr-Jun. Although this plant was collected by Barkley (3360, MONTU, WTU) in 1932, the species has not been reported from Arizona by either Kearney and Peebles (1951) nor McDougall (1973). It is ob- viously rare in the area as Higgins (1967) does not report the species from the Beaver Dam Mountains in Utah. 30. E. JAMESII Benth. in DC. Low matted to robust and erect herbaceous perennials up to 4.5 dm high and 6 dm across; leaves ob- lanceolate to elliptic, (0.5) 1--5 cm long, 0.5--2.5 cm wide, tom- entose below, floccose above or becoming thinly pubescent to glab- rous and greenish above in some, the petiole 0.5--6 cm long; stems erect, slender to stoutish, (3) 5--20 (25) cm long, tomentose to 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 51 floccose; inflorescences usually open, simple or compoundly um- bellate, rarely highly reduced and capitate (as on the Kaibab Plat- eau, Ariz.), up to 3 dm long, tomentose to floccose; involucres turbinate to campanulate, 3--7 mm long, 2.5--8 mm wide, tomentose to floccose without, the 5--8 erect teeth up to 0.5 mm long; flow- ers white to cream or yellow with greenish to dark yellow midribs and bases, becoming tinged with pink in some at maturity, 3--9 mm long including the 0.7--2 mm long stipe, densely pubescent with- out especially along the midribs and bases, the tepals dimorphic, those of the outer whorl lanceolate, those of the inner whorl nar- rower and longer; achenes light brown to brown, 4--5 mm long, with a sparsely pubescent beak. -- Rather common and often locally abun- dant from e. Utah, Colo. and se. Wyo. s. to Ariz., N.M., w. Kans., w. and n. Tex., and ne. Mex.; common throughout much of both states but in particular n. and e. Ariz., and e. and s. N.M. Jun-Oct. As I have become more and more familiar with Erxtogonum jamesir the more I have come to discover that it is an exceedingly complex taxon with numerous local and region modifications in its gross external morphology. In the past I have tended to ignore the sig- nificance of many of these local populations, while in the related E. umbellatum, I (and others) have tended to recognize them. It is now becoming clear that E. famesii is as difficult to treat as E. umbellatum. I have tried to maintain a uniform understanding of E. umbellatum, acknowledging that small, local populations are often very distinct (especially to the local flora expert), but when considered on the whole, none can be maintained at the species rank. Thus, Colorado workers (Weber, 1972) have kept E. umbellatum var. majus Hook. a distinct species (calling it E. subalpinwm Greene), and Howell (1973, 1976) has proposed var. toAreyanum (Gray in Torr. & Gray) M. E. Jones be considered as a distinct species. This does not take into account, for example, that in Wyoming, western Montana, and Idaho, var. majus intergrades with var. dichtocephalum Gandoger, nor that in extreme northern Calif- ornia and adjacent Oregon there is var. glaberrUmum (Gandoger) Re- veal which is as distinct from var. wmbellatum as var. torreyanum, but together, are very close to one another. The situation within Exiogonum jamesii is nearly as complex, but fortunately, with far few taxa than in E. umbellatum. However, unlike the latter species, associated with the former are a series of closely related species which are seemingly weakly distinct on biological grounds, but morphologically and distributionally, seem to be as sound a species as any in the genus. Enxiogonum comrellhir Reveal of northern Texas, and E. allenti S. Wats. in Coult. & Wats. of the Virginias are highly isolated, but are still very closely re- lated to E. jamesti var. wootonti Reveai of south-central New Mex- ico. Field studies have shown that in southeastern Wyoming and in extreme north-central Colorado, E. jamesii and E. ffavum Nutt. in Fras. intergrade to such a degree that in the mountains east of Laramie, Wyoming, the two can often be exceedingly difficult to separate. This is one of the few cases in the genus where two re- lated species intergrade; most hybridization is between unrelated 52 Pleo rh08 GALA Vol. 34, no. 5 groups of species (E. brevicaule x E. corymbosum; E. batemanii x- E. shockkeyi; E. brevicaule x E. microthecum). While reviewing this situation in the field, I finally realized that a form of E. 4Lavum in the Colorado Rocky Mountains, var. xanthum (Small) Ss. Stokes, was in fact not a form of E. flavum, but should be called E. jamesik var. xanthun. ? Finally, discussion with Steve Stephens and Ronald McGregor of the University of Kansas, coupled with my own field work in south- western Kansas, have proved to me that the isolated Kansas popula- tions deserve special recognition as proposed by Gandoger (1906), and thus EAxtogonwn jamesii var. Simplex Gandoger is maintained for these plants. VAR. FLAVESCENS S. Wats. [E. arcuatum Greene. E. bakert Greene. E. vegetius A. Nels. E. j. ssp. 4. (S. Wats.) S. Stokes. E. j. var. a. (Greene) S. Stokes. E. j. ssp. b. (Greene) S. Sto- kes. ] Mats up to 5 dm across; leaves oblanceolate to elliptic, 1--3 cm long, 0.5--1.5 cm wide, the margin entire; inflorescences divided 1--3 times, up to 2 dm long, rarely capitate or umbellate as in northern Arizona; bracts mostly narrowly elliptic, up to 2 cm long and 1 cm wide; involucres 3--7 mm long, 4--8 mm wide; flo- wers yellow, (4) 5--8 mm long. -- Common and rather widespread from e. and s. Utah e. to s. and central Colo. as far n. as se. Wyo., and s. to n. Ariz and N.M.; local and often common from Mohave Co. e. across the n. tier of cos. (and Yavapai Co.) to nw. N.M. (as far e. as Sandoval Co.). Jul-Sep. The attempts to maintain either Extogonwn arcuatum or E. bak- @tt as distinct from E. famesii simply do not take into account the variation within E. jamesii. The only major difference bet- ween vars. flavescens, tuprtcola Reveal (of southwestern Utah), wootonii, and the forms more closely related to var. famesii such as vars. Simplex and undulatum is the flower color. Again this is an impressive difference to the local taxonomist, but not so when the entire range of the species is considered, and when one remem- bers that in such species as E. wmbelLlatwm and E. compositum Dougl ex Benth. in Lindl. both color phases are common. VAR. WOOTONII Reveal. Mats up to 5 dm across; leaves broadly elliptic, 3--5 cm long, 1.5--3 cm wide, the margin entire; inflor- escences divided 3--5 times, up to 2 dm long; bracts mostly foli- aceous, those of the first node narrowly elliptic, 2--4 cm long, 0.7--1.8 cm wide; involucres 3--6 mm long, 4--9 mm wide; flowers yellow, 4--7 (9) mm long. -- Local and often common in the mts. of s.-central N.M. in Lincoln and Otero cos. Jul-Sep (Oct). This New Mexico phase was described in my 1973 paper on the buckwheats of Utah. It has been variously called E. jamesii or E. baker. > Eniogonum jamesii Benth. in DC. var. xanthwm (Small) Reveal, comb. nov., based on E. xanthwn Small, Bull. Torrey Bot. Club 33: 51. 1906. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 53 VAR. JAMESII. [E. jf. var. neomexicanum Gandoger.] Mats up to 8 dm across; leaves mostly narrowly elliptic, 1--3 cm long, 0.5--1l cm wide, the margin entire; inflorescences divided 1--6 times, up 3 dm long; bracts mostly narrowly elliptic, up to 2 cm long and 1 cm wide; involucres 4--7 mm long, 2--5 mm wide; flowers white to cream, 4--8 mm long. -- Widespread and often common from n.-central Colo. s. throughout the e. half of Ariz. e. to n. and w. Tex.; from Coconino Co. s. to Gila and Graham cos., Ariz., and throughout most of N.M. Jun-Sep. VAR. UNDULATUM (Benth. in DC.) Stokes ex Jones. [E. u. Benth. im—sDCaeEsf: ssp. u. (Benth. im DC.) Ss Stokes.]) Mats up\to 8 dm across; leaves mostly narrowly elliptic, 1--2 cm long, 0.5--l cm wide, the margin crisped and usually undulate; inflorescences divided 3--6 times, up to 1.5 dm long; bracts narrowly elliptic, up to 1.5 cm long and 0.6 cm wide; involucres 1.5--4 mm long, 2--3 mm wide; flowers white to cream, 3--5 mm long. -- Widespread and often locally common from se. Ariz. and sw. Tex. s. to n. Mex.; currently known only from Ariz. in Cochise, Santa Cruz, Santa Rita and perhaps Gila cos., but to be expected in the mountains of s. N.M. Jul-Sep. The distinction between var. jamesii and var. undulatum is a subtle one at best. The northern var. fameSit gradually grades into var. undufatum in an irregular line from Jeff Davis and Brew- ster cos., Texas, through the mountain ranges of extreme northern Coahuila and Chihuahua, Mexico, and in southeastern Arizona. The main difference is in the texture of the leaf margin, with that of var. jfam@scdi being entire and smooth while that of var. undulatum is crisped and wavy or undulate. This broad band of contact caused Johnston (1944) to reject var. undulatum as a distinct taxon. For the most part, var. fAMesAL is a foothill taxon, occurring mainly in the foothills and lower slopes and flats of the Rocky Mountains or desert ranges of Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas. The var. undulatwn is entirely a montane taxon, usually found well up on the slopes, and at least in Mexico, on the highest ridges. SUBGENUS PTEROGONUM (H. GROSS) REVEAL 31. E. HIERACIFOLIUM Benth. in DC. [Pterogonum h. (Benth. in DC.) H. Gross. €&. pannoSum Wooton & Standley. E. Leucophyllum Wooton & Standley ssp. p. (Wooton & Standley) S. Stokes. ] Erect herbaceous perennials 4--7 dm tall; leaves basal and cauline, the leaf-blades oblanceolate to spatulate, 3--15 cm long, 0.5--2 cm wide, sparsely to densely strigose, the petiole 0.5--5 cm long, the cauline leaf-blades oblanceolate, 0.5--5 cm long, sessile; stems erect, 3.5--6.5 dm long, strigose; inflorescences open pani- culated cymes, 4--15 (18) cm long, strigose; involucres turbinate- campanulate to campanulate, 2.5--4 mm long, 2.5--5 mm wide, hirsute to strigose without, the 5 triangular teeth 0.5--1.5 mm long; flo- usb PHYTOLOGIA Vol. 34, no. 5 wers yellow, 1.5--2.5 mm long in anthesis, 3--5 mm long and reddish in fruit, stirgose without, the tepals + ovate; achenes yellowish- green maturing light brown, 4.5--6 mm long, strigose at the apices along the winged margins on the upper half of the fruit. -- Local and infrequent to common mainly in gravelly soil from e. Ariz. se. across the s. half of N.M. to w. Tex. and n. Chihuahua, Mex.; from Navajo, Apache and Gila cos., Ariz. se. across the s. half of N.M. from Bernalillo Co. s. Jul-Oct This species can be quickly distinguished from the next by the strigose flowers and the achene which is winged only near the apex. This subgenus has been studied extensively by William J. Hess and myself (Hess & Reveal in press) and our findings will be published shortly. I cannot explain the actions of Wooton and Standley (1913) in proposing Extogonum pannosum, as it falls well within the definit- ion of E. hieracifoliwm. Both types were collected within a few miles of each other in southeastern New Mexico. However, what is even more impossible to understand is Miss Stokes’ attempt to ass- ociate E. pannosum, a member of the subgenus Pterogonum, with E. LeucophyLkum, a member of the subgenus Eucycla. Both Hess and I have reviewed her comments for a hint of reason, but can find none except that both grow in approximately the same part of New Mexico. 32. E. ALATUM Torr. in Sitgr. Tall erect monocarpic perenn- ials 5--20 dm tall arising from deep soft woody, chambered taproots; leaves basal and cauline, the basal leaf-blades linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, oblanceolate or spatulate, (3) 5--20 cm long, 0.3- -2 cm wide, strigose below, becoming glabrous on both surfaces except for the margins and veins, the petiole 2--6 cm long, the cauline leaf-blades linear-lanceolate to lanceolate, 1--9 cm long, + sessile; stems erect, 2--13 dm long, strigose to nearly glabrous at least below; inflorescences open paniculated cymes, 2--10 dm long, sparsely strigose to glabrous; peduncles erect, slender, 0.5--3.5 cm long, sparsely strigose to glabrous; involucres turbin- ate to campanulate, 2--4 (4.5) mm long and wide, strigose to glab- rous without, the 5 acute to triangular teeth 1--1.8 mm long; flo- wers yellow to yellowish-green, 1.5--2.5 mm long in anthesis, be- coming 3--6 mm long in fruit and often maturing reddish, glabrous without, the tepals lanceolate; achenes yellowish- to greenish- brown, maturing reddish-brown, 5--9 mm long, glabrous, distinctly winged the entire length of the fruit. -- Local and often common from e. Utah, se. Wyo. and w. Neb. s. into n. and e. Ariz., w. Kans. and Okla., n. and w. Tex., N.M., and extreme nw. Chihuahua, Mex.; common throughout n. and e. Ariz. and nearly all of N.M. Jun-Oct. All three variants of this species occur within the two states of this paper. One, var. glabriusculum, just bearly enters the area in northeastern New Mexico, while a second, var. mogolkense, is wholly confined to north-central Arizona. The most widespread and common form of the species in this area is the typical variant which is common in both states. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico ss KEY OME VARITEMES A. Flowering stems and inflorescences strigose, or if the inflor- escence glabrous, then the plants of northern Arizona; leaves linear-lanceolate to oblanceolate or spatulate; widespread and common. B. Basal leaves linear-lanceolate to lanceolate or oblanceo- late, 0.3--1.5 cm wide, the a et A aa sparsely stri- gose to strigose; common . . oe Wai alam BB. Basal leaves spatulate, 1--2 cm ‘wide, “the petiole—bases densely strigose; Coconino and Navajo cos., Arizona . = fies var. mogollense AA. Flowering stems and inflorescences elabrous or only slightly strigose when young; leaves linear-lanceolate; Curry Co., New Memuatns cin sticky. iow. Oe Sart fae. voowaRrh glabemmeutum VAR. ALATUM. (LE. 2iste S. Wats. E. a. ssp. t. (S. Wats.) S. Stokes. ] Plants 5--15 (17) dm high; leaves with sparsely strigose petiole-bases, lanceolate to oblanceolate; inflorescences thinly strigose, infrequently glabrous. -- Widespread and common through- out the range of the species except for n. Tex. and w. Okla.; com- mon throughout most of the two states except in sw. Ariz. Jun- Ock: In portions of northern Arizona, an occasional individual of var. alatum will be found in late anthesis or in fruit which will have glabrous stems and inflorescence branches. Such plants are usually, but not always, mixed with thinly strigose plants. The distinction of such glabrous individuals hardly seems logical, and Erxtogonum triste is reduced to synonymy. VAR. MOGOLLENSE Stokes ex Jones. [E. a. var. macdougahti Gan- doger. E. a. ssp. m. (Stokes ex Jones) S. Stokes. ] Plants 8--13 dm high; leaves with densely strigose petiole-bases, spatulate; in- florescences strigose. -- Local and usually common on the Mogollon Rim of central Coconino Co. e. to Navajo Co., Ariz. Jun-Sep (Oct). The distinction between var. alatwm and var. mogollense is not a sharp one, and scattered populations of var. alatum within the range of var. mogollense are not uncommon. In general, the Mogol- lon buckwheat has broader and shorter leaves which are densely strigose on the petiole-bases so that the basal portion of the plant at ground level is densely clothed with hairs. This phase grades into var. atatum to the north and east so that some popu- lations in Navajo, Apache, and Gila cos., for example, can be dif- ficult to place in either taxon. We (Hess & Reveal in press) have tried to restrict the distribution of var. mogollense to include only those plants of the pine forest area around Flagstaff, and southeastwardly along the edge of the Mogollon Rim to southern Navajo Co. VAR. GLABRIUSCULUM Torr. in Sitgr. Plants 1--2 m high; leaves with sparsely strigose petiole-bases, lanceolate; inflorescences 456 PH? 0 OG Al Vol. 34, no. 5 glabrous. -- Local and infrequent to rare from Curry Co., N.M. e across n. Tex. to w. Okla. Jul-—Oct. This is the common form of the species in northern Texas and western Oklahoma. It just bearly enters New Mexico where it occurs on limestone outcrops and thin, gravelly soil in open grasslands. SUBGENUS GANYSMA (S. WATS.) GREENE 33. E. ARIZONICUM Stokes ex Jones. Erect, spreading herbac- eous perennials 2.5--5 (6) dm high, forming loose mats 3--8 cm across; leaves basal but sheathing up the stems and exposed caudex branches 0.5--15 cm, the leaf-blades ovate to rounded, (0.5) 1--2 cm long and wide, densely white-pilose on both surfaces, the hairs becoming less densely matted at maturity, the margin entire and undulate-crispate, the base rounded to truncate, the petiole (0.5) 1--2.5 (4) cm long, pilose to nearly tomentose, the petiole—base strigose to pilose and brown without; stems erect, slender, 1--3 dm long, glabrous and glaucous; inflorescences narrowly cymose, erect, 1--3.5 (4) dm long, trichotomously branched at the first node, often with one or two additional branches or a single elong- ated peduncle, otherwise dichotomously branched throughout with a peduncle in the fork at each node, glabrous and glaucous; peduncles capillare to slender, erect, 0.5--2.5 cm long, glabrous and glau- cous; involucres turbinate, (0.8) 1--2 mm long, (0.8) 1--1.5 m wide, glabrous without, the 5 acute teeth 0.3--0.8 mm long; flowers yellowish to yellowish-red with a greenish or reddish to reddish- brown midrib and base, (1) 1.5-~-2 mm long in anthesis, becoming 2--3 mm long and pinkish to reddish in fruit, glabrous, the tepals slightly dimorphic, the outer tepals obovate with broadly expanded bases especially in fruit, the inner tepals obovate but without the broadly expanded bases; achenes dark brown, 1.5--2 mm long. -- Local and rare in widely scattered locations mainly on limestone soils in s. Gila, e. Maricopa, and extreme ne. Pinal cos. in se. Ariz., and near Rock Springs, Yavapai Co., and s. of Kingman, Mo- have Co., Ariz. (Jun) Sep-Nov. This beautiful perennial buckwheat has become so totally con- fused in the Arizona literature that its identity will take some fresh review. Kearney and Peebles (1951) placed the name in syn- onymy under Exiogonum capillare Small, a slender, delicate, late- fall flowering annual of southeastern Arizona. There key, however, fits E. arizonicun (although they thought the plants were possibly biennial). Shreve and Wiggins (1964) followed Kearney and Peebles and their description applies essentially to E. artizonicum and not E. capiklarne. In his unpublished doctoral dissertation of this part of the genus, Anderson (1959) recognized both species, but his descriptions for both fit equally well only E. atizonicun. I believe this will be the first time the exact identity of the two species will have been published. The type of Exiogonum arizonicum was collected by Orcutt from an unknown location in the state of Arizona. 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico hS7 34. E. INFLATUM Torr. & Frém. Erect, first-year flowering perennials or strictly annuals (outside our area) 1--15 dm high; leaves oblong-ovate to oblong or rounded to reniform, (0.5) 1--2.5 (3) cm long, (0.5) 1--2 (2.5) cm wide, short-hirsute on both sur- faces, infrequently less so to villous or glabrate above, the mar- gin entire or crisped-undulate, the petiole 2--6 cm long; stems usually fistulose or inflated, sometimes slender, usually glabrous or merely pubescent at the base, (0.2) 1--4 dm long; inflorescen- ces cymose, open, 0.5--5 dm long, 0.5--8 dm wide, the branches occasionally inflated, glabrous, with 3--5 branches at the first node; peduncles filiform to capillary, erect, 5--20 mm long, glab- rous; involucres turbinate, 1--1.5 mm long, 1--1.8 mm wide, glab- rous or with the teeth slightly glandular in some, 5-toothed; flowers yellow with reddish or greenish midribs and bases, (1) 2- -2.5 (3) mm long, short-hirsute without, the tepals lance-ovoid to ovoid; achenes light brown to brown, 2--2.5 mm long. -- Widespread and common from e. and s. Calif. e. across Nev. and Utah to w. Colo. and then s. to s. Baja Calif. Sur and Sonora, Mex.; throughout most of Ariz. except the e. tier of cos. Mar-Oct (Dec). VAR. DEFLATUM I. M. Johnston. [E. glaucwm Small. E. trichopes Torr. ssp. g. (Small) S. Stokes. ] Plants first-year flowering perennials 5--15 dm high; stems not inflated. -- Infrequent to lo- cally common in s. Calif. and s. Ariz. s. to Sonora and Baja Calif. Sur, Mex.; mainly in the s. cos. of Ariz. Jul-Oct (Dec). This variant is weakly defined in the northern part of its range in southern Arizona and California where it gradually grades into var. ingfatum. For the most part the two can be distinguished on the degree (or lack of) stem inflation. Additionally, the var. deflatum is a more strictly erect plant than the typical form. VAR. INFLATUM. LE. clutec Rydb.] Plants first-year flowering perennials (0.5) 2--10 dm high; stems inflated. -- Common and wide- spread from w. Colo. to e. Calif. and s. to n. Mex.; common and widespread in Ariz. except in the e. tier of cos., and becoming less frequent in the s. tier of cos. Mar-Oct. The matter of Erxtogonum ckutet must once again be dealt with after the publication of the name by McDougall (1973) in spite of my personal comments to him on this taxon, and the publication on the status of this confused plant (Reveal 1968a). The type of this species is based on a basal rosette of E. deflexum while the infl- orescence is E. inflatum. Rydberg (1921) did not detect this pro- blem, and on the basis of the confused collection sent to him from Arizona, proposed the new species. In 1968, I lectotypified the name, E. clutet, on the inflorescence fragment of E. ingfatum and the name is a synonym of that species. As for var. inflatum itself, it is one of the more common spec- ies of the genus in Arizona, being found as far east as Graham Co. in the state. It is to be sought in southwestern New Mexico, as the next species, E. trichopes, occurs across the southern part of that state and apparently into the El Paso area of Texas. 458 PH YT O LiOcGeE & Vol. 34, no. 5 35. E. TRICHOPES Torr. in Emory. LE. trichopodum Torr. ex Benth. E. trichopodum var. minus Benth. in DC. E. trichopes ssp. m. (Benth. in DC.) S. Stokes. ] Erect herbaceous annuals 1--4.5 (6) dm high; leaves round-oblong to rounded, 1--2.5 (4) cm long, 1--2 (3) cm wide, hirsute, the margin entire or crenulate, the petiole 1--6 cm long; stems erect, slender, rarely fistulose, gla- brous or only minutely hirsute at the base, 0.5--1.5 (2) dm long; inflorescences densely paniculated cymes, 0.5--4 dm long with numerous secondary branchlets at the lower (and especially the fir- st node), glabrous; peduncles + erect, capillary, 5--15 mm long, glabrous; involucres turbinate, 0./7--1 mm long, 0.6--0.9 mm wide, glabrous without, 4-toothed; flowers yellowish to greenish-yellow, 1--2 (2.5) mm long, short-hirsute without, the tepals lance-ovate; achenes light brown to brown, 1.5--2 mm long. -- Widespread and often weedy from e. and s. Calif. e. to sw. Utah, w. and s. Ariz., s. N.M., extreme w. Tex., and n. Mex.; common and locally weedy in good years from Mohave Co. s. to Yuma Co. se. and e. across the s. tier of cos. in N.M. as far e. as Dona Ana Co. Mar-Jul (Dec). This common, weedy species is occasionally confused with EA”to- gonun inglatum. In general, E. trichopes is a strict annual with numerous, fine branches in a dense inflorescences, and a 4-toothed involucre. Only in very young, healthy plants of E. inflatwm is it nearly as bushy as E. trichopes, and then the stems are usuaiiy so grossly inflated, and the peduncles and lower branches so stout, that the two can still be distinguished even from a distance. In the latter regard too, from a distance, E. trichopes is a bright yellowish-green while the other species is a dull, grayish-green. 36. E. TENELIUM Torr. [E. t. var. Leptockadon Benth. in Dc. ] Erect to spreading herbaceous perennials 1--5 dm high; leaves ell- iptic to ovate or orbicular, 3--15 mm long, 3--10 mm wide, densely tomentose on both surfaces, the petiole 4--20 mm long; stems slend- er to stoutish, 4--20 cm long, glabrous; inflorescences open, erect or spreading, 0.5--4 dm long, glabrous; peduncles slender, erect, straight, 0.5--6 cm long, glabrous; involucres turbinate, 2--4 mm long, 1.5--3 mm wide, glabrous without, tomentose within, 5-tooth- ed; flowers white, 1.5--2.5 mm long in anthesis, becoming 2.5--3.5 mm long and pink or orange-brown or reddish in fruit, glabrous, the tepals dimorphic, those of the outer whorl ovate to obovate or sub- orbicular, the bases subcordate to cordate, 1.5--2 mm wide, those of the inner whorl narrowly oblong to oblong, 0.5--1 mm wide; ach- enes light brown to brown, 2--3 mm long. -- Widespread and usually locally common from se. Colo. and sw. Kans. s. through N.M. and Tex. to ne. Mex.; from Colfax Co. s. to Torrance and Lincoln cos. then se. to Eddy Co., N.M. Jun-Sep. Our plants belong to the var. tenelbum. 37. E. PARISHII S. Wats. Low spreading herbaceous annuals 1--3 dm high; leaves spatulate, 2--6 cm long, 0.5--2 cm wide, hir- sute and green on both surfaces, the petiole 0.5--2.5 cm long, + winged; stems 3--10 cm long, glabrous except for the glandular 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 59 upper node; inflorescences hemispherical and forming dense masses 1--4 dm across, glabrous except for the glandular nodes; peduncles spreading, capillary, 4--12 mm long, glabrous or sparsely glandu- lar; involucres turbinate, 0.5--0.9 mm long, glabrous without, 4- toothed; flowers red to pink, 0.5--0.7 mm long in anthesis, becom- ing 0.7--0.9 mm long and whitish with red midribs in fruit, minut- ely puberulent without, the tepals ovate; achenes dark brown, l1- -1.3 mm long. -- Infrequent to locally common from s. Calif. and w. Ariz. s. to n. Baja Calif., Mex.; known only from Yavapai Co., Ariz. Jul-Oct. In the 1969 edition of ARIZONA FLORA, Howell and McClintock (Kearney & Peebles 1969) reported the discovery of this species for the Arizona flora. I have seen no other collections except the Beaty collection they cited. Even so, McDougall (1973) fails to report the species from his area. 38. E. ORDII S. Wats. [E. tenuissimun Eastw. ] Erect slender herbaceous annuals (0.5) 1--7 dm high; leaves basal and occasion- ally cauline, the basal leaf-blades oblong-oblanceolate or oblong- obovate to obovate, 2--8 cm long, 1--3 cm wide, thinly floccose to glabrous and green especially on the upper surface, the petiole 2- -6 (10) cm long, the cauline leaf-blades restricted to the lower 1--3 nodes, elliptic to obovate, 0.7--3 cm long, 0.2--2 cm wide, otherwise similar to the lower leaves; stems erect, slender, (0.3) 0.7--3 dm long, loosely floccose near the base, glabrous above; inflorescences diffusely paniculate, + erect, (0.5) 1--5 dm long, glabrous except for scattered floccose hairs at the nodes and a- long the lower branches; peduncles erect, capillary, 5--20 mm long, glabrous or nearly so; involucres narrowly turbinate to turbinate, 1--1.5 (1.8) mm long, glabrous without, 4-toothed; flowers white to pale yellow, 1--1.5 mm long in anthesis, becoming 1.5--2.5 mm long and pink to red in fruit, short-villous, the tepals narrowly oblong to ovate; achenes dark brown to black, 1.8--2.1 mm long. -- Local and usually rare in widely scattered locations from nw. Ariz. to w.-central Calif.; known only from the type collection taken near Fort Mohave, Mohave Co., Ariz. Mar-Jun. Kearney and Peebles (1951) question the label data for this species' type, noting that "in view of the known distribution of the species in California, the absence of later collections from Arizona, and the uncertainty of Lemmon's data of locality, it is improbable that E. ordii really occurs in this state." McDougall (1973) makes no statement regarding this species by simply ignor- ing its existence. However, a critical consideration of this is the name of the taxon itself. James L. Ord was a contract surgeon with the United States Army from 1846 to 1891, and in 1884 was stationed at Fort Mohave, Arizona. Watson (1886) indicates that he is naming the plant for Ord at the request of John G. Lemmon, and it seems reasonable that Lemmon could have found Ord only at Fort Mohave. Lemmon's field records are extant, but often diffi- cult to understand, and as yet, I have found no reason to assume that the type of this species did not come from Arizona. Careful 60 Pi MT O 2,067 & Vol. 34, no. 5 field studies in Mohave Co. may yet reveal this taxon in the Ariz- ona flora. It is rarely found in the deserts of adjacent San Ber- nardino Co., California, where it seems to be restricted to the mountains. 39. E. ALIQUANTUM Reveal. Erect spreading herbaceous annuals 1.5--3.5 dm high arising from a slender, woody taproot; leaves bas- al and cauline, the basal leaf-blades elliptic to broadly elliptic, 1.5--2 cm long, 1--1.5 cm wide, glabrous and green on both surfaces except for sparsely scattered villous hairs along the margin and midvein, occasionally sparsely villous above when young, the mar- gin entire and plane, the apex mostly obtuse, the base obtuse, the petiole slender, 1.5--2.5 cm long, sparsely villous, the petiole- base triangular, villous without, glabrous within, the cauline leaf-blades elliptic, 0.5--1.5 cm long, 0.2--1 cm wide, similar to the basal leaves only more reduced, the petiole short and the lea- ves restricted to the nodes in the axil of the bracts nearly thoughout the plant; stems erect, slender, 3.5--/7 cm long, sparse- ly villous with white hairs; inflorescences open, 1.5--2.5 dm long, mostly trichotomously branched at the first node, dichotomous a- bove, sparsely villous throughout but becoming slightly less so above; bracts scalelike, ternate, triangular, 1--4 mm long, glab- rous within and without except for the ciliated margins, connate basally; peduncles lacking except for a rare one in the fork of the first node in some, these erect, 3--7 mm long, villous; invol- ucres turbinate-campanulate, 1--1.3 mm long, 1--1.2 mm wide, glab- rous within and without except for a ciliated margin, the 5 acute teeth 0.4--0.6 mm long, the bractlets linear-oblanceolate, 1.5--2 mm long, minutely glandular with a few, white, marginal hairs at the apex in some, the pedicel 2--2.5 mm long, glabrous; flowers yellowish with a slightly darker yellowish-brown to brownish-red midrib, 1.2--1.5 mm long in anthesis, becoming 1.5--2 mm long, red- dish in fruit, glabrous without, sparsely hispid along the margin of the tepals and otherwise glabrous within, the tepals essential- ly similar, oblanceolate, 0.4--0.7 mm wide, united about 1/5 the length of the flower; stamens slightly exserted, 1.3--1.5 mm long, the filaments glabrous, the anthers reddish-yellow, 0.3--0.4 mm long, oblong; achenes light brown to brown, 1./7--2.3 mm long, the large globose base tapering to a long, stoutish, 3-angled beak. -- Rare and highly restricted to clay hills s. of Cimmaron and near Philmont Scout Ranch, ca 6600 ft elev, Colfax Co., N.M. Jun-Aug. Enxriogonum aliquantum Reveal, sp. nov. E. vishert A. Nels. affinis, a qua imprimis differt floribus glabris, achaenis brev—- ioribus et foliis angustioribus. -- TYPUS: On low clay, eroded hills east of an irrigation ditch 0.3 mile west of New Mexico High- way 21, 4.4 miles south of U.S. Highway 64 at Cimmaron, near the Philmont Scout Ranch, associated with low, scattered shrubs at ca 6600 ft elev, Colfax Co., New Mexico, 14 Jul 1972, Reveal & Reveal 2770. Holotype, US. Isotypes, to be distributed from US. Addit- ional Collections: NEW MEXICO: Colfax Co.: Cimarroncito Road, 1/4 mi W of Philmont Scout Ranch Hdq., 31 Jul 1968, Hartman 2522 1976 Reveal, Eriogonum of Arizona & New Mexico 461 (RM, US); 1.2 mi S of Cimmaron on N.M. Hwy 21, 14 Jul 1972, Reveal & Reveal 2771 (BRY, NY, US). This new species is clearly related to Extogonum vishert which occurs in North and South Dakota on shallow, gravelly to rocky or clayey soils in the western parts of these two states. The two are morphologically similar in numerous ways, with E. aliquantum diff- ering mainly in having glabrous flowers, shorter achenes, and narr- ower leaves. The aspect of the two are very similar. The new spe- cies was discovered by Ronald L. Hartman, then a student at the University of Wyoming, and at my request, ran a two dimensional flavonoid diagram on each species using the thin layer chromato- graphy technique. Below are the results of Hartman's study: @ Eriogonum aliquantum (Hartman 2522) oc of) @ Eriogonum visheri (Reveal & Reveal 2512) 336, 336, 33952345 502 PHYTO L O#G-R/A Vol. 3h, no. 5 Cryptantha, 24, 335, 336, 339, Dicrastylidaceae, 27 32, 344, 355, ho Dictyocalyx, 283 Ctenitis, 231 Dictyuchus, 209, 211, 213, 216, Ctenium, 2h 230 Cucurbita, 2h, 312, 335, 336, Digenea, 12) 355 Digitaria, 23, 2h Cucurbitaceae, 322 Dionaea, 2) Cupania, 369, 370 Diospyros, 96 Cuphea, 2h Diplacus, 25, 318, 32 Cupressus, 2h, 176 Diploneis, 11 Curatella, 399, 401, 93 Diptera, 352 Cuscuta, 2h, 34, 355 Dipterocaly, 273 Cycadopsida, 110 Dipterocalyx, 273 Cycladenia, 2h Dirca, 318 Cyclodon, 2h Dispora, 9 Cyclotella, 10 Ditaxis, 25 Cymatopleura, 11 Dodecatheon, 25, 355 Cymbella, 9, 11, 16 Douglasia, 25 Cymophyllus, 2h Downingia, 312 Cymopteris, 2) Draba, 25, 355 Cymopterus, 355 Drosophila, 205 Cynanchum, 152 Dryopteris, 232, 233 Cynoglossun, 234, 332, 342, 355 Dudleya, 25, 37, 355 Cyperaceae, 334, 396, 401, 495 Dufourea, 352 Cyperus, 2h Dupatya, 273 Cypripedium, 2h Duranta, 28, 249, 253, 255, Cyrtidae, 32 256, 260, 265, 269 Cytharexylum, 273 Dyschoriste, 25 Dalea, 335, 336, 3hh, 355 Dyssodia, 25 Danaus, 35 Eatonella, 312 Darlingtonia, 2 Echeveria, 25 Dasynotus, 2h Echinacea, 25 Datisca, 339 Echinocactus, 25, 355 Datura, 101, 346, 355 Echinocereus, 25, 355 Delphinium, 2h, 315, 320, 335, irocaulon, 273 326, 3N7, 355 Elateridae, 352 Dendromecon, 355 Eleocharis, 25 saris 314, 335, 336, 3h2, Elliottia, 25 3 Elymus, 3 Dermestidae, 345, 352 et Descurainia, 355 Emmenanthe, 312, 319, 335, 336, Desmodium, 2h A g580" Diadasia, 352 Empetrum, 339 Dialictus, 31h, 352 Emphoropsis, 352 Dianthidium, 382 Eneelia, 25, sb, 355 Dicentra, 24, 335, 336, 355 Enceliopsis, 25 Dicerandra, 2h Ephedra, 25 1976 Index 503 Epilobium, 25, 326, 355 336, 3h, 356 Bpithelantha, 25 Euphorbiaceae, 175,272 Eragrostis, 25 Euphydryas, 3 Goo Erato, 378, 379 fayiaesie, Erenocarpus, 339, 356 rema, Eriastrun, 25, 335, 336, 356 Evylaeus, 352 Ericaceae, 3 a5, 336 Excoecaria, 271 Ericameria, 37 Exedeconus, 283 Erigeron, | 22, 25, 323, 32h, 356 Exomalopsis, 352 Eriocaulaceae, 2h7, 273, 390, | Exoprosopa, 32 ao, 393, 395, S9iG, 399 LO, Faradaya, 27) hos, 1,85, 487, 489, 91, 493, 9 Eriocaulon, 25, 28, 29, 252, 25h, 256, 260, 262-268, 2135 27h, 271, 278, 392-106, 485- 497” Eriocaulou, 27) Eriochloa, 25 Eriocolon, 27) Briocaulum, 27h Eriodictylon, 255) 318, 332,335, 336, 34L, 347, 356 Eriogonoideae, 178 Ferocactus, 25 Festuca, 25, 315, 320 Ficus, 15 Filicopsida, 110 Filipendula, 25 Fimbristylis, 25, 01, 93 Fissidens, 19-151 Fissidentaceae, 151 Fistulinaceae, 10) Flacourtiaceae, 17 Fomitopsis, 10) Forestiera, 25, 339 Eriogonum, 25, 312, 327, 33-336, forsellesia Forsellesia, 25 339, 342, 3h, 356, 09-8 Erio hyllum, 25, 326, 3h, 345, 356 Eriscaulon, 27) Ervazurizia, 25 Eryngium, 25, 356 Erysimum os ‘ad 347, 356 Erythrina ee ee Eschscholzia, 25, 320, 321, 326, 335, 336, 356 Eucnide, 335, 336, 356 Eucycla, 526 Eueriocaulon, 27) Euglena, 7 Eunotia, 11, 12, 16 Euonymus, 356 Eupatorieae, 57, 62, 301, 375, 376 Eupatorium, 25, 60, 6h, 65 Eupeodes, 327 Euphorbia, 25, 145, 312, 335, *Fothergilla 25 foagtenta "322, 347, 356 Fragaria, 32, 356 Fragilaria, 12 Frankenia, 25, 356 Franseria, 322 Fraxinus, 25, 312 Frasera, 25, 356 Fremontia, 356 Fremontodendron, 25 Fritillaria, 25, 347, 356 Frustulia, 9, 12 Fucellia, 326 Fungi, 97, 126, 228, 229 Fungi imperfecti, 116, 215 Galactia, 25 ; i Galinsoga, 25 Galium, 25 Galvesia, 37 Ganodermataceae, 10) Ganysma, 1,56 Garrya, 318, 33) 50k Puy Yo? O;L0gGhan Gaura, 25, 36, 356 Gaya, 25 Gayophytum, 312, 356 Genistidium, 25 Gentiana, 26, 356 Geocarpon, 25 Geraea, 356 Geranium, 25, 356 Geron, 327, 32 Gerontinae, 32 Geum, 25, 356 Geunsia, 153, 267, 272 Ghinia, 252, 278 Gilia, 25, 340, 347, 356, lia Gilmania, 25 Gimelina, 27) Glandularia, 27h, 345, 356 Glaucocarpum, 25 Globulariae, 27) Glochidium, 193 Glossocarya, 19, 264, 27h Glossoca , 27h Glyceria, 58 Glycyrrhiza, 356 Gmelina, 263, 265, 266, 269 27h, 275 Gnaphalium, 25, 3, 356 Gnetales, 95 Gnetopsida, 110 Gomphonema, 12, 13 Goniopteris, 231-233 Gonolobus, 152 Gossypium, 2h2 Gramineae, 110, 334, 01 Grammitis, 25 Grandidiera, 15 Gratiola, 25 Grindelia, 25, 356 Grossularia, 315 Gutierrezia, 25, 356 Gymnocarpiun, 26 Gymnocoronis, 376 Gymnopogon, 25 sumnopsida, 110 Gymnospermae, 33) Habenaria, 3,3, 351, 356 Vol. 34, no. 5 Hackelia, 25, 335, 336, 342, 356 Halictidae, 329, 350 Halictinae, 352 Halimolobos, 25 Halodendron, 200 Halosphaeria, 176 Haplopappus, 25, 34h, 356, 371, 373, 374 Harperocallis, 25 Hartwrightia, 25 Hazardia, 371, 37) Hedeoma, 25 Heimia, 25 Helenium, 25, 356 Heleocharis, 323 Heliantheae, 33 Helianthella, 25, 315, 356 Helianthemum, 25, 357 Helianthus, 23, 25, 3h, 357 Heliotropium, PAS 33,336, 357 Hemizonia, 36, 357 Henophilus, 97 Heracleum, 357 Heritiera, 190 Hesperapis, 352 Hesperocallis, 322, 346, 357 Hesperochiron, 357 Hesperolinon, 25 Heteranthidium, 352 Heteromeles, 319, 357 Heteropterys, 193 Heterotheca, 25, 357 Heuchera, 25, 313, 357 Hexalectris, 25 Hexastylis, 25 Hibiscus, 25, 193, 28h Hieraciun, 26 Hoffmannseggia, 25, 357 Holocarpha, 25 Holodiscus, 357 Hoplitis, 352 Horkelia, 25, 357 Hous tonta, 25 Hudsonia, 25 Hulsea, 25 Hunzikeria, 283 1976 Hydrophyl lun, 25, 357 ae 5 abe a. 323 es. 25 Hymenopappus, 25 Hymenoptera, 350 enopyramis, 27) 5 Hypomacrotera, 352 Hypoxis, 2 Hyptis, 357 Ichneumonoidea, 352 Idiomelissodes, 352 ex, 22,25 Iliamna, 25 Tllicium, 25 Indobanalia, 235-239 Imlae, 339 Ipomoea, 25 Ipomopsis, 347, 357 iris, 25, 342, 347, 357 Isocoma, 371 Isoetes, 25 Isomeris, 347, 357 Isotria, 25 Ivesia, or Jacquenontia, 25 Jamesianthus, 25 Jepsonia, aii. B35, 2330 Juglans, 22, 25 Juncaceae, 33) Juncus, 25, 176, 323 Juniperus, 373 Jussiaea, 01 Justicia, 25 Kalaharia, 262 Kalmia, 25, 357 Kastnera, 378, 380-382 Kellogeia, 342, 357 Koeleria, fe Kosteletzkya, Krameria, 350, oe Krameriaceae, 322 Lachnocaulon, 25, 390, 391, 497 Lachnostoma, 152 Index 505 Laelio-Cattleya, 07 Lantana, 19, 247-2h9, 251-258, 260-266, 268, 269, 272, 27h, 275, 281 Laphamia, 25 Larrea, 33h-336, 357 Larus, 326 Lasiodiscus, 15-16 Lasioglossum, 352 Lasthenia, 25, 312, 320, 326, 32 (p0SSN=336, She Se50,.057 Lastrea, 231 Lathyrus, 25, 108, 315, 357 Lavatera, 25 Layia, 25, 312, 320, 335, 336, 357 Leavenworthia, 25 Lechea, 25 Ledum, 357 Legenere, 25 Leguminosae, 110, 315, 335, Rocca Leiothrix, 256, 258, 275, 278 Lemna, 87 Lepanthopsis, 25 Lepechinia, 335, 336, 347, 357 Lepidium, 25, 320, 335, 336, 357 Lepidospartum, 34, 357 Lepironia, 495, 96 Leptodactylon, 25, 357 Leptoglossis, 283 Leptomitus , 222 Lespedeza, 25 Lesquerella, 25, 335, 336, 357 Lessingia, 357 Lewisia, 25 Liabeae, 6, 53, 55, 285, 293, 301, 378-380 Liabum, 285, 379, 38-386 Liatris, 25 Ligusticum, 357 Lilium, 25, 314, 347, 357 Eames 22, 25 133558930. 357 Limnoxeranthemum, 275 Limonium, 2 506 PHYTOLOGIA Limosella, 25 Linanthus, 25, 337, 338, 3h2, ee =) Bee Lindera, 25 Lindernia, 25 Limam, 25, 242, 357 Lipea, 275 Livocarpha, 9h Lippia, 251-253, 256-258, 260, OST (259-273; 275, °200 Listera, 25 Lithocarpus, Lithophragma, Lithurge, 352 Litsea, 25 Lobelia, 347, 357 Lolium, 320 Lomatium, 25, 358 Lonicera, 347, 358 Lotus, 25, 312, 319, 332, 339, 358 Luina, 25 Iumunitzera, 196 Lupinus, ice aes, 312. 315, 319.320, 3261 339; 1350 Luzula, 323 Lycium, 25, 337, 338, 347, 358 Lycopsida, 110 Lyonothamms, 25 Lythrum, 26 Macbridea, 26 Wachaeranthera, 26, 358 Wacrothelypteris, 233 Madia, 346, 358 Magnolia, 26 Malacothamnus, Malacothrix, 26, 334, 358 Mallotus, 145 Malpighiaceae, 101, 110, 322 Malvastrum, 358 Mamillaria, 26 Manihot, 26 Yanilkara, 15 Manisuris, 26 Marah, 358 Margaranthus, 26 357 Sha,” 357 26, 337, 330 gwao0 Vol. 3h, no. 5 Maricopodynerus, 3h) Marsdenia, 152 Marshallia, 26 Masaridae, 352 Matayba, 370 Matelea, 26, 152 Maurandya, 26 Mauritia, 01 Meconella, 337, 338, ° 350 Megachile, 320, 352 Megachilidae, 329, 350 Melaleuca, 397, 491 Melanthera, 26 Melanthaceae, 107, 35 Melica, 32h Melilotus, 337, 338 Melissodes, 320, 352 Melittidae, 329, 350 Meloidae, 345, 352 Melosira, 13 Melyridae, 352 Mentha, 119, 358 Mentzelia, 26, 337, 338, 358 Meridion, 13 Mertensia, 26, 337, 338, 358 Mesembryanthemum, 326, 3h, 358 Metasphaeria, 176, 177 Metastelma, 152 Metrosideros, 1, 172 Michelia, 275 Micrantha, 8 Micranthemm, 26 Microseris, %6, 358 Microspora, Microsteris, ue Mildbraedia, 1)5 Mimulus, 26, 312, 326, 337, 338, 3L0, 37, ” 368 Mirabilis, 26, 346, 347, 358 ischocyttarus, 3h Mohavea, 358 loldenkeanthue, 262 Monactis, 33-15 Monarda, 26 lonardella, af 315, Do leceern 342, 3h7, Monera, oe 1976 Index 507 Monochilus, 275 Oedocladium, 7 Monopholis , 33, 34, 36, 39, HO, Oenanthe, 358 43, ls Oenothera, 26, 321, 326, 36, Monotropsis, 26 358 Montia, 358 Oepata, 201 Wordellidae, 345, 352 Oligodranes, 32, 352 Wucronoporaceae, 10) Oligogonum, )h9 Muhlenbergia, 26 Oligomeris, 339 Muilla, 26 Olneya, 335, 336, 358 Munnozia, Su, 378, 380-387 Olpidiopsis, 218, 226, 229 Ruscoidss. 352 Omphalinae, 1 iycobacterium, 97 Omphalodes, 23) Mycoplasma, 97 Omphalophthalma, 152 Mycoplasmatales, 97 Onagraceae, 322, 3h9 Myoporineae, 172 Onagrandena, B22 Myrcianthes, et Onosmodium, 26 Myriophyllum, Ophioglossum, 26 Najadaceae, oe Opuntia, 22, 26, 28h, 358 Nama, 26, 337, 338, 358 Oreuttia, 26 Navarretia, 26, 358 Oregonium, 72 Navicula, 5, 9, 13, 1h, 16 Orobanche, 26, 326 Neidium, 1) Orthocarpus, 26, 312,319, 320, Nemacaulis, 79 337, 338, 368 Nenachacus, Po, step 3h2 Oryzopsis, 22, 26 Nemasty, 2 Osbornia, 86 coe, o 338, 3hh, 358 Osmaronia, 318, 358 Neocuatrecasis, 62 Osmia, 315, 352 Neolloydia, 26 Ostrya, 26 Neoparrya, Oxalis, 314, 358 Neostapfia, 26 Oxera, 269 Nephrodium, 233 Oxylobus, 376 Nestronia, 26 Oxypolis, 26 Neviusia, 26 Oxytheca, 179 Nicotiana, 322, 346, 358 Oxytropis, 26 Nitidulidae, 352 coe 35, = ae Nitrophila, Paepalanthus, » 256-259, 276, Nitzschia, iy on 1h, 16 277, 281, 390, 391, 485 Palafoxia, 359 Nolina, 26 Pandanus, ) ———— 95, 96 Nomada, 313-315, 352 Panicum, 06 ee 06 Nomadopsis, 352 Panurginae, 329° Nomia, 352 Panurgimus, 352 Notholaena, 26 Papaver, 26 Nuphar, 26 Paracentris, 322 Nyctanthaceae, 27 Paragus, 33 Nypa, 185, 189 Pariti, 1 508 Pile 1,0 ‘LcO1o ak Parkinsonia, 359 Parnassia, 26 Paronychia, 26 Parrya, 26 Parthenium, 26 Parvisedum, 26 Pasteurella, 97 Pauridiantha, 96 Pectis, 26, 359 Pectocarya, Pedicularis, on 323, Shi .a359 Pedilanthus, 28); Pediocactus, 26 Pemphis, 195 Penicillium, 215 Penstemon, 26, 315, 319, 32h, 332, 337, 338, 342, 3hh, 347, 351, 359 Pentachaeta, 26 Peperomia, Papers (365036), Peponapis, 322, 352 Perdita, 322, 352 Perideridia, 26, 337, 338, 3hh, 359 Perityle, 26 Peronema, 265, 270 Persea, 22, 26 Persicaria, 26 Petalonyx, 26, 337, 338, 3h2; 359 Petalostemum, 26 Petatia, 276 Peteria, 26 Petersenia, 226, 229 Petitia, 253, 276 Petrea, 251, 252, 256, 257, 259, Plectritis 263, 270 Petrophytum, 26 Peucephyllum, 359 Phacelia, 26, 319, 332, 33h, 337, 338, 34h, 359 Phaeocollybia, Phalacroseris, 359 Philadelphus, 26, 359 Philodice, 257, 276, 390, 391 Philodoce, 276 Vol. 34, no. 5 Philodyce, 276 Philoglossa, 53-56, 377 Phippsia, Phippsia, 26 Phlox, 26, 345, 346, 359 Pholistoma, 359 Phoradendron, 359 Phthiria, 327, 3h2, 352 Phthiriinae, 32 Phyconycetes, Phyla, 28-25), 267, 267, 270, 275-277 Phyllanthus, 26 Phyllitis, 26 Phyllodoce, 359 Phymatodes, 28) Physalis, ae 337, 338, 359 Physaria, Suis iat 26 Phytophthora, 176 Pieris, 26, 35 Pileatae, 10h Pinckneya, Pinguicula, “26 Pinnipedia, 95 Pinnularia, 9, 14, 15 Piperaceae, 362 Pitraea, 272 Pityopus, 26 Elagiototheys, 26, 382, e365 359 Plantae, 126 Plantago, 320 Platanthera, 26 Platanus, 312, 313 Platystemon, 337, 338, 359 Plectritis, 359 Pleuropogon, 26 Pluchea, 193, 359 Piaaiana. 26 Poa, 26, 320, 32h Podostemon, 490 Poecilanthrax, 3h2 Pogogyne, 26 Pogonomyia, 323 Polemoniaceae, 32 Polemonium, 26, 359 211, 216, 229, 230 1976 Index 509 Ses 26, 365-368 Pythiopsis, 220 Polygala, Pythium, 2. 211 Same, 409, 482-8) Pyxidanthera, 26 Polygonella, 26 Quercus, 22, 26, 312, 313 Folygenmn, 26, 3h Racka, 76, 82 Polyporaceae, 10) Polystichum, 26 Pompilidae, 3h) Populus, 26 Porophyllum, 26 Portulaca, 26 Portulacaceae, 339 Potamogeton, 26 Potentilla, 26, 337, 338, 30, 359 Prema, 276 Premna, 193, 261-268, 270, 273, ONO, C11, 309 Prenanthes, 26 Prima, 26 Pringsheimiella, 226 Priva, 256, 02ol, 262, 277 Proboscidea, 26, 337, 338, 359 Prosopis, Prosopis, 322, 33h, 337, 338, 3h, 359 352 Proteriades, Protista, 126 Protodufourea, 319, 352 Protozoa, 97 Prunus, 26, 319, 359 Psathyrotes, 359 Pseudobahia, 26 Pseudomasaris, 34, 351, 352 Pseudomonas, 97 Psilocarphus, 312 Psilocephalus, 277 Psilopsida, 110 Psoralea, 26, 337, 338, 359 Pteridophyta, 111 Pterogonum, 53, 482 Ptilimnium, 26 Puccinellia, 26 Pychanthemum, 26 Pygmaeopremna » 26h Rafinesquia, 359 Raillardella, 26, 359 Ralphia, 238 Randiala, 277 Ranunculus, 26, 337, 338, 35, 359 Revealia, 376 Rhamnaceae, 145, 146 Rhamnus, 332, 337, 338, 359 Rhaphidophyllum, 26 Rhaphithamnus, 260 Rhexia, 26 Rhinanthus, 26 Rhizidiomyces, 226 Rhizophora, 73, 74, 87, 88, 90, 173, 175, 185, 189. 270 Rhododendron, 26, 359 Rhus, 22, 26, 359 Rhynchosia, 26 Rhynchospora, 26 Rhyniopsida, 110 Rhysopterus, 26 Ribes, 26, 315, 337, 338, 3h7, 359 Rickettsia, 97 Rickettsiae, 97 Rickettsiales, 97 Rinorea, 15 Rondonanthus, Rononanthus, Rorippa, 26 Rosa, 26, 360 Rosaceae, oh 337, 338, 345 Roystonea, Rubus, 26, on Rudbeckia, 22,.20 Ruellia, 26, 347 Rumex, 26 Ruppia, 339 Ruppiaceae, Sabatia, 153 Sagittaria, 26 20 277 339 510 P HY TY) O00 OXGOETA Salazaria, 37, 360 Salicornia, 167, 195 Salix, 26, 334, 337, 338, 3h, 360 Salvia, 26, 319, 320, 337, 338, 342, 347, 360 Sambucus, 343-345, 360 Sanicula, 26, 360 Sapindaceae, 369 Saprolegnia, 209-212, 21-216, 218-221, 22h, 226-230 Saprolegniaceae, 209-215, 217- 230 Saprolegniales, 209, 212, 221 Saproleniaceae, 228 Sarcostachya, Cue Sarracenia, 26 Satureja, 26, 360 Saxifraga, 26, 360 Saxifragaceae, 17 Schinia, 345 Schisandra, 26 Schizachyrum, 26 Schizaea, 26 Schoenolirion, 26 Scdadocephala, 375-377 Scirpus, 2 See, 26 Scoliopus, 31), 343, 360 Scrophularia, 26, 360 Scutellaria, 26, "37, 360 Sedum, 26, 360 Selenia, 26 Semecarpus, 19h, Se 26, 323, 360 Shortia, 26 Sibara, 26 Sida, 26 Sidalcea, 27, 337, 338, 360 Sigesbeckia, 69 Silene, 27, jie 37, 360 Silphiun, Epes 3, 339 Sisymbrium eee tah Sium, 27 Vol. 3h, nNOe 5 Smelowskia, 27 Smilacina, 342, 360 Smilax, 27 Solanaceae, 282, 283 Solanum, lh, 27, 282, 342, 360 Solidago, 27, 3hh, 360 Sonneratia, 90, 190, 197 Sophophora, 206 Sophora, 27 Spergularia, 326, 360 Spermatophyta, 111 Sphaeralcea, 27, 332, 33h, 337, 338, 360 Sphaerocarpidium, 362 Sphagnum, 02 Sphecidae, 352 Sphecodes, 352 Sphenodesme, 277, 36) Sphenopsida, 110 Sphenosciadium, 3h, 360 Sphenostigma, 27 Spigelia, 2 Spiraea, 360 Spiranthes, 27 Spirochetales, 97 Spirogyra, 9 Sporobolus, 22, 27 Stachys, 27, 337, 338, 360 Stachytarpheta, 26, 251-25), 256, 259, 261-263, 265-268, 270, 277, 278, 280 Stanleya, 360 Stauroneis, 15 Stegomyia, “12 Steironema, 27 Stellaria, 27 Stenandrium, 27 Stenogonum, 78, 479, 48h Stephanomeria, 27, 337, 338, 360 Stephanotella, 152 Stilbaceae, 2)7 Stillingia, 22, 27; 3ee,soee Stipa, 27, 315, 320 Streptanthus, 27, 300 Streptomyces, 12h Strobilomycetaceae, 1h) 1976 St on, 318 Stylodon, 250 Stylosanthes, 153 Styrax, 27 Suaeda, 27 Sullivantia, 27 Suriana, 195 Suriella, 15 Svensonia, 272, 279 Swallenia, 27 Swertia, 360 Symphoremaceae, 2h7 Syuphoriearpos, 2X (rai cy ote G10 Gees, 27 Synedra, 15 Syngonanthus, 2)8, 257-260, cag fra ge I 275-278, 390, 392, 86 Synhalonia, 352 Synthyris, 27 Syrphidae, 343, 352 Tabellaria, 15 Tacca, 1-) Taccaceae, 2 Tachinidae, 352 Paeniopiyliun, Tagetes, ae Tamarindus, 15 Tamone, 278 Tanacetum, 27 Taraxacum, 27, 360 Tauschia, 27 Taxilejeunea, 67 Taxus, 22, 27 Tectaria, 27 Tectona, 253, 254, 256, 262—26),. 266, 267, 270 Tenthredinidae, 3, 352 Tephritidae, 352 Tephrosia, 27 Tetraclea, 278 Tetracoccus, 27, 322, 339 Tetrandria, 193 Teucrium, 347, 360 394 Index Bla Thalictrum, 27, 339 Thelocactus, 27 Thelypodiun, 27,4. 360 Thelypteris, 231-233 Thermopsis, 27, 360 Thevetia, 18 Thlaspi, 27 Thraustotheca, oa Thymelaeaceae, Thysanocarpus, a 361 Thysanocephalus, 278 Tidestromia, 361 Tofieldia, a7 361 Tomophthalma » 3h2 Tonina, oe Torreya, eis, 27 Eesclypogen, 399, 401, 93 Tracyina, ee ar Tragia, 2 Traustochytriun, Traustotheca, 229 Trepanocarpus 5 (05 Te nere Trichostema, 27, 337, 338, 347, 361 Tridax, 28) Trientalis, 31h, 362 Triepeolus, 352 Trifolium, 27, 337, 338, 361 Trillium, 27 Triphora, 27 Tripsacum, 27 Triteleia, 27 Triticum, 2)2 Trollius, 27 Tropidocarpum, 27 Isjeru-cotsjiletti-pullu, 278 Umbelliferae, 337, 338, 3h5 Unbellularia, 361 Urochondra, 167 Urtica, eon Usiinae, 3h2 Uvariopsis, 96 Vaccinium, 27, 361 Valeriana, 27, 34h, 361 221 512 PHYTOLO GPA Vol. 3h, no. 5 Vancouveria, 27 Warea, 27 Vanessa, 326 Wedelia, 193 Vanquelinia, 27 Whipplea, 361 Veratrum, 27, 361 Wikstroemia, 28, 29, 31, 32 Verbena, 19, 20, 27, 153, 2h7- Willkommia, 27 252, 254, 256-263, 266-268, Wislizenia, 34h, 361 270, 27h, 278, 279, 281, 345, Woodsia, 27 361 Wyethia, 27, 315, 342, 345, 361 Verbenaceae, 2h7 Xenoglossa, 322, 352 Verbenella, 279 Xenoglossodes, 352 Verbesina, 27, 35 Xeralictus, 352 Vernonia, 27, 301-30) Tylocarpus, 185 Vernonieae, 301 Xylococcus, 3h7 Veronica, 27 Xylocopa, 322, 352 Verticillatae, 362 Xylosma, 17 Vespidae, 352 Xyris, 27, 401 Vibrios, 97 ; Yucea, 346, 350, 361 Viburnum, 27 Zaluziana, 34, 35 Meta 2h edt, 2361 Zamia, 27 Vigueria, 34h, 361 Zanichelliaceae, 339 Viguiera, 27 Zanthoxylum, 27 Villa, 342, 352 Zapania, 280 Vincetoxicum, 152 Zauschneria, 347, 361 Viola, 27, 342, 361 Zephyranthes, 27 Vielen: 97 Zigadenus, 312, 334, 337, 338, Vitex, 20, 145, 246, 248, 250, 361 252, 25h, 256-259, 261, 262, Zizania, 27 26, 266-268, 270, 279, 280 Zizia, 27 Volkameria, 280 Zosteraceae, 339 Waldesteinia, 27 Zygophyllaceae, 109, 116 Walnika, 280 Zygostates, 107 Publication dates Vol. 33, no. -- April 8, 1976 Vol. 33, no. 5 ——- May 19, 1976 Vol. 33, no. 6 — May 19, 1976 Vol. 33, no. 7 — June 28, 1976 Vol. 34, no. 1 -— August 18, 1976 Vol. 34, no. 2 — September 2, 1976 Vol. 34, no. 3 — October 1, 1976 NI 3 5185 00225 5816 WL 6 a ada ED te! beZe G ebwr ees ivererreecrer BPE OR tree get ORE wee Ty re